Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAboutSwim Center Natatorium HVAC Improvements Contract Manual-~- MORRISON 1 MAIERLE, INC. _ _ _. An Employee-Owned Company May 11, 2009 City of Bozeman Attn: James Goehrung P.O. Box 1230 Bozeman, MT 59771-1230 ENGINEERS SURVEYORS PLANNERS SCIENTISTS 2880 TECHNOLOGY BOULEVARD WEST • PO BOX 1113 • BOZEMAN, MT 59771 OFFICE:406-587-0721 • FAX:406-922-6702 • www.m-m.net Re: Swim Center Natatorium HVAC Improvements -Executed Contracts Dear James; Please find attached five original signature copies of the Contractor-executed Contract Documents, including the Performance and Payment Bonds provided by Bozeman Plumbing and Heating. We are waiting for Insurance Certificates to complete the package, and we will forward them on when we receive them. We have also provided a Contract Documents Review Checklist to assist in your review. The documents received appear to be complete and in compliance with the contract requirements and, subject to the City's review and concurrence, the documents appear to be ready for the City Manager's signature. Please note that the bonding forms are faxed copies of the originals. The originals are being provided by mail and will be forwarded on along with the Insurance Certificates for signatures and inclusion in the contract documents as soon as they are received by us. Please note that the Agreement needs to be dated to coincide with the Ciry's signature date. Once fully signed and dated, please retain one copy for your files and return the remaining four copies to us for subsequent distribution. We have also attached five copies of the Notice to Proceed (bound within the contract documents) for your review. The contract dates reflect an anticipated May 1 1, 2009 execution date for the Agreement and Notice to Proceed. Please contact me if you have any questions. Sincerely, ~sJ MORRiSON-MAIERLE,1rvc. '~ -~,-- Kurt Keith, P.E. Acting Project Manager Enclosures cc: Project File N:A0417\057\DOCS\Executed Contracts Checklist Transmiual.doc Providing resources in partnership with clients to achieve their goals. }. f ~ '"~_ Swim Center Natatorium HVAC 1 Improvernent~ t for the City of Bozeman . Bozeman Montana 1 MMI# 0417.057.010.0315 ~ March, 2009 Revision: April 28, 2009 Note: Bid form shall not be removed from this bound copy. ^ Bid Form Signed 1 ^ Addendums Acknowledged ^ 10% Bid .Security- Enclosed Prepared by: ~ ~~~50 ~® 1VZAIERLE, INC. An Employee-Owned Company Bozeman, Montana Name of Bidder Address Telephone No. Pro'ect No. Set No. 1 N:\0417\057\DOCS\SPECS\Contract Docs\cover.docx Revised 6/18/03 CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT DOCUMENTS REVIEW CHECKLIST Project Name Swim Center Natatorium HVAC Improvements MMI. Proj. No. 0417.057.010 SRF No Reviewer David Weiel Reviewer Date 5/11/09 CHECKLIST: [~ Notice of Award: D Issued within 60 days unless bid period extended in writing Bid Opening date: April 13, 2009 Bid Award date: Needs to be dated (not dated when originally signed) ~ Acceptance of Award Signed? Not required on Award Form used. Bid Form: D Copy of original executed Bid Form included, or O new executed copy matches original bid Agreement: D MPW Standard form Q All information is complete and accurate D Contract amount matches bid amount QProperly signed QAgreement undated -Needs to be dated by Owner upon signing Payment Bond: O EJCDC/MPW Form, or ~ Surrogate Form provided appears adequate D Correct amount (100% of bid amount) D City named owner C~JForm dated the anticipated day of Agreement Performance Bond: DEJCDC/MPW Form, or D Surrogate Form provided appears adequate [~ Correct amount (100% of bid amount) D City named owner [~ Form dated the anticipated day of Agreement Power of Attorney: D Form provided and executed D Form dated the anticipated day of Agreement Certificates of Insurance: O Insurance Co. Authorized Rep. minimum coverages Certification O Correct Amounts and coverage is per occurrence, Primary Coverage minimum met. O Policy Numbers Completed O OCP coverage provided in Owner's Name O Owner Named as Certificate Holder and Additional Insured on O Liability O Property O MMI & its Consultants Named as Certificate Holders & Additional Insured on D Liability O Property O OCP D 45 day cancellation notice O Expiration date is Other Special Submittals Required by Contract Documents (list): N:~04U\057\DOCS\Fxecuted Contracts Checklist 'fransmittal.doc PROJECT MANUAL FOR SWIM CENTER HVAC IMPROVEMENTS IN BOZEMAN, MT FOR THE CITY OF BOZEMAN P.O. Box 1230 BOZEMAN, MT 59771-1230 MARCH, 2009 Prepared by: Morrison-Maierle, Inc. 2880 Technology Blvd. West P.O. Box 1113 Bozeman, MT 59771 Phone: 406-587-0721 Fax: 406-922-6702 March 25, 2009 Revision: Apri128, 2009 r ~ Written B KWK Checked By: DHW ~~N a y. ~~~ Approved by: Kurt W. Keith ICI ~ I~ No. 9~~3 PE ~ w, PROJECT NO: 0417.057.010.0315 N:\0417\057\DOCS\SPECS\Contract Docs\cover2.docx Revised 6118/03 ADDENDUM No. 1 SWIM CENTER NATATORIUM HVAC IMPROVEMENTS CITY OF BOZEMAN, MT MMI Project No.: 0417.057.010 0315 Addendum Date: April 1, 2009 Bid Date: April 13, 2009 NOTICE TO ALL BIDDERS & PLANHOLDERS ' The Contract Documents and Construction Drawings are hereby modified and/or superseded as follows in this Addendum No. 1, and in submitting a bid, each bidder shall acknowledge receipt of all addenda according to the procedures outlined in the ' INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS. TO THE PROJECT MANUAL 1 Section 00200, INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS: a} Article 11, change this section to the following: 11.01 The Contract, if awarded, will be on the basis of materials and equipment specified or described in the Bidding Documents, or those substitute or "or- equal" materials and equipment approved by ENGINEER and identified by Addendum. The materials and equipment described in the Bidding Documents establish a standard of required type, function and quality to be met by any proposed substitute or "or-equal" item. No item of material or equipment will be considered by ENGINEER as a substitute or "or-equal" unless written request for approval has been submitted by Bidder and has been received by ENGINEER at least 10 days prior to the date for receipt of Bids. Each such request shall conform to requirements of paragraph 6.05 of the General Conditions. The burden of proof of the merit of the proposed item is upon Bidder. ENGINEER's decision of approval or disapproval of a proposed item will be final. If ENGINEER approves any proposed item, such approval will be set forth in an Addendum issued to all prospective Bidders. Bidders shall not rely upon approvals made in any other manner. 2. SECTION 01 3300, SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES: a) 1.4 A, ACTION SUMBITTALS: change part 2 to the following: Addendum No.1 Page 1 of 4 2. Initial Submittal: The Contractor shall be authorized to prepare shop drawings for AHU-1 and the fabric ductwork system immediately following the Owner's issuance of the Notice of Award. Submit the Shop Drawings for AHU-1 and the fabric ductwork system within 5 days of the date established for the Notice to Proceed. Submit the remainder of the initial submittal concurrently with start-up construction schedule. Include submittals required during the first 60 days of construction. List those submittals required to maintain orderly progress of the Work and those required early because of long lead time for manufacture or fabrication. TO THE CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS 1. Figure #A1.D-2 is provided to clarify the routing of the ductwork from the air handling unit to the building. This figure is hereby incorporated into the contract documents. PRE-BID CONFERENCE MEETING MINUTES See attached PRE-BID CONFERENCE SIGN-IN SHEET See attached ASBESTOS REPORT See attached CLARIFICATIONS • Clarification on "maintenance" for 2-year warranty: Maintenance includes any service labor and parts required to maintain functionality of the new air handler unit excluding operational activities that are the responsibility of the owner and clearly detailed in the Operations and Maintenance Manual, i.e. control adjustments for varying occupancy levels, the replacement of air filters within the unit, etc. • Clarification on paint touchup responsibilities of the Contractor: any paint damaged during the performance of the work or any paint required to cover areas where existing components were removed shall be touched-up and applied by the Contractor with Owner-supplied two-part epoxy paint to match the surrounding area • Q: Can we support hangers off existing duct above ceiling to support new duct below? (concerned about getting above it to find an anchor point) A: Supports far spiral aluminum ductwork as well as supports for the fabric ductwork cable suspension system will need to be anchored to the structure of the building, not to existing ductwork. It anticipated that anchoring above the existing ductwork will not be necessary. There is minimal existing ductwork above the new Addendum No.1 Page 2 of 4 spiral aluminum duct trunks and there are truss-joists at 48" O.C. with bottom chords below the existing ductwork that may be anchored to for the fabric ductwork cable suspension system in situations where existing ducts are located directly above new ducts. Q: Does the CMU have insulation that will fall out, when we cut the holes, that will have to be replaced or stopped from falling out? A: There is insulation that could fall out when the holes in the CMU are cut; however, this insulation wilt not need to be replaced due to the presence of insulation on the exterior face of the wall. This insulation has been tested and does not contain Asbestos (see attached report.} Q: Are there horizontal bond beams in the cmu walls that might prevent loss of insulation? ~,: According to the origins! Swim Center Construction drawings, it appears that there is horizontal joint reinforcement of the CMU at periodic intervals but there are not horizontal bond beams to prevent insulation loss. Issued by: MORRISON-MAIERLE, INC. Kurt W. Keith, P.E. ~_I-~~ Date ' Addendum No.1 Page 3 of 4 ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF ADDENDUM N0.1 The Bidder shall acknowledge receipt of Addendum No. 1 in the Bid Form and Shall Submit this Addendum No. 1 with Volume 1 of the Contract Documents at the Bid Opening. Received by: ~c,,,co l~ ~,.~,,~;, ,,. (Name) (Title) Z :3 ~ ~'~'2~ Z~c ~ ~ (Date) Addendum No.1 Page 4 of 4 NEW 44'x44" SUPPLY TRUNK NEW TAPS FOR CONNECT NEW TAPS TO 36"x24" DUCTWORK EXISTING 36"xt4' DUCTWORK NEW 44"x44" NEW AIR HANDLING ENOCAP NEW 44"x44" UNIT (AHU-1) ENDCAP __ ~\ N ~ _ m .. 765 6x18 Qxi2 S Pe _ __ ' '. ~ DU' v 72 x28' D PEN ATIONS ~ v CUT INTO MANUFACTURER v AS a SUPPLIED EQUIPMENT CURB. -~ CONNECT NEW 72"x28' SUPPLY ' __ AND RETURN DUCTWORK."-° W"~ MANUFACTURER SUPPLIED 36" HIGH - EQUIPMENT CURB. SECURE CURB TO _ ~ `~ \ .HOUSEKEEPING PAD AND AHU-1 PER - ~. ~ - 48x36 ' MANUFACTURER'S RECOMENDATIONS. -- ~ ~ ----- ----------~---'- --j x ----- ----- ~-X ~----- --- I x t I I t SOU1H WALL OF POOL ~ I I EQUIPMENT ROOM 6" MIN. ~ / NEW CONCRETE ~'. / \ HOUSEKEEPING PAD TOP ELs101'-3" SEE DETAIL ~ _. „, ..:.. .. .. _;._.. .. POOL DEC ~_ z ANCHORAGE OF MECHANICAL UNIT TO PAO ~ PROTECT EXISTING z BY MANUFACTURER. SEE SPECIFlCATIONS GAS METER & PIPING ~ FOR REQUIREMENTS, TYP. ~~ COURTYARD SECTION VIEW - DUCTWORK < ~-~ SCALE, t /2" = 1 --~ MORRISON 2960 TechnologyBlvd.W Engineers gozemanMT59718 $1rveyo,~ DRAWN BY DHW CHK'D BY KWK CITY OF BOZEMAN SWIM CENTER NATATORIUM HVAC IMPROVEMENTS gOZEMAN MONTANA PROJECT No 04,7.057 T1 T 7"~ ~~ __ ~ MAI H ~LM ' TTVT (~, lYY 11J~1\\ 1J i1V li ner-n,~l~~ee-owNeec~l»~,nN~ Scientists phone: (406) 587-0721 Planners ( ) Pax: 406 922-6702 COPVRiGHT C` MORRISOKMAIFRLe INC., APPR. BY' 7CH DATE 04/01/09 ETAILS FIGURE NUM 1 A1.D_2 N:\0417\057\ACAD-REVITMECHANICAL\Bitl Set ArchiveWl-D-2.dwg Plottetl by david weiel on Apr/1/2009 SWIM CENTER NATATORIUM HVAC IMPROVEMENTS PRE-BID CONFERENCE MEETING MINUTES March 31, 2009 Introduction and Attendees fl ~ ~ Project Scope ' A. Owner: City of Bozeman. Compliance with State Laws in Instruction to Bidders. , B. Project Description & Layout: Demo of existing and new work. Morrison-Maierle described the eneral la out f th k ' g y o e wor to be performed as shown in the contract drawings. Instruction to Bidders ' A. Opening: Monday, April 13, 2009, 2:00 PM local time, at the office of the City Clerk, City Hall, 121 North Rouse, Bozeman, MT. , B. Instruction To Bidders (Section 00200) items: • Submittal of Bid: Bound Copy ' • Bozeman Business License required prior to award. • The question was asked if submittals for specified equipment will be required in the event that the named product is provided. Submittal requirements will be clarified in Addendum No. 1. • The question was asked about deadline for substitute ' equipment submittals. In the meeting, the response was that substitution requests are required 10 days prior to bid opening. (However, upon closer inspection of the project specifications it a ea th t A i l 1 pp rs a rt c e 11 of Section 00200 states that the deadline for submittals of pre-approved equipment substitutions is 5 days prior to bid date. Addendum No. 1 revises that language to ' correctly indicate 10 days prior to bid date. Therefore, submit substitute items to Engineer by Friday, April 3, 2009. Bidders please note that if there are items approved as equal, that there ' could be an addendum issued as late as April 8, 2009.) • MPWSS (Fifth Edition, 2003 & 2006 Addendum) & COB Mods to MPW (2004) apply for sitework to be performed. ' • Article 31 & 32 provide for payment time frames: 30 days from submittal & 14 days from approval. • The question was asked by when questions for Addendum need ' to be submitted. Article 7 of Section 00200 states that all questions that are submitted to the Engineer 10 days prior to bid opening (by Friday, April 3, 2009) will be answered in an ' addendum. Questions submitted after this time may not be answered. However, any additional questions received after i Page 1 of 4 April 3 that have been answered by the Engineer will be included on the final Addendum. Bid Form A. Critical issues • Acknowledge Addenda on bid form and submit signed copy of Addenda with bid. • Contractor & Subcontractors MT Registration No. required. • Complete, Sign & submit 1. Non-Collusion Affidavit 2. Certification of Non-Segregated Facilities 3. "Information Required of Bidders" must submit w/in 3 working days of Bid Opening. • Bid all Items in Schedule -Single Contract Award only. • No Additive Alternates • 10% Bid Bonds • Bid Form: Lump Sum with schedule of values breakdown following award. • Contract Time: 1. 63 calendar days -Substantial Completion; 2. 74 calendar days -Final Completion • Contract Time is very important due to working around Swim Center Events schedule; Engineer will work with successful bidder to provide quick turnaround time on submittal packages to expedite materials ordering • Liquidated Damages: ' 1. $500/day -Substantial Completion 2. $500 /day -Final Completion 3. Plus Engineering costs incurred • The question was asked when equipment can be ordered. Equipment ordering will be authorized when the contractor has a set of shop drawings approved by the Engineer and a Notice to Proceed issued by the Owner. • A request for clarification was made on the term "maintenance" for 2-year warranty as listed in Note 14 on sheet G-1 of the project drawings. That clarification will be addressed in Addendum No. 1. General Conditions & Supplementary Conditions (Sections 00700 & 00810) • Review thoroughly. Note: Insurance requirements • Contractor to apply for commercial building permit and pay for the permit cost; Owner has submitted plan review and will pay that fee • Based on the testing indicated in the Supplementary Conditions, it is not expected that asbestos or other hazardous materials will be encountered when dealing with existing elements within the building. If materials suspected of containing hazardous Page 2 of 4 materials are encountered, do not disturb; immediately notify the Engineer and Owner. Owner will remove hazardous materials under a separate contract. See attached Report titled "Asbestos Report, Bozeman Swim Center Natatorium HVAC System Improvements." • Labor Standards A. State Wage Rates apply • Weekly payrolls • Prime Contractor Responsible • Technical Provisions: A. Summary of Work (Section 01 1000) • General scheduling issues • Boundaries of Work: See Sheet G-1 for construction activity limits and site access limits • Maintain site access at all times- FIRE LANE, fire hydrant in rear. • Parking in Swim Center lot only, keep pedestrian access clear. • Contractor to supply waste dumpster, locate in Swim Center parking lot. • Underground & aboveground facilities- locates required prior to any excavation work. • Access to interior of building: May 18, 2009. Existing HVAC system to remain intact and functional prior to that date. Staging/pre-fab OK. • Concurrent work: 1. Pool to be drained by Owner starting May 18, may take 3 days to complete. Possible training of Fire Dept. personnel shall expedite. 2. VGB Federal Mandate: Drain work to be performed beginning May 18 under a separate contract- see 1.6.B.1 for work description. The minimum amount of water required to submerge the newly completed work will need to be replaced in deep end immediately following that work for plaster curing. 3. Electrical service upgrade: Northwestern Energy to perform, Owner to pay costs, Contractor to coordinate and schedule with his/her work. NWE has project set up and has started design. B. Temporary Facilities and Controls (Section 01 5000) • Provide Construction fencing to keep unauthorized personnel out of staging and construction areas • Use of Swim Center's toilets acceptable provided they are cleaned and maintained in a condition acceptable to Owner • Electricity available from Owner's existing electrical service Page 3 of 4 C. Closeout Procedures (Section 01 7700) • One year warranty walk-through with Owner required, contractor responsibility to schedule • Two year warranty on maintenance/repairs to the HVAC system and related components. • Other Items to Note: A. School ends June 10. Students will need pedestrian access to the rear of the high school adjacent to the air handler location. B. Owner would like recycling of removed equipment wherever possible and practical as opposed to landfilling significant equipment. C. Protect pool deck and pool shell while working on or over these surfaces. Damage to the pool deck or the pool shell will be repaired at the Contractor's expense. • Updated Plan Holders List • Additional Discussion Items: • Questions about paint touchup responsibilities of the Contractor were brought up during the walk-through. This will be addressed in Addendum No. 1. • It was asked who installed and services the existing Swim Center fire alarm system: It was installed and is serviced by Fire Suppression Systems, 2171 Industrial Drive, Bozeman, MT 59715, 586-9510. • A question was raised as to where recycling proceeds from removed equipment on the project will be directed: The proceeds from recycling existing mechanical equipment that is to be removed shall be kept by the Contractor. • It was asked what the project budget was for this project, to be used for bonding purposes: The engineer's estimate of project cost for bonding purposes is $180,290. • Site Tour: • Awalk-through of the site was conducted for interested contractors to evaluate site conditions and see where work is to be performed. Other parties interested in an additional walk- ' through may contact the Engineer, Morrison-Maierle, Inc., at 406-587-0721. Page 4 of 4 CITY OF BOZEMAN SWIM CENTER NATATORIUM HVAC fMPROVEMENTS PRE-BID CONFERENCE SIGN-IN NAME COMPANYIAGENCY PHONE E-MAIL -~ ~ ~~; ~ ~ ~ Sr~a SST ,~ ~-;~ ~. -. ~:..~. yr t ~, ; r_t~- w° , , _ ~ '~--~~ ' `, ~ d ;`..t: is ~ ._„1/ -_-~`"~,"4' ~.~ ~ l ~ i ~ ,~ ~~ ..,~fy7~~ ;~~1 / ~ Y Y ~~~~ .~. Sc.~a~~ ~ ~ [ 1 ?~ ~~ ~ y'~ c~/ Lit. 2 ' ~uuuv t~X ____ _ 7 r'°' ~o - - f in r 7'`?" Cl~~ ~~ .~a.. "°` w ~I! ~I~! 4 _~ 4 N:\0417\057\DOCS1P~e-bid signup.docx ~, t .S"~ z - 3 ~-3 ~. `~ ~ ~~~IERI.E ~c. An Empty}yc:e-Ownect Compam- ASBESTOS TEST REPORT BOZEMAN SWIM CENTER NATATORIUM HVAC SYSTEM IMPROVEMENTS March 19, 2009 ENGtNEERS SURVEYORS PLANNERS SCIENTISTS 125 SCHOOLHOUSE LOOP • PO BOX 6657 • iCALISPELL, MT 59904 OFFICE: 406-752-2216 • FAX: 466-752-2391 • www.m-m.net 1. Site of inspection: Bozeman Swim Center, Bozeman, MT 2. Scope and purpose of inspection: This inspection was performed to test for the presence of asbestos in the spaces expected to be disturbed during the course of the improvements of HVAC systems serving the natatorium. As such, only the only building materials that will be impacted have been identified and tested. 3. Date of inspection: March 10, 2009. - -~'" 4. Signature of the accredited inspector. / d~'I ~~`~`~ 5. Inspector's accreditation number and expiration date: MTA 0079 -March 19, 20 i 0 6. Inventory of all suspect ACM sampled: a. Ceilings i. Woad trusses and plywood -not suspected. ii. Ceiling tiles -suspected and sampled C1, C2, C3. b. Floors i. Ceramic tite -not to be disturbed -not sampled. ii. Concrete -not to be disturbed -not sampled. c. Walls i. Grout at Concrete Block -suspected and sampled W1. ii. Exterior Dryvit (Red) -suspected and sampled W2. iii. Exterior Dryvit (White} -suspected and sampled W3. iv. insulating Material -suspected and sampled WI-1. Please note that this material is inside of the concrete blocks and was unable to be taken the exact spot where it will be disturbed. It is the opinion of the inspector that the sample is representative of the material in the concrete blocks in the building. d. Ductwork Insulation i. Fiberglass -not suspected to contain asbestos. e. Pipe Insulation i. Fiberglass -not suspected to contain asbestos. 7. Sample Locations a. See Attached Drawing. 8. Location of Asbestos Containing Materials by type: a. None Detected. 9. Areas of materials assumed to contain Asbestos: a. Nowhere. 10. Copy of Test Report: a. See attached report by ATC, lnc Providing resources in partnership with clients to achieve their goals- ---~- -- f ~ f ~~ ~ ~~ `~ ~ E ,.~ 2 f~ - ~ ANALYTICAL REPORT Prepared for: Morrison-Maierle, Inc. PO Bax 8057 Kalispell, MT X9904 Project: Bozeman. Swint Center Order: 0009729 Report Date: 0 ~/I 912009 .ETC AS.SUClATES, INe 8985 E. ~«iehols Avenue. Suite 350, C:entenniat. C;O 80ll2 Ph: 303-799-6100 R `:! f >' _~+ rl f ~ -- ti-i% w:s.. _' Tom Heinecke Morrison-Maierle, Inc. PO Box 8057 Kalispell MT .59904 Collected: 03,1012009 Collected B}: Tom Heneeke Collection Address: Bozeman, MT It~t`f(al \O. 0009729 NVL.AP Lab C'i~dc 10'_031 :~IT~L<~ Lab Cclde 101 i36 Customer Project ?to.: Description:. Bozeman Swim Center Date Received: 0311612009 Date Anal~~zed: 03%1.9`2009 Date Reported: 03/19/2009 Comments: Lab ID Sample Location Sample # Sample Description Asbestos Constituents ('%) lion-asbestos Constituents (%~) 0(.109729-C)(11 W_1 ~1asonn. ~~'hite Gray None Detected (111ulost I ttxr (Incc~m) ~o~~ ItbrousC:ilass(1S0) It>°i, ~~eerecate >tt° <, I3indec'Fillcr 39°;, C)t1097'9-002 ~~_~_ I~rvvit, Red, ~Vhi[e Grzro t)OC)972~1-003 ~;_~ Dryvit, P.'hite, White Gra~~ 0009729-004 W l l ~'v'all Insulation. ~Nhite t)(.)t)9129-t)t)J C-l Ceilitt_ file=l.G~'hite Tan 0009729-006 -- C-~ Ceiling T+Ic`=1.4VhttcrTan 0009729-007 ---- -- ~._} Ceiling'Cile~LWhitc:lan Anal}'zed by: None Detected None Uetccted None Dctectu9 None Detected None T)ctecte;d None 1:7etected Reviewed by: CclluloscFttxr(Incgmj t"~~ TibrousGla~s(1SO) _~+'~~ Aggregate d ~ ", <, T Qi1171 't)°~o E'iinder-F'illcr )"~~ --__ C elluh?se f-tlx (Incom; _. _ _ ~"a, TtbnweUfastlSO) +°'<~ ~ tc ate 40'0 f"Oaltl ..+) io f3indcrrF'illcr - -- - C cllulosc (+lxr (Incom) '<, fthtuusC,lav(ISO) ~''~~ Perlite fit)"'i~ tion f~ib+ous t~9aterial I U"o Cellulosefiber(Utaanj ,...loo FthrOU(.f t3ti:>(1`l~)) ,lf!'~.~ Non-Fibrous V'tatorial 14°~ _ - Cellulese Fikwr (lncontl l" T=ibrousGlasst[SOt ~~oo Non-Fibrous Vtaterital 14"0 C cllulo~e Fiber ([ncom) l °~++ Fibrous Glass (ISO) 30'6 Non-f''ihrouc t~~taterial 1A°o Page 1 of 1 `°-- y"` t• ~T~^v °~i L r 9 r~' Sit' - - Customer: PLM REPORT SUMMARY Tenn Hcineckc ATf; Job !So.: 3S.22t21.0001:~ Morrison-:~iaicrlc, Inc. t3atch '~o.: ( )009779 AO 13ox 8057 , K~fispell MT 59904 Report Date: 03:19!2009 Sample Date: 03~ 10%71)09 Project: Bozeman Swim C`cnt er . Date Anal~~~.ed: 03r1~)-?009 C'ustomcr Project No.: Identification: ~7q "rest 1lethod: l/P.A Method 600fM4-R2-020; 6OOiR-93i i 1(i Ctient tio. W-1 ~'v'-? ~'~'- Lab No. Sample Description /Location 0004729-001 ~~tasonn~. i~~hitcl Graa 0009739-0(i2 Dryvft. Rt;ii, ~\:hitet tirav 0009?n9-0(}3 1>ryvit. VVhit~~^., ~~%h~tc'Cn~a~ 8985 E. Nichols Avenue, Suite 350 Centennial; CO 80112 www.atc-enviro com 303.799.6100 Fax 303.799.3441 Nvt.al~ t_ah cote I ono., I A[f1.~ L,abCode 1~}1>;6 Page 1 of 1 Asbestos Content None I)etccted __ None Detected \one Detected ~~'I-! 0009729-004 Wall insulation, ~4'hfte C-I 0009779-0O5 <'eilingTile::=l.White-Tan Ntxtc Detected None Det~ctcd __ C_2 0009%29-0(16 C'eilinc lilerl.1~'hiteiIun None Ui'tectcd ~-' OOC)9729-007 C'eilim~Tile-l,l4'hireiTan None Detected [here sa nplc5 ~:~c rc anaivz~cl m' layer s SDCCI}IC latiu or compt?nutY asbc tos anuent is inaicated what r~ evat t [ he EPa considers a material ut be stsltestos I c~~ntaintn~ onlE~ it it contains more than one percent atibrsictn by Cali~ratc~d ~'isu;ti :Area [istintatii~tn (C'~:1E[). F PA regulations also indicate that Rt~_u(ated ~sbesu>s ('ontaimnt Matenak (f2,ACNt} -- materials which are friable or may be wmc i4iab(e - be further analy-zed by point counting t~~hen the results indicate ~ i less Than ten percent asbcsC(x b~ C V;A}_. bar laboratory unlires CVA[. on v routine hasis and doc~ not include point counting unle~ slxxiFicali~ requis[ed. ~' The results may not be rcpn,>du~ad ewcpt in full, and shoul0 not he used a. a scolxr of ~~~ork for abatement without consultin, t~~ith .1~I'C. ~~ ASSOCIATES f N C . 8985 E. Alict~o{s Avenue, Suite 350 Centennia{, CO 80112 Tet: 343-799-6140 Fax: 343-799_„~A 4~•1- ~r~Z9 BULK MATERIAL SAMPLE CHAIN OF CUSTOD` =- _ . ATC Job#• ~~~ ~~~~~ - ~~ ~ 1`T Com an /t'i S #~ dlI - !-~'~ ~ L Pro'ect Name: ,(,~+ W ~ ~ Address: .p Collection Da#e: ~ - j (r3 ' C~ /° ~ P.O./Client Namber: Phone/Fax: ,~ ~ " - 22t F16 ' SZ' nal sis: 2 hr. 24 Hr. -5 Client Contact: Collection Address: sat' Notes: SAMPLE DATA i~ `~~~~ Sample # --- Description of MateriallColorl/Location ', ~~ Gam- rv f1 ~ --3- ~~~~~>~ -~ ~~ ?tiote: Sample collector is responsible for ensuring that alt samples have been preserved and prepared to the appropriate and applicable methodology. If package has sustained damage during transit, notify collector and shipper. Turnaround time begins upon receipt of sample (s} by Iaboratory..ATC will not be responsible far errors or omissions in calculations form in accuracy of original data. --~ ~ }~ ~ ~~ R nquishtxi by ampler: Dateri'ime Received by: Datei Time Relinquished by Sampler: Dateltime Received by: Uatei l7me r __ ,I ~ E ~,l -z.K.. - Customex: Tom Heineckc; vloriisgn-Maierle. (nc. PO Box ROS'7 Kalispell MT' S99CW Project: Customer Project ~o.: Identification: Test ~l9ethod: PLM REPORT SUMMARY Bozeman S~~~im Center N~'A EA,a Mefht~d fi0tl-ivl~}-52-020; 600:R-93%116 PL'~1_lnalvsis Methodolou~ ATt'.fob ~o.: 35.22121.0(}OlA Batch tio.: (1009729 Itepc~rt Uate: 03; 122009 Sample Date: 0;; 10.2009 Date ;1nal~~zed: O.i~ 19; 2009 8985E Nichols Avenue, Suite 350 Centennial, CO 80112 www.atc-enviro.com 303.799.6100 Fax 303.799.3441 VV'I.AP Lab Code I6'_D i 1 ~IH.1 L.aah(odc I~1:i36 Page 1 of 1 ~ ~ PLM samples were analyzed utilizin~~ the knvironmental Protection A~_==encv ~ `l'est Method: Method for the Determination of Asbestos in Building Materials (EPr~ 600rR-93 1 16. July. 1993). Repot tm~~ L..imit <1°i~~ Asbestos. additional treattrlent and tests may be required to accurate(} define composition (i.e. aching, extractions. acetone treatment. andTFM). Unused portions ofsampies are archived for one year unless client requests special handling. Asbestos content of mastic; adhesive is separated from total percent asbestos and other materials. Laboratory I:puinment Laboratory analysis was accomplished utilizin~~ an Olympus BFI-2 polarized Ii~Yht microscope. The microseop~ is equipped v,•ith dispersion stainin~~ Eensec. Quality tamtrol ATC Associates, Inc. is accredited by ~%L:`~P Bulk Asbestos Sample Quality Assurance Program (Lab Code 102031 ~). ATC participates in Che NVLAP Bulk Asbestos Sample Quality Assurance Pro~~ram and maintains an iii-house CSC%QA program for bulk samples whereby 10%~ of ail submitted samples are reanalyzed and documented in a Qualitt~ Control ~ti'Ianual. ATC also participates in a quarterly round robin QC%QA program for bulk samples with several accredited laboratories throughout the i,Inited States..CurrenC and past QC/QA program results are available in the laboratory for inspection. Laborator~~ Personnel Samples were analyzed. by Jeff Lomme, Laboratory Director. Mr. Lotnme is a professional geologist who has successfully completed the McC'ro~ne Institutes's "Advanced Asbestos Identification" Course. ~~ Approved Signatory ~-" `~~~ --~- -- Jeff Lomme NVLAP LAB CODE 102031-0 The non-detection of asbestos fibers in floor file by PLM is of itself inconclusive. Confirmation by Transmission Electron Microscope {TEM) is recommended for negative floor file samples. This report must not be. used by the client to claim product endorsements by NVLAP or an agency of the LLS. ~,?ovcrnment. This test reports only to the items stated. t ~; Q ~~- °`D^°y m b Z~~ g ff== ~ ~' < ~ ~m=~ ~, _s N ~ k2m~ 2 (7 ~ ~~~~ m D O 7) m < Z ~ IQ m y O _2 m a y tg ~ 8 3 a lC < rn O 3 I U h y m m .~ r w .~ ~r r~ wi . ~ w~ ~ ~ ~ . n° :y ~ { c7 r m r.i r m ~? ~' ~~, -~1 4 ~„~y 1-Oy ~N.~.y ~r'`' ~, ~ ~ ~.. O ~, ~ -~ C'~ b ti y y ;~,, "~ ., ~. a 4' A ~; Q ~"` ~~ ~ V~ v$ ~ ~;X & ~ OD D n ~~O77 ~ = D m~ p b A ~ 2 D N O~ fO O~ m < < < m p ti -~ -~ m +~ IS I= I= iiiXXXX m D z D O O m <? ~ ~1 A { D Z O ~ - to ~ ~o m ~ tv nm- O m 1, -~+ m z O ~ z D z D o ~ N p m ~ z m g`m T^ ~ y .. h C c N z ~J A ~ m A v~l ~l cn ~ D m ~ i r-- ~ rn ~` r n O n 'D --1 O z (i-~l bi I 1 ~ ~ l ~ I ~... 1 ~' N v ~ O ,.. I /._~ i i - '.. ` ~ ~ ~' ~ ~ - . I _..._...... ~~ ~i ~; ,, -- - . .. ~ N - ---_ i ,; I ~~ i ~! I _... i '; TABLE OF CONTENTS SWIM CENTER NATATORIUM HVAC IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT MANUAL SECTION TITLE DIVISION 0 -BIDDING REQUIREMENTS, CONTRACT FORMS AND DOCUMENTS WHITE PAPER 00100 INVITATION TO BID 00200 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS YELLOW PAPER 00300 BID FORM INFORMATION REQUIRED OF BIDDERS NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT 00430 BID BOND FORM (EJCDC No. C-430, 2002 Edition) WHITE PAPER 00500 AGREEMENT FORM 00610 PERFORMANCE BOND (EJCDC No. C-610, 2002 Edition) 00615 PAYMENT BOND (EJCDC No. C-615, 2002 Edition) BLUE PAPER 00700 STANDARD GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR THE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT 00810 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS TO THE GENERAL CONDITIONS PINK PAPER PREVAILING WAGE RATES (MT. Dept. Of Labor & Industry) WHITE PAPER MISCELLANEOUS FORMS NOTICE OF AWARD NOTICE TO PROCEED CHANGE ORDER FIELD ORDER WORK CHANGE DIRECTIVE ORDER TO CONTRACTOR TO SUSPEND WORK ORDER TO CONTRACTOR TO RESUME WORK APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT CERTIFICATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION CONTRACTORS CERTIFICATE AND RELEASE Table of Contents -Page 1 of 3 N:\0417\057\DOCS\SPECS\DIV 0\toc.docx Revised 6/30/03 TABLE OF CONTENTS - CONT'D SWIM CENTER NATATORIUM HVAC IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT MANUAL GREEN PAPER TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS MONTANA PUBLIC WORKS STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS The Montana Public Works Standard Specifications (MPWSS), Fifth Edition, March 2003 and 2006 Addendum, shall apply on this project, subject to the modifications and additions provided in the City of Bozeman Modifications to Montana Public Works Standard Specifications, Fifth Edition, dated March 2004 and Addendums 1,2 & 3. All of the above are incorporated herein by reference and shall be subject to the modifications and additions provided in the following Technical Specifications. SECTION TITLE DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 01 1000 SECTION 01 2500 SECTION 01 2600 SECTION 01 2900 SECTION 01 3100 SECTION 01 3200 SECTION 01 3300 SECTION 01 4000 SECTION 01 4200 SECTION 01 5000 SECTION 01 6000 SECTION 01 7300 SECTION 01 7700 SECTION 01 7823 SECTION 01 7839 SECTION 01 7900 Summary Substitution Procedures Contract Modification Procedures Payment Procedures Project Management and Coordination Construction Progress Documentation Submittal Procedures Quality Requirements References Temporary Facilities and Controls Product Requirements Execution Closeout Procedures Operation and Maintenance Data Project Record Documents Demonstration and Training DIVISION 03 -CONCRETE SECTION 03 3000 Cast-In-Place Concrete DIVISION 05 -METALS SECTION 05 5000 Metal Fabrications Table of Contents -Page 2 of 3 N:\0417\057\DOCS\SPECS\DIV 0\toc.docx Revised 6!30!03 TABLE OF CONTENTS - CONT'D SWIM CENTER NATATORIUM HVAC IMPROVEMENTS PROJECT MANUAL DIVISION 07 -THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION SECTION 07 9200 Joint Sealants DIVISION 23 -HEATING VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING SECTION 23 0500 SECTION 23 0593 SECTION 23 0700 SECTION 23 0900 SECTION 23 1123 SECTION 23 3113 SECTION 23 3116 SECTION 23 3300 SECTION 23 3423 SECTION 23 7413 SECTION 26 0519 SECTION 26 0526 SECTION 26 0533 SECTION 26 2200 SECTION 26 2713 SECTION 26 2813 SECTION 26 2913 Common Work Results for HVAC Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC HVAC insulation Instrumentation and Control for HVAC Facility Natural-Gas Piping Metal Ducts Nonmetal Ducts Air Duct Accessories HVAC Power Ventilators Packaged, Outdoor, Central-Station Air-Handling Units DIVISION 26 -ELECTRICAL Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems Low-Voltage Transformers Electricity Metering Fuses Enclosed Controllers DIVISION 28 -ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY SECTION 28 3100 Fire Detection and Alarm END OF TABLE OF CONTENTS N:\0417\057\DOCS\SPECS\DIV 0\toc.docx Revised 6/30/03 Table of Contents -Page 3 of 3 1 SECTION 00100 INVITATION TO BID Separate sealed bids for construction of Swim Center Natatorium HVAC Improvements will be received by the Gity of Bozeman at the office of City Clerk, City Halt, 121 North Rouse, Bozeman, MT 59715 until 2 pm local time on Monday April 13, 2009 ,and then publicly opened and read aloud. Mailed bids must be received before 2:OOpm, Monday, April 13. Mailed bids should be sent to: City Clerk, City of Bozeman, P.O. Box 1230, Bozeman, MT 59771. No faxed or electronic bids will be accepted. The project generally consists of, but is not necessarily limited to, the following major items: Removal of the existing natatorium air handling unit, selective demolition of the existing air handling ductwork and related elements, and installation of a new HVAC unit, ductwork and related elements. The Contract Documents consisting of half size Drawings and Project Manual may be examined or obtained at the office of Morrison-Maierle, Inc., 2880 Technology Blvd. West, Bozeman, MT. Required deposit is $75 per set, which is not refundable, by regular mail or United Parcel Service (UPS). Payment of an additional $20 is required for express mail. Full size drawings may be purchased for an additional $25 per set. In addition, the Drawings and Project Manual may also be examined at the following locations: • Bozeman Swim Center Aquatics Office, 1211 W. Main Street, Bozeman, MT • Bozeman Builders Exchange The offices of the consulting engineer, Morrison-Maierle, Inc., at 2880 Technology Boulevard West, Bozeman, Montana; 910 Helena Avenue, Helena, Montana; 315 North 25t" Street, Billings, Montana; 1228 Whitefish Stage Road, Unit 3A, Kalispell, Montana; 3011 Palmer Street, Missoula, Montana; or 1321 8th Avenue North, Suite 104, Great Falls, Montana Office of the City Clerk 121 North Rouse Avenue. Invitation to Bid - 00100 -Page 1 of 3 N:\0417\057\DOCS\SPECS\DIV 0\00100_invite_bid.docx Revised 6/18/03 There will be a Pre-Bid Conference at the Bozeman Swim Center at 1:00 pm on March 31, 2009. Interested CONTRACTORS are encouraged to attend. A tour of the project site(s) will be conducted after the meeting. CONTRACTOR(s) and any of the CONTRACTORS subcontractors bidding on this project will be required to obtain registration with the Montana Department of Labor and Industry (DLI). Forms for registration are available from the Department of Labor and Industry, P.O. Box 8011, 1805 Prospect, Helena, Montana 596048011. Information on registration can be obtained by calling 1-406-444-7734. CONTRACTOR's are required to have registered with the DLI prior to bidding on this project. All laborers and mechanics employed by CONTRACTOR(s) or subcontractors in performance of the construction work shall be paid wages at rates as may be required by the laws of the United States and the State of Montana accordance with the schedule of Montana Prevailing Wage Rates established by the Montana Department of Labor and Industry included in the Project Manual. The CONTRACTOR must ensure that employees and applicants for employment are not discriminated against because of their race, color, religion, sex or national origin. Each bid or proposal must be accompanied by a Certified Check, Cashier's Check, or Bid Bond payable to City of Bozeman, in an amount not less than ten percent (10%) of the total amount of the bid. Successful BIDDERS shall furnish an approved Construction Performance Bond and a Construction (Labor and Materials) Payment Bond, each in the amount of one hundred percent (100%) of the contract amount. Insurance as required shall be provided by the successful BIDDER(s) and a certificate(s) of that insurance shall be provided. No bid may be withdrawn after the scheduled time for the public opening of the Bids specified above. The right is reserved to reject any or all Proposals received, to waive informalities, to postpone the award of the contract for a period of not to exceed sixty (60), and to accept the lowest responsive and responsible bid which is in the best interest of the City of Bozeman. The CITY OF BOZEMAN is required to be an Equal Opportunity Employer. Invitation to Bid - 00100 -Page 2 of 3 N:\0417\057\DOCS\SPECS\DIV 0\00100_invite_bid.docx Revised 6/18/03 D u i~ ii Dated this 24th day of March. 2009. Stacy Ulmen City Clerk (Title) Address: 121 N. Rouse St. Bozeman. MT 59715 Publication Dates: Bozeman Daily Chronicle Sunday, March 29, 2009 Sunday, April 5, 2009 ' Invitation to Bid - 00100 -Page 3 of 3 N:\0417\057\DOCS\SPECS\DIV 0\00100 invite bid.docx Revised 6/18/03 SECTION 00200 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS TABLE OF CONTENTS ARTICLE 1 -DEFINED TERMS ......................................................................................3 ARTICLE 2 -COPIES OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS ........................................................3 ARTICLE 3 -QUALIFICATIONS OF BIDDERS ...............................................................3 ARTICLE 4 -EXAMINATION OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS, OTHER RELATED DATA, AND SITE .................................................................................................4 ARTICLE 5 -PRE-BID CONFERENCE ...........................................................................7 ARTICLE 6 -SITE AND OTHER AREAS ........................................................................7 ARTICLE 7 - INTERPRETATIONS~AND ADDENDA .......................................................8 ARTICLE 8 -BID SECURITY ..........................................................................................8 ARTICLE 9 -CONTRACT TIMES ....................................................................................9 ARTICLE 10 -LIQUIDATED DAMAGES .........................................................................9 ARTICLE 11 -SUBSTITUTE AND "OR-EQUAL" ITEMS .................................................9 ARTICLE 12 -SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS, AND OTHERS ...............................9 ARTICLE 13 -PREPARATION OF BID .........................................................................10 ARTICLE 14 -BASIS OF BID; COMPARISON OF BIDS ...........................................11 ARTICLE 15 -SUBMITTAL OF BID ..............................................................................12 ARTICLE 16 -MODIFICATION AND WITHDRAWAL OF BID .......................................14 ARTICLE 17 -OPENING OF BIDS ................................................................................14 ARTICLE 18 -BIDS TO REMAIN SUBJECT TO ACCEPTANCE ..................................15 ARTICLE 19 -EVALUATION OF BIDS AND AWARD OF CONTRACT .......................15 ARTICLE 20 -CONTRACT SECURITY AND INSURANCE ..........................................16 ARTICLE 21 -SIGNING OF AGREEMENT ...................................................................16 ARTICLE 22 -MONTANA STATE LAWS AND REGULATIONS ...................................16 Instructions to Bidders - 00200 -Page 1 of 19 N:\0417\057\DOCS\SPECS\DIV 0\00200insr bid.docx 3/26/2009 ARTICLE 23 - MPW STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS ...................................................17 ARTICLE 24 -COMPLIANCE WITH LABOR STANDARDS AND WAGE RATE REQUIREMENTS ...................................................................................17 ARTICLE 25 -EPA AND MDEQ REQUIREMENTS (DELETED) ..................................18 ARTICLE 26 -SALES AND USE TAXES (DELETED) ..................................................18 ARTICLE 27 - RETAINAGE ...........................................................................................18 ARTICLE 28 -CONTRACTS TO BE ASSIGNED (DELETED) ......................................18 ARTICLE 29 - BOZEMAN BUSINESS LICENSE ..........................................................19 ARTICLE 30 -PAYMENTS AND BIDDER BREAKDOWN OF BIDS .............................19 ARTICLE 31 -NOTICE OF APPROVAL OF PAYMENT REQUEST PROVISION ........19 ARTICLE 32 -NOTICE OF EXTENDED PAYMENT PROVISION ................................19 ARTICLE 33 -NOTICE OF ONE YEAR WARRANTY WALK-THROUGH .....................19 ii Instructions to Bidders - 00200 -Page 2 of 19 ' N:\0417\057\DOCS\SPECS\DIV 0\00200insr bid.docx 3/26/2009 ~ SECTION 00200 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS ARTICLE 1 -DEFINED TERMS ' 1.01 Terms used in these Instructions to Bidders will have the meanings indicated in the General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions. Additional terms used in these Instructions to Bidders have the meanings indicated below which are applicable to both the singular and plural thereof: A. Bidder--The individual or entity who submits a Bid directly to OWNER. ' B. Issuin Office--The office [identified in the Invitation to Bid] from which the 9 Bidding Documents are to be issued and where the bidding procedures are to be ' administered. C. Successful Bidder--The lowest responsible Bidder submitting a responsive Bid to whom OWNER (on the basis of OWNER's evaluation as hereinafter provided) makes an award. ' ARTICLE 2 -COPIES OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS 2.01 Complete sets of the Bidding Documents in the number and for the deposit sum, ' if any, stated in the [Advertisement or] Invitation to Bid may be obtained from the Issuing Office. The deposit will not be refunded. 2.02 Complete sets of Bidding Documents must be used in preparing Bids; neither OWNER nor ENGINEER assume any responsibility for errors or misinterpretations resulting from the use of incomplete sets of Bidding Documents. 2.03 OWNER and ENGINEER, in making copies of Bidding Documents available on the above terms, do so only for the purpose of obtaining Bids for the Work and do not confer a license or grant for any other use. ARTICLE 3 -QUALIFICATIONS OF BIDDERS 3.01 To demonstrate Bidder's qualifications to perform the Work, within five (5) days of OWNER's request, Bidder shall submit written evidence such as financial data, previous experience in performing comparable work, business and technical organization, present commitments, and such other data as may be called for below or in the Supplementary Conditions. A. Each Bid must contain evidence of Bidder's qualification to do business in the state where the Project is located or covenant to obtain such qualification prior to award of the contract. No Bidder will be acceptable if he is engaged in any other work which impairs his ability of meeting all requirements herein stipulated. Instructions to Bidders - 00200 -Page 3 of 19 N:\0417\057\DOCS\SPECS\DIV 0\00200insr_bid.docx 3!26/2009 B. In determining the lowest responsible bid, the following elements will be considered; whether the Bidder involved: 1. maintains a permanent place of business; 2. has adequate plant and equipment to do the work properly and expeditiously; and 3. has a suitable financial status to meet obligations incident to the work; 4. has appropriate technical experience. C. Each Bidder may be required to show that former work performed by him has been handled in such a manner that there are no just or proper claims pending against such work. No Bidder will be acceptable if he is engaged on any other work which impairs his ability to finance this contract. The Bidder shall demonstrate his ability by meeting all requirements herein stipulated, if asked for them. ARTICLE 4 -EXAMINATION OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS, OTHER RELATED DATA, AND SITE 4.01 Subsurface and Physical Conditions A. The Supplementary Conditions identify: 1. Those reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or contiguous to the Site that ENGINEER has used in preparing the Bidding Documents. 2. Those drawings of physical conditions in or relating to existing surface and subsurface structures at or contiguous to the Site (except Underground Facilities) that ENGINEER has used in preparing the Bidding Documents. B. Copies of reports and drawings referenced in the Supplementary Conditions will be made available by OWNER for examination by any Bidder at the Issuing Office on request. Those reports and drawings are not part of the Contract Documents, but the "technical data" contained therein upon which Bidder is entitled to rely as provided in paragraph 4.02 of the General Conditions has been identified and established in paragraph 4.02 of the Supplementary Conditions (if any). Bidder is responsible for any interpretation or conclusion Bidder draws from any "technical data" or any other data, interpretations, opinions or information contained in such reports or shown or indicated in such drawings. 4.02 Underground Facilities A. Information and data shown or indicated in the Bidding Documents with respect to existing Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the Site is based upon Instructions to Bidders - 00200 -Page 4 of 19 N:\0417\057\DOCS\SPECS\DIV 0\00200insr bid.docx 3/26/2009 information and data furnished to OWNER and ENGINEER by owners of such Underground Facilities, including OWNER, or others. OWNER and ENGINEER do not assume responsibility for the accuracy or completeness thereof unless expressly provided otherwise elsewhere. 4.03 Hazardous Environmental Condition A. The Supplementary Conditions identify those reports and drawings relating to a Hazardous Environmental Condition identified at the Site, if any, that ENGINEER has used in preparing the Bidding Documents. B. Copies of reports and drawings referenced in the Supplementary Conditions will be made available by OWNER for examination by any Bidder at the Issuing Office on request. Those reports and drawings are not part of the Contract Documents, but the "technical data" contained therein upon which Bidder is entitled to rely as provided in paragraph 4.06 of the General Conditions has been identified and established in paragraph 4.06 of the Supplementary Conditions. Bidder is responsible for any interpretation or conclusion Bidder draws from any "technical data" or any other data, interpretations, opinions, or information contained in such reports or shown or indicated in such drawings. 4.04 Responsibility for Adequacy of Data Furnished A. Provisions concerning responsibilities for the adequacy of data furnished to prospective Bidders with respect to subsurface conditions, Underground Facilities, and other physical conditions, and possible changes in the Bidding Documents due to differing or unanticipated conditions appear in paragraphs 4.02, 4.03, and 4.04 of the General Conditions. Provisions conceming responsibilities for the adequacy of data furnished to prospective Bidders with respect to a Hazardous Environmental Condition at the Site, if any, and possible changes in the Contract Documents due to any Hazardous Environmental Condition uncovered or revealed at the Site which was not shown or indicated in the Drawings or Specifications or identified in the Contract Documents to be within the scope of the Work appear in paragraph 4.06 of the General Conditions. 4.05 Access to the Site A. On request, OWNER will provide Bidder access to the Site to conduct such examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, and studies as Bidder deems necessary for submission of a Bid. Bidder shall fill and compact all holes and clean up and restore the Site to its former condition upon completion of such explorations, investigations, tests, and studies. Bidder shall comply with all applicable Laws and Regulations relative to excavations and utility locates. 4.06 Other Work at the Site A. Reference is made to Article 7 of the Supplementary Conditions or other sections of the Project Manual for the identification of the general nature of other work Instructions to Bidders - 00200 -Page 5 of 19 N:\0417\057\DOCS\SPECS\DIV 0\00200insr bid.docx 3/26/2009 that is to be performed at the Site by OWNER or others (such as utilities and other prime contractors) that relates to the Work for which a Bid is to be submitted. On ' request, OWNER will provide to each Bidder for examination access to or copies of Contract Documents (other than portions thereof related to price) for such other work. 4.07 It is the responsibility of each Bidder before submitting a Bid to: , A. Examine and carefully study the Bidding Documents, including any Addenda ' and the other related data identified in the Bidding Documents; B. Visit the Site and become familiar with and satisfy Bidder as to the general, ' local, and Site conditions that may affect cost, progress, and performance of the Work; including but not limited to those general and local conditions affecting transportation, disposal, handling and storage facilities, availability of labor, water, power, roads, , climactic conditions and seasons, physical conditions at the work Sites and project area as a whole, job site topography and ground conditions, equipment and facilities needed preliminary to and during work prosecution; ' C. Become familiar with and satisfy Bidder as to all Federal, State, and Local Laws and Regulations that may affect cost, progress, or performance of the Work; ' D. Carefully study all reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or contiguous to the Site and all drawings of physical conditions in or relating to ' existing surface or subsurface structures at or contiguous to the Site (except Underground Facilities) which have been identified in the Supplementary Conditions as provided in paragraph 4.02 of the General Conditions, and carefully study all reports , and drawings of a Hazardous Environmental Condition, if any, at the Site which have been identified in the Supplementary Conditions as provided in paragraph 4.06 of the General Conditions; E. Obtain. and carefully study (or accept consequences of not doing so) all additional or supplementary examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies, ' and data concerning conditions (surface, subsurface, and Underground Facilities) at or contiguous to the Site, which may affect cost, progress, or performance of the Work or which relate to any aspect of the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and , procedures of construction to be employed by Bidder, including applying any specific means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction expressly required by the Bidding Documents, and safety precautions and programs incident ' thereto; F. Agree at the time of submitting its Bid that no further examinations, ' investigations, explorations, tests, studies, or data are necessary for the determination of its Bid for performance of the Work at the price(s) bid and within the times and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Bidding Documents; ' G. Become aware of the general nature of the work to be performed by OWNER and others at the Site that relates to the Work as indicated in the Bidding Documents; Instructions to Bidders - 00200 -Page 6 of 19 N:\0417\057\DOCS\SPECS\DIV 0\00200insr_bid.docx 3/26/2009 ii ~ H. Correlate the information known to Bidder, information and observations ' obtained from visits to the Site, reports and drawings identified in the Bidding Documents, and all additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies, _ and data with the Bidding Documents; I. Promptly give ENGINEER written notice of all conflicts, errors, ambiguities, or discrepancies that Bidder discovers in the Bidding Documents and confirm that the written resolution thereof by ENGINEER is acceptable to Bidder; and J. Determine that the Bidding Documents are generally sufficient to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for the performance of the Work. 4.08 Representation Made by Submitting a Bid A. The submission of a Bid will constitute an incontrovertible representation by Bidder that Bidder has complied with every requirement of this Article 4, that without exception the Bid is premised upon performing and furnishing the Work required by the Bidding Documents and applying any specific means, methods, techniques, sequences, and/or procedures of construction that may be shown or indicated or expressly required by the Bidding Documents, that Bidder has given ENGINEER written notice of all conflicts, errors, ambiguities, and discrepancies that Bidder has discovered in the Bidding Documents and the written resolutions thereof by ENGINEER are acceptable to Bidder, and that the Bidding Documents and any written resolutions are generally sufficient to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for performing and furnishing the Work. ARTICLE 5 -PRE-BID CONFERENCE 5.01 A pre-Bid conference will be held at the time, date and place specified in the Invitation to Bid. Representatives of OWNER and ENGINEER will be present to discuss the Project. Bidders are encouraged to attend and participate in the conference. ENGINEER will transmit to all prospective Bidders of record such Addenda as ENGINEER considers necessary in response to questions arising at the conference. Oral statements may not be relied upon and will not be binding or legally effective. ARTICLE 6 -SITE AND OTHER AREAS 6.01 The Site is identified in the Bidding Documents. Easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing facilities are to be obtained and paid for by OWNER unless otherwise provided in the Bidding Documents. All additional lands and access thereto required for temporary construction facilities, construction equipment, or storage of materials and equipment to be incorporated in the Work are to be obtained and paid for by CONTRACTOR. Instructions to Bidders - 00200 -Page 7 of 19 N:\0417\05TDOCS\SPECS\DIV 0\00200insr bid.docx 3/26/2009 ARTICLE 7 -INTERPRETATIONS AND ADDENDA 7.01 All questions about the meaning or intent of the Bidding Documents are to be submitted to ENGINEER in writing. Interpretations or clarifications considered necessary by ENGINEER in response to such questions will be issued by Addenda mailed or delivered to all parties recorded by ENGINEER as having received the Bidding Documents. Questions received less than ten (10) days prior to the date for opening of Bids may not be answered. Only questions answered by formal written Addenda will be binding. Oral and other interpretations or clarifications will be without legal effect. 7.02 Addenda may be issued to clarify, correct, or change the Bidding Documents as deemed advisable by OWNER or ENGINEER. 7.03 Any addenda issued during the time of bidding, or forming a part of the Contract Documents loaned to the Bidder for the preparation of his proposal, shall be covered in the Bid and shall be made a part of the Agreement. Receipt of each addendum shall be acknowledged in the Bid and on the Bid Form. Any Bid in which all issued addenda are not acknowledged will be considered incomplete and will not be read. ARTICLE 8 -BID SECURITY 8.01 A Bid must be accompanied by Bid Security made payable to OWNER in an amount of ten percent (10%) of Bidder's maximum Bid price and in the form of a cashier's check, certified check, bank money order, or bank draft, in any case drawn and issued by a national banking association located in Montana or by any banking corporation incorporated under the laws of Montana; or a Bid Bond on the form attached issued by a surety authorized to do business in Montana meeting the requirements of paragraphs 5.01 and 5.02 of the General Conditions. Bid bonds shall be countersigned by an insurance producer licensed in Montana. 8.02 The Bid Security of the Successful Bidder will be retained until such Bidder has executed the Contract Documents, furnished the required contract security and met the other conditions of the Notice of Award, whereupon the Bid Security will be returned. If the Successful Bidder fails to execute and deliver the Contract Documents and furnish the required contract security within fifteen (15) days after the Notice of Award, OWNER may annul the Notice of Award and the Bid security of that Bidder will be forfeited. The Bid Security of other Bidders whom OWNER believes to have a reasonable chance of receiving the award may be retained by OWNER until the earlier of seven (7) days after the Effective Date of the Agreement or sixty-one (61) days after the Bid opening, whereupon Bid Security furnished by such Bidders will be returned. 8.03 Bid security of other Bidders whom OWNER believes do not have a reasonable chance of receiving the award will be returned within seven working days after the Bid opening. Instructions to Bidders - 00200 -Page 8 of 19 N:\0417\057\DOCS\SPECS\DIV 0\00200insr_bid.docx 3/26/2009 ARTICLE 9 -CONTRACT TIMES ' 9.01 The number of days within which, or the dates by which, the Work is to be (a) Substantially Completed and (b) also completed and ready for final payment are set ' forth in Section 00300 Bid Form and Section 00500 Agreement. ARTICLE 10 -LIQUIDATED DAMAGES 10.01 Provisions for liquidated damages, if any, are set forth in Section 00300 Bid Form and Section 00500 Agreement. ' ARTICLE 11 -SUBSTITUTE AND "OR-EQUAL" ITEMS ' 11.01 The Contract, if awarded, will be on the basis of materials and equipment specified or described in the Bidding Documents, or those substitute or "or-equal" materials and equipment approved by ENGINEER and identified by Addendum. The ' materials and equipment described in the Bidding Documents establish a standard of required type, function and quality to be met by any proposed substitute or "or-equal" item. No item of material or equipment will be considered by ENGINEER as a ' substitute or "or-equal" unless written request for approval has been submitted by Bidder and has been received by ENGINEER at least 5 days prior to the date for receipt of Bids. Each such request shall conform to requirements of paragraph 6.05 of the ' General Conditions. The burden of proof of the merit of the proposed item is upon Bidder. ENGINEER's decision of approval or disapproval of a proposed item will be ' final. If ENGINEER approves any proposed item, such approval will be set forth in an Addendum issued to all prospective Bidders. Bidders shall not rely upon approvals made in any other manner. ARTICLE 12 -SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS, AND OTHERS 12.01 If the Supplementary Conditions require or the OWNER requests the identity of certain Subcontractors, Suppliers, individuals, or entities to be submitted to OWNER in advance of a specified date prior to the Effective Date of the Agreement, the apparent Successful Bidder, and any other Bidder so requested, shall within five (5) days after Bid opening, submit to OWNER a list of all such Subcontractors, Suppliers, individuals, or entities proposed for those portions of the Work for which such identification is required. Such list shall be accompanied by an experience statement with pertinent information regarding similar projects and other evidence of qualifications for each such Subcontractor, Supplier, individual, or entity if requested by OWNER. If OWNER or ENGINEER, after due investigation, has reasonable objection to any proposed Subcontractor, Supplier, individual, or entity, OWNER may, before the Notice of Award is given, request apparent Successful Bidder to submit a substitute, in which case apparent Successful Bidder shall submit. an acceptable substitute, Bidder's Bid price will be increased (or decreased) by the difference in cost occasioned by such substitution, and OWNER may consider such price adjustment in evaluating Bids and making the Contract award. Instructions to Bidders - 00200 -Page 9 of 19 N:\0417\057\DOCS\SPECS\DIV 0\00200insr bid.docx 3/26/2009 12.02 If apparent Successful Bidder declines to make any such substitution, OWNER may determine such Bidder to be non-responsive and reject the Bid, and may award the Contract to the next lowest Bidder that proposes to use acceptable Subcontractors, Suppliers, individuals, or entities. Declining to make requested substitutions will not constitute grounds for forfeiture of the Bid Security of any Bidder. Any Subcontractor, Supplier, individual, or entity so listed and against which OWNER or ENGINEER makes no written objection prior to the giving of the Notice of Award will be deemed acceptable to OWNER and ENGINEER subject to revocation of such acceptance after the Effective Date of the Agreement as provided in paragraph 6.06 of the General Conditions. 12.03 CONTRACTOR shall not be required to employ any Subcontractor, Supplier, individual, or entity against whom CONTRACTOR has reasonable objection. ARTICLE 13 -PREPARATION OF BID 13.01 The Bid Form is included with the Bidding Documents. Additional copies may be obtained from ENGINEER; however, the Bid must be made on the forms provided in this bound copy of the Project Manual. Bids shall be strictly in accordance with the prescribed form. Any modifications thereof or deviations there from may be considered as sufficient cause for rejection. Bids carrying riders or qualifications to the Bid being submitted may be rejected as irregular. 13.02 All blanks on the Bid Form shall be completed by printing in ink or by typewriter and the Bid signed in ink. Erasures or alterations shall be initialed in ink by the person signing the Bid Form. A Bid price shall be indicated for each section, Bid item, alternative, adjustment unit price item, and unit price item listed therein, or the words "No Bid," No Change," or "Not Applicable" entered. 13.03 A Bid by a corporation must be executed in the corporate name by the president or avice-president or other corporate officer who is authorized to bind the corporation, and the corporate seal shall be affixed and attested by the secretary or an assistant secretary. The corporate address and state of incorporation must be shown below the signature. The Bid of a corporation which is signed by a person other than a corporate officer must be accompanied by evidence of authority to sign. 13.04 A Bid by a partnership shall be executed in the partnership name and signed by a partner, whose title must appear under the signature accompanied by evidence of authority to sign. The official address of the partnership must be shown below the signature. 13.05 A Bid by a limited liability company shall be executed in the name of the firm by a member and accompanied by evidence of authority to sign. The State of formation of the firm and the official address of the firm must be shown below the signature. 13.06 A Bid by an individual shall show the Bidder's name and official address. Instructions to Bidders - 00200 -Page 10 of 19 N:\0417\057\DOCS\SPECS\DIV 0\00200insr_bid.docx 3!26/2009 L i 1 ~_ C 13.07 A Bid by a Joint Venture shall be executed by each Joint Venturer in the manner ' indicated on the Bid Form. The official address of the Joint Venture must be shown below the signature. ' 13.08 All signatures are to be in ink and names must be typed or printed in ink below the signatures. The title of the person(s) executing the Bid shall be clearly indicated beneath the signature(s). ' 13.09 The Bid shall contain an acknowledgment of receipt of all Addenda, the numbers of which must be filled in on the Bid Form. A copy of all acknowledged Addenda shall be attached to the Bid Form. Bids in which all issued addenda are not acknowledged will be considered incomplete and will not be read. 13.10 The address and telephone number for communications regarding the Bid must be shown. 13.11 The Bid must contain evidence of Bidder's authority and. qualification to do business in Montana. Bidder's current Montana state contractor registration number ' must be shown on the Bid Form. 13.12 The Bid will not be considered unless accompanied by proper Bid Security in accordance with Article 8 of these Instruction to Bidders. ' 13.13 The Bid may not be considered unless all attached forms or certifications in this Project Manual are completed. Depending on federal assistance regulations, these may include, but are not limited to: ' Noncollusion Affidavit Certification of Nonsegregated Facilities DBE Certifications EEO Certifications Clean Air Act and Water Pollution Control Act Certifications ' Federal Lobbying Certification 13.14 Alternate Bids will not be considered unless called for. 13.15 Bids by telephone, telegraph, fax or other telecommunication systems will not be considered. 13.16 No Bidder may submit more than one Bid. Two Bids under different names will not be received from one firm or association. ' ARTICLE 14 -BASIS OF BID; COMPARISON OF BIDS 14.01 Bids ' Instructions to Bidders - 00200 -Page 11 of 19 N:\0417\057\DOCS\SPECS\DIV 0\00200insr bid.docx 3/26/2009 u A. Bidders shall submit a Bid on a unit price and/or lump sum basis for each item of Work listed in the Bid Schedule as provided in the Bid Form and as described below. The Bid will not be considered unless the Bid Form contains prices for all unit price and/or lump sum items, and alternates, as shown on the Bid Form. Bids and totals shall be shown legibly in their proper locations. The Total Amount of the Bid shall be legibly written and numerically presented in the proper places and the Bid Form shall be manually signed. 14.02 Unit Price A. Bidders shall submit a Bid on a unit price basis for each item of Work listed in the Bid Schedule. B. The total of all estimated prices will be determined as the sum of the products of the estimated quantity of each item and the unit price Bid for the item. The final quantities and Contract Price will be determined in accordance with paragraph 11.03 of the General Conditions. C. Discrepancies between the multiplication of units of Work and unit prices will be resolved in favor of the unit prices. Discrepancies between the indicated sum of any column of figures and the correct sum thereof will be resolved in favor of the correct sum. Discrepancies between words and figures will be resolved in favor of the words. 14.03 The Bid price shall include such amounts as the Bidder deems proper for overhead and profit on account of cash allowances, if any, named in the Contract Documents as provided in paragraph 11.02 of the General Conditions. 14.04 The low Bidder will be determined on the basis of the sum of the lowest total Lump Sum Base Bid without consideration of any additive or deductive alternate bids for lump sum proposals. The Owner reserves the right to exercise any or all additive or deductive alternatives in any combination after the lowest acceptable proposal has been determined. 14.05 The right also is reserved for the Owner to negotiate with the responsible Bidder submitting the lowest responsive bid in the event such lowest bid exceeds the amount budgeted for this contract. Such negotiations, if the Owner elects to negotiate rather than to reject all proposals, shall be directly between the Owner and such Bidder. The Owner and such Bidder shall review the Contract Documents, and the Owner may provide such additional information as it deems appropriate to provide. Such Bidder then may be invited by the Owner to submit a revised bid. The Bidder may elect not to submit a revised bid, and the Owner may reject any such revised bid. Such revised bid, if any, shall be submitted within thirty days from the date of the initial bid opening. ARTICLE 15 -SUBMITTAL OF BID 15.01 Each prospective Bidder is furnished one bound copy of the Bidding Documents with one copy of the Bid Form bound therein. The bound copy of the Bid Form is to be completed and submitted with the Bid Security and the following data. None of the Instructions to Bidders - 00200 -Page 12 of 19 N:10417\057\DOCS\SPECS\DIV 0\00200insr_bid.docx 3/26/2009 0 ii C i C i C! ~~ C Instructions to Bidders, Bid Form, Bond forms, Agreement, contract stipulations, ' or other specifications shall be removed from the bound copy of the Project Manual prior to submission of Bid. Data to be submitted with the Bid includes: ' A. Copies of acknowledged Addendums B. Other data required by the Instructions to Bidders, Bid Form, Supplementary ' Conditions or Bidding Documents. 15.02 A Bid shall be submitted no later than the date and time prescribed and at the ' place indicated in the Invitation to Bid and shall be enclosed in an opaque sealed envelope plainly marked with the Project title (and, if applicable, the designated portion of the Project for which the Bid is submitted), the name and address of ' Bidder, and shall be accompanied by the Bid Security and other required documents. If a Bid is sent by mail or other delivery system, the sealed envelope ' containing the Bid shall be enclosed in a separate envelope plainly marked on the outside with the notation "BID ENCLOSED." A mailed Bid shall be addressed to: ' City of Bozeman Attn: Stacy Ulmen, City Clerk 121 N. Rouse ' Bozeman, MT 59715 15.03 Other Bid submittal requirements: ' A. The Bid will not be considered unless accompanied by proper Bid Security in accordance with Article 8 of these Instructions to Bidders. ' B. Alternative Bids will not be considered unless called for. ' C. Bids by telephone, telegraph, fax or other telecommunication systems will not be considered. ' 15.04 The following items shall be completed as part of the Bid submittal: 1. Fill in all blanks on Project Manual Book cover. ' 2. Complete all required items in the Bid Form. 3. Provide a completed Bid Bond form. 4. Acknowledge and attach all Addendums. t 15.05 Statement of Bidder's Qualifications and Other Information: The apparent low Bidder shall be required to submit certain information as requested in the section titled ' "Information Required of Bidders." This information shall be submitted within three working days after the bid opening by the apparent low Bidder. Failure to comply with this requirement may render the Bid unresponsive and may result in the rejection of the ' Instructions to Bidders - 00200 -Page 13 of 19 N:\0417\057\DOCS\SPECS\DIV 0\00200insr bid.docx 3/26/2009 u Bid. Furthermore, failure of the low Bidder to provide this information shall be reason for the OWNER to make a claim against the bid security. ' ARTICLE 16 -MODIFICATION AND WITHDRAWAL OF BID 16.01 A Bid may be modified or withdrawn by an appropriate document duly executed ' in the manner that a Bid must be executed and delivered to the place where Bids are to be submitted prior to the date and time for the opening of Bids, as called for in the ' Invitation to Bid. Requests for modification or withdrawal must be written and must be signed in the same manner and by the same person(s) who signed the Bid. 16.02 If, within twenty-four (24) hours after Bids are opened, any Bidder files a duly ' signed written notice with OWNER and promptly thereafter demonstrates to the reasonable satisfaction of OWNER that there was a material and substantial mistake in ' the preparation of its Bid, that Bidder may withdraw its Bid and the Bid security will be returned. Thereafter, if the Work is rebid or negotiated, that Bidder will be disqualified from further bidding on the Work. ' 16.03 Bids and modifications or withdrawals thereof received at the office designated in the Invitation for Bid after the exact time set for opening of Bids will not be considered , unless: They are received before award is made; and either (1) they are sent by registered mail, or by certified mail not later than the fifth calendar day before the date specified for the Bid for which an official dated post office stamp (postmark) on the ' original Receipt for Certified Mail has been obtained and it is determined by the OWNER that the late receipt was due solely to delay in the mail for which the BIDDER was not responsible; or (2) if submitted by mail, it is determined by the OWNER that the ' late receipt was due solely to mishandling by the OWNER after receipt at the OWNER's installation: PROVIDED, that timely receipt at such installation is established upon examination of an appropriate date or time stamp (if any) of such installation, or of other ' documentary evidence of receipt (if readily available) with the control of such installation or of the post office serving it; or (3) was sent by U.S. Postal Express Mail next day service not later than 5:00 P.M. at the place of mailing two working days prior to the ' date specified for receipt of Bids. 16.04 Bidders using certified mail are cautioned to obtain a Receipt for Certified Mail ' showing a legible, dated postmark and to retain such receipt against the chance that it will be required as evidence that a Bid was timely mailed. If the post mark on the original Receipt for Certified Mail does not show a date, the Bid shall not be considered. ' ARTICLE 17 -.OPENING OF BIDS , 17.01 Bids will be opened at the time and place set for the opening as indicated in the Invitation to Bid and, unless obviously non-responsive, will be read aloud publicly. An abstract of the amounts of the base Bids and major alternates, if any, will be made ' available to Bidders after the opening of Bids. Instructions to Bidders - 00200 -Page 14 of 19 ' N:\0417\057\DOCS\SPECS\DIV 0\00200insr_bid.docx 3126!2009 I'~ 7 u ARTICLE 18 -BIDS TO REMAIN SUBJECT TO ACCEPTANCE 18.01 All Bids will remain subject to acceptance for sixty (60) days after the day of the Bid opening, but OWNER may, in its sole discretion, release any Bid and return the Bid Security prior to the end of this period. ARTICLE 19 -EVALUATION OF BIDS AND AWARD OF CONTRACT 19.01 OWNER reserves the right to reject any and/or all Bids, including without limitation, nonconforming, nonresponsive, unbalanced, or conditional Bids. OWNER further reserves the right to reject the Bid of any Bidder whom it finds, after reasonable inquiry and evaluation, to be non-responsible. OWNER also reserves the right to waive all informalities not involving price, time, or changes in the Work and to negotiate contract terms with the Successful Bidder. OWNER also reserves the right to reject the Bid of any Bidder if OWNER believes it would not be in the best interest of the Project to make an award to that Bidder, whether because Bid is not responsive, or the Bidder is unqualified or of doubtful financial ability, or fails to meet any other pertinent standard or criteria established by the OWNER. 19.02 More than one Bid for the same Work from an individual or entity under the same or different names will not be considered. Reasonable grounds for believing that any Bidder has an interest in more than one Bid for the Work may be cause for disqualification of the Bidder and the rejection of all Bids in which that Bidder has an interest. 19.03 In evaluating Bids, OWNER will consider whether or not the Bids comply with the prescribed requirements, and such alternates, unit prices and other data, as may be requested in the Bid Form or prior to the Notice of Award. 19.04 In evaluating Bidders, OWNER will consider the qualifications of Bidders and may consider the qualifications and experience of Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other individuals or entities proposed for those portions of the Work for which the identity of Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other individuals or entities must be submitted as provided in the Supplementary Conditions. 19.05 OWNER may conduct such investigations as OWNER deems necessary to establish the responsibility, qualifications, and financial ability of Bidders, proposed Subcontractors, Suppliers, individuals, or entities to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 19.06 If the Contract is to be awarded, OWNER will award the Contract to the ' responsible Bidder whose Bid is in the best interests of the Project. Consideration factors will include conformance with all material terms and conditions of the Contract Documents, Bid price, and other appropriate factors. ' 19.07 If the Contract is to be awarded OWNER will ive the Successful Bidder a Notice 9 of Award within twelve (12) days after the day of the Bid opening. ' Instructions to Bidders - 00200 -Page 15 of 19 N:\041 T057\DOCS\SPECS\DIV 0\00200insr bid.docx 3/26/2009 19.08 The OWNER reserves the right to accept or reject the Bids, or portions of Bids if denoted in the Bid as separate schedules, and to award more than one Bid or schedule for the same Bid if any of the aforementioned combination of Bids or schedules will be in the best interest of the OWNER. 19.09 The OWNER reserves the right to cancel the award of any Agreement at any time before the complete execution of said Agreement by all parties without any liability against the OWNER. 19.10 If, at the time this Contract is to be awarded, the total of the lowest acceptable Bid Proposal exceeds the funds then estimated by the Owner as available, the Owner may reject all Bid Proposals or take such other action as best serves the Owner's interests. ARTICLE 20 -CONTRACT SECURITY AND INSURANCE 20.01 Article 5 of the General Conditions, as may be modified by the Supplementary Conditions, sets forth OWNER's requirements as to Performance Bond, Payment Bond, and insurance. When the successful Bidder delivers the executed Agreement to OWNER, it must be accompanied by such Bonds and insurance certificates. ARTICLE 21 -SIGNING OF AGREEMENT 21.01 When OWNER gives a Notice of Award to the successful Bidder, it shall be accompanied by the required number of unsigned counterparts of the Agreement with the other Contract Documents which are identified in the Agreement as attached thereto. Within five (5) days thereafter, successful Bidder shall sign and deliver five (5) counterparts of the Agreement and attached documents to OWNER. Within fifteen (15) days thereafter, OWNER shall deliver two fully signed counterparts to successful Bidder. ARTICLE 22 -MONTANA STATE LAWS AND REGULATIONS 22.01 All applicable laws, ordinances and the rules and regulations of authorities having jurisdiction over construction of the project shall apply to the Contract throughout. State laws and ordinances which the CONTRACTOR must comply with, include but are not limited to, those involving workmen's compensation insurance, contractor registration, employment preference to Montana contractors and Montana residents, and gross receipts tax. 22.02 MONTANA CONTRACTOR REGISTRATION REQUIREMENT. Title 39, Chapter 9, Part 2, MCA for registration of CONTRACTORS with the Montana Department of Labor and Industry. No bids will be considered that do not carry the Bidder's Montana Contractor's Registration Number on the bid form and also on the envelope containing the Bid. Instructions to Bidders - 00200 -Page 16 of 19 N:\0417\057\DOCS\SPECS\DIV 0\00200insr_bid.docx 3/26/2009 C ii 0 LI' C Information pertaining to this requirement and registration forms may be obtained from the Montana Department of Labor and Industry, P.O. Box 8011, 1805 Prospect, Helena, Montana 59604-8011 or by calling 1-406-444-7734. ' 22.03 ADDITIONAL CONTRACTOR LICENSE FEE (MONTANA CONTRACTORS GROSS RECEIPTS TAX). In accordance with Title 15, Chapter 50, MCA, the OWNER shall withhold, in addition to other amounts withheld as provided by law or specified ' herein, 1 percent (1 %) of all payments due the CONTRACTOR and shall transmit such moneys to the Montana Department of Revenue. ' 22.04 BIDDER PREFERENCE. In accordance with the provisions of Title 18, Chapter 1, Part 1, MCA, a preference will be given to the lowest responsible Bidder who is a resident of the State of Montana over a nonresident Bidder from any state or country ' that enforces a preference in their state or country for their resident Bidders. The preference given to Montana resident Bidders will be equal to the preference given in the other state or country. This Bidder preference applies unless specifically prohibited ' by Federal laws or regulations. Products manufactured or produced in the State of Montana shall be preferred for use ' in all projects if such products are comparable in price and quality. Further, wherever possible, products manufactured and produced in the State, which are suitable ' substitutes for products manufactured or produced outside the State, and comparable in price, quality and performance, shall be preferred for use in this project. Preference regarding these products shall be in accordance with the laws of the State of Montana. 22.05 LOCAL LABOR. CONTRACTOR shall give preference to the employment of Montana residents in accordance with applicable portions of Title 18, Chapter 2, Part 4, ' MCA. ' ARTICLE 23 -MPW STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS 23.01 The Montana Public Works Standard Specifications, Fifth Edition, March 2003 ' (and 2006 Addendum), are referred to elsewhere in this document as the MPW Standard Specifications. Copies of the MPW Standard Specifications and all addenda are available from: ' Associated General Contractors of America Montana Contractors Association ' 1717 11th Avenue Helena, MT 59601 Telephone: (406) 442-4162 ' ARTICLE 24 - COMPLIANCE WITH LABOR STANDARDS AND WAGE RATE REQUIREMENTS 24.01 For public works projects, pursuant to MCA 18-2-422, all laborer and mechanics employed by the CONTRACTOR(s) or subcontractors in performance of construction Instructions to Bidders - 00200 -Page 17 of 19 N:\0417\057\DOCS\SPECS\DIV 0\00200insr bid.docx 3/26/2009 projects with a total cost of $25,000 or more, shall be paid, minimum wages in conformance with the prevailing State Wage Rates published by the Montana Department of Labor and Industry. The prevailing wage rate schedules are included herein. The OWNER does not guarantee that labor can be procured for the minimum wages shown on the referenced schedules. The rates of wages listed are minimum only, below which the CONTRACTOR cannot pay, and they do not constitute a representation that labor can be procured for the minimum listed. 24.02 The minimum wages included in the Project Manual are not controlling except as to the minimum for the purpose of Montana State Law or the Davis-Bacon Act; therefore, it is incumbent upon each employer to pay the standard prevailing rate of wages including fringe benefits for health and welfare and pension contributions, and travel allowance provisions in effect and applicable to the county or locality in which the work is being performed. The CONTRACTOR and all subcontractors are directed to the Montana Commissioner of Labor for information on the standard prevailing rate of wages applicable to this contract within this project area. 24.03 "Standard Prevailing Rate of Wages" is defined by Section 18-2-401 MCA, as including wages, fringe benefits for health and welfare and pension contributions and travel allowance which are paid in the county or locality by other contractors for work of a similar character performed in that county or locality by each craft, classification or type of worker needed to complete a contract. 24.04 Any infraction of the Laws of the State of Montana covering Labor, Title 39, Chapters 1 through 73, MCA will be forwarded to the State of Montana Department of Labor and Industry. 24.05 "Travel Allowance", in effect at the time of contract award, and according to latest information received by the State of Montana Department of Labor and Industry, Labor Standards Division, shall be adhered to where applicable. 24.06 Travel allowance if applicable, may or may not be all inclusive of "travel" and/or subsistence and travel time due employees. It is incumbent on the employer to determine the amounts due for each craft employed according to the method of computation outlined for each craft where applicable. 24.07 To comply with Montana Law Section 18-2-401 thru 18-2-432 MCA, the Contractor shall post in a prominent and accessible site on the project work area, not later than the first day of work, a legible statement of all wages to be paid to the employees employed on the project. ARTICLE 25 -EPA AND MDEQ REQUIREMENTS (DELETED) ARTICLE 26 -SALES AND USE TAXES (DELETED) ARTICLE 27 - RETAINAGE 27.01 Provisions concerning retainage are set forth in the Agreement. ARTICLE 28 -CONTRACTS TO BE ASSIGNED (DELETED) Instructions to Bidders - 00200 -Page 18 of 19 N:\0417\057\DOCS\SPECS\DIV 0\00200insr_bid.docx 3/26!2009 !~ ~' ~~ C u ~J n n ~l 0 0 ARTICLE 29 - BOZEMAN BUSINESS LICENSE 29.01 CONTRACTOR and all subcontractors will be required to obtain a current City of Bozeman Business License prior to award of the Contract. The City Business License is not required for bidding. The license(s) may be obtained from the City of Bozeman. Information on requirements and cost of the license may be obtained by calling 406- 582-2300. Applications may be obtained at City Hall, 121 North Rouse. ARTICLE 30 -PAYMENTS AND BIDDER BREAKDOWN OF BIDS 30.01 Payment for all work performed under this Agreement will be made by the OWNER within the time period specified in and in accordance with the procedures outlined in the General Conditions. Payments made after the time limit will be subject to interest at the rate specified in the Agreement. When the work extends beyond thirty (30) days, progress payments will be made monthly for any work accomplished during the preceding month, but subject to retainage as specified elsewhere. 30.02 For the sole purpose of facilitating monthly progress payments, a breakdown of Bid Item 4, "Natatorium HVAC Improvements, Complete" into costs associated with each technical specification section is to be submitted within 15 calendar days after the Bid Opening. The price breakdown shall be fairly apportioned to the various parts of the work and shall meet with the ENGINEER's approval. If so requested by the ENGINEER, the CONTRACTOR shall substantiate any price or prices with additional detail price breakdown or other information as requested by the ENGINEER. ARTICLE 31 -NOTICE OF APPROVAL OF PAYMENT REQUEST PROVISION 31.01 These Contract Documents and this Contract allows the OWNER to review and approve each CONTRACTOR's periodic payment request within 30 days after the request is received by the OWNER. ARTICLE 32 -NOTICE OF EXTENDED PAYMENT PROVISION 32.01 These Contract Documents and this Contract allow the OWNER to make periodic payments within 14 days after the OWNER's approval of each periodic payment request. ARTICLE 33 -NOTICE OF ONE YEAR WARRANTY WALK-THROUGH 33.01 On or about the one year anniversary of final project completion, the CONTRACTOR shall contact OWNER and provide awalk-through with the OWNER to identify and address any workmanship/warranty issues that may require attention. The CONTRACTOR shall remedy any such issues identified in this walk-through as part of CONTRACTOR's standard warranty obligations. END OF SECTION 00200 Instructions to Bidders - 00200 -Page 19 of 19 N:\0417\057\DOCS\SPECS\DIV 0\00200insr bid.docx 3/26/2009 n SECTION 00300 BID FORM PROJECT IDENTIFICATION: Swim Center Natatorium HVAC Improvements City of Bozeman Bozeman, Montana CONTRACT IDENTIFICATION AND NUMBER: MMI #0417.057 010 0315 THIS BID IS SUBMITTED TO: Honorable Mayor and City Commission Attn: Clerk of the Commission City of Bozeman, Montana 411 East Main Street Bozeman, Montana 59715 ARTICLE 1 -CONTRACT 1.01 The undersigned Bidder proposes and agrees, if this Bid is accepted, to enter into an Agreement with OWNER in the form included in the Bidding Documents, to perform and furnish all Work as specified or indicated in the Bidding Documents for the prices and within the times indicated in this Bid and. in accordance with the other terms. and conditions of the Bidding Documents. Bidder will sign and submit the Agreement with the Bonds and other documents required by the Bidding Requirements within fifteen (15) days after the date of OWNER's Notice of Award. ARTICLE 2 -BID TO REMAIN OPEN 2.01 Bidder accepts all of the terms and conditions of the Advertisement or Invitation to Bid and Instructions to Bidders, including without limitations those dealing with the disposition of Bid Security. The Bid will remain subject to acceptance for sixty (60) days after the Bid opening, or for such longer period of time that Bidder may agree to in writing upon request of OWNER. Section 00300 Page 1 of 10 N:\0417\0571DOCS\SPECS\DIV 0\00300 Bid Form.docx 3/26/09 ARTICLE 3 -SUBMITTING THE BID 3.01 In submitting this Bid, Bidder represents, as set forth m the Agreement, that: A. Bidder has examined and carefully studied the Bidding Documents, other , related data identified in the Bidding Documents, and the following Addenda, receipt of all which is hereby acknowledged: Addendum No. Addendum Date B. Bidder has visited the Site and become familiar with and is satisfied as to the general, local and Site conditions that may affect cost, progress, and performance of the Work. C. Bidder is familiar with and is satisfied as to all federal, state and local Laws and Regulations that may affect cost, progress and performance of the Work. D. Bidder has carefully studied all: (1) reports of explorations and tests of , subsurface conditions at or contiguous to the Site and all drawings of physical conditions in or relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at or contiguous to the Site (except Underground Facilities), if ' any, which have been identified in the Supplementary Conditions as provided in paragraph 4.02 of the General Conditions, and (2) reports and drawings of a Hazardous Environmental Condition, if any, which has been ' identified in the Supplementary Conditions as provided in paragraph 4.06 of the General Conditions. ' E. Bidder has obtained and carefully studied (or assumes responsibility for having done so) all additional or supplementary examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies and data concerning conditions (surface, subsurface and Underground Facilities) at or contiguous to the Site which may affect cost, progress, or performance of the Work or which relate to any aspect of the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and ' .procedures of construction to be employed by Bidder, or expressly required by the Bidding Documents to be employed by Bidder, and safety precautions and programs incident thereto. F. Bidder does not consider that any further examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies, or data are necessary for the determination of this Bid for performance of the Work at the price(s) bid and within the times and in accordance with the other terms and conditions. of the Bidding Documents. ' Section 00300 Page 2 of 10 S N:\04171057\DOCS\SPECS\DiV 0\00300 Bid Form.docx 3/26/09 1 I I G. Bidder is aware of the general nature of work to be performed by OWNER and others at the Site that relates to the Work as indicated in the Bidding Documents. H. Bidder has correlated the information known to Bidder, information and observations obtained from visits to the Site, reports and drawings identified in the Bidding Documents, and all additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies, and data with the Bidding Documents. I. Bidder has given ENGINEER written notice of all conflicts, errors, ambiguities, or discrepancies that Bidder has discovered in the Bidding Documents, and the written resolution thereof by ENGINEER is acceptable to Bidder. J. The Bidding Documents are generally sufficient to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for the performance of the Work for which this Bid is submitted. 3.02 Bidder further represents that this Bid is genuine and not made in the interest of or on behalf of any undisclosed individual or entity and is not submitted in conformity with any agreement or rules of any group, association, organization or corporation; Bidder has not directly or indirectly induced or solicited any other Bidder to submit a false or sham Bid; Bidder has not solicited or induced any individual, firm, or entity to refrain from bidding; and Bidder has not sought by collusion to obtain for itself any advantage over any other Bidder or over OWNER. 3.03 The Bidder certifies that no official of the OWNER, ENGINEER or any member of such official's immediate family, has direct or indirect interest in the pecuniary profits or Contracts of the Bidder. ARTICLE 4 -BID SHEET SCHEDULES 4.01 Bidder will complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents and the provisions below for the following price(s) as summarized in the Bid Sheet Schedule(s) hereinafter. A. The Bidder understands and acknowledges that estimated quantities are not guaranteed and are solely for the purpose of comparing Bids from the various Bidders and that final payment under the Contract for all unit price bid items will be based on the actual quantities of work installed and measured in accordance with the Contract Documents. Bidder will complete the Work for the price set forth in the following unit price or lump sum schedules. B. The Bidder agrees that all sales and use taxes are included in the stated bid prices for the work, unless provision is made herein for the Bidder to separately itemize the estimated amount of sales or use taxes. Section 00300 Page 3 of 10 N:\0417\057\DOCS\SPECS\DIV 0\00300 Bid Form.docx 3/26/09 C. All specific cash allowances are included in the Lump Sum prices set forth below and have been computed in accordance with paragraph 11.02 of the General Conditions. D. Unit Prices have been computed in accordance with paragraph 11.03.B of the General Conditions. The undersigned agrees that the unit prices shall govern in checking the Bid, and should a discrepancy exist in the Total Estimated Price and Total Amount of Unit Prices Bid as listed after extensions are checked and corrections made, if any, the Total Amount of Unit Prices Bid as corrected shall be used in awarding this Contract. [~ E. The OWNER reserves the right to reject any or all bids and accept or reject the portions of Bids denoted as separate schedules. F. A single contract for the work shall be awarded. Bidders shall submit a , Bid for all Bid Schedules on a unit price and/or lump sum basis for each item of Work listed as provided and described below. i~ i L Section 00300 Page 4 of 10 N:\0417\057\DOCS\SPECS\DIV 0\00300 Bid Form.docx 3/26/09 7 7 u n MAINTENANCE BUILDING ADDITION BID SHEET The Bid for the following items shall be a unit price or lump sum bid for all construction work described in the Contract Documents. The bid price shall include all temporary or permanent equipment, materials, supplies, and labor necessary to construct the item in accordance with the Contract Documents. ITEM DESCRIPTION ESTIMATED UNI UNIT TOTAL T NO. t1UANTiTY PRICE PRIC£ 1 Mobilization-Demobilization (no more than 3% of Bid Total) 1 LS '~p~`a~ ~/' ~~ a 4 2 Taxes, Bonds, and Insurance 1 LS xv. p~r~, a' .~ o0 3 General Requirements, complete 1 LS ~s,~a~ ~ ~ da 4 Natatorium HVAC Improvements, Complete 1 LS ~ ~~~ ~p ~fl TOTAL 81D PRICE Total Bid Price in Words _~-~-- ~~-~~;~ ~ , ~ ~L~ Total Bid Price in Figures ~~ ~ ;~ ~~~ , ~; ;~ ' BASIS OF AWARD if the Contract is awarded, the Owner wiN award a single Contract in accordance with Article 19 of Section 00100. The award will be made by the Owner on the basis of that Bid from the lowest responsive, responsible Bidder which, in the Owner's sole and ' absolute judgment, will best serve the interest of the Owner. The low bidder will be determined on the basis of the lowest Total Combined Bid amount. ARTICLE 5 -CONTRACT TIME ' 5.01 The time of completion of the work is a basic consideration of the Contract, It will be necessary that the Bidder satisfy the Owner of his ability to complete the work within the stipula#ed time. ' 5.02 Contract time shall run concurrently under one Notice to Proceed. Bidder agrees that the Work will be substantially completed and completed and ready for final payment in accordance with paragraph 14.07 of the General Conditions within the number of ' caiendardays indicated below. Section 00300 Page 5 of 10 ' N:1A41710571DOCSISPECSIDIV 0100300 Bid Fortn.d°cx 3126109 y~~)-~ ~ 1 CONTRACT SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION (Calendar Days) FINAL COMPLETION (Calendar Days) Complete 63 Days 74 Days ARTICLE 6 -LIQUIDATED DAMAGES 6.01 In the event the Bidder is awarded the Contract and shall fail to meet the Substantial and Final Completion time limits provided by the Contract Documents, liquidated damages shall be paid to the OWNER by the Bidder at the rate stated in the Agreement plus engineering costs for all work awarded until all work shall be determined to meet the Substantial and Final Completion requirements of the Contract Documents. 6.02 The Bidder agrees to pay these liquidated damages for failure to complete the work within the specified contract time both for compensation to the OWNER for non- use of the completed work and for compensation to the OWNER for expenses incurred by the OWNER for unscheduled employment of the Engineer and/or Resident Observer during the contract time overrun. 6.03 The Bidder further agrees to pay liquidated damages for the unscheduled employment of the Engineer, Resident Observer and/or supporting staff necessitated by the Bidder furnishing materials, workmanship, and/or equipment not in conformance with the Contract Documents resulting in additional construction administration/observation work and/or redesign work by the Engineer; or any reestablishment of survey lines or benchmarks destroyed by the Bidder's actions; or additional work required by the failure of the Contractor to maintain adequate record documents. 6.04 Construction observation time will be accrued at straight time up to 40 hours per week and 1.5 times over 40 hours per week or legal holidays. The Contractor shall provide a construction schedule per Division 01 Section "Construction Progress Documentation." If the Contractor intends to work double shifts, then two construction observers may be required. If two construction observers are on the job, then observation time will be accrued at straight time up to 40 hours per week per observer. 6.05 Liquidated damages for the unscheduled employment of the Engineer, Resident Observer, and supporting staff shall be determined based on the following hourly rates: Straight Time Project Engineer Staff Engineer Surveyor Technician Clerical $100.00/Hour $80.00/Hour $70.00/Hour $60.00/Hour $40.00/Hour Overtime $100.00/Hour $80.00/Hour $105.00/Hour $90.00/Hour $60.00/Hour Section 00300 Page 6 of 10 N:\0417\057\DOCS\SPECS\DIV 0\00300 Bid Fortn.docx 3/26/09 ~I ii 6.06 Out of pocket expenses for, materials, equipment, supplies, transportation and subsistence for each construction inspector shall be billed at cost plus 10 percent. ' 6.07 Liquidated damages shall be deducted from monthly progress payments and the final payment as the damages, are incurred." ARTICLE 7 -BID DOCUMENTS 7.01 The following documents are attached to and made a condition of this Bid: A. Required Bid security in the amount of 10% of the maximum Bid price including alternates, if any, and in the form of a Bid Bond (Section 00430), or other form of Bid Security as identified in the Instructions to Bidders. ' B. Information Required of Bidders (tabulation of Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons and organizations required to be identified in this Bid). ARTICLE 8 -MEANING OF TERMS 8.01 The terms used in this Bid with initial capital letters have the meanings indicated ' in the Instructions to Bidders, the General Conditions, and the Supplementary Conditions. ARTICLE 9 -BID REJECTION 9.01 The OWNER reserves the right to reject any or all bids. ARTICLE 10 -BID SUBMISSION SUBMITTED on ~,~ _,/~~ .~---~~Z_ ,~~C~ Montana Contractor Registration No. Employer's Tax ID No. ~ ~ _ ~='`.~~f-~5~~'^ If Bidder is: A Corporation Corporation. Name: ±~~,~ ~_r r~ ~ : ~ ~~~ ~i -~IyS i ~~J-- ~ /Tc_~-~~ ~~~ --- (SEAL) State of Incor oratior: %``' Type (General Business, Professiona Service,`.~Limited Liability): Section 00300 Page 7 of 10 N:\0417\0571DOCS\SPECSIDIV 0\00300 Bid Form.docx 3/26/09 -- (S~gnature ~= attach evidence of authority to sign if not a Corporate officer) Name (typed or printed): ~, ~-- ~ ~~ ;'~ _.~' Title: ~'~^.~ ~~ ,~r ~ ~~ Attest: (Corporate Seal) (Signature of Secretary) Business address: >> ~ 3 ~~~ _..~ ~~. ~ ~~=ti`~~ Phone No.: '~ -~v' ~ ~ ~"`I C ~ ~ ~ FAX No.: ~ ~`":~ ,, ~`_ `~`~) Date of Qualification to do business [in Montana] is / I An Individual Name (typed or printed): By: (Individual's signature) Doing business as: Business address: SEAL) Phone No.: A PartnershiQ Name (typed or printed): By: (Individual's signature) Name (typed or printed): Business address: SEAL) Phone No.: FAX No.: Section 00300 Page 8 of 10 N:\04171057\DOCS\SPECS\DIV 0100300 Bid Fortn.docx 3/26/09 FAX No.: A Joint Venture (Each Joint Venture must sign.) Joint Venturer Name: (SEAL) By: (Signature of joint venture partner) Name (typed or printed): Title: __ Business address: Phone No.: FAX No.: Joint Venturer Name: (SEAL) By: (Signature of joinf venture partner) Name (typed or printed): Title: Business address: Phone No.: FAX No.: Address of Joint Venture for Receipt of Official Communication: Address: Phone No.: FAX No.: (Each joint venturer must sign. The manner of signing for each individual, partnership, and corporation that is a party to the joint venture should be in the manner indicated above.) Section 00300 Page 9 of 10 N:\0417\05TDOCS\SPECS\DIV 0\00300 Bid Form.docx 3/26/09 END OF SECTION 00300 1 0 'J 0 Section 00300 Page 10 of 10 ' N:10417\057\DOCS\SPECSIDIV 0\00300 Bid Form.docx 3/26/09 0 ' INFORMATION REQUIRED OF BIDDERS ' The Bidder shall furnish the following information as specified in the Instructions To Bidders. Failure to do so may render the Bid unresponsive and may result in rejection of the Bid. Additional sheets as required may be attached. 1. Contractor name and address: ' 2. Contractor's telephone number: ~-# ~ ~ S ~~ ~' ~, ,5'- 3. Names andj,,titles of major officers of Contractor °firm: 4. Name of Cont actor's representative who inspected the site: Date of Inspection: ' 5. Name, address and telephone number of surety company and agent who will provide required bonds on this contact: ' 6. Attach a list of construction contracts completed by the Bidder during the last 10 years involving similar work and. the amount of the Contract. The list shall ' include projects the Bidder is currently working on along with the names, addresses, and the telephone numbers of the project owner representative most familiar with the details of the project. State the approximate cost of each project ' along with the total amount of change orders as a percentage of the original bid. price. ' 7. Bank reference. List the Bank name, Contact person, and telephone number: c' re-r , 8. Have you ever failed to complete any work awarded to you? ~~ ~ " ~~ If so, where and why?: ' 9. Have you ever defaulted on a contract? 'ti' ~' If so, where and why? ' Information Required of Bidders - 1 of 3 N:\0417\057\DOCS\SPECS\DIV 0\informat_requir.docx Revised 6/19103 10. Have you ever had any project terminated by the Owner? If so, where and why?: ~ ~ 11. Are you involved in any lawsuits or are any lawsuits pending at the present time? ,~.~ If yes, give the details: 12. Will you, upon request, fill out a detailed financial statement and furnish any other information that may be required by the Owner? '~ ~..,5' 13. Name of the proposed re ident project superintendent: ~ ,~ ~~~~ Attach a resume of the proposed resident project superintendent including a list and description of all projects on which this individual has acted as project superintendent along with the name, address, and telephone number of each project owner representative most familiar with the details of the project and the capabilities of the proposed project superintendent. 14. The Bidder shall list below the name, business address, and contractor's license number, if any, of each subcontractor who will be working on this project along with the nature and value of work assigned to each subcontractor. No changes or substitutions will be allowed without written approval of the Owner. Name: Name: Name: Name: Name: Information Required of Bidders - 2 of 3 N:\0417\057\DOCS\SPECSIDIV 0\informat_requir.docx Revised 6/19/03 Value: Value: Value: Value: Value: 1 ~ ~ ~ ~ 1 1 u ~~ Name: Value: Name: Value: Name: Value: ' 15. The Bidder shall list below the name of the manufacturer and model or type of the listed items of equipment or materials. After the opening of bids, no changes or substitutions will be allowed without the express approval of the Engineer and ' the Owner. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to furnish materials and equipment meeting the requirements of the Specifications, and acceptance of the Bid does not constitute nor imply approval of items proposed. The Owner ' reserves the right to deny approval of any equipment or materials that do not comply with the Specifications, even though listed herein: SPENUMBER ON ITEM I MANUFACTURER I MODEL _ J The undersigned hereby authorizes and requests any person, firm or corporation to furnish any information requested by the Owner in verification of the recital comprising this statement of Bidder's qualifications and other Information Required of Bidders. The undersigned further agrees that they will not bring suit., in a court of law for any information that is furnished to Owner in good faith by said parties or persons responding to Owner's requests for information r.,onceming Bidder's qualifications. Dated this > ~ ~~ day of .~}' ~~sr~~ , 20 ~ 17io 2e tM r~ Lan-, ~ ~ ~~~ Name of Bidder Title: I~_ ~ ~ ~T G ~ I~:~ '~r`~S j~,,~,,°' END OF INFORMATION REQUIRED OF BIDDERS Information Required of Bidders - 3 of 3 N:\0417\057\DOCSISPECS\DIV Olinformat_requir.docx Revised 6/19/03 NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT (TO BE EXECUTED AND PROVIDED WITH BID FORM) STATE OF MONTANA ) SS COUNTY OF z~alGi-~~.1 ) L~/o.~k.-. ,being first duly sworn, deposes and says that he is ~~w :dr,-f" (sole owner, a partner, president, secretary, etc.) of the party making the foregoing bid; that such bid is not made in the interest of or on behalf of any undisclosed person, partnership, company, association, organization, or corporation; that such bid is genuine and not collusive or sham; that said Bidder has not directly or indirectly induced or solicited any other Bidder to put in a false or sham bid, and has not directly or indirectly colluded, conspired, connived, or agreed with any Bidder or anyone else to put in a sham bid, nor that anyone shall refrain from bidding; that said Bidder has not in any manner, directly or indirectly, sought by agreement, communication, or conference with anyone to fix the bid price of said Bidder or any other Bidder, nor to fix any overhead, profit, or cost element of such bid price, nor of that of any other Bidder, nor to secure any advantage against the public body awarding the Contract or anyone interested in the proposed Contract; that all statements contained in such bid are true; and, further, that said Bidder has not directly or indirectly, submitted his bid price or any breakdown thereof, nor the contents thereof, nor divulged information or data relative thereto, nor paid and will not pay fee in connection therewith to any corporation, partnership, company, association, organization, bid depository, nor to any member or agent thereof, nor to any other individual except to such person or persons as have a partnership or other financial interest with said Bidder in his general business. Signed: Title: ~~ %J•~- (SEAL) Noncollusion Affidavit -Page 1 of 1 ' N:\041 T0571DOCS\SPECS\DIV 0\noncollu.docx Revised 6/19!03 th Subscribed and sworn to before me this l 3 day PENAL SUM FORM B~ B0~ Any singular reference to Bidder, Surety, Owner, or other party shall be considered plural where applicable. BIDDER (Name and Address): SURETY (Name and Address of Principal Place of Business): OWNER (Name and Address): BID Bid Due Date: Project (Brief Description Including Location): BOND Bond Number: Date (Not later than Bid due date): Penal sum (Words) (rigures) Surety and Bidder, intending to be legally bound hereby, subject to the terms printed on the reverse side hereof, do each cause this Bid Bond to be duly executed on its behalf by its authorized officer, agent, or representative. BIDDER Bidder's Name and Corporate Seal By: Signature and Title Attest: Signature and Title (Seal) SURETY Surety's Name and Corporate Seal By: Signature and Title (Attach Power of Attorney) Attest: Signature and Title Note: Above addresses are to be used for giving required notice. (Seal) Bid Bond - 00430 -Page 1 of 2 N:\0417\057\DOCS\SPECS\DIV 0\bid bond c-430.docx Revised 6/19/03 1. Bidder and Surety, jointly and severally, bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns to pay to Owner upon default of Bidder the penal sum set forth on the face of this Bond. Payment of the penal sum is the extent of Surery's liability. 2. Default of Bidder shall occur upon the failure of Bidder to deliver within the time required by the Bidding Documents (or any extension thereof agreed to in writing by Owner) the executed. Agreement required by the Bidding Documents and any performance and payment bonds required by the Bidding Documents. This obligation shall be null and void if: 3.1. Owner accepts Bidder's Bid and Bidder delivers within the time required by the Bidding Documents (or any extension thereof agreed to in writing by Owner) the executed Agreement required by the Bidding Documents and any performance and payment bonds required by the Bidding Documents, or 3.2. All Bids are rejected by Owner, or 3.3. Owner fails to issue a Notice of Award to Bidder within the time specified in the Bidding Documents (or any extension thereof agreed to in writing by Bidder and, if applicable, consented to by Surety when required by Paragraph 5 hereof). 4. Payment under this Bond will be due and payable upon default by Bidder and within 30 calendar days after receipt by Bidder and Surety of written notice of default from Owner, which notice will be given with reasonable promptness, identifying this Bond and the Project and including a statement of the amount due. 5. Surety waives notice of any and all defenses based on or arising out of any time extension to issue Notice of Award agreed to in writing by Owner and Bidder, provided that the total time for issuing Notice of Award including extensions shall not in the aggregate exceed 120 days from Bid due date without Surety's written consent. 6. No suit or action shall be commenced under this Bond prior to 30 calendar days after the notice of default required in Paragraph 4 above is received by Bidder and Surety and in no case later than one year after Bid due date. FJCDC NO. C-430 (200x Edition) 00430-2 PENAL SUM FORM 7. Any suit or action under this Bond shall be commenced only in a court of competent jurisdiction located in the state in which the Project is located. 8. Notices required hereunder shall be in writing and sent to Bidder and Surety at their respective addresses shown on the face of this Bond. Such notices may be sent by personal delivery, commercial courier, or by United States Registered or Certified Mail, return receipt requested, postage pre-paid, and shall be deemed to be effective upon receipt by the party concerned. 9. Surety shall cause to be attached to this Bond a current and effective Power of Attorney evidencing the authority of the officer, agent, or representative who executed this Bond on behalf of Surety to execute, seal, and deliver such Bond and bind the Surety thereby. 10. This Bond is intended to conform to all applicable statutory requirements. Any applicable requirement of any applicable statute that has been omitted from this Bond shall be deemed to be included herein as if set forth at length. If any provision of this Bond conflicts with any applicable statute, then the provision of said statute shall govern and the remainder of this Bond that is not in conflict therewith shall continue in full force and effect. 11. The term "Bid" as used herein ir~ludes a Bid, offer, or proposal as applicable. 0 ~'' ii SECTION 00500 ' AGREEMENT FORM THIS AGREEMENT is dated as of the ~ (~ day of ~Gi in the year o~OD~ (effective date), by and between the City of Bozeman (hereinafter called OWNER) and Bozeman Plumbing and Heating (hereinafter called CONTRACTOR). OWNER and ' CONTRACTOR, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth, agree as follows: ' ARTICLE 1 -WORK 1.01 CONTRACTOR shall complete all Work as specified or indicated in the Contract Documents. The Work is generally described in the Invitation to Bid and is described in detail in the Contract Documents and the technical construction drawings. ' ARTICLE 2 -THE PROJECT 2.01 The Project for which the Work under the Contract Documents may be the whole or only a part is generally described as follows: Bozeman Swim Center Natatorium HVAC Improvements ' ARTICLE 3 -ENGINEER I' 3.01 The Project has been designed by: Morrison-Maierle, Inc. ' 2880 Technology Blvd. West Bozeman, Montana, 59718 who is hereinafter called ENGINEER and who is to act as OWNER's representative, assume all duties and responsibilities, and have the rights and authority assigned to ENGINEER in the Contract Documents in connection with the completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 4 -CONTRACT TIMES 4.01 Time of the Essence A. All time limits for Milestones, if any, Substantial Completion, and completion and readiness for final payment as stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Contract. B. The CONTRACTOR agrees to complete the work within the time(s) specified herein. 4.02 Days to Achieve Substantial Completion and Final Payment Agreement Form - 00500 -Page 1 of 8 N:\0417\057\DOCS\SPECS\Contract Docs\00500_agree.docx Revised 6/19/03 1 A. The Work will be substantially complete and the CONTRACTOR will be prepared to file a Certificate of Substantial Completion within 63 calendar days after the date when the Contract Time commences to run as provided in paragraph 2.03 of the General Conditions, and will be complete and ready for final payment in accordance with paragraph 14.07 of the General Conditions within 74 calendar days after the date when the Contract Time commences to run. 4.03 Liquidated Damages A. CONTRACTOR and OWNER recognize that time is of the essence of this Agreement and that OWNER will suffer financial loss if the Work is not completed within the times specified in paragraph 4.02 above, plus any extensions thereof allowed in accordance with Article 12 of the General Conditions. The parties also recognize the delays, expense, and difficulties involved in proving in a legal or arbitration proceeding the actual loss suffered by OWNER if the Work is not completed on time. Accordingly, instead of requiring any such proof, OWNER and CONTRACTOR agree that as liquidated damages for delay (but not as a penalty), CONTRACTOR shall pay OWNER $ 500 for each day that expires after the time specified in paragraph 4.02 for Substantial Completion until the Work is substantially complete. After Substantial Completion, if CONTRACTOR shall neglect, refuse, or fail to complete the remaining Work within the Contract Time or any proper extension thereof granted by OWNER, CONTRACTOR shall pay OWNER $ 500 for each day that expires after the time specified in paragraph 4.02 for completion and readiness for final payment until the Work is completed and ready for final payment. B. Liquidated damages for unscheduled employment of the ENGINEER shall be paid by the CONTRACTOR to the OWNER as specified in the Bid Form. ARTICLE 5 -CONTRACT PRICE 5.01 OWNER shall pay CONTRACTOR for completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents an amount in current funds equal to the sum of two hundred forty thousand dollars ($240,000), based on the prices stipulated in the Bid Form and subject to adjustment as provided in the Contract Documents. A. As provided in paragraph 11.01 of the General Conditions, CONTRACTOR agrees that lump sum amount(s) constitute full payment for the work and that these lump sum amount(s) represent a true measure of the labor and materials required to perform the work, including all allowances for overhead, profit, taxes, bonds, insurance, and all other costs for each type and unit of work called for in these Contract Documents. B. As provided in paragraph 11.03 of the General Conditions, estimated unit price quantities used for bidding purposes are not guaranteed, and determinations of actual quantities and classifications are to be made by ENGINEER as provided in paragraph 9.07 of the General Conditions. Unit prices have been computed as provided in paragraph 11.03 of the General Conditions. Agreement Form - 00500 -Page 2 of 8 N:\0417\057\DOCS\SPECS\Contract Docs\00500_agree.docx Revised 6/19/03 ii u 0 ~I fl ARTICLE 6 -PAYMENT PROCEDURES 6.01 Submittal and Processing of Payments ' A. CONTRACTOR shall submit Applications for Payment in accordance with Article 14 of the General Conditions. Applications for Payment will be processed by ENGINEER as provided in the General Conditions or other portions of the Contract ^ Documents. 6.02. Progress Payments; Retainage ~ A. OWNER shall make progress payments in accordance with Article 14 of the General Conditions on account of the Contract Price on the basis of ' CONTRACTOR's Applications for Payment as recommended by the ENGINEER once each month during performance of the Work as provided in paragraphs 6.02.A.1 and 6.02.A.2 below. All such progress payments will be measured by the schedule of ' values established in paragraph 2.05.A of the General. Conditions or in the case of Unit Price Work based on the number of units of each bid item completed times the bid unit price in the Unit Price Schedule of the Bid Form for each bid item, or, in the event there ' is no schedule of values, as provided in the General Conditions: 1. Prior to Substantial Completion, progress payments will be made in ' an amount equal to the percentage of work completed but, in each case, less the aggregate of payments previously made and less such amounts as ENGINEER may determine or OWNER may withhold, including but not limited to liquidated ' damages, in accordance with paragraph 14.02 of the General Conditions: a. The OWNER shall retain 5% of the amount of each payment until final completion and acceptance of all work covered by the Contract Documents. ' b. Retainage will be 5% of materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work (but delivered, suitably stored and accompanied I' by documentation satisfactory to OWNER as provided in paragraph 14.02 of the General Conditions). ' 2. Upon Substantial Completion and at the OWNER's discretion, the amount of retainage may be further reduced if requested by the CONTRACTOR. Reduction of retainage is at the sole discretion of the OWNER. OWNER is not ' obligated to reduce retainage. Amount of substantial completion payment will be reduced by such amounts as ENGINEER shall determine in accordance with paragraph 14.02.6.5 of the General Conditions and by 100% of ENGINEER's ' estimate of the value of Work to be completed or corrected as shown on the tentative list of items to be completed or corrected attached to the certificate of Substantial Completion. 6.03 Final Payment ' Agreement Form - 00500 -Page 3 of 8 N:\0417\057\DOCS\SPECS\Contract Docs\00500_agree.docx Revised 6/19/03 A. Upon final completion and acceptance of the Work in accordance with paragraph 14.07 of the General Conditions, OWNER shall pay the remainder of the ' Contract Price as recommended by ENGINEER as provided in said paragraph 14.07. ARTICLE 7 -INTEREST ' 7.01 All moneys not paid when due as provided in Article 14 of the General Conditions shall bear interest at the maximum rate allowed by law at the place of the Project. ' ARTICLE 8 -CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATIONS ' 8.01 In order to induce OWNER to enter into this Agreement, CONTRACTOR makes the following representations: ' A. CONTRACTOR has examined and carefull studied the Contract Y Documents (including all Addenda listed in Article 9) and the other related data identified in the Bidding Documents. ' B. CONTRACTOR has visited the Site and become familiar with and is satisfied as to the general, local, and Site conditions that may affect cost, progress, and ' performance or furnishing of the Work. C. CONTRACTOR is familiar with and is satisfied as to all federal, state, and ' local Laws and Regulations that may affect cost, progress, performance, and furnishing of the Work. ' D. CONTRACTOR has carefull studied all: 1 re orts of ex lorations and Y () p p tests of subsurface conditions at or contiguous to the Site and all drawings of physical conditions in or relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at or contiguous to ' the Site (except Underground Facilities), if any, which have been identified in the Supplementary Conditions as provided in paragraph 4.02 of the General Conditions and (2) reports and drawings of a Hazardous Environmental Condition, if any, at the Site ' which has been identified in the Supplementary Conditions as provided in paragraph 4.06 of the General Conditions. CONTRACTOR acknowledges that such reports and drawings are not Contract Documents and may not be complete for CONTRACTOR's ' purposes. CONTRACTOR acknowledges that OWNER and ENGINEER do not assume responsibility for the accuracy or completeness of information and data shown or indicated in the Contract Documents with respect to Underground Facilities at or ' contiguous to the site. E. CONTRACTOR has obtained and carefully studied (or assumes ' responsibility for having done so) all additional or supplementary examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies, and data concerning conditions (surface, ' subsurface, and Underground Facilities) at or contiguous to the Site which may affect cost, progress, performance, or furnishing of the Work or which relate to any aspect of the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction to be ' employed by CONTRACTOR, including any specific means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction expressly required by the Contract Agreement Form - 00500 -Page 4 of 8 ' N:\0417\057\DOCS\SPECS\Contract Docs\00500_agree.docx Revised 6/19/03 Documents to be employed by the CONTRACTOR, and safety precautions and ' programs incident thereto. F. CONTRACTOR does not consider that any further examinations, ' investigations, explorations, tests, studies, or data are necessary for the performance and furnishing of the Work at the Contract Price, within the Contract Times, and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. G. CONTRACTOR is aware of the general nature of work to be performed by OWNER and others at the Site that relates to the Work as indicated in the Contract Documents. H. CONTRACTOR has correlated the information known to CONTRACTOR, information and observations obtained from visits to the Site, reports and drawings identified in the Contract Documents, and all additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies, and data with the Contract Documents. I. CONTRACTOR has given ENGINEER written notice of all conflicts, errors, ambiguities, or discrepancies that CONTRACTOR has discovered in the Contract Documents, and the written resolution thereof by ENGINEER is acceptable to CONTRACTOR. J. The Contract Documents are generally sufficient to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for performance and furnishing of the Work. ARTICLE 9 -CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 9.01 Contents A. The Contract Documents consist of the following: 1. This Agreement (pages 1 to 8, inclusive); 2. Performance Bond (pages 1 to 2, inclusive); 3. Payment Bond (pages 1 to 2, inclusive); 4. Other Bonds (pages to ,inclusive); ' a. Bid Bond (pages 1 to 2, inclusive); b. (pages to ,inclusive); ' c. (pages to ,inclusive); 5. General Conditions (pages 1 to 44, inclusive); 6. Supplementary Conditions (pages 1 to 15, inclusive); ' Agreement Form - 00500 -Page 5 of 8 N:\0417\057\DOCS\SPECS\Contract Docs\00500_agree.docx Revised 6/19/03 7. Specifications as listed in the Table of Contents of the Project Manual; 8. Drawings consisting of a cover sheet and sheets numbered G-1 through D-3, inclusive, with each sheet bearing the following general title: Swim Center Natatorium HVAC Improvements; (Note: Drawings are not attached hereto); 9. Addenda (numbers 1 to 1 ,inclusive); 10. Exhibits to this Agreement (enumerated as follows): a. Notice of Award (pages 1 to 1, inclusive); b. CONTRACTOR's Bid Form (pages 1 to 10, inclusive); c. Documentation submitted by CONTRACTOR prior to Notice of Award (pages to ,inclusive); d. 11. The following which may be delivered or issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement and are not attached hereto: a. Notice to Proceed (pages 1 to 1, inclusive); b. Written Amendments; c. Work Change Directives; d. Change Orders. B. The documents listed in paragraph 9.01.A are attached to this Agreement (except as expressly noted otherwise above). C. There are no Contract Documents other than those listed above in this Article 9. D. The Contract Documents may only be amended, modified, or supplemented as provided in paragraph 3.04 of the General Conditions. ARTICLE 10 -MISCELLANEOUS 10.01 Terms Agreement Form - 00500 -Page 6 of 8 N:\0417\057\DOCS\SPECS\Contract Docs\00500_agree.docx Revised 6/19/03 A. Terms used in this Agreement which are defined in Article 1 of the General Conditions will have the meanings indicated in the General Conditions and the Supplementary Conditions. ii i~ i~ i~ 10.02 Assignment of Contract A. No assignment by a party hereto of any rights under or interests in the Contract Documents will be binding on another party hereto without the written consent of the party sought to be bound; and specifically, but without limitation, moneys that may come due and moneys that are due may not be assigned without such consent (except to the extent that the effect of this restriction may be limited by law), and unless specifically stated to the contrary in any written consent to an assignment, no assignment will release or discharge the assignor from any duty or responsibility under the Contract Documents. 10.03 Successors and Assigns A. OWNER and CONTRACTOR each binds itself, its partners, successors, assigns, and legal representatives to the other party hereto, its partners, successors, assigns, and legal representatives in respect to all covenants, agreements, and obligations contained in the Contract Documents. 10.04 Severability A. Any provision or part of the Contract Documents held to be void or unenforceable under any Law or Regulation shall be deemed stricken, and all remaining provisions shall continue to be valid and binding upon OWNER and CONTRACTOR, who agree that the Contract Documents shall be reformed to replace such stricken provision or part thereof with a valid and enforceable provision that comes as close as possible to expressing the intention of the stricken provision. 10.05 Other Provisions A. The CONTRACTOR agrees to remedy all defects appearing in the work or developing in the materials furnished and the workmanship performed under this Agreement during the warranty period after the date of final acceptance of the work by the OWNER, and further agrees to indemnify and save the OWNER harmless from any costs encountered in remedying such defects." Agreement Form - 00500 -Page 7 of 8 N:\0417\057\DOCS\SPECS\Contract Docs\00500_agree.docx Revised 6/19/03 ~ IN WITNESS WHEREOF, OWNER and CONTRACTOR have signed five (5) copies of this Agreement. Two (2) counterpart(s) has been delivered to OWNER, two (2) to CONTRACTOR, and one (1) to ENGINEER. All portions of the Contract Documents have been signed or identified by OWNER and CONTRACTOR or by ENGINEER on their behalf. This Agreement will be effective on the date shown on page 1 (which is the Effective Date of the Agreement). [This Agreement shall not be effective unless and until concurred in by the FUNDING AGENCY's designated representative.] OWNER: BY: L~fr / A nature) Attest (Sig ature) Address for giving notices: Phone: Facsimile: [CORPORATE SEAL] n Ci 0 A CONTRACTOR: By. ~, (Signature Attest (S n re) Address for giving notices: ~ ~' ox ~a7~ ~ _,~' X547 7~ Phone: ~0~-587-0378 Facsimile: ~O(v -585- X915 [CORPORATE SEAL] Montana Contractors' Registratioh No The foregoing Contract, including all Contract Documents which are a part thereof, is in due form according to the law, and is hereby approved. By: ' (Signature) Attorney of the ~ ' (Owner) END OF SECTION 00500 Agreement Form - 00500 -Page 8 of 8 ' N:\0417\057\DOCS\SPECS\Contract Docs\00500_agree.docx Revised 6/19/03 t, ~v:°. 1 OO% Western Surety Company PEFtFQRMANG Bt~N 3'a~f:;}11~! A4 I 4-"1?t~'~~_t1`+`:i i:S!` 1 } ~I~n..`i4 Ni~t~-,~E`i~31.`. iE7~i ~~+ f. ~.:,car..~:. i` 1 ur !a) t;~i ~.ts t (I~° ' ~ r :pr , S,C`. r~~ ~ v, ~~. ,~ !!;.~e.tt:'t::st,, ~:'~' ~,u J `~. t'N'r[?Irf'111f.f r~:icrrer~ to as tt3~V -'r~nuEt;a3; arr:~ . x ,. t >SC>': .: is. ~:a ,......,.. s Scrr~ety are tz~*irJ ar~d tirrr~ly tsaurd urrta ___ ___ ._. .._ _ _ .__ __.. J_--'S :~_..~+~...F{.!Tx.._..~,~<:J_~x~t):sil.~._a`~`.'~___.Y__ ~~x _..----_._..._..._.. ._ _.._. . ~1;^,'(E'lrtc`1iit3C i..`t;(rt;"(` ti;; e3S i.tlf: t1L7lIt.7~N, Ir? tt1C'! SU3T1 t7t ~v.~a kiGaa~it ta: 'va ~:v Is :;ut:~l t.ta~i +1i3! 1,7~J C~at~ars {`;i ' _~'.1~_t _ .~' ._......_~, far tha payrr~c~r~rt of wrt~rielr ~vrn: kair?cf aursc~lv~5, sMrsr ie~~~i ~~rw;~r~s~?r~itatiG~as: xacr~ctsssaar~: rc ssicl'i:>, jaintiy ar=d ~eyvr`raiiy, firrrsl~t tay ttrese taresen`s L"ahll~fdl-~:i: I=~rir~cp~! ties er~tr~rec! rata ra ccntr~ct wrth c~btic~es~, da*~G the ,~s~-~~__~_~~~y ;>f . _ ._. ~~f F . .__.. m_r..•7:~..._ , 'fC1r,J,.::u.L.1S.:_._.L,i:',L~--~'~=7Y:~.i:.S~Et.~_.a:.i.1iC1_._~...r..I;.:L..w~4..:....~V.cal,.r3~::.(L':_:~.i.l:;L. 1. ._I_~..._~4*.~ .l.l,c7, 1_l:_ .~ ~ "" f,C,vti', ~i r(: RE_:#=c~tz::, ii tt~e i~'rit~crt~a! sYrtrll traitiriully ~,carfa€ita such :,c;rrtract ur sirali i€,~icrr rtrfy ;zacl ;a~~a 1rr~nkrlas~~ trr4 C.~~1ic7s~e trvrlr Ali c;aet arrd damayc by r~~sar~ cf ~rix~ci~ai's tar:urc: uca to do, rtrr~r, tt€f,, adti~atrun srr~ii tie nui~--. r~s; :rah~i, :~lh,~rv~;ls€~ )t rt~aii re~m~in rr fr.rll fr~,r~t~:~rui etirrt. I~t~Y f-'€~C.~aLl~UlfJt~, =e:~ai car ~>:~u~i.aktie, under this £~vrrcl nay kre +rasiiiut~u ir[ ~rry ct±urt ut t~attr~~t~,ti jurr°~clrc.i€rar~r €n i.f+~' lr,x-~~~c;zi in wnirxta i=r~ v`K~t~ ar y~att c~E the ~t,rk rs 3s,~.~a~~ir9 ~rr~a r~r~li b~ ~rrsiirutasl +rvilk,ir# 1wr~ ~y~€~. =1t~; Cvrstr;:actcar :~tar.rlk cr wittsirt i.voa yi,:rS after ilr~: Cvrsiractvr a;ease;.l ~vur?Girrc~ ar ~r+t€€ir€ 1,~~~ fc:.~r~. aver tk ~ :_~+_~~;, i a~a.tra~atl are u~raui yr k-~rc€trri.~s abrc;atiorrs urruer ttris €3arsd, x+trickY~~t~' ~ar~~;urs rust. I( tlxe r7rcrr,siarr~ c~` t.:1ss refuses ar fails to t~rfurm > ~- ~' ~itr~ri rat law, ttre rrlit~irnr.~r~ra k;~erit~d of }1r,trlatian avait~k~l~ try sr~rcties ~s a rr+~f+~r~~,r~ .rr tt?~ ;urrwuic;irurr nRlr-* ~~-a{t shu'I kw ~k~{~l „ak~le. 11iC? i<iC>I-iT ~,,~ ~1C"f'ic7h ~:traiE accrs.re or? this Road 1:a ar tear tt~a rJ~.c of <~rr/ r?cr€~<xa r~r ~;rarf>surtir~rr r.rtacrr lF~rrr tirrx C~tsr€c~cr. t arrtec3'~creir~ c#r ttt~ i€cirs, e~era.itur*a, art.°rirristratoru cr saa €;es~~.vra +.` they C~bliz3ee ~3tC~hi1=~> `*h.fit. Ew(~a AP~dI:) t.)t+,"1~t=-L~ ti~»~ _ 7 3 ,~_r; :.,4~y a# ~'~ .,a,,.c;! as ;,'~_~.sa~, s ai~; :e i + ar t °a+~~ ri- . i_.. ~ ~. i;7' r" mrir ~~3 an7 - - . ~ t .~ r ,'st ~r~l~. ., ~ ,. ~a kwi'1ij w t"t''i.~ ~'if 3 t !.'()R)r.`7 t t ::3 !' Mt PJl'AAF: 3! V~/E~ l~la,4 r?E; i..~%('~ t~rrt(r3.~~iuraik,r,tt- ~i;": ;~,~ KNOV'U A•_.t_ Nt~ 3dtiC)hl`i f:tY-t"HE=~k~ Pf~tE:~k~~T~<`!~, ~I!'tat wee F c~r.c-wrrrx~ -' L€a .1,~;.r ;~rr:# .1! N t # rc.~, 1 ;.i. ~`. '_ ^ iGtf,'t7E't:,r t(1 its 'il° '-~ritlC.l~~1; Frr'1?.3 as Surely. are 1'tatt! ar~;:S ~rrrriira f~uui~:3 urlkv .w.. Y...~...._.. ~~. ,.__ _.___~__.___..__.._._...... .. z SL j . ti ~ ,~~ LC,,.,f- rl lik.s. r'iL K' _.__...,... ___..__.. _,..., tr:(c#Ir rd (~ r~t£'r!E?4; t0 i~$'hE3 c3k>3i~7ea,. if? tt'IE 5Li174 t31 Lv'_i 1+`t 1~'1 ur_; : ;~,:.}% t3 ~?:..°3 atl.r:t <1.E.,7 .i iJ ;~. tJCatat~~ {~ ~ , `.?~ . ~; a }: 3csr' kt~e taayrnerik (;t wrh:cti tive tainc3 esurseivrws, c:ur tey~-1 i~presaitkatives, suaccx,~~c~r~; ts: rzs~ir nom, i+~sirati°~ arir3 ;ev(•~rait~y~, funky hy'hrsc* ;xcs~-~nts ~~lHI~R~ts~`^. 3'rirtcapat has erater>~s9 ir'ik(a a a~,t~ntra(:t~,nri1'tt C~taiigee, datc~c~3 13.-'< day i7t 11r~1 ~.~_ :a°,~r~r;t C'C=,t t:~,w ;#l~;c)1`tr.rt 1.~. ~ i~; .9tY i :., ac %r:~3tt~,: .;~t`` . fear. ,.cam ~ .'i •r: r.gv..r..eY„a~.~, _.. _. _ (°catnJ of vrf~ich ci~nkr~ct i^ f'Y re3err~ricr rrractc a gait tac~reot. Ivt>V"v, "tt t r2sm~C~FZ3=, it F~rrrri~al s~hatl, in arcr~rrtarrr:e rv~tf, ap~kir ani~ `-~tatr.rtes {~rcarnkaNy rnakA pag'm~nt to ai! ~nr: rns ,<,ih~,ayiri~},I~k?ar arici mc~teria3 i,7 3he prosnrr.~kiorr (~i tkic. v.ca:l~ tarcat+dcal f(rr rn sc,'ic3 ca(rkrr~ck arr(~ rr y rsrirf ali (Idly ~auttr~~ri,~_ert rr`(~dit;c;aiioris zat saki rrara?rart that r~~ay heri:~atter bax r7iade; riati~ o"+rhii~h= moc#itruati(ais (~:~rartay beainr~ ~~~rve~, then this; rshiit~afir~~ t;a eta vcairj; otherwise tra rerYiair- trr tr.3ti Tnr(;~ anct pf'tpr,t t~3+~ suit air aatiars sna33 iJe cor~im+~ncc.r~ taer'ar.~n(,Ier (;~) ltiiti~ ttru ex~irat~ar3 of aria {~) ycai tol3uwiric~ the dada rxn ~~triatr i'iirtci~a3 vNa.,c:J w(~ik cis said currki~~vt it ~x~,rrir~ r~ncie(stooc9, ricawevHr. that if ari}~ i~rriitat.rar~r err kacuti~:i tr7 ttiir; txirici i~ f,rc~t~it~ite(i t~~y tr iy 'agar w,(•r7tt(:Iliric~ the c~ar7sirucki(ri~ 1`ie(ecaf suci~ Irmitaki~ar7 si7atk taco c9~araect tai t~ arr~aertcleri ~,cy a~ kca tai (.~~t.o-ai t.(, ;'arr rrtiruriiuna t~:riu~J r.x(lirriitali(ar~ ~uniktrMd Icy su~.kr 3av%. .r (b) :.ikar:r tI"tun sn a rtakc: ca7urk (St ~~rTikaetent jua~s(iietion in ;end fcar the uoi.iriiy cir ~1.k"ier txalilia~ai ;,;ukaxhvitaian taf tLr~ stake ire which the project, er any park thereof; is situate~ci, (ar rn ti"i~ iJriik~d Mates ~~Jiskrlct CYourk kc~r tie t..~trrc,t ir, ~^vk"?ir>"r dhrr } roj(s„t; (~r ,any t?~rrt thr-,rc;(af, is situafe;~t_ ar~n~3 ntat c3seyvl~aar~;. The am^+r~rrt rif tniq kxar3d shai3 t;e r~tt.rced by anfl '(~ the extent cat awry` ~;a~~rr~ent or ~,~'m°nt'x m~r~e in c~cxxi taCt~ hv~. i^t.IriC3C3'. =73C,i~k:-. ), :k~C~t ~-_) F~hJt_3 k31~ t t=k) this i t'::L day o; t =<i'~ ~..'la:a >. tjr+'~F~F3Pk" _,.:u~,.l~'7,,,_r ,4 Ir~,i' 'r.'._ „em.,Ct:_....,. _ ~.rt.."__...,. (!~tir#Gfparl) _. _ , ~~ ... .. °~ , , n.,,,• ttorriAy rn-F~c,. ,'>?" l I`.'S?%,t,) 3 i..`.j:'. l~Ai l~ii£:1'. `„!~;i)~'i 1.< ,' =`'C.C'L`ttf. e~~r r ~- ~ - t list}tv ,at! tk`en liy'lhrau;t~'tc,r!atit;p, Llz,at WPaiJ;ttaV dt.lLJ'.'C7 t:V{VIl';A?i'3:, ~ {:oryor~LRara duly taz~a,tu:.o<k xau<t ex~iet;n~ under the kst~;. crt tisc^ C3~tLc ;~L t:3~at,ta Urek+alr{, and iaavlsa~ 1L"d ptiuctip~l oiticc• ut ~touxPuits; Ycrutlz iJraiCCSttt ,the "iJcLnp~tY"), Lars k!,y ttl ec irrce(ttxfr;ritxdcar, u~.t,t.t,uka:iti(9ztrn»ir.`: _ av~fi_~% U._=L.{.TC?1 _ __. is rue Waal lsivl+e! .n. ^r~nP}; ~1 (,-f ~rt•1, ~tif 1e fasl! t~rwer trnd ~s{tiizsriLc: E~:•t-ctL,~' rofi, .rrsr{$, t~, f s~:ISS.re, ,rc~Ar((twla• lpr• ra:ul a!r is t*r thr •sa,a! ..a: tt;* h+•krxtt,rw r'llsre+; y h,nula ?(r*': rY~tYC;v,zt ~I:~..r.c}a~t ~ t srt.3irt X Kati: l _z*°.':.ttc(. ru.,_ zwd Lti lritad Ltrx i.Ioc{a}~at1V 4h~:z-aby at+ Lutl,y uYrxt tv t1s< aurae exLeu4 aw it >atun;; Luizdm wn~cw nu>;u°ii hY Lh~' `»si+iot i'te•`t 1'x, sdnn`.,.a: ;l,va v.it.tr Ltu• a:art jrr:r~ t y{;,ik e;S t he (;ons}rear' :~iul. dr,l,r ({` ro~,i(•f: L~, tGli ~.i~.'rei.ury, kYr~rxal;;y tntlta{.fa~ n1a,1 e:cYilxta,ur(si;~.11 llvfi Iliw ra;~ial s{I Laa3tr y{•j „1 #+iu:~~, {asa4• c[~~1 ?•.?frii2s rite abl•ve ~caferi ltttt>tnticrs. :r~ld n; Sxci~Gaa>~{_'.- i:z utraa;«r usadet' :antl bt• razLLt=:zi1~• o, thafu!(tv,'trsQ hYi~svtaf~lh';a~irsrr 'an,<stz• tlmaa;raaz,:, K•ltt~~la rem=:i~s ica fiYfd t{rrez~ ar•d et[rxcL. '~2itx,Li{~7i ~.. 1111 t101'ii1S. t~tahi:iFfi, UIII.l.f!i`t-211S3,17Q 9: ~~t1417t7t9 (3j ~ifi?i`f iC")'' fJC 13k tIC.' {: 1117t~h',i*,~i19 Ut f11H t:tYl"rr(lCJt1{lI7 S'11Al.ik k1H €!X'Fi1111.Pit 1IL tk.it? ,acs rr7rz, i cryna x.r, ur ~r y V1 rl i a 'tckri L ar t>,y +{ 1 1st i{ - c xi 1>f sf:^ rz znt^.:f t!z t (tr p,art: k < titr, k r stdraiL °^'sretzr ari} :a~5tittia `"' Y ' . ollac i~ • , Liaf:l3u zrd f llarx, tax,. u3uq ts,zf k ori~f^., z'lau 1'xe~zi w ut, rtL'g L{wc 1 , {r ick pt xx?rr t ac alzv 'l~xta f.aza! tx rntrrr `, 'rc the ! , r { r u.ne r{c~;o ;ztt attvzns+a ,n ! ~:a. or a~ertt +s~u rxxSl fartti'a Virzi{-(r3rv :v i~AUe k,c'~:z,l a, lral:u:*. ~a taal r~ 1c.rsge >3t tltt ri:zn,+': of t1YC r,' ~t~ m~; „~ ~k_~,- c ~ , i-u 1~ ar:zS it zwt ixeac:e~x~rxxy Las Lair, ett3{dry of ac.Y Izuntls, truliaiwas, uYrdtxrl,akt.a~ 1=V:Re ~2 asL Ai.l•z,ru+ } YX crti,e. sair?;e~<<, d V.I~s c(.rt ~, rr'.~:r 't*• nltLar~iLurer aa(ni;~y »tickt ¢rllhsfr and itta tar4r+rt'~x3:a Wank iaaaaw tzr. t:rtri,<n3. k^y !•a t,r,t6 ride." 1't ~„• t. r try tzerctfi• a.rozxtc+zroai alaall axpirc au{1 tc±smurtite, osit-bout arotiae, u;aSeaR uxe»l kseiva~o tai+lrugtat { . „...,, - ~._,_... _._ ___, tsui urjUit eucsia tinee ghatl tie irxrvcx:aasa at{d tai iirtl ft,rrc:~ »=i(f etiexa.. I: 31 v :r- r lYl , e:ak, ~~r`cater:ra :Satrertb f.7(,rnvrrzzb tzna oniasect Gta(>se prorfMuta Lo 1s ^ sa~-u>d by .L.~ :}rnSar 'J{.:c l'rci3idcr.f,1'cui 1'. LczrYJsoi, .I Tae i,1?ixc^4i. tJ.u~ 1..; i"_ti d~c oi' ~x;. ~! 1't' ` rtaakit~x;=Yr, .;t1~.3- fc: ._ :_+"¢'~ Y1 ~~a iz ~~ a L~~ !' ~J iti' ~ t ~ ' J YI~. f r t~ ;~J 1t. u~ nn >W~'~e _ t? _ `~ f~ •'i'' fi r. Y ra : .:., __.__. _...~__~_ .. _..., ._ .._.. ......__ .ik..,;, f ~tts!'T`. tr rill ~+ aY•i„ne it,zr' P ( rsl eez.,? ~ ' .;}} ~ ~ t '''~ ~ ~~1 (} ~. ('`l+r'k\~r:`.~'.1`~~~"(I.~il..,.l i~',l~•5 ~' Lti. ~ r Crn r.~ikm 1 _. dnc „P __ ~I~Y _ , na fha }•o:ar r„..9«, ~3 „ k r~6,re rrrn, a rf>t.atr)(uLrrc•. p~rxharalkympryr±nwrrd F'>'vi "~'. 1'1wnRnt, Y~ „~ k„*istg to *na rinlY Mvas,ri~, a.>ktao;clsxlgari Chat he ai~ne<I the »br,+ra lrrnvwr n~ +IttartYey ~s tiee afsrt~~id r,kE~?ar of Vi t, 4T ia;(d7~ ctz IFt}':'fY t't)Tv:'C','t1~r'r"nu~3 rlrkriowlc~t3crx} nne+i, u+-lrurztitrt as 1~z: ttr~ t'rtusi4nr~• gut .a~it dec?a rrf rrirrl tort=nrartioxr. ~h4h'11M^F4MNwRWMaAw MwM f L1. KRELL. ~ ~, ~s!~'.~ s at ary PuLh - :'>utxLi !.?akcvl as +1~j "~`,78011Ii1 AAKtp'TAs {aaa waaiaaaar55e+~awralwaa aa!` ! fJI J d;anami~sirYrt t xtq!es .pdovanrt:e* ?4), 2t]t2 I r i, ~ u . ~:4-i:,gur:k aslticerrr r.:! 1~-'tsLezza ,itnaxuty l.'-aiaap>azatiY, a s4evk uc>c'puc,aLi>u (3I L13.(: SiL.~.Le ul :S ,tal?( laah,nr Y, zis~ J.,o-rf f~lty t•crtiiy Lkl:{t, td,t~ ;t".,: !.~-.f S'r wwr- ~~f.at+.uxcxe xm au fu.U. 1.irzcr. marl e1.Irn:4 earl ix irz'evtK~stErl.r., c+{ad. L.{fithr,.reaecs 11zxt, «ier<•Ll~,az 7 ut tkau Lta1Nw++ uf'.l.re (atata,.pcuty ;a :+°rL 1rYi' iz ztY .lac k uro'.~1rr ut htt+ta tta'v t' :. ',y ptl ti,^ra't;. ` yi` } - 7*a ~ ntinvme• ir'h^rt•n(, T t~ r,r 1.<,r~ ,rfa pcttztC llatatt nnzl srnk n4'1`V 1 ~r=; ixr ^tr• f';,I~n~rsrr; klrls _ 3 . ~__ ds.y, of +;z., ~ ti`Y ![; :> 'I' .. It ' }; IJ .1t- (t~ " ~ t : t) ~'? 1" J'4 ',` `i !'; ~d'1' i5•a,diat' ~iKUafsi~ Vit;e~I"ctrs,,l e•tat f crrra F'S3C5-:3-l.~'tiG ~'~ ;1~, . ~,' C - , t ~ iti t 12 ~ I x <;t`t~i i;. ~ .1C'1%:~ti)LVI.LIX;i1L[:1V'I' C)I' i1.TItI:'1't" ;,1',t".C1': ~>i' __ ~~t i4 a:"a ~ (Abbu:cc~cy-vita-1'at~~4) Lu.a~ t ~~+'~:. _ G' ~ +=~ r J j -rt` ~SLtxz•*~- t tiiz ~Ix:~ -- -..- ._. .'_' --... d~v u1'_-- -.- _ ^~~r ~ .__., Duf:~r~, ~s~cr, a n<,Lar1 },~~1,3ic zr. fir- ______. ...._ ----- _"_". ~tzsd 1~ a ~t,sx+l ~ ~x 11, y.r~NCrile~ll~ ajr~~c:~~re f ~ _ _ .r- .~... .tt.:..~ L .~ i,~a..,_ __ .,_ 1, 1'~~ C of F4 t' s 1 i..itlM tnat~r Te i ~:_~ =y ictttnvt .~sz~~i b~,a~~ ~lalsis~k~t~ur~~r ~~,~f~~~~r~!:zrrr.~~l~nn l~r•x~~~ithe r ~r~s cnu~, s:yisr!~r«. r;.'hr, L;w~ 1l.. I' < < ..`I' 1:.`~' '3 cor~ r r ~~;~ ~ t 'ha~~sx 1 ~il,F " ~ ~±a z! ! ~ !ll x• ~$t'.:n~l.t~. 1},rfzcr :Y. t,a,~t it+r ,.<r~id n~;u~~axtY.raai w«.o~ r3xt~t ~irt~al <>r~ 1?e::;~`P of't-tie :~E~t<[ et>t[xtir~;ei.~~~~< ~~.~ znrftf ~~.,y ~f' is 4~=~ar<; •" 1~~~xt t: ;~r~,r f.f:a1 as kaar.role~ig~~s .~a;cl fic9aCU1s3t,~fx1 lv lie 41ic ,zee ~~,. v~zJ ~.~t~~;d ~~~ aaucl es>e~rurat~uia <,x~.l i.4a, ~ :~c 1aFa~ saliLlttatt`r to ,±a~xi ~tz,~l tii.~iu'litiutl4 v~~tt~t i~t aifixat Lhia c,o~ irn v~4.az ~s~.~l >>t vatt~ s ~ r~-,~a arias. 1'~i 'v"d?'~',`vl''i'3 ~~7113 (i€~",!?1<`. i lnnvn I~r~t~^iir~lis vttt~ur:3~aE~.~l ,~t~, t, t~nr 3t~i1 a`1fxPr: nsy ry~fcis+ ac+ii °tP. ~,~=--1 i.i!' a 1_~5f ~ .+ thr..l';t;zm3t'~St~rLz.l.~~}~~G~,~r~=a_Lra, s'a.ly z:.3tr~ti~ia;a ~»~ irsE;irc ,.,, - y ~ , i' k ~ ~~~M1i1tM#/UJ~y~ y- i/ +~' V i~tr~~ry ;;uf,IiF +. ~ ' ~ r -- 8~if 9~ i r ''r:.. ®~' '~.aR~ N ~ ~~`~ '. ;,. 05/13/2009 12:55 4065822344 CITY OF BOZEMAN PAGE 01/01 C~'~+Y Ord' BCIZEMA.~T ~USI1'~ESS LICENSE N~. 09=~~~~~525 ,'~ .. , . . GR_A.1'~t'M''fi~ib~ 1VIay ~ 3, ~dQ .. ~~~G1CI~~ ,~~~t~~~~ ~ Zd09 .~~~'~E~`~~~+ce~rli~~er 3~, Z009 'T'o wh~o~i it ~l~y ~ottcerb: 7CN1CS JLI" , ~ ,,, ~i~~~ l~ ~'~'~11fi~ii~ rR ~(1~~FlYCP~IY PTii~Ti-111'(~Ti1Yii ~ri~Ti' ~~~1Nr ~~tr s~~s ~~CZ~~~~ L~ ~~~G~A,~~ M~'-~9I1~ Grn~it~+~ by t~~ Cady of Bo~er~.au~ in til#~ Co~un C~~`Call~tj.t~, State cs~Ma~ntana, to ~al~ry ~'' on tlt~e ~-~usi~@~s or accr~~atidii ~~ ~COl'V~'CTT~~t.S:.= I"LUM~ING. ~~ Xa said ~C~ty i~~ ~u~e~au, i~lY~.f~e o~ $O.pU h~.~iit'~'bei~~i ~p~id to the ,Dii~e~tor'~i~~'i~taric~ in accordaf~~e math t~ir~ p~rb+~isiot~~ v~ ttie o~d;~~~n~~ bf ~~a~ City, aid the :A,ct~~ p~ the ~e~islatii~e t1.sc~#i~~l~ 4f the Sfiate ot`1~'~oH°tsU~a: '.['his Licetage is isstie~ subject to all fhe l~i~n-1'~ end"~~nditio~s o~~t~e B~rsiriess ~cet~se Ordi~auc~e of the ]~tr~~mia~i ~li+iunici~'~1-`~ttd~ ~and.of .~~plica~if~i~ l~(o. ~9;OC~0~3SZ5. 't'his lici~~~~ i~ ~ ~ , ~ Ad ' ~:, ~ ~ ', , ', - ~ .: .:.. ,.. 'W.i.'iI'~T]ESS 1i~y Natit# a~rd.s~~i this 1'V~~.y 13, ~2~0~ - `` .. ::. LlfCI~NSF,,1C -- .Laurac Clark, Treasurer By: Carol A. NeibauEr; Busit~esa .License Clerk ~~ F1IlJT~' ~'1>~~~ Y<iu're 1Vever ~llcyne 5-15-09 Dear David, Art liaff~rt, CIC, Agent 14fim+bcr, i4file Nigh Surnn+ii, ,Nutiwra! Sales IfanorAwa+zt 642 Coito-+woad Road, Suits 2 13az+?man, .4do»m+ur 59718 CJ~ce: (-~P6) 58d-d13(? rax: r-.1+ra6~ s$~-P~r7r 7o1{Free: (8Q(3) 8IS lr23(1 t:ellutur. ~4(?67 580-G230 En+ail: ahn,~firrt!ain-tch.cnn: Per o~!r conversation yesterday, I have reviewed the contract request in regards to the insurance requirements. Based on my interpretation of what I have read, my findings are spawn below. Far an actual legal interpretation, this would need to be reviewed by someone in the legal field. Based on what !have read, I believe the limits of coverage requested by the contract have been met. We received the increase for the umbrella late yesterday afternoon which was the final increK~se requested. Based on this, the limits far coverage for General Liability, Umbrella, Workers Compensat'son and Bonding haue been met. One item that is a bit different than requested, is the 30 day notke versus the 45 day notice. ! see that the origir~ai dates were 30 but have been crossed out in the contract and replaced with 45 days.. The 45 flay notice is not a normal insurance industry standard, the 30 days is. The 30 day notice is v4hat the current carrier is willing to offer and has offered in the 15 years 1 have done business with them. used on my opinion this should not present a problem of any kind as again, this is an industry Harm. Please aduise if you need myself to review any additional material or make any further comments in regard to this case. I am leaving this morning to meet with clients in Billings but wit! be able to be reached until mid-afternoon via my cell at 580-52e~0. Thank"you far your time. Sincere , ,,r hur ~ offart, C!G A'i,ri,rt,uf ~irre+v:^ra Lbrc~n I'n.j,~~rn E:,rd C<nunlra' !'rrrraf.<+,n 7 II II _i a~~Kr~~ CERTIFICATE OF ~ LIABILITY INSURANCE 511.5t20D9 L°{~4cr ~~" i s>#`zp THIS CERTiFkGATE 15 ISSUED AS A MATTER OF IDIFORMATiON ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE E3ISSELi, AGENCY HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AMEND, EXTEND OR 692 Cottonwood Rd ' ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POL€CiES BELOW. : Boxeatan, 2QT 59718 {~~~? 5$S._. f:z3~ INSURERS AFFORDING COVERAGE NA1C# _ eras#1P Czty of Baseman 6 Morrison-Maiezle I na #NSURCRA Farmers Un:an Mutual In~uranoe _. . i PO $OX 1.2~~ IN~L#RE£t B __ ~~ -~ f )~r)~eman, ~',~' 59715 SNS&3RER C_ Y... YNSURFR 3 ~~ tNS#.IRER E. COVERAGE5 - T}#k F~Ol.#C=1f .~ (~ ~~:>~. ~~-SCE ~.#STEa REL04J HAVE BEEN tSSUEt? TO THE INS#3RED NAArtED R84VE FOR T#iE POLSCY PER:OD iNC#CATED N<7?YJ#TF#STr"N "':'" ' ' AP+f~" R~O':;r•~ r r - ~•~.1 C``R CC)ND!~TI(7N t~f' ANY C(~N"'RRCT OR Zil= *AAY f3F #F#{ UTNER JOGl1MENT VYITH RESPECT TCk LVh?ICN 7H#S 4~ER": MA f h I fl? f+,#N T#iE iN.' 1RANCE A~3'QRCSEB RY THE Pt)a l„IES OESCREBE~ HEREIN IS StiEivECT TO kt,L Ti~9E TEE~RMS. ~ XCtU.il{:3NS Ahf, COtiC311.4;NS ::i ,i i r^Gt..~CEE{ F ` G',#:'.EGkTE #.ttvi::T$ SMCwN MRY HRJE BEEN REOtICEE; I3Y PAIt7 CLAIMS. ..... ~!N$R i4tkC'L _ ~ Pit. I.Y Ef•F!-I_ TIJ~ VJI-t ~' XP k~•?=GN~ {'t..<"~~ ` t..TR Yh$RS? w4 nr +~ s Si Am'CE #'t7# IqY 3~t+t DER t UHTIr ,Fr1bS~Di7"_ " = ~~ ~ ~_ ~ JW -. '.:. .:. y !"i.{ ~ .,,`4p' ~ 1. ~ Q V V a V 5rI V ' ' t ; r ,~~.~ stir, I :. 1 ' 'C4 ' ~ C ~uC~~ ' ) r .. ;.~~ 6.r,£f # i,.Y . h ; ~ . ~ 4 ; ! ~~ .Aa'.9.sthi" `~ ~iC',.!R i~ ee l 6 Y °{ i { C~xclud~d A ! ' x 3~ner cantractar _ =Pending d lud ~ x C 5f 15f 49, '~ J15 f 10 ~;'~; ',' , ~~ ~. '+~, a E }?Z'Qt9Cti1+i3 EOM. S.I.",u ~n t ~ y t l t ,. ,..: :.. ::. ~ , : " ,G t.V V47 r.V~L (aEsNx ~4rb#2#c;.', :. t^st ~~r'r :, s'ER', i ~,,.t:~. .. ..,, ...~, E.XC,~»ti(.~0$ ..~ :.ue2t=t. E?~- ' ~ ~;.~!~u {--"~Ni3tE l.ih1~T ~-5 ~.,., ,. ,,;Y:. .. ,: , .... ~ ~ #c.,~_~ , a ~t~s ~ ` ' ... F.~ . _ _ nl'#i3@'Y ~ _ ~, #y~r u ~t~ C`::Si ~ .. ,.R.4i;C1r.S ,..~. ~..':.~{,#.ii.3?E.XC:.t~tStJNS h9'3t1Et?FiY EN©~RSEOfENT: SPEClAi aRi)Yi SiCNS CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION $N03A.#) ANY 57F THE A00VE C+E8CR3DE6 VOtSCtES NE C;ANGEti.Et; HEa f,Ha,$, itlF EX6t~«3;r;}y: Named Insured RATE Tt~REOr, THE [$$V:NG 4N$URER NAILI EH6EAY4R i0 L.A1l. ~~ CAAY$ SJtt:Ti£k NO?ICE 'O T!tE C[R7fF~ttAYE gyiOE.R NAMEri TO Tii$ 4.E~`T, 9liT iA?U1RE. TJ bt) 4U $FNII t~S1V0$E ~ ODl,14ATSAN OR t,tAB#tJTY OF A1yY MIND pi+ON Y'NE cH$UR6R, ITS A>ENT$ GR ' ACOR025(2U09f01} i The ACORD name and Ingo are registered marks A11 runts raservatl. r ,. ~,.:«.~< 3 . . A~i?RL?~~ CERTIFICATE OF L1ABfL.1TY INSURANCE _ ~/~.~/~o~~ - -- ? P~IOGUC~fY THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY ANA CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE BISSELL A.GENC9C HOIDER. THi9 CERTIFICATE AGES NOT AMENA EXTEND OR 642 Cottonwood Rd ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORAEA 8Y THE POEICIES _BELCIW~ Bozeman, MT 59?18 {9.06) ~$~_~~~~ INSURERS AFFORAING COVERAGE NAIC# I`~iS(FtP't? B4Zeman Pl~ambxng 6 A9at1nQ IxiC. Ir'+SUR£R~...Farmers iJn.~on,.MuLva:.....T4xavrance rv~;;3R' fz F+ Montana Scats _Eund _ _ PO Box 42?0 INSIlR£Re Bozisman, MT 597'32 INSURFFYi7 _ ~a~ •~90E-585-89~ ~ INSURER E -- COVERAGES THE PC ~;IES ( d _ U?~ANCE LISTER EiE'..i74V HAVE BEEN 155UEC3 TO 7HE;NSUREa Nkiti4EL3 ABt~it£ FCR "ft'iE Pt~C.3CY PER9C)is ISsCtCATFF} Ni3'T'1~1#T#•~STANCIN(; ANY F2Et~t1'R: yT "s'ERtv1 C3R CC,)NI3ITIUN i3F ANY CONTRACT Oft bT#1ER DOCJR9ENT LVITH RESS'ECT TO WHICH THIS CERTI1=iCATE 1AAY BE liSllYt3 Cft Cv1A1 F { ? t Asf. .: .faSURANCE AFFC7RDEE7 BY TI~;E PC71,1,^..ES CESCRtBEf7 #iEREIN IS SUBJECT TG ALL T#!E "'tt~S, k.XL1LllriiQNSAHC GC7N01'f1:7Na (JI" SUCt4 P*~. ~' ~,~ ~3 A'FE i fS1lTS SHfl~"lN MAY #lAV'E BEEN REDUCF.:G BY PAEDCLAfM^a _... _.. ....... .... J ~ . ~~ .. ,.,.. IFI ~ ,l: s ., r(n nx f'QlfGf MUht(4Cfi pAr^ +, P. Uf.~`'v OF..t ", '. i u r p~.•, - ~ ~ (} ;..~: i~,w ~, 1F'Y '. ~ r. ~.~~ a.~Q, c _ ,. ` - ~ ~~0 ~' ~ G~ooaa~e33 ' 1/1/09 ' 1/1110 ,:., r ,~:,W .. ~;,,- ~ 1,(~OO,OOt? __ tniE! ;,,,~f;, :,~~ s 2,_OOO~fJ00 .F t4~~, n,, a ,rFtE l-;A.:. I lh~: i ;,t ~ ~ . _'~ - ', _ '~ , f3 C1 ~1., C) O Q <, .. .vt: ~1wcr,) .~ ~ - as.i~.r )*5"IN..; ~,!&A1IS ~, 1 r 000 , 000 _ !' :. , ' 1117.:.25 A'; ;,~r$~.,,, f GA00003303 ' 1/1/49 1/1/10 ,. „Wr N,,,I~o;~ti- :AUtw~s .~r1~':t,tL ,EAC'i..irY _.. 1 1aUrs'7,CNv LAA c,C°E''+ ~ S . t ~ LS tW~+1 TF4AN . " . AlJ7ClG'NLY: ~. S I x!:e: a, iir,?HF2 f: ;,[A i~r`rL:llt;y , I o- rar.N ~ ~„tARt'::Nrf" . _ ~.. ~ f..V V 0 r O.V O ~: ti,. ~: Ft ]'~ Cif+`hiS P.?.AJE ~,,°,+E';,,;F: _ ~ _ ..1.000 ~ ~~~ '>GBOO001237 ;1/1/09 `:.1/1/10 ~ .ORK~ it-;. ~. -.. :;'~~ANCS ~ I - t. '1 tViT; Eft . .__. __...__ E.. ~ , 03-3a~2s5-~ 1/1/09 1/1/10_ .~~__ , ~ 1.ooaf~o~ B ~.. . 1,_OOO,OUO _ __ ~ ',2Ni tei;ta. ~ Df~nE'i5E-F'47LI~: rLttv:IF ~ E:.{.. ~ ],. (~(~}p_~QQQ .,E';r:;F< ~ 1,~:i~itis k(x~.ct';C~+S 4eNr G 7NSAC7~iEGs~Y£`iUCJ#~tSE.dAEti'f'5?'£CIA.1G'~°ilti#~iG7NS Certificate holder is additional insured per form GG2o10. CERTIFICATE HDl[7 City of Bozeman, State of Mfi PO Box 1230 Bo2ernanr MT 59?71 . Fax:406-582-2263 SFd~7f1i.[17iNY ~P' LHE A60VE :.)EzS :.~RdFTEi7 F~Ot H. ES F)£ i R4Yt.cii.fa) E ~ 3K:i 7r F)A'FC TFdf:REOF".. T49£ iS:ilJltdCa IN$URE42 bVli_E £.N(J£Atit7R TO Mx~IL30_„ i7AY i b'~~~f", ~_ D1„"f:~.E 'T% ~f+t'i CF;22Ttt' C;ATE: }-;,)LC:EL?. Nt;'v}EO TJ ?t9E ~ F #3~~r F 11..U~~- 4'i9P£?SL kQ C2f3LivATK)N t^R t..1At9Ft i'T'Y &3F' AMY KINr`t2 UF',.N E ~E 6N.a.1atP ^Y. ti `CT3 ,7c~ , dttPfYFSEN7pi7It~'££ e ACORD 2S(20011t36} ACORD CORPORATION 1968 Aft t1AF«t~Gr,^tw't ACQRI).M CERTIFICATE fJF LIABILITY INSURANCE ' ~-F2;/;?t_t?;Fh THIS CERTIFICATE iS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY ANO CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE BISSELL AGENCY HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AMEND, EXTEND OR 542 Cottonwood Rd ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES E3Et~OW. Bozeman, MT 59718 (906} 5$6-62303 _ 'INSURERS AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC# .__ _ _.. c. . ; Bateman Plumbing ~ Eieatinq II1C . ~"tS~luE~ n Farmers Unxo:s tdutual Iraurance + ~:suf#;•a n Mant~,na, S.tate,.._Fund P4 Box 4270 , NSUr~csz c Bozeman, MT 59772 iN3URER ~ _ c ~ ,. • d f1 x .. S S2 K .. R C'f K tNSUREti E. II II II II i~ ~~ II i~ i~ COVERAGES TNP PO#.IC1ES 7T :NSi.;r~ANCE l.ISTrD BE1..01+~ NAV'F SEEN ISSUED TO TNf.. INSURED NAMED ABpVE FOR T}1E PptICY PERIOD INDPCATED. NOTWITNSTAN#~I*1G ANY REpUIRE~xENT, TERM OR CONDIT80N pF ANY CONTRACT pR OTHER ppCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WN1CH TNlS CERTIFICATE MAY 8E lSSUEG pR fr1~ Y t'[R?AfN THE ?NSUfi,',NCE AFFORDED 9Y THE POLICIES DESCRIBED NEREdN IS SUBJECT Tp ALL THE TERMS. EXCLUSitJNS AND CpNI71TipNS G`F SUGt^' Pt3Ct4. £ S AGGREG1iTE 1.tt.«!TS SNOW'N MAY NAVE Bi:.EN R EDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS .. _... _. .<..u ancr. ,._. ... .... ........ f>`J IC`Y fFfECT{VE.#'OE.i(,V cMF'iftA?'ON :r- r.v<:, '~:"-;_(." •. ,;_•~__ fa7iFd;YN'.r ^tirk AT£ WM+£1~/YY DRT~f~l.4QDt7___'Y,j__"_ EktSi"s ~: ~ _. ___M ,.___._________._._,,_._.____ ~,~. :, ~ ~ ~,, oao , 000 :~~~ T r~f r ~ 50 0~0 x ... + ~+ ., k E 1.i. liAHtt{TY 1 ; •Ct, i E t , c 'c.: ~ ... n : {.;. " ~ ~ war Xxa r;.:-, '. „~3a~.c7e ~ X, ~.cc--LIB ~ nF ~ ~ 5, 0-00 A ' ~,.` CP00009833 ~ 1 j1 j09 ' 1 j1 j20 r ~RSr~NAt ..,. •, ~~Y .. , s 1, 030, 0.00 _... C,EN£fiAL Ac,~~ .,nTE _ s 2..,..000, 0.00 j "; f;F~tErsvf~rr,~ j ~ Pszgtts;.TS .~~• ~,, eras 2..Q00,fl00 A!~~-cM~a{lr ~if~ . ~Y ~ .:~~E5ih1~15iNCt1 lllvlrf ~ 1, 000 , 000 X... S4F{;:GUI. E'.J a. 705 ~ ~' ~ ~G...., ~... - _ _.. y A 1i~4#F$>A!!Tr.; CA00003303 1j2/09 j 1j1j10 a~nI1YENSa~Y .~ ~ (t~e*s ~•-nt; ~; Nr~N nerwrrtr+~s'r~~s :.~ ___. _.. ! :. t"-aqc~[ ;.'v {lAt~RAtal :. $ E ~nr< __..~ _ r_. :.3~,[~;,.i~rY ," rr~~•~, v E~reE~c+cN~ ~ _ -. s a AJTG' -_ I UYtiEftTHrx.N nR.~,` ... ._,.. - A;;TCsON1Y A.:;r j cx~,~~,=l~tit€s~aE; v.luai~tTV ~ ~ AKzI+ auwutzr~r ~t~ 4 r 0 ~! 0 , 47.00 acct ~ ~ ~' d.tA;rssrrr~~ ~ A i'~RfC:ATF 4 , 000 ~ 000 CH00001237 ' 1/2/09 :211/10 ..___,.___ .... { Rfi~£NTiON ~: E is ":."~-a~KF:RS CUh?PENS4T!04:4N:? : ~ _. '~Yy..IMITS. ':..ER , r acf ,., .~ s r,v,:,,< E`" E,~ !!03-346265-6 2j2/09 1/1110 ...1,000.,.300'... NL ~~ { E_-.,"4Plcx;~~ 1_~000,_o0fl ' "~@C1At.PRL, ~ l . ~" psi:-~~„E, Yu?~it s 1, 000 000 OTViEs# " T' -~ ' :Gti i7S t1x C:~YA':,^. S t.vEr~T7.,+J ' uE1{#{~t.ES i riXCi v ~DNki A£xi:E:~ #3Y EN~4R5cMENT r Si''£^)AL PRriV3:flNS Certificate holder is additiona3 insured in regards to general liability per form CG201U. Waiwe,r o£ transfer of rights o£ recovery against others to us per £orm CG24t34 11393 in regards to general liability. Coverage is primary and non-contributory. CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION l 5fa1,3Ut.b ANY !'7F THE kElt7VE 6FS~~titiE (7 Pt3t ftE'S {3£ CANC:ELI-Ck F)r FtiRt'i ~ IE rXR4~itA ,*. Mattison-Maierle Inc 945 `.~'e Chnology $1Vd DACE THFREt)t', HF ISSJYNG INS4)FYktt Wilt LNUL~.AVf)f# if'3 MAit ~~ I ".' rt NfYTli E i tY T~tKC !.ER7{ tCA~T~ HO UE I iM~UbG NtJ <)F.t?~'AiiUN t. ~# Lia,BlEt~ N.At.1EU T't1THt QC i t3U' FAt U t 'a", Hozsman M'T 59718 r x ~ Y Jf~ ANY fKth'L7 ~Yt'~N fii?;:~, h yf)"1 F.. R. E r"~ ~' CJq REPRExu"E'NTATt c . AU 0!732 G R t {V'E, ACORD 25 {2009108) 1 ~7 ACORD CORPORATION 198$ i~ L~ sru9+ptx e+sr -tu ~` C ERTlFICATE {~ F INSURANCE *A~R7141 . This certificate is provided as evidence of insurance under paliay # 68586520 of the company named herein. Additional Insured Name and Address City of Bozeman & Morrison-Maierle Enc R.U. Box 1230 Bozerna~, MT 59715 Insured Name and Address Bozeman Plt.rmbing and Heating, Inc P.U. Box 4270 Bozeman, MT 59772 Amount of Covers a Per Building {Completed Value}~ 240,000 Premium $ 300.00 _~ Effective Date (Date Construction Began; 05145;2009 Term: 6 months Description and Location of Property to be Insured Svxim Center Natatorium; 1211 W. Main Street Bozeman, MT 59715 This is to certify that the above is an insured under a builders risk policy issued by a company of the Zurich Financial Services Group, covering property identified above from the inception date shown, subject to all terms and conditions contained in the poiicy. Insurance as provided under the afarementi ned policy is subject to ail terms, conditions and iimitations *,hereof and shall in no event extend beyond datey,errnination of the insured's interest in the articles described herein. ,i'%' ,,~ l~ ~ q Dated (Month, day and Year) utharized A A Agency Producer Number A0073108 Agency Name t1SASSURE INSURANCE SERVICES OF FLURIDA INC. ~~,.m..H,.w.,u_m. Mailing Address P.U. BUX 10610 City JACKSUNVIL~E State f=L Zip Code 32247-0120 f i PERFORMANCE BOND Any singular reference to Contractor, Surety, Owner, or other party shall be considered plural where applicable. CONTRACTOR (Name and Address): OWNER (Name and Address): CONTRACT Date: Amount: Description (Name and Location): BOND Bond Number: Date (Not earlier than Contract Date): Amount: Modifications to this Bond Form: SURETY (Name and Address of Principal Place of Business): Surety and Contractor, intending to be legally bound hereby, subject to the terms printed on the reverse side hereof, do each cause this Performance Bond to be duly executed on its behalf by its authorized officer, agent, or representative. CONTRACTOR AS PRINCIPAL SURETY Company: Signature: _ Name and Title: (Seal) (Space is provided below for signatures of additional parties, if required.) CONTRACTOR AS PRINCIPAL Company. Signature: _ Name and Title: Surety's Name and Corporate Seal By: Signature and Title (Attach Power of Attorney) Attest: Signature and Title SURETY Surety's Name and Corporate Seal By: Signature and Title (Attach Power of Attorney) Attest: Signature and Title: (Seal) (Seal) EJCDC No. C-610 (2002 Edition) Originally prepared through the joint efforts of the Surety Association of America, Engineers Joint Contract Documents Committee, the Associated General Contractors of America, and the American Institute of Architects. Performance Bond - 00610 -Page 1 of 2 N:\0417\057\DOCS\SPECS\DIV 0\perF.bond_c-610.docx Revised 6/19/03 (Seal) 'r heirs 1. Contractor and Surety, jointly and severally, bind themselves, thei f 6. After Owner has terminated Contractor's right to complete the Contract, and if elects to act under Paragraph 4.1, 4.2, or 4.3 above, then the responsibilities ret S executors, administrators, successors, and assigns to Owner for [he performance o y u of Surety to Owner shall not be greater than those of Contractor under the Contract, [he Contract, which is incorporated herein by reference. and the responsibilities of Owner to Surety shall not be greater than those of Owner 2. If Contractor performs the Contract, Surety and Contractor have no obligation under the Contract. To a limit of the amount of this Bond, but subject to f the Balance of the Contract Price to mitigation of costs O under this Bond, except to participate in conferences as provided in Paragraph 3.1. wner o commitment by and damages on the Contract, Surety is obligated without duplication for: 3. If there is no Owner Default, Surety's obligation user this Bond shall arise 6.1. The responsibilities of Contractor for correction of defective Work and after: completion of the Contract; 3.1. Owner has notified Contractor and Surety, at the addresses described in Paragraph 10 below, that Owner is considering declaring a Contractor 6.2. Additional legal, design professional, and delay costs resulting from and resulting from the actions or failure to act of Default ' t Default and has requested and attempted to arrange a conference with , or s Contrac Contractor and Surety to be held not later than 15 days after receipt of Surety under Paragraph 4; and such notice to discuss methods of performing the Contract. If Owner, Contractor shall be allowed a reasonable Contractor and Surety agree 6.3. Liquidated damages, or if no liquidated damages are specified in the n- , time to perform the Contract, but such an agreement shall not waive Contract, actual damages caused by delayed performance or no Owner's right, if any, subsequently to declare a Contractor Default; and performance of Contractor. 3.2. Owner has declared a Contractor Default and formally terminated 7. Surety shall not be liable to Owner or others for obligations of Contractor that and the Balance of the Contract Price shall not be d to the Contract l t Contractor's right to complete the Contract. Such Contractor Default t be declared earlier than 20 days after Contractor and Surety ll h , e are unre a reduced or set off on account of any such unrelated obligations. No right of action i h no s a have received notice as provided in Paragraph 3.1; and rs, e shall accrue on this Bond to any person or entity other than Owner or its executors, administrators, or successors. 3.3. Owner has agreed to pay the Balance of the Contract Price to: S. Surety hereby waives notice of any change, including changes of time, to 1. Surety in accordance with the terms of the Contract; Contract or to related subwntracts, purchase orders, and other obligations. 2. Another contractor selected pursuant to Paragraph 4.3 to perform the 9. Any proceeding, legal or equitable, under this Bond may be instituted in any tion in the location in which the Work or part of the Work di i Contract. c s court of competent jur is located and shall be instituted within two years after Contractor Default or within 4. When Owner has satisfied the wnditions of Paragraph 3, Surety shall promptly two years after Contractor ceased working or within two years after Surety refuses erform its obligations under this Bond, whichever occurs first. If the il t f and at Surety's expense take one of the following actions: o p or s a provisions of this paragraph are void or prohibited by law, the minimum period of Arrange for Contractor, with consent of Owner, to perform and 1 4 limitation available to sureties as a defense in the jurisdiction of the suit shall be . . complete the Contract; or applicable. Undertake to perform and complete the Contract itself, through its agents 4 2 10. Notice to Surety, Owner, or Contractor shall be mailed or delivered to the . . or through irxlependent contractors; or address shown on the signature page. 4.3. Obtain bids or negotiated proposals from qualified contractors acceptable 11. When this Bond has been furnished to comply with a statutory requirement in n where the Contract was to be performed, any provision in this Bond ti l h to Owner for a contract for performance and completion of the Contract, e for a contract to be prepared for execution by Owner and n r o oca t e conflicting with said statutory requirement shall be deemed deleted herefrom and orated t d i d g ar a Contractor selected with Owner's concurrence, to be secured with nco p eeme provisions conforming to such statutory requirement shall be Bond shall be construed as a statutory bond and not as t thi h i performance and payment bonds executed by a qualified surety uivalent to the bonds issued on the Contract, and pay to Owner the e s a s t herein. The intent a wmmon law bond. q amount of damages as described in Paragraph 6 in excess of the Balance of the Contract Price incurred by Owner resulting from Contractor 12. Definitions. Default; or 12.1 Balance of the Contract Price: The total amount payable by Owner to 4.4. Waive its right to perform and complete, arrange for completion, or Contractor under the Contract after all proper adjustments have been including allowance to Contractor of any amounts received or to made obtain a new contractor and with reasonable promptness under the , be received by Owner in settlement of insurance or other Claims for circumstances: damages to which Contractor is entitled, reduced by all valid atxl proper 1. After investigation, determine the amount for which it may be liable payments made to or on behalf of Contractor under the Contract. to Owner and, as soon as practicable after the amount is determined, Contract: The agreement between Owner and Contractor identified on 12 2 tender payment therefor to Owner; or . . the signature page, including all Contract Documents and changes 2. Deny liability in whole or in part and notify Owner citing reasons thereto. therefor. 12.3. Contractor Default: Failure of Contractor, which has nether een If Surety does not proceed as provided in Paragraph 4 with reasonable 5 remedied nor waived, to perform or otherwise to comply with the terms . promptness, Surety shall be deemed to be in default on this Bond IS days after of the Contract. receipt of an additional written notice from Owner to Surety demanding that Surety and Owner shall be entitled to enforce any d hi B 12.4. Owner Default: Failure of Owner, which has neither been remedied nor d on , s perform its obligations under t remedy available to Owner. If Surety proceeds as provided in Paragraph 4.4, and i waived, to pay Contractor as required by the Contract or to perform an complete or comply with the other terms thereof. n Owner refuses the payment tendered or Surety has denied liability, in whole or part, without further notice Owner shall be entitled to enforce any remedy available ' to Owner. FOR INFORMATION ONLY -Name, Address and Telephone , Surety Agency or Broker Owner's Representative (engineer or other parry) Performance Bond - 00610 -Page 2 of 2 N:\0417\057\DOCS\SPECS\DIV 0\perf.bond_c-610.docx Revised 6119/03 PAYMENT BOND Any singular reference to Contractor, Surety, Owner, or other party shall be considered plural where applicable. CONTRACTOR (Name and Address): SURETY (Name, and Address of Principal Place of Business): OWNER (Name and Address): CONTRACT Effective Date of Agreement: Amount: Description (Name and Location): BOND Bond Number: Date (Not earlier than Effective Date of Agreement): Amount: Modifications to this Bond Form: Surety and Contractor, intending to be legally bound hereby, subject to the terms set forth below, do each cause this Payment Bond to be duly executed by an authorized officer, agent, or representative. CONTRACTOR AS PRINCIPAL SURETY (Seal) (Seal) Contractor's Name and Corporate Seal Surety's Name and Corporate Seal By: BY~ Signature Signature (Attach Power of Attorney) Print Name Print Name Title Title Attest: Attest: Signature Signature Title Title Note: Provide execution by additional parties, such as joint venturers, if necessary. {MWOOl504;1} EJCDC C~15(A) Payment Bond March 2008 Prepared by the Engineers Joint Contract Documents Committee. Page 1 of 3 I. Contractor and Surety, jointly and severally, bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns to Owner to pay for labor, materials, and equipment furnished by Claimants for use in the performance of the Contract, which is incorporated herein by reference. 2. With respect to Owner, this obligation shall be null and void if Contractor: Promptly makes payment, directly or indirectly, for all sums due Claimants, and Defends, indemnifies, and holds harmless Owner from all claims, demands, liens, or suits alleging non-payment by Contractor by any person or entity who furnished labor, materials, or equipment for use in the performance of the Contract, provided Owner has promptly notified Contractor and Surety (at the addresses described in Paragraph 12) of any claims, demands, liens, or suits and tendered defense of such claims, demands, liens, or suits to Contractor and Surety, and provided there is no Owner Default. 3. With respect to Claimants, this obligation shall be null and void if Contractor promptly makes payment, directly or indirectly, for all sums due. 4. Surety shall have no obligation to Claimants under this Bond until: Claimants who are employed by or have a direct contract with Contractor have given notice to Surety (at the address described in Paragraph 12) and sent a copy, or notice thereof, to Owner, stating that a claim is being made under this Hond and, with substantial accuracy, the amount of the claim. Claimants who do not have a direct contract with Contractor: I . Have fumished written notice to Contractor and sent a copy, or notice thereof, to Owner, within 9o days after having last performed labor or last furnished materials or equipment included in the claim stating, with substantial accuracy, the amount of the claim and the name of the party to whom the materials or equipment were furnished or supplied, or for whom the labor was done or performed; and 2. Have either received a rejection in whole or in part from Contractor, or not received within 30 days of furnishing the above notice any communication from Contractor by which Contractor had indicated the claim will be paid directly or indirectly; and 3. Not having been paid within the above 30 days, have sent a written notice to Surety (at the address described in Paragraph 12) and sent a copy, or notice thereof, to Owner, stating that a claim is being made under this Bond and enclosing a copy of the previous written notice furnished to Contractor. 5. If a notice by a Claimant required by Paragraph 4 is provided by Owner to Contractor or to Surety, that is sufficient compliance 6. Reserved. 7. Surety's total obligation shall not exceed the amount of this Bond, and the amount of this Bond shall be credited for any payments made in good faith by Surety. g. Amounts owed by Owner to Contractor under the Contract shall be used for the performance of the Contract and to satisfy claims, if any, under any performance bond. By Contractor furnishing and Owner accepting this Bond, they agree that all funds earned by Contractor in the performance of the Contract are dedicated to satisfy obligations of Contractor and Surety under this Bond, subject [o Owner's priority to use the funds for the completion of the Work. 9. Surety shall not be liable to Owner, Claimants, or others for obligations of Contractor that are unrelated to the Contract. Owner shall not be liable for payment of any costs or expenses of any Claimant under this Bond, and shall have under this Bond no obligations to make payments to, give notices on behalf of, or otherwise have obligations to Claimants under this Bond. I~. Surety hereby waives notice of any change, including changes of time, to the Contract or to related subcontracts, purchase orders, and other obligations I I . No suit or action shall be commenced by a Claimant under this Bond other than in a court of competent jurisdiction in the location in which the Work or part of the Work is located or after the expiration of one year from the date (1) on which the Claimant gave the notice required by Paragraph 4.1 or Paragraph 4.2.3, or (2) on which the last labor or service was performed by anyone or the last materials or equipment were furnished by anyone under the Contract, whichever of (1) or (2) first occurs. If the provisions of this paragraph are void or prohibited by law, the minimum period of limitation available to sureties as a defense in the jurisdiction of the suit shall be applicable. I2. Notice to Surety, Owner, or Contractor shall be mailed or delivered to the addresses shown on the signature page. Actual receipt of notice by Surety, Owner, or Contractor, however accomplished, shall be sufficient compliance as of the date received at the address shown on the signature page. I3. When this Bond has been fumished to comply with a statutory requirement in the location where the Contract was to be performed, any provision in this Bond conflicting with said statutory requirement shall be deemed deleted herefrom and provisions conforming to such statutory requirement shall be deemed incorporated herein. The intent is that this Bond shall be construed as a statutory Bond and not as a common law bond. I4. Upon request of any person or entity appearing to be a potential beneficiary of this Bond, Contractor shall promptly furnish a copy of this Bond or shall permit a copy to be made. I5. Definitions Claimant: An individual or entity having a direct contract with Contractor, or with afirst-tier subcontractor of Contractor, to furnish labor, materials, or equipment for use in the performance of the Contract. The intent of this Bond shall be to include without limitation in the terms "labor, materials or equipment" that part of water, gas, power, light, heat, oil, gasoline, telephone service, or rental equipment used in the Contract, architectural and engineering services required for performance of the Work of Contractor and Contractor's subcontractors, and all other items for which a mechanic's lien may be asserted in the jurisdiction where the labor, materials, or equipment were furnished. Contract: The agreement between Owner and Contractor identified on the signature page, including all Contract Documents and changes thereto. Owner Default: Failure of Owner, which has neither been remedied nor waived, to pay Contractor as required by the Contract, or to perform and complete or otherwise com I with the other terms thereof. FOR INFORMATION ONLY - (Name, Address, and Tele hone) {MW001504;1} EJCDC C-615(A) Payment Bond March 2008 Prepared by the Engineers Joint Contract Documents Committee. Page 2 of 3 1 C [l ii Surety Agency or Broker: Owner's Representative (Engineer or other): EJCDC No. C~15 (2002 Edition) rage ~ or ~ Prepared by the Engineers Joint ContraM Documents Committee and endorsed u...~.o s~~„~srad r.P~..rA~ Cnntracrnr~ of America and the Construction SpeciScations Institute. NOTE: THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN AMENDED FOR THIS PROJECT AND CONTROLLING LAW. This document has important legal consequences; consultation with an attorney is encouraged with respect to its use or modification. This document should be adapted to the particular circumstances of the contemplated Protect and the Controlling Law. STANDARD GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT Prepared by ~I' ENGINEERS JOINT CONTRACT DOCUMENTS COMMITTEE and ' Issued and Published Jointly By ' nr ~ _, National Society of ~~~~ gmerican Society ti ~.., L'i, ~ Professional Engineers of Civil Engineers .. ~~ , t :,.,, ~ - ,r ~ -~.,-,-..,, Prolesslanal Engineers fn Prfvafe Fraetlse PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERS IN PRNATE PRACTICE a practice division of the NATIONAL SOCIETY OF PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERS AMERICAN COUNCIL OF ENGINEERING COMPANIES AMERICAN SOCIETY OF CNIL ENGINEERS This document has been approved and endorsed by t' ~ ~P~t The Associated General Contractors of America ~~ K.-+ax.edge for Creating arttl Sireta7nnQ tt?4 Butt Errv~ronme^.t Construction Specifications Institute Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract - 00700 -Page 1 of 44 H :\CORPORATEIRJM\W ORDP\ej cdc\C-700.std. gen. cond.doc 2/17/2005 NOTE: Deletions from the Standard EJCDC General Conditions are shown by s~il~eettt. Additions to the Standard EJCDC General Conditions are Underlined. Adaptation of Standard General Conditions prepared by Morrison-Maierle, Inc. Initial Issue: 6/30/03 Copyright ©2002 National Society of Professional Engineers 1420 King Street, Alexandria, VA 22314 American Council of Engineering Companies 1015 15th Street, N.W., Washington, DC 20005 American Society of Civil Engineers 1801 Alexander Bell Drive, Reston, VA 20191-4400 These General Conditions have been prepared for use with the Suggested Forms of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor Nos. C-520 or C-525 (2002 Editions). Their provisions are interrelated and a change in one may necessitate a change in the other. Comments concerning their usage are contained in the EJCDC Construction Documents, General and Instructions (No. C-001) (2002 Edition). For guidance in the preparation of Supplementary Conditions, see Guide to the Preparation of Supplementary Conditions (No. C-800) (2002 Edition). MMI No. C-700 (2003 Edition) 6/30/03 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract - 00700 -Page 2 of 44 H:\CORPORATE\RJM\WORDP\ej cdc1C-700.std. gen. cond.doc 2/17/2005 1 TABLE OF CONTENTS Page ARTICLE 1 -DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY .......................................................... ....................................................6 1.01 Defined Terms .......................................................................................................... ....................................................6 ...:.8 1.02 Terminology ................... ....................................................................... ................... ............................................... 9 ARTICL E 2 - PRELIlVIINARY MATTERS ................................. .......................................... .................................................... 2.01 Delivery of Bonds and Evidence of Insurance ........................................................ .....................................................9 2.02 Copies of Documents ............................................................................................... ....................................................9 9 2.03 Commencement of Contract Times; Notice to Proceed .......................................... ..................................................... 2.04 Starting the Work .................................................................................................... .....................................................9 9 2.05 Before Starting Construction .................................................................................. ..................................................... 10 2.06 Preconstruction Conference ................................................................................... ................................................... 10 2.07 Initial Acceptance of Schedules .............................................................................. ................................................... 10 ARTICL E 3 -CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: INTENT, AMENDING, REUSE ................... ................................................... 3.01 Intent ....................................................................................................................... ...................................................10 10 3.02 ............................................................................................... Reference Standards ...... ............................................. 11 3.03 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies ................................................................. ................................................... 3.04 Amending and Supplementing Contract Documents ............................................... ................................................... l l 3.05 Reuse of Documents ................................................................................................ ...................................................11 l l 3.06 ARTICL Electronic Data .......................................................................................................................................................... E 4 - AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS ............................................. ...................................................12 4.01 Availability of Lands ............................................................................................... ...................................................12 4.02 Subsurface and Physical Conditions ...................................................................... ....................................................12 4.03 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions ........................................................ ....................................................12 4.04 Underground Facilities .......................................................................................... ....................................................13 14 4.05 Reference Points .......................................... .......................................................... .................................................... 14 4 06 Hazardous Environmental Condition at Site ......................................................... .................................................... . ARTICL E 5 -BONDS AND INSURANCE ......................................................................... ....................................................15 5.01 Performance, Payment, and Other Bonds .............................................................. ....................................................15 5.02 Licensed Sureties and Insurers .............................................................................. .................................................:..15 5.03 Certificates oflnsurance ........................................................................................ ....................................................15 5.04 Contractor's Liability Insurance ........................................................................... ....................................................16 5.05 Owner's Liability Insurance .................................................................................. ....................................................17 5.06 Property Insurance -Purchased by Contractor .................................................... ....................................................17 5.07 Waiver of Rights ..................................................................................................... ....................................................18 5.08 Receipt and Application of Insurance Proceeds .................................................... ....................................................18 5.09 Acceptance of Bonds and Insurance; Option to Replace ....................................... .....................................•••••••••""~~ 5.10 Partial Utilization, Acknowledgment of Property Insurer ..................................... 19 .................................................... ARTICLE 6 -CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES ...................................................... ....................................................19 6.01 Supervision and Superintendence .......................................................................... ....................................................19 6.02 Labor; Working Hours ........................................................................................... ....................................................19 6.03 Services, Materials, and Equipment ..................................................................... .....................................................19 6.04 Progress Schedule ................................................................................................. .....................................................20 6.05 Substitutes and "Or-Equals " ................................................................................ .....................................................20 6.06 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Others .............................................. .....................................................21 6.07 Patent Fees and Royalties ..................................................................................... .....................................................22 6.08 Permits .................................................................................................................. .....................................................22 6.09 Laws and Regulations ........................................................................................... ......................:..............................22 6.10 Taxes ..................................................................................................................... ..................................................... 23 6.11 Use of Site and Other Areas .................................................................................. .....................................................23 6.12 Record Documents ................................................................................................ .....................................................23 6.13 Safety and Protection ............................................................................................ .....................................................23 6.14 Safety Representative ............................................................................................ .....................................................24 6.15 Hazard Communication Programs ....................................................................... .....................................................24 6.16 Emergencies .......................................................................................................... .....................................................25 6.17 Shop Drawings and Samples ................................................................................ .....................................................25 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract - 00700 -Page 3 of 44 H:\CORPORATE\RJM\WORDP\ej cdc\C-700std.gen. cond.doc 2/17/2005 6.18 Continuing the Work .................................................................................................................................................. 26 6.19 6.20 Contractor's General Warranty and Guarantee ........................................................................................................ Indemnification ........................................................................................................................................................... 26 26 6.21 Delegation of Professional Design Services .............................................................................................................. 27 ARTICLE 7 -OTHER WORK AT THE SITE ......................................................................................................................... 27 7.01 7.02 Related Work at Site .................................................................................................................................................. Coordination .............................................................................................................................................................. 27 28 ' 7.03 Legal Relationships .................................................................................................................................................... 28 ARTICLE 8 -OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES ...................................................................................................................... 28 8.01 Communications to Contractor .................................................................................................................................. 28 8.02 Replacement of Engineer ........................................................................................................................................... 28 8.03 Furnish Data .............................................................................................................................................................. 28 8.04 8.05 Pay When Due ........................................................................................................................................................... Lands and Easements; Reports and Tests .................................................................................................................. 28 28 ' 8.06 Insurance ................................................................................................................................................................... 28 8.07 Change Orders ...........:............................................................................................................................................... 28 8.08 Inspections, Tests, and Approvals .................................................................................................................:............ 28 8.09 Limitations on Owner's Responsibilities ................................................................................................................... 28 ' 8.10 Undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition .................................................................................................... 28 8.11 Evidence of Financial Arrangements ......................................................................................................................... 29 ARTICLE 9 -ENGINEER'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION ..................................................................................... 29 , .9.01 Owner's Representative ............................................................................................................................................. 29 9.02 Visits to Site ............................................................................................................................................................... 29 9.03 9.04 Project Representative ............................................................................................................................................... Authorized Variations in Work ................................................................:................................................................. 29 29 ' 9.05 Rejecting Defective Work ........................................................................................................................................... 29 9.06 Shop Drawings, Change Orders and Payments ......................................................................................................... 29 9.07 Determinations for Unit Price Work ......................................................................................................................... 30 9.08 Decisions on Requirements of Contract Documents and Acceptability of Work ....................................................... 30 ' 9.09 Limitations on Engineer's Authority and Responsibilities ......................................................................................... 30 ARTICLE 10 - CHANGES IN THE WORK; CLAIMS ........................................................................................................... 30 10.01 Authorized Changes in the Work ........................................................................................................................... 30 , 10.02 Unauthorized Changes in the Work ....................................................................................................................... 31 10.03 Execution of Change Orders .................................................................................................................................. 31 10.04 10.05 Notification to Surety ............................................................................................................................................. Claims .................................................................................................................................................................... 31 31 ' ARTICLE I 1 -COST OF THE WORK; ALLOWANCES; UNIT PRICE WORK .................................................................. 32 11.01 Cost of the Work ......................................................................................:............................................................. 32 11.02 Allowances ............................................................................................:................................................................ 33 11.03 Unit Price Work ..................................................................................................................................................... 33 , ARTICLE 12 -CHANGE OF CONTRACT PRICE; CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIMES ..................................................... 34 12.01 Change of Contract Price ...................................................................................................................................... 34 12.02 Change of Contract Times ......................................................................................:.............................................. ' 12.03 Delays .................................................................................................................................................................... 35 ARTICLE 13 -TESTS AND INSPECTIONS; CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK ............................. ....................................................................................................................................................... ... 13.01 Notice of Defects .................................................................................................................................................... 35 35 13.02 Access to Work ....................................................................................................................................................... 35 13.03 Tests and Inspections ............................................................................................................................................. 35 13.04 Uncovering Work ................................................................................................................................................... 36 13.05 Owner May Stop the Work ..................................................................................................................................... 36 , 13.06 Correction or Removal of Defective Work ............................................................................................................. 36 13.07 Correction Period .................................................................................................................................................. 36 13.08 Acceptance oJDefective Work ............................................................................................................................... 37 ' 13.09 Owner May Correct Defective Work ...................................................................................................................... 37 ARTICLE 14 -PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION .............................................................................. 38 14.01 14.02 Schedule of Values ...................................................:......:...................................................................................... Progress Payments ................................................................................................................................................. 38 38 14.03 Contractor's Warranty of Title .............................................................................................................................. 40 14.04 Substantial Completion .......................................................................................................................................... 40 14.05 Partial Utilization .................................................................................................................................................. 40 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract - 00700 -Page 4 of 44 H:\CORPORATEIRJM\WORDP\ej cdc\C-700.std.gen. cond.doc 2/17!2005 14.06 Final Inspection ................................................................................................ .................................................... 41 14.07 Final Payment ................................................................................................... .....................................................41 14.08 Final Completion Delayed ................................................................................ .....................................................42 14.09 Waiver of Claims .............................................................................................. .....................................................42 ARTICLE 15 -SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION .................................... .....................................................42 15.01 Owner May Suspend Work ................................................................................ .....................................................42 15.02 Owner May Terminate for Cause ...................................................................... .....................................................42 15.03 Owner May Terminate For Convenience .......................................................... .....................................................43 15.04 Contractor May Stop Work or Terminate ......................................................... .....................................................43 ARTICLE 16 -DISPUTE RESOLUTION ........................................................................... ..................................................... 16.01 Methods and Procedures .................................................................................. 44 ................................. ............... ..... ARTICLE 17 -MISCELLANEOUS .................................................................................... .....................................................44 17.01 Giving Notice .................................................................................................... .....................................................44 17.02 Computation of Times ....................................................................................... .....................................................44 17.03 Cumulative Remedies ........................................................................................ .....................................................44 17.04 Survival of Obligations ..................................................................................... .....................................................44 17.05 Controlling Law ............................................................................................... ......................................................44 17.06 Headings .......................................................................................................... ......................................................44 fTHE REST OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANKI Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract - 00700 -Page 5 of 44 H :\CORPORATE\RJM\WO RDP\ejcdc\C-700.std.gen.cond.doc 2/17/2005 GENERAL CONDITIONS ARTICLE 1 -DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY 1.01 Defined Terms A. Wherever used in the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents and printed with initial capital letters, the terms listed below will have the meanings indicated which are applicable to both the singular and plural thereof. In addition to terms specifically defined, terms with initial capital letters in the Contract Documents include references to identified articles and paragraphs, and the titles of other documents or forms. 1. Addenda--Written or graphic instruments issued prior to the opening of Bids which clarify, correct, or change the Bidding Requirements or the proposed Contract Documents. 2. Agreement--The written instrument which is evidence of the agreement between Owner and Contractor covering the Work. The definition of the word "Contract" is synonymous with the word "Agreement" and is used interchangeably in the Contract Documents. 3. Application for Payment--The form acceptable to Engineer which is to be used by Contractor during the course of the Work in requesting progress or final payments and which is to be accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Documents. 4. Asbestos--Any material that contains more than one percent asbestos and is friable or is releasing asbestos fibers into the air above current action levels established by the United States Occupational Safety and Health Administration. 5. Bid--The offer or proposal of a Bidder submitted on the prescribed form setting forth the prices for the Work to be performed. 9. Change Order--A document recommended by Engineer which is signed by Contractor and Owner and authorizes an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work or an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Times, issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement. 10. Claim--A demand or assertion by Owner or Contractor seeking an adjustment of Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, or other relief with respect to the terms of the Contract. A demand for money or services by a third party is not a Claim. 11. Contract--The entire and integrated written agreement between the Owner and Contractor concerning the Work. The Contract supersedes prior negotiations, representations, or agreements, whether written or oral. 12. Contract Documents-- Those items so designated in the Agreement. Only printed or hard copies of the items listed in the Agreement are Contract Documents. Approved Shop Drawings, other Contractor's submittals, and the reports and drawings of subsurface and physical conditions are not Contract Documents. 13. Contract Price--The moneys payable by Owner to Contractor for completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents as stated in the Agreement (subject to the provisions of Paragraph 11.03 in the case of Unit Price Work). 14. Contract Times--The number of days or the dates stated in the Agreement to: (i) achieve Milestones, if any, (ii) achieve Substantial Completion; and (iii) complete the Work so that it is ready for final payment as evidenced by Engineer's written recommendation of final payment. 15. Contractor--The individual or entity wilh whom Owner has entered into the Agreement. 16. Cost of the Work--See Paragraph 11.01 .A for definition. 6. Bidder--The individual or entity who submits a Bid directly to Owner. 7. Bidding Documents--The Bidding Requirements and the proposed Contract Documents (including all Addenda). 8. Bidding Requirements--The Advertisement or Invitation to Bid, Instructions to Bidders, bid security of acceptable form, if any, and the Bid Form with any supplements. 17. Drawings--That part of the Contract Documents prepared or approved by Engineer which graphically shows the scope, extent, and character of the Work to be performed by Contractor. Shop Drawings and other Contractor submittals are not Drawings as so defined. 18. Effective Date of the Agreement--The date indicated in the Agreement on which it becomes effective, but if no such date is indicated, it means the date on which the Agreement is signed and delivered by the last of the two parties to sign and deliver. 19. Engineer--The individual or entity named as such in the Agreement. 1 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract - 00700 -Page 6 of 44 ' H:\CORPORATE\RJ M\WORDP\ejcdc\C-700std.gen. cond. doc 2/17/2005 20 EnQlYseer's Consultant--An individual or entit by aving_a contract with Engineer to furnish services as Engineer's independent professional associate or consultant with respect to the Project and who is identified as such in the Supplementary Conditions. 21. ~8- Field Order--A written order issued by Engineer which requires minor changes in the Work but which does not involve a change in the Contract Price or the Contract Times. 22. ~1- General Requirements--Sections of Division 1 of the Specifications. The General Requirements pertain to all sections of the Specifications. 23. ~: Hazardous Environmental Condition-- The presence at the Site of Asbestos, PCBs, Petroleum, Hazardous Waste, or Radioactive Material in such quantities or circumstances that may present a substantial danger to persons or property exposed thereto in connection with the Work. 24. 23- Hazardous Waste--The term Hazardous Waste shall have the meaning provided in Section 1004 of the Solid Waste Disposal Act (42 USC Section 6903) as a-nended from time to time. 25. 24- Laws and Regulations; Laws or Regulations--Any and all applicable laws, rules, regulations, ordinances, codes, and orders of any and all governmental bodies, agencies, authorities, and courts having jurisdiction. 26. 2-5: Liens--Charges, security interests, or encumbrances upon Project funds, real property, or personal property. 27. ~ Milestone--A principal event specified in the Contract Documents relating to an intermediate completion date or time prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work. 28. ~ Notice of Award--The written notice by Owner to the Successful Bidder stating that upon timely compliance by the Successful Bidder with the conditions precedent listed therein, Owner will sign and deliver the Agreement. 29. 28- Notice to Proceed--A written notice given by Owner to Contractor fixing the date on which the Contract Times will commence to run and on which Contractor shall start to perform the Work under the Contract Documents. 30. 29: Owner--The individual or entity with whom Contractor has entered into the Agreement and for whom the Work is to be performed. 31 Partial Utilization--Use by Owner of a substantiallycompleted part of the Work for the purpose for which it is intended (or a related purpose) prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work. 32.38: PCBs--Polychlorinated biphenyls. 33. ~ Petroleum--Petroleum, including crude oil or any fraction thereof which is liquid at standard conditions of temperature. and pressure (60 degrees Fahrenheit and 14.7 pounds per square inch absolute), such as oil, petroleum, fuel oil, oil sludge, oil refuse, gasoline, kerosene, and oil mixed with other non-Hazardous Waste and crude oils. 34. 3~: Progress Schedule--A schedule, prepared and maintained by Contractor, describing the sequence and duration of the activities comprising the Contractor's plan to accomplish the Work within the Contract Times. 35. 33: Project--The total construction of which the Work to be performed under the Contract Documents may be the whole, or a part. 36.34- Project Manual--The bound documentary information prepared for bidding and constructing the Work. A listing of the contents of the Project Manual, which may be bound in one or more volumes, js contained in the table(s) of contents. 37. 33- Radioactive Material--Source, special nuclear, or byproduct material as defined by the Atomic Energy Act of 1954 (42 USC Section 2011 et seq.) as amended from time to time. 38. 36: Related Entity -- An officer, director, partner, employee, agent, consultant, or subcontractor. 39. 3~: Resident Project Representative--The authorized representative of Engineer who may be assigned to the Site or any part thereof. 40. 38. Samples--Physical examples of materials, equipment, or workmanship that are representative of some portion of the Work and which establish the standards by which such portion of the Work will be judged. 41. 39- Schedule of Submittals--A schedule, prepared and maintained by Contractor, of required submittals and the time requirements to support scheduled performance of related construction activities. 42.4 Schedule of Values--A schedule, prepared and maintained by Contractor, allocatjng portions of the Contract Price to various portions of the Work and used as the basis for reviewing Contractor's Applications for Payment. ' Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract - 00700 -Page 7 of 44 H:\CORPORATE\RJM\WO RDP\ej cdc\C-700.std.gen.cond.doc 2/17/2005 43.4-L Shop Drawings--All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules, and other data or information which are specifically prepared or assembled by or for Contractor and submitted by Contractor to illustrate some portion of the Work. 44. 42: Site--Lands or areas indicated in the Contract Documents as being furnished by Owner upon which the Work is to be performed, including rights-of- way and easements for access thereto, and such other lands furnished by Owner which are designated for the use of Contractor. 45. 4~ Specifications--That part of the Contract Documents consisting of written requirements for materials, equipment, systems, standards and workmanship as applied to the Work, and certain administrative requirements and procedural matters applicable thereto. 46. 44: Subcontractor--An individual or entity having a direct contract with Contractor or with any other Subcontractor for the performance of a part of the Work at the Site. 47. 4~ Substantial Completion--The time at which the Work (or a specified part thereof) has progressed to the point where, in the opinion of Engineer, the Work (or a specified part thereof) is sufficiently complete, in accordance with the Contract Documents, so that the Work (or a specified part thereof) can be utilized for the purposes for which it is intended. The terms "substantially complete" and "substantially completed" as applied to all or part of the Work refer to Substantial Completion thereof. 48 46: Successful Bidder--The Bidder submitting a responsive Bid to whom Owner makes an award. 49. 4~: Supplementary Conditions--That part of the Contract Documents which amends or supplements these General Conditions. 50. 48: Supplier--A manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, distributor, materialman, or vendor having a direct contract with Contractor or with any Subcontractor to furnish materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work by Contractor or any Subcontractor. 51.44: Underground Facilities--All underground pipelines, conduits, ducts, cables, wires, manholes, vaults, tanks, tunnels, or other such facilities or attachments, and any encasements containing such facilities, including those that convey electricity, gases, steam, liquid petroleum products, telephone or other communications, cable television, water, wastewater, storm water, other liquids or chemicals, or traffic or other control systems. 52.3 Unit Price Work--Work to be paid for on the basis of unit prices. 53. 3-1-: Work--The entire construction or the various separately identifiable parts thereof required to be provided under the Contract Documents. Work includes and is the result of performing or providing all labor, services, and documentation necessary to produce such construction, and furnishing, installing, and incorporating all materials and equipment into such construction, all as required by the Contract Documents. 54• 3~? Work Change Directive--A written statement to Contractor issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement and signed by Owner and recommended by Engineer ordering an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work, or responding to differing or unforeseen subsurface or physical conditions under which the Work is to be performed or to emergencies. A Work Change Directive will not change the Contract Price or the Contract Times but is evidence that the parties expect that the change ordered or documented by a Work Change Directive will be incorporated in a subsequently issued Change Order following negotiations by the parties as to its effect, if any, on the Contract Price or Contract Times. 1.02 Terminology A. The following words or terms are not defined but, when used in the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents, have the following meaning. B. Intent of Certain Terms or Adjectives 1. 'The Contract Documents include the terms as allowed, as approved, as or ere as irecte or terms of like effect or import to authorize an exercise of professional judgment by Engineer. In addition, the adjectives "reasonable," "suitable," "acceptable," "proper," "satisfactory," or adjectives of like effect or import are used to describe an action or determination of Engineer as to the Work. It is intended that such exercise of professional judgment, action or determination will be solely to evaluate, in general, the Work for compliance with the requirements of and information in the Contract Documents and conformance with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as shown or indicated in the Contract Documents (unless there is a specific statement indicating otherwise). The use of any such term or adjective is not intended to and shall not be effective to assign to Engineer any duty or authority to supervise or direct the performance of the Work or any duty or authority to undertake responsibility contrary to the provisions of Paragraph 9.09 or any other provision of the Contract Documents. C. Day 1. The word "day" means a calendar day of 24 hours measured from midnight to the next midnight. 0 ~J n i Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract - 00700 -Page 8 of 44 ' H:\CORPORATE\RJ M\WORDP\ej cdc1C-700.std.gen. cond.doc 2/17/2005 D. Defective 1. The word "defective," when modifying the word "Work," refers to Work that is unsatisfactory, faulty, or deficient in that it: a. does not conform to the Contract Documents, or b. does not meet the requirements of any applicable inspection, reference standard, test, or approval referred to in the Contract Documents, or c. has been damaged prior to Engineer's - recommendation of final payment (unless responsibility for the protection thereof has been assumed by Owner at Substantial Completion in accordance with Paragraph 14.04 or 14.05). E. Furnish, Install, Perform, Provide 1. The word "furnish," when used in connection with services, materials, or equipment, shall mean to supply and deliver said services, materials, or equipment to the Site (or some other specified location) ready for use or installation and in usable or operable condition. 2. The word "install," when used in connection with services, materials, or equipment, shall mean to put into use or place in final position said services, materials, or equipment complete and ready for intended use. 3. The words "perform" or "provide," when used in connection with services, materials, or equipment, shall mean to furnish and install said services, materials, or equipment complete and ready for intended use. 4. When "furnish," "install," "perform," or "provide" is not used in connection with services, materials, or equipment in a context clearly requiring an obligation of Contractor, "provide" is implied. F. Unless stated otherwise in the Contract Documents, words or phrases which have awell-known technical or construction industry or trade meaning are used in the Contract Documents in accordance with such recognized meaning. ARTICLE 2 -PRELIMINARY MATTERS B. Evidence of Insurance: Before Owner will execute the Agreement, and before any Work at the Site is started, Contractor aid-9~r~ shall easli-deliver to Owner ~e-et13eF, with copies to each additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions, certificates of insurance (and other evidence of insurance which either of them or any additional insured may reasonably request) which Contractor is required to purchase and maintain in accordance with Article 5. 2.02 Copies of Documents A. Owner shall furnish to Contractor up to ten printed or hard copies of the Drawings and Project Manual. Additional copies will be furnished upon request at the cost of reproduction. 2.03 Commencement of Contract Times; Notice to Proceed A. Following the execution of the Agreement by the Owner and the Contractor written Notice to Proceed with the Work shall be given by the Owner to the Contractor. The Contract Times will commence to run on the day indicated in the Notice to Proceed. A Notice to Proceed may be given at any time within 30 days after the Effective Date of the Agreement. T « •n «~.o r,..,«.. ,.« -r:.,, 2.04 Starting the Work A. Contractor shall start to perform the Work on the date when the Contract Times commence to run. No Work shall be done at the Site prior to the date on which the Contract Times commence to run. 2.05 Before Starting Construction A. Preliminary Schedules: Within t0 days after the Effective Date of the Agreement (unless otherwise specified in the General Requirements), Contractor shall submit to Engineer for timely review: 1. a preliminary Progress Schedule; indicating the times (numbers of days or dates) for starting and completing the various stages of the Work, including any Milestones specified in the Contract Documents; 2. a preliminary Schedule of Submittals; and 2.01 Delivery of Bonds and Evidence of Insurance A. When Contractor delivers the executed counterparts of the Agreement to Owner, Contractor shall also deliver to Owner such bonds as Contractor may be required to furnish. Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract - 00700 -Page 9 of 44 H:\CORPORATE\RJM\WORDP\ejcdc\C-700 std.gen.cond.doc 2/17/2005 i~ 3. a preliminary Schedule of Values for all of the Work which includes quantities and prices of items which when added together equal the Contract Price and subdivides the Work into component parts in sufficient detail to serve as the basis for progress payments during performance of the Work. Such prices will include an appropriate amount of overhead and profit applicable to each item of Work. 4._a preliminary list of construction equipment with hourly rates, owned or rented by the Contractor and ajl Subcontractors that will be used in the performance of the Work. The equipment list will include information necessary to confirm the hourly rates in accordance with paragraph 11.O1A.5.c of these General Condjtions including: make, model, and year of manufacture as well as the horse power, capacity or weight, and accessories. 2.06 Preconstruction Conference A. Before any Work at the Site is started, a conference attended by Owner, Contractor, Engineer, and others as appropriate will be held to establish a working understanding among the parties as to the Work and to discuss the schedules referred to in Paragraph 2.OS.A, procedures for handling Shop Drawings and other submittals, processing Applications for Payment, and maintaining required records. 2.07 Initial Acceptance of Schedules A. Prior to the first application for payment all schedules and documents identified in paragraph 2.OS.A of these General Conditions shall be finalized and acceptable to the Engineer and Owner. No progress payment shall be made to Contractor until acceptable schedules are submitted to Engineer and Owner as provided below. Acceptance of these schedules and documents by either Engineer or Owner will neither impose on Engineer or Owner responsibility for the seq eu ncing~scheduling or progress of the Work and will not interfere with or relieve Contractor from Contractor's full responsibility therefore. 1. The Progress Schedule will be acceptable to Engineer and Owner if it provides an orderly progression of the Work to completion within the Contract Times. Such acceptance will not impose on Engineer and Owner responsibility for the Progress Schedule, for sequencing, scheduling, or progress of the Work nor interfere with or relieve Contractor from Contractor's full responsibility therefor. 2. Contractor's Schedule of Submittals will be acceptable to Engineer if it provides a workable arrangement for reviewing and processing the required submittals. 3. Contractor's Schedule of Values will be acceptable to Engineer as to form and substance if it provides a reasonable allocation of the Contract Price to component parts of the Work. 4. Contractor's Schedule of Eauinment wilt be acceptable to Engineer as to form and substance if it provides the necessary information to reference the eauipment and establish the hourly rates in accordance with paragraph 11.O1.A.S.c of these General Conditions. ARTICLE 3 -CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: INTENT, AMENDING, REUSE 3.01 Intent A. The Contract Documents are complementary; what is required by one is as binding as if required by all. B. It is the intent of the Contract Documents to describe a functionally complete Project (or part thereof) to be constructed in accordance with the Contract Documents. Any labor, documentation, services, materials, or equipment that may reasonably be inferred from the Contract Documents or from prevailing custom or trade usage as being required to produce the intended result will be provided whether or not specifically called for at no additional cost to Owner. C. Clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents shall be issued by Engineer as provided in Article 9. 3.02 Reference Standards A. Standards, Specifications, Codes, Laws, and Regulations 1. Reference to standards, specifications, manuals, or codes of any technical society, organization, or association, or to Laws or Regulations, whether such reference be specific or by implication, shall mean the standard, specification, manual, code, or Laws or Regulations in effect at the time of opening of Bids (or on the Effective Date of the Agreement if there were no Bids), except as may be otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents. Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract - 00700 -Page 10 of 44 H:\CORPORATE\RJ M\WO RDP\ej cdc1C-700std.gen.cond. doc 2/17/2005 1 2. No provision of any such standard, specification, manual or code, or any instruction of a Supplier shall be effective to change the duties or responsibilities of Owner, Contractor, or Engineer, or any of their subcontractors, consultants, agents, or employees from those set forth in the Contract Documents. No such provision or instruction shall be effective to assign to Owner, or Engineer, or any of, their Related Entities, any duty or authority to supervise or direct the performance of the Work or any duty or authority to undertake responsibility inconsistent with the provisions of the Contract Documents. 3.03 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies A. Reporting Discrepancies 1. Contractor's Review of Contract Documents Before Starting Work: Before undertaking each part of the Work, Contractor shall carefully study and compare the Contract Documents and check and verify pertinent figures therein and all applicable field measurements. Contractor shall promptly report in writing to Engineer any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy which Contractor may discover and shall obtain a written interpretation or clarification from Engineer before proceeding with any Work affected thereby. 2. Contractor's Review of Contract Documents During Performance of Work: If, during the performance of the Work, Contractor discovers any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy within the Contract Documents or between the Contract Documents and any provision of any Law or Regulation applicable to the performance of the Work or of any standard, specification, manual or code, or of any instruction of any Supplier, Contractor shall promptly report it to Engineer in writing. Contractor shall not proceed with the Work affected thereby (except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 6.16.A) until an amendment or supplement to the Contract Documents has been issued by one of the methods indicated in Paragraph 3.04. 3. Contractor shall not be liable to Owner or Engineer for failure to report any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy in the Contract Documents unless Contractor knew or reasonably should have known thereof. B. Resolving Discrepancies 1. Except as may be otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents, the provisions of the Contract Documents shall take precedence in resolving any conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy between the provisions of the Contract Documents and: a. the provisions of any standard, specification, manual, code, or instruction (whether or not specifically incorporated by reference in the Contract Documents); or b. the provisions of any Laws or Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work (unless such an interpretation of the provisions of the Contract Documents would result in violation of such Law or Regulation). 3.04 Amending and Supplementing Contract Documents A. The Contract Documents may be amended to provide for additions, deletions, and revisions in the Work or to modify the terms and conditions thereof by either a Change Order or a Work Change Directive. B. The requirements of the Contract Documents may be supplemented, and minor variations and deviations in the Work may be authorized, by one or more of the following ways: 1. A Field Order; 2. Engineer's approval of a Shop Drawing or Sample; (Subject to the provisions of Paragraph 6.17.D.3); or clarification. Engineer's written interpretation or 3.05 Reuse of Documents A. Contractor and any Subcontractor or Supplier or other individual or entity performing or furnishing all of the Work under a direct or indirect contract with Contractor, shall not: 1. have or acquire any title to or ownership rights in any of the Drawings, Specifications, or other documents (or copies of any thereof) prepared by or bearing the seal of Engineer or Engineer's consultants, including electronic media editions; or 2. reuse any of such Drawings, Specifications, other documents, or copies thereof on extensions of the Project or any other project without written consent of Owner and Engineer and specific written verification or adaption by Engineer. B. The prohibition of this Paragraph 3.05 will survive final payment, or termination of the Contract. Nothing herein shall preclude Contractor from retaining copies of the Contract Documents for record purposes. 3.06 Electronic Data A. Copies of data furnished by Owner or Engineer to Contractor or Contractor to Owner or Engineer that may be relied upon are limited to the printed copies (also known as hard copies). Files in electronic media format of text, data, graphics, or other types are furnished only for the convenience of the receiving party. Any conclusion or information obtained Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract - 00700 -Page 11 of 44 H :\CORPORATE\RJM\WO RDP\ejcdc\C-700.std. gen.cond.doc 2/17/2005 or derived from such electronic files will be at the user's sole risk. If there is a djscrepancy between the electronic files and the hard copies, the hard copies govern. B. Because data stored in electronic media format can deteriorate or be modified inadvertently or otherwise without authorization of the data's creator, the party receiving electronic files agrees that it will perform acceptance tests or procedures within 60 days, after which the receiving party shall be deemed to have accepted the data thus transferred. Any errors detected within the 60- day acceptance period will be corrected by the transferring party. C. When transferring documents in electronic media format, the transferring party makes no representations as to long term compatibility, usability, or readability of documents resulting from the use of software application packages, operating systems, or computer hardware differing from those used by the data's creator. ARTICLE 4 - AVAII,ABILIT'Y OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS 4.01 Availability of Lands A. Owner shall furnish the Site. Owner shall notify Contractor of any encumbrances or restrictions not of general application but specifically related to use of the Site with which Contractor must comply in performing the Work. Owner will obtain in a timely manner and pay for easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing facilities. If Contractor and Owner are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, as a result of any delay in Owner's furnishing the Site or a part thereof, Contractor may make a Claim therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. B. Upon reasonable written request, Owner shall furnish Contractor with a current statement of record legal title and legal description of the lands upon which the Work is to be performed and Owner's interest therein as necessary for giving notice of or filing a mechanic's or construction lien against such lands in accordance with applicable Laws and Regulations. C. Contractor shall provide for all additional lands and access thereto that may be required for temporary construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment. D. If it is necessary or desirable that the Contractor use land outside of the Owner's easement or ~ht-of--way, the Contractor shall obtain written consent from the prop~y owner and tenant of the land. The Contractor shall not enter for materials delivery or occupy for any other purpose with men, tools, equipment, construction materials or with materials excavated from the site, any private property outside the desi ng ated construction easement boundaries or right-of--way without written permission from the property owner and tenant. 4.02 Subsurface and Physical Conditions A. Reports and Drawings: The Supplementary Conditions identify: 1. those reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or contiguous to the Site that Engineer has used in preparing the Contract Documents; and 2. those drawings of physical conditions in or relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at or contiguous to the Site (except Underground Facilities) that Engineer has used in preparing the Contract Documents. B. Limited Reliance by Contractor on Technical Data Authorized: Contractor may rely upon the general accuracy of the "technical data" contained in such reports and drawings, but such reports and drawings are not Contract Documents. Such "technical data" is identified in the Supplementary Conditions. Except for such reliance on such "technical data," Contractor may not rely upon or make any claim against Owner or Engineer, or any of their Related Entities with respect to: 1. the completeness of such reports and drawings for Contractor's purposes, including, but not limited to, any aspects of the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction to be employed by Contractor, and safety precautions and programs incident thereto; or 2. other data, interpretations, opinions, and information contained in such reports or shown or indicated in such drawings; or 3. any Contractor interpretation of or conclusion drawn from any "technical data" or any such other data, interpretations, opinions, or information. 4.03 Deering Subsurface or Physical Conditions A. Notice: If Contractor believes that any subsurface or physical condition at or contiguous to the Site that is uncovered or revealed either: 1. is of such a nature as to establish that any "technical data" on which Contractor is entitled to rely as provided in Paragraph 4.02 is materially inaccurate; or [7 ~~ 0 n C~ i CI I'~ '~J Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract - 00700 -Page 12 of 44 , H:\CORPORATE\RJM\WORDP\ej cdc\C-700.std.gen. cond.doc 2/17/2005 2. is of such a nature as to require a change in the Contract Documents; or 3. differs materially from that shown or indicated in the Contract Documents; or 4. is of an unusual nature, and differs materially from conditions ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in work of the character provided for in the Contract Documents; then Contractor shall, promptly after becoming aware thereof and before further disturbing the subsurface or physical. conditions or performing any Work in connection therewith (except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 6.16.A), notify Owner and Engineer in writing about such condition. Contractor shall not further disturb such condition or perform any Work in connection therewith (except as aforesaid) until receipt of written order to do so. Contractor shall notify the Owner and Engineer in writing about differing subsurface or physical conditions within 5 days of discovery and before disturbin,.g the subsurface as stated above. No claim for an adiustment in the contract price or contract times (or Milestones) will be valid for differing subsurface or physical conditions if procedures of this paragraph 4.03 are not followed. B. Engineer's Review: After receipt of written notice as required by Paragraph 4.03.A, Engineer will promptly review the pertinent condition, determine the necessity of Owner's obtaining additional exploration or tests with respect thereto, and advise Owner in writing (with a copy to Contractor) of Engineer's findings and conclusions. C. Possible Price and Times Adjustments 1. The Contract Price or the Contract Times, or both, will be equitably adjusted to the extent that the existence of such differing subsurface or physical condition causes an increase or decrease in Contractor's cost of, or time required for, performance of the Work; subject, however, to the following: a. such condition must meet any one or more of the categories described in Paragraph 4.03.A; and b. with respect to Work that is paid. for on a Unit Price Basis, any adjustment in Contract Price will be subject to the provisions of Paragraphs 9.07 and 11.03. 2. Contractor shall not be entitled to any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times if: a. Contractor knew of the existence of such conditions at the time Contractor made a final commitment to Owner with respect to Contract Price and Contract Times by the submission of a Bid or becoming bound under a negotiated contract; or b. the existence of such condition could reasonably have been discovered or revealed as a result of any examination, investigation, exploration, test, or study of the Site and contiguous areas required by the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents to be conducted by or for Contractor prior to Contractor's making such final commitment; or c. Contractor failed to give the written notice as required by Paragraph 4.03.A. 3. If Owner and Contractor are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, a Claim may be made therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. However, Owner and Engineer, and any of their Related Entities shall not be liable to Contractor for any claims, costs, losses, or damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) sustained by Contractor on or in connection with any other project or anticipated project. 4.04 Underground Facilities A. Shown or Indicated: The information and data shown or indicated in the Contract Documents with respect to existing Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the Site is based on information and data furnished to Owner or Engineer by the owners of such Underground Facilities, including Owner, or by others. Unless it is otherwise expressly provided in the Supplementary Conditions: 1. Owner and Engineer shall not be responsible for the accuracy or completeness of any such information or data; and 2. the cost of all of the following will be included in the Contract Price, and Contractor shall have full responsibility for: a. reviewing and checking all such information and data, b. locating all Underground Facilities shown or indicated in the Contract Documents, c. coordination of the Work with the owners of such Underground Facilities, including Owner, during construction, and d. the safety and protection of all such Underground Facilities and repairing any damage thereto resulting from the Work. B. Not Shown or Indicated Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract - 00700 -Page 13 of 44 H:\CORPORATE\RJM\WO RDP1ej cdc\C-700.std.gen.cond. doc 2/17/2005 1. If an Underground Facility is uncovered or revealed at or contiguous to the Site which was not shown or indicated, or not shown or indicated with reasonable accuracy in the Contract Documents, Contractor shall, promptly after becoming aware thereof and before further disturbing conditions affected thereby or performing any Work in connection therewith (except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 6.16.A), identify the owner of such Underground Facility and give written notice to that owner and to Owner and Engineer. Engineer will promptly review the Underground Facility and determine the extent, if any, to which a change is required in the Contract Documents to reflect and document the consequences of the existence or location of the Underground Facility. During such time, Contractor shall be responsible for the safety and protection of such Underground Facility. 2. If Engineer concludes that a change in the Contract Documents is required, a Work Change Directive or a Change Order will be issued to reflect and document such consequences. An equitable adjustment shall be made in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, to the extent that they are attributable to the existence or location of any Underground Facility that was not shown or indicated or not shown or indicated with reasonable accuracy in the Contract Documents and that Contractor did not know of and could not reasonably have been expected to be aware of or to have anticipated. If Owner and Contractor are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any such adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times, Owner or Contractor may make a Claim therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. 4.05 Reference Points A. Owner shall provide engineering surveys to establish reference points for construction which in Engineer's judgment are necessary to enable Contractor to proceed with the Work. Contractor shall be responsible for laying out the Work, shall protect and preserve the established reference points and property monuments, and shall make no changes or relocations without the prior written approval of Owner. Contractor shall report to Engineer whenever any reference point or property monument is lost or destroyed or requires relocation because of necessary changes in grades or locations, and shall be responsible for the accurate replacement or relocation of such reference points or property monuments by professionally qualified personnel. B. Limited Reliance by Contractor on Technical Data Authorized: Contractor may rely upon the general accuracy of the "technical data" contained in such reports and drawings, but such reports and drawings are not Contract Documents. Such "technical data" is identified in the Supplementary Conditions. Except for such reliance on such "technical data," Contractor may not rely upon or make any claim against Owner or Engineer, or any of their Related Entities with respect to: 1. the completeness of such reports and drawings for Contractor's purposes, including, but not limited to, any aspects of the means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction to be employed by Contractor and safety precautions and programs incident thereto; or 2. other data, interpretations, opinions and information contained in such reports or shown or indicated in such drawings; or 3. any Contractor interpretation of or conclusion drawn from any "technical data" or any such other data, interpretations, opinions or information. C. Contractor shall not be responsible for any Hazardous Environmental Condition uncovered or revealed at the Site which was not shown or indicated in Drawings or Specifications or identified in the Contract Documents to be within the scope of the Work. Contractor shall be responsible for a Hazardous Environmental Condition created with any materials brought to the Site by Contractor, Subcontractors, Suppliers, or anyone else for whom Contractor is responsible. D. If Contractor encounters a Hazardous Environmental Condition or if Contractor or anyone for whom Contractor is responsible creates a Hazardous Environmental Condition, Contractor shall immediately: (i) secure or otherwise isolate such condition; (ii) stop all Work in connection with such condition and in any area affected thereby (except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 6.16.A); and (iii) notify Owner and Engineer (and promptly thereafter confirm such notice in writing). Owner shall promptly consult with Engineer concerning the necessity for Owner to retain a qualified expert to evaluate such condition or take corrective action, if any. E. Contractor shall not be required to resume Work in connection with such condition or in any affected 4.06 Hazardous Environmental Condition at Site area until after Owner has obtained any required permits related thereto and delivered to Contractor written notice: A. Reports and Drawings: Reference is made to (i) specifying that such condition and any affected area is the Supplementary Conditions for the identification of or has been rendered safe for the resumption of Work; or those reports and drawings relating to a Hazardous (ii) specifying any special conditions under which such Environmental Condition identified at the Site, if any, that Work may be resumed safely. If Owner and Contractor have been utilized by the Engineer in the preparation of cannot agree as to entitlement to or on the amount or the Contract Documents. extent, if any, of any adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, as a result of such Work stoppage or such special conditions under which Work is Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract - 00700 -Page 14 of 44 H:\CORPORATE\RJ M\WORDP\ej cdc\C-700std. gen. cond. doc 2/17/2005 0 u Ir1 u I~ fl C' agreed to be resumed by Contractor, either party may make a Claim therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. F. If after receipt of such written notice Contractor does not agree to resume such Work based on a reasonable belief it is unsafe, or does not agree to resume such. Work under such special conditions, then Owner may order the portion of the Work that is in the area affected by such condition to be deleted from the Work. If Owner and Contractor cannot agree as to entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times as a result of deleting such portion of the Work, then either party may make a Claim therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. Owner may have such deleted portion of the Work performed by Owner's own forces or others in accordance with Article 7. G. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Owner shall indemnify and hold harmless Contractor, Subcontractors, and Engineer, and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to a Hazardous Environmental Condition, provided that such Hazardous Environmental Condition: (i) was not shown or indicated in the Drawings or Specifications or identified in the Contract Documents to be included within the scope of the Work, and (ii) was not created by Contractor or by anyone for whom Contractor is responsible. Nothing in this Paragraph 4.06. G shall obligate Owner to indemnify any individual or entity from and against the consequences of that individual's or entity's own negligence. H. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner and Engineer, and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to a Hazardous Environmental Condition created by Contractor or by anyone for whom Contractor is responsible. Nothing in this Paragraph 4.O6.H shall obligate Contractor to indemnify any individual or entity from and against the consequences of that individual's or entity's own negligence. I. The provisions of Paragraphs 4.02, 4.03, and 4.04 do not apply to a Hazardous Environmental Condition uncovered or revealed at the Site. ARTICLE 5 -BONDS AND INSURANCE 5.01 Performance, Payment, and Other Bonds A. Contractor shall furnish performance and payment bonds, each in an amount at least equal to the Contract Price as security for the faithful performance and payment of all of Contractor's obligations under the Contract Documents. These bonds shall remain in effect until one year after the date when final payment becomes due or until completion of the correction period specified in Paragraph 13.07, whichever is later, except as provided otherwise by Laws or Regulations or by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall also furnish such other bonds as are required by the Contract Documents. B. All bonds shall be in the form prescribed by the Contract Documents except as provided otherwise by Laws or Regulations, and shall be executed by such sureties as are named in the current list of "Companies Holding Certificates of Authority as Acceptable Sureties on Federal Bonds and as Acceptable Reinsuring Companies" as published in Circular 570 (amended) by the Financial Management Service, Surety Bond Branch, U.S. Department of the Treasury. All bonds signed by an agent must be accompanied by a certified copy of the agent's authority to act. All bonds signed by an agent must have a Power of Attorney form attached to the Bond. C. If the surety on any bond furnished by Contractor is declared bankrupt or becomes insolvent or its right to do business is terminated in any state where any part of the Project is located or it ceases to meet the requirements of Paragraph S.O1.B, Contractor shall promptly notify Owner and Engineer and shall, within 20 days after the event giving rise to such notification, provide another bond and surety, both of which shall comply with the requirements of Paragraphs S.O1.B and 5.02. 5.02 Licensed Sureties and Insurers A. All bonds and insurance required by the Contract Documents to be purchased and maintained by Owner or Contractor shall be obtained from surety or insurance companies that are duly licensed or authorized in the jurisdiction in which the Project is located to issue bonds or insurance policies for the limits and coverages so required. Such surety and insurance companies shall also meet such additional requirements and qualifications as may be provided in the Supplementary Conditions. 5.03 Certificates oflnsurance A. Contractor shall deliver to Owner, with copies to each additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions, certificates of insurance (and other evidence of insurance requested by Owner or any other additional insured) which Contractor is required to purchase and maintain. Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract - 00700 -Page 15 of 44 H:\CORPORATE\RJM\W O RDP\ejcdc\C-700.std. gen. cond. doc 2/17/2005 5. claims for damages, other than to the Work itself, because of injury to or destruction of tangible property wherever located, including loss of use resulting therefrom; and B. An Authorized Representative of the insurance company for the Contractor shall review the specified insurance requirements of Article 5 and shall provide to each insured and to each additional insured a letter stating that the requirements of Article 5 have been reviewed and certifvins that the Contractor has, as a minimum, provided the insurance coverage as required by Article 5. 6. claims for damages because of bodily injury or death of any person or property damage arising out of the ownership, maintenance or use of any motor vehicle. 7. The Liability purchased by Contractor will provide that the definition of bodily inju will include claims for mental an ug ish. B. The policies of insurance required by this Paragraph 5.04 shall: C. All insurance required to be provided under Article 5 shall be written in such a manner as to afford primary insurance coverage (as opposed to excess or secondary coverage) as to meet or exceed the insurance requirements for all insureds and additional insureds and the respective directors. officers. partners, emplo~eg~, agents and other consultants and subcontractors of each and any of all such additional insureds. 5.04 Contractor's Liabrliry Insurance A. Contractor shall purchase and maintain such liability and other insurance as is appropriate for the Work being performed and as will provide protection from claims set forth below which may arise out of or result from Contractor's performance of the Work and Contractor's other obligations under the Contract Documents, whether it is to be performed by Contractor, any Subcontractor or Supplier, or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the Work, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable: 1. claims under workers' compensation, disability benefits, and other similar employee benefit acts; 2. claims for damages aeainst Contractor because of bodily injury, propertydamage, occupational sickness, accident or disease, or death of or to Contractor's employees; 3. claims for damages because of bodily injury, sickness, e~ disease, oropertv damage, or death of any person other than Contractor's employees; 4. claims for damages insured by reasonab]y available personal injury liability coverage which are sustained: a. by any person as a result of an offense directly or indirectly related to the employment of such person by Contractor, or b. by any other person for any other reason; 1. with respect to insurance required by Paragraphs 5.04.A.3 through 5.04.A.6 inclusive, include as additional insured Owner and Engineer, Engineer's Consultants and any other individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions, all of whom shall be listed as additional insureds, and include coverage for the respective officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of all such additional insureds, and the insurance afforded to these additional insureds shall provide primary coverage for all claims covered thereby; 2. include at least the specific coverages and be written for not less than the limits of liability provided in the Supplementary Conditions or required by Laws or Regulations, whichever is greater; 3. include completed operations insurance; 4. include contractual liability insurance covering Contractor's indemnity obligations under Paragraphs 6.11 and 6.20; 5. contain a provision or endorsement that the coverage afforded will not be canceled, materially changed or renewal refused until at least 38 forty-five j45) days prior written notice has been given to Owner and Contractor and to each other additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued (and the certificates of insurance furnished by the Contractor pursuant to Paragraph 5.03 will so provide); 6. remain in effect for a period of at least tttrti-1 one year following final payment and at all times thereafter when Contractor may be correcting, removing, or replacing defective Work in accordance with Paragraph 13.07; and Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract - 00700 -Page 16 of 44 H:\CORPORATE\RJM\WORDP\ejcdc\C-700.std.gen. cond.doc 2/17/2005 0 0 ~!~ ii fl u 'J 7. with respect to completed operations insurance, and any insurance coverage written on a claims-made basis, remain in effect for at least five three years after final payment. a. Contractor shall furnish Owner and each other additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions, to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued, evidence satisfactory to Owner and any such additional insured of continuation of such insurance at final payment and et;e for each year thereafter until this provision is satisfied. 5.05 Owner's Liability Insurance A. In addition to the insurance required to be provided by Contractor under Paragraph 5.04, Owner, at Owner's option, may purchase and maintain at Owner's expense Owner's own liability insurance as will protect Owner against claims which may arise from operations under the Contract Documents. 5.06 Property Insurance -Purchased by Contractor A. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, 9w~e~ Contractor shall purchase and maintain property insurance upon the Work at the Site in the amount of the full replacement cost thereof (subject to such deductible amounts as may be provided in the Supplementary Conditions or required by Laws and Regulations). This insurance shall: 1. include the interests of Owner, Contractor, Subcontractors, Sub-subcontractors, and Engineer, Engineer's Consultants, and any other individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions, and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them, each of whom is deemed to have an insurable interest and shall be listed as an insured or additional insured; 2. be written on a Builder's Risk "all-risk" or open peril or special causes of loss policy form that shall " include insurance for physical loss or damage to the Work, including machinery and testing of machinery (including_electrical units!, temporary buildings, false work, and materials and equipment in transit, and shall insure against at least the following perils or causes of loss: fire, lightning, extended coverage, theft, vandalism and malicious mischief, earthquake, collapse, debris removal, demolition occasioned by enforcement of Laws and Regulations, water damage, (other than caused by flood) and such other perils or causes of loss as may be specifically required by the Supplementary Conditions; 3. include expenses incurred in the repair or replacement of any insured property (including but not limited to fees and charges of engineers and architects); 4. cover materials and equipment in transit for incorRoration in the Work or stored at the Site or at another location prior to being incorporated in the Work, provided that such materials and equipment have been included in an Application for Payment recommended by Engineer; 5. be endorsed to allow occupancy and to allow for partial utilization of the Work by Owner; and specifically endorse the Builder's Risk policy to allow for such action; 6. include testing and startup; and 7. be maintained in effect until final payment is made unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Owner, Contractor, and Engineer with 38 45 days written notice to each other additional insured to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued. B. Owner shall purchase and maintain such boiler and machinery insurance or additional property insurance as may be required by the Supplementary Conditions or Laws and Regulations which will include the interests of Owner, Contractor, Subcontractors, and Engineer, and any other individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions, and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them, each of whom is deemed to have an insurable interest and shall be listed as an insured or additional insured. C. Contractor shall be responsible for any deductible or self-insured retention. D. ~ All the policies of insurance (and the certificates or other evidence thereof) required to be purchased and maintained by Contractor in accordance with Paragraph 5.06 will contain a provision or endorsement that the coverage afforded will not be canceled or materially changed or renewal refused until at least 39 45 days prior written notice has been given to Owner and Contractor and to each other additional insured to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued and will contain waiver provisions in accordance with Paragraph 5.07. The qualifications of the insurance company shall comply with the requirements of paragraph 5 02 and the Supplementary Conditions. E. t-' 81~Y13e~ i, tt t >+o o .. ~:t,te r,..- ~r .The risk of loss to the Work will be borne by Contractor, Subcontractors, or others suffering any such loss, and if any of them wishes property insurance coverage within the limits of such amounts, each may purchase and maintain it at the purchaser's own expense. Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract - 00700 -Page 17 of 44 H:\CORPORATE\RJM\WORDP\ej cdc\C-700.std.gen.cond.doc 2/17!2005 F. £: If Contractor requests in writing that other special insurance be included in the property insurance policies provided under Paragraph 5.06, Owner shall, if possible, include such insurance, and the cost thereof will be charged to Contractor by appropriate Change Order. Prior to commencement of the Work at the Site, Owner shall in writing advise Contractor whether or not such other insurance has been procured by Owner. G. Qualifications of the property insurance company shall be as specified in the Supplementary Conditions. 5.07 Waiver of Rights A. Owner and Contractor intend that all policies purchased in accordance with Paragraph 5.06 will protect Owner, Contractor, Subcontractors, e~ Engineer, Engineer's Consultants, and all other individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions to be listed as insureds or additional insureds (and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them) in such policies and will provide primary coverage for all losses and damages caused by the perils or causes of loss covered thereby. All such policies shall contain provisions to the effect that in the event of payment of any loss or damage the insurers will have no rights of recovery against any of the insureds or additional insureds thereunder. Owner, a~ Contractor, Subcontractors. Engineer, En ing eer's Consultants and all other persons or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions to be listed as insureds or additional insureds under such policies waive all rights against each other and their respective officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them for all losses and damages caused by, arising out of or resulting from any of the perils or causes of loss covered by such policies and any other property insurance applicable to the Work; and, in addition, waive all such rights against Subcontractors, ~ Engineer, Engineer's Consultants, and all other individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions to be listed as insured or additional insured (and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them) under such policies for losses and damages so caused. None of the above waivers shall extend to the rights that any party making such waiver may have to the proceeds of insurance held by Owner as trustee or otherwise payable under any policy so issued. B. Owner waives all rights against Contractor, Subcontractors, eed Engineer, Engineer's Consultants, and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them for: 1. loss due to business interruption, loss of use, or other consequential loss extending beyond direct physical loss or damage to Owner's property or the Work caused by, arising out of, or resulting from fire or other perils whether or not insured by Owner; and 2. loss or damage to the completed Project or part thereof caused by, arising out of, or resulting from fire or other insured peril or cause of loss covered by any property insurance maintained on the completed Project or part thereof by Owner during partial utilization pursuant to Paragraph 14.05, after Substantial Completion pursuant to Paragraph 14.04, or after final payment pursuant to Paragraph 14.07. C. Any insurance policy maintained by Owner covering any loss, damage or consequential loss referred to in Paragraph 5.07.B shall contain provisions to the effect that in the event of payment of any such loss, damage, or consequential loss, the insurers will have no rights of recovery against Contractor, Subcontractors, e~ Engineer, or Engineer's Consultants. and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them. 5.08 Receipt and Application of Insurance Proceeds A. ~y-~s~ed--less Losses insured under the policies of insurance required by Paragraphs 5.06 and SC- 5.06 that include Owner as a named insured will be adjusted with Owner and made payable to Owner as first named insured, and others. as their interests may appear, subject to the requirements of any applicable mortgage clause and of Paragraph 5.08.B. Owner shall deposit in a separate account any money so received and shall distribute it in accordance with such agreement as the parties in interest may reach. If no other special agreement is reached, the damaged Work shall be repaired or replaced, the moneys so received applied on account thereof, and the Work and the cost thereof covered by an appropriate Change Order. B. Owner as €~eia~ first named insured shall have power to adjust and settle any loss with the insurers unless one of the parties in interest shall object in writing within 15 days after the occurrence of loss to Owner's exercise of this power. If such objection be made, Owner shall make settlement with the insurers in accordance with such agreement as the parties in interest may reach. If no such agreement among the parties in interest is reached, Owner aie~y shall adjust and settle the loss with the insurers and, if required in writing by any party in interest, Owner ~ shall give bond for the proper performance of such duties. Arbitrators shall be chosen as provided in paragraph 5.08.C. Owner shall in that case make settlement with the insurers in accordance with the direction of such arbitrators. If distribution of the insurance proceeds by arbitration is required, the arbitrators will direct such arbitration. C. Arbitrators, if required, shall be selected in accordance with the Construction Industry Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association. Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract - 00700 -Page 18 of 44 H:ICORPORATE\RJM\WORDP\ejcdc\C-700.std.gen. cond.doc 2/17/2005 n i ii C 5.09 Acceptance or Bonds and Insurance; Option to Replace A. If either Owner or Contractor has any objection to the coverage afforded by or other provisions of the bonds or insurance required to be purchased and maintained by the other party in accordance with Article 5 on the basis of non-conformance with the Contract Documents, the objecting party shall so notify the other party in writing within 10 days after receipt of the certificates (or other evidence requested) required by Paragraph 2.O1.B. Owner and Contractor shall each provide to the other such additional information in respect of insurance provided as the other may reasonably request. If either party does not purchase or maintain all of the bonds and insurance required of such party by the Contract Documents, such party shall notify the other party in writing of such failure to purchase prior to the start of the Work, or of such failure to maintain prior to any change in the required coverage. Without prejudice to any other right or remedy, the other party may elect to obtain equivalent bonds or insurance to protect such other party's interests at the expense of the party who was required to provide such coverage, and a Change Order shall be issued to adjust the Contract Price accordingly. 5.10 Partial Utilization, Acknowledgment of Property Insurer A. If Owner finds it necessary to occupy or use a portion or portions of the Work prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work as provided in Paragraph 14.05, no such use or occupancy shall commence before the insurers providing the property insurance pursuant to Paragraphs 5.06 and SC-5.06 have acknowledged notice thereof and in writing effected any changes in coverage necessitated thereby. The insurers providing the property insurance shall consent by endorsement on the policy or policies, but the property insurance shall not be canceled or permitted to lapse on account of any such partial use or occupancy. ARTICLE 6 -CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES 6.01 Supervision and Superintendence A. Contractor shall supervise, inspect, and direct the Work competently and efficiently, devoting such attention thereto and applying such skills and expertise as may be necessary to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Contractor shall be solely responsible for the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction. Contractor shall not be responsible for the negligence of Owner or Engineer in the design or specification of a specific means, method, technique, sequence, or procedure of construction which is shown or indicated in and expressly required by the Contract Documents. B. At all times during the progress of the Work, Contractor shall assign a competent resident superintendent who shall not be replaced without written notice to Owner and Engineer except under extraordinary circumstances. The superintendent will be Contractor's representative at the Site and shall have authority to act on behalf of Contractor. All communications given to or received from the superintendent shall be binding on Contractor. 6.02 Labor; Working Hours A. Contractor shall provide competent, suitably qualified personnel to survey and lay out the Work and perform construction as required by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall at all times maintain good discipline and order at the Site. Contractor shall be responsible to see that the completed Work complies accurately with the Contract Documents. B. Except as otherwise required for the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the Site or adjacent thereto, and except as otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, all Work at the Site shall be performed during regular working hours. Contractor will not permit the performance of Work on a Saturday, Sunday, or any legal holiday without Owner's written consent given after prior written notice to Engineer. EmerQency work may be done without prior permission. 6.03 Services, Materials, and Equipment A. Unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents, Contractor shall provide and assume full responsibility for all services, materials, equipment, labor, transportation, construction equipment and machinery, tools, appliances, fuel, power, light, heat, telephone, water, sanitary facilities, temporary facilities, and all other facilities and incidentals necessary for the performance, testing, start-up, and completion of the Work. B. All materials and equipment incorporated into the Work shall be as specified or, if not specified, shall be of good quality and new, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. All special warranties and guarantees required by the Specifications shall expressly run to the benefit of Owner. If required by Engineer, Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence (including reports of required tests) as to the source, kind, and quality of materials and equipment. C. All materials and equipment shall be stored, applied, installed, connected, erected, protected, used, cleaned, and conditioned in accordance with instructions of the applicable Supplier, except as otherwise may be provided in the Contract Documents. Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract - 00700 -Page 19 of 44 H :\CORPORATE\RJM1W0 RDP\ejcdc\C-700.std.gen. cond.doc 2/17/2005 6.04 Progress Schedule A. Contractor shall adhere to the Progress Schedule established in accordance with Paragraph 2.07 as it may be adjusted from time to time as provided below. 1. Contractor shall submit to Engineer €e~ with each application for payment an updated progress schedule reflecting the amount of work completed and proposed adjustments in the Progress Schedule that will not result in changing the Contract Times. Such adjustments will comply with any provisions of the General Requirements applicable thereto. 2. Until the updated schedules are submitted to and acceptable to Engineer and Owner. Owner may withhold an amount from a pro rg ess pavment that is sufficient to pay the direct expenses that Owner may reasonably expect will be necessarv to correct any problems based on Contractor's failure to submit acceptable updated schedules. Review and acceptance of progress schedules by the Engineer will neither impose on Engineer responsibility for the sequencing, scheduling_or ,progress of the Work, nor interfere with or relieve Contractor from Contractor's full responsibility therefore. 3. ~: Proposed adjustments in the Progress Schedule that will change the Contract Times shall be submitted in accordance with the requirements of Article 12. Adjustments in Contract Times may only be made by a Change Order. 6.05 Substitutes and "Or-Equals" A. Whenever an item of material or equipment is specified or described in the Contract Documents by using the name of a proprietary item or the name of a particular Supplier, the specification or description is intended to establish the type, function, appearance, and quality required. Unless the specification or description contains or is followed by words reading that no like, equivalent, or "or-equal" item or no substitution is permitted, other items of material or equipment or material or equipment of other Suppliers may be submitted to Engineer for review under the circumstances described below. 1. "Or-Equal " Items: If in Engineer's sole discretion an item of material or equipment proposed by Contractor is functionally equal to that named and sufficiently similar so that no change in related Work will be required, it may be considered by Engineer as an "or-equal" item, in which case review and approval of the proposed item may, in Engineer's sole discretion, be accomplished without compliance with some or all of the requirements for approval of proposed substitute items. For the purposes of this Paragraph 6.OS.A.1, a proposed item of material or equipment will be considered functionally equal to an item so named if: Standard General Conditions of the G H:\CORPORATE\RJM\WO RDP\ej cdc\C-700.std. gen. cond.doc 2/17/2005 a. in the exercise of reasonable judgment Engineer determines that: 1) it is at least equal in materials of construction, quality, durability, appearance, strength, and design characteristics; 2) it will reliably perform at least equally well the function and achieve the results imposed by the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole, 3) it has a proven record of performance and availability of responsive service; and b. Contractor certifies that, if approved and incorporated into the Work: 1) there will be no increase in cost to the Owner or increase in Contract Times, and 2) it will conform substantially to the detailed requirements of the item named in the Contract Documents. 2. Substitute Items a. If in Engineer's sole discretion an item of material or equipment proposed by Contractor does not qualify as an "or-equal" item under Paragraph 6.OS.A.1, it will be considered a proposed substitute item. b. Contractor shall submit sufficient information as provided below to allow Engineer to determine that the item of material or equipment proposed is essentially equivalent to that named and an acceptable substitute therefore. Requests for review of proposed substitute items of material or equipment will not be accepted by Engineer from anyone other than Contractor. c. The requirements for review by Engineer will be as set forth in Paragraph 6.OS.A.2.d, as supplemented in the General Requirements and as Engineer may decide is appropriate under the circumstances. d. Contractor shall make written application to Engineer for review of a proposed substitute item of material or equipment that Contractor seeks to furnish or use. The application: I) shall certify that the proposed substitute item will: a) perform adequately the functions and achieve the results called for by the general design, b) be similar in substance to that specified, and c) be suited to the same use as that specified; instruction Contract - 00700 -Page 20 of 44 ~I C J n C 0 1 2) will state: a) the extent, if any, to which the use of the proposed substitute item will prejudice Contractor's achievement of Substantial Completion on time; ~ b) whether or not use of the proposed substitute item in the Work will require ' a change in any of the Contract Documents (or in the provisions of any other direct contract with Owner for other work on the Project) to adapt the ' design to the proposed substitute item; and c) whether or not incorporation or use ' of the proposed substitute item in connection with the Work is subject to payment of any license fee or royalty; 3) will identify: a) all variations of the proposed substitute item from that specified, and b) available engineering, sales, maintenance, repair, and replacement services; 4) and shall contain an itemized estimate of all costs or credits that will result directly or indirectly from use of such substitute item, including costs of redesign and claims of other contractors affected by any resulting change, B. Substitute Construction Methods or Procedures: If a specific means, method, technique, sequence, or procedure of construction is expressly required by the Contract Documents, Contractor may furnish. or utilize a substitute means, method, technique, sequence, or procedure of construction approved by Engineer. Contractor shall submit sufficient information to allow Engineer, in Engineer's sole discretion, to determine that the substitute proposed is equivalent to that expressly called for by the Contract Documents. The requirements for review by Engineer will be similar to those provided in Paragraph 6.OS.A.2. C. Engineer's Evaluation: Engineer will be allowed a reasonable time within which to evaluate each proposal or submittal made pursuant to Paragraphs 6.OS.A and 6.OS.B. Engineer may require Contractor to furnish additional data about the proposed substitute item. Engineer will be the sole judge of acceptability. No "or equal" or substitute will be ordered, installed or utilized until Engineer's review is complete, which will be evidenced by either a Change Order for a substitute or an approved Shop Drawing for an "or equal." Engineer will advise Contractor in writing of any negative determination. Standard General Conditions of the C~ H:\CORPORATE\RJM\WO RDP\ej cdc\C-700.std.gen. cond.doc 2/17/2005 D. Special Guarantee: Owner may require Contractor to furnish at Contractor's expense a special performance guarantee or other surety with respect to any substitute. E. Engineer's Cost Reimbursement: Engineer will record Engineer's costs in evaluating a substitute proposed or submitted by Contractor pursuant to Paragraphs 6.OS.A.2 and 6.OS.B Whether or not Engineer approves a substitute item so proposed or submitted by Contractor, Contractor shall reimburse Owner for the charges of Engineer for evaluating each such proposed substitute. Contractor shall also reimburse Owner for the charges of Engineer for making changes in the Contract Documents (or in the provisions of any other direct contract with Owner) resulting from the acceptance of each proposed substitute. I. Pavment for_ such evaluation and redesign shall be made at the hourly rates specified in the Bid Form and made by deduction from the monthly progress pavments and the final Pavment as the evaluation and redesign expenses are incurred. F. Contractor's Expense: Contractor shall provide all data in support of any proposed substitute or "or-equal" at Contractor's expense. 6.06 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Others A. Contractor shall not employ any Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity (including those acceptable to Owner as indicated in Paragraph 6.06.B), whether initially or as a replacement, against whom Owner may have reasonable objection. Contractor shall not be required to employ any Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity to furnish or perform any of the Work against whom Contractor has reasonable objection. B. If the Supplementary Conditions require the identity of certain Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other individuals or entities to be submitted to Owner in advance for acceptance by Owner by a specified date prior to the Effective Date of the Agreement, and if Contractor has submitted a list thereof in accordance with the Supplementary Conditions, Owner's acceptance (either in writing or by failing to make written objection thereto by the date indicated for acceptance or objection in the Bidding Documents or the Contract Documents) of any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity so identified may be revoked on the basis of reasonable objection after due investigation. Contractor shall submit an acceptable replacement for the rejected Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity, and the Contract Price will be adjusted by the difference in the cost occasioned by such replacement, and an appropriate Change Order will be issued. No acceptance by Owner of any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity, whether initially or as a replacement, shall constitute a waiver of any right of Owner or Engineer to reject defective Work. instruction Contract - 00700 -Page 21 of 44 C. Contractor shall be fully responsible to Owner and Engineer for all acts and omissions of the Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or furnishing any of the Work just as Contractor is responsible for Contractor's own acts and omissions. Nothing in the Contract Documents: 1. shall create for the benefit of any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity any contractual relationship between Owner or Engineer and any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other individual or entity, nor 2. shall anything in the Contract Documents create any obligation on the part of Owner or Engineer to pay or to see to the payment of any moneys due any such Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity except as may otherwise be required by Laws and Regulations. Owner or Engineer may furnish to ankh Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization, to the extent~racticable, information about amounts paid to Contractor in accordance with Contractor's Applications for Payment on account of the particular Subcontractor's. Suppliers, or other person's or other organization's Work. D. Contractor shall be solely responsible for scheduling and coordinating the Work of Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or furnishing any of the Work under a direct or indirect contract with Contractor. E. Contractor shall require all Subcontractors, Suppliers, and such other individuals or entities performing or furnishing any of the Work to communicate with Engineer through Contractor. F. The divisions and sections of the Specifications and the identifications of any Drawings shall not control Contractor in dividing the Work among Subcontractors or Suppliers or delineating the Work to be performed by any specific trade. G. All Work performed for Contractor by a Subcontractor or Supplier will be pursuant to an appropriate agreement between Contractor and the Subcontractor or Supplier which specifically binds the Subcontractor or Supplier to the applicable terms and conditions of the Contract Documents for the benefit of Owner and Engineer. Whenever any such agreement is with a Subcontractor or Supplier who is listed as an additional insured on the property insurance provided in Paragraph 5.06, the agreement between the Contractor and the Subcontractor or Supplier will contain provisions whereby the Subcontractor or Supplier waives all rights against Owner, Contractor, ~ Engineer, En ing eer's Consultants, and all other individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions to be listed as insureds or additional insureds (and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them) for all losses and damages caused by, arising out of, relating to, or resulting from any of the perils or causes of loss covered by such policies and any other property insurance applicable to the Work. If the insurers on any such policies require separate waiver forms to be signed by any Subcontractor or Supplier, Contractor will obtain the same. 6.07 Patent Fees and Royalties A. Contractor shall pay all license fees and royalties and assume all costs incident to the use in the performance of the Woi•k or the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product, or device which is the subject of patent rights or copyrights held by others. If a particular invention, design, process, product, or device is specified in the Contract Documents for use in the performance of the Work and if to the actual knowledge of Owner or Engineer its use is subject to patent rights or copyrights calling for the payment of any license fee or royalty to others, the existence of such rights shall be disclosed by Owner in the Contract Documents. B. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner, e~ Engineer, Engineer's Consultants, and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to any infringement of patent rights or copyrights incident to the use in the performance of the Work or resulting from the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product, or device not specified in the Contract Documents. 6.08 Permits A. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, Contractor shall obtain and pay for all construction permits and licenses. Owner shall assist Contractor, when necessary, in obtaining such permits and licenses. Contractor shall pay all governmental charges and inspection fees necessary for the prosecution of the Work which are applicable at the time of opening of Bids, or, if there are no Bids, on the Effective Date of the Agreement. Owner shall pay all charges of utility owners for connections for providing permanent service to the Work. 6.09 Laws and Regulations A. Contractor shall give all notices required by and shall comply with all Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. Except where otherwise expressly required by applicable Laws and Regulations, neither Owner nor Engineer shall be responsible for monitoring Contractor's compliance with any Laws or Regulations. Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract - 00700 -Page 22 of 44 H:\CORPORATE\RJM\WORDP\ej cdc1C-700.std.gen. cond. doc 2/17/2005 0 0 i 1 0 C IJ i 0 n r B. If Contractor performs any Work knowing or having reason to know that it is contrary to Laws or Regulations, Contractor shall bear all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such Work. However, it shall not be Contractor's primary responsibility to make certain that the Specifications and Drawings are in accordance with Laws and Regulations, but this shall not relieve Contractor of Contractor's obligations under Paragraph 3.03. C. Changes in Laws or Regulations not known at the time of opening of Bids (or, on the Effective Date of the Agreement if there were no Bids) having an effect on the cost or time of performance of the Work sljal-l may be the subject of an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times. If Owner and Contractor are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any such adjustment, a Claim may be made therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. 6.10 Taxes A. Contractor shall pay all sales, consumer, use, and other similar taxes required to be paid by Contractor in accordance with the Laws and Regulations of the place of the Project which are applicable during the performance of the Work. 6.11 U.se of Site and Other Areas A. Limitation on Use of Site and Other Areas 1. Contractor shall confine construction equipment, the storage of materials and equipment, and the operations of workers to the Site and other areas permitted by Laws and Regulations, and shall not unreasonably encumber the Site and other areas with construction equipment or other materials or equipment. Contractor shall assume full responsibility for any damage to any such land or area, or to the owner or occupant thereof, or of any adjacent land or areas resulting from the performance of the Work. 2. Should any claim be made by any such owner or occupant because of the performance of the Work, Contractor shall promptly settle with such other party by negotiation or otherwise resolve the claim by arbitration or other dispute resolution proceeding or at law. 3. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner, a~ Engineer, Engineer's Consultants, and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to any claim or action, legal or equitable, brought by any such owner or occupant against Owner, Engineer, or any other party indemnified hereunder to the extent caused by or based upon Contractor's performance of the Work. B. Removal of Debris During Performance of the Work: During the progress of the Work Contractor shall keep the Site and other areas free from accumulations of waste materials, rubbish, and other debris. Removal and disposal of such waste materials, rubbish, and other debris shall conform to applicable Laws and Regulations. C. Cleaning: Prior to Substantial Completion of the Work Contractor shall clean the Site and the Work and make it ready for utilization by Owner. At the completion of the Work Contractor shall remove from the Site all tools, appliances, construction equipment and. machinery, and surplus materials and shall restore to original condition all property not designated for alteration by the Contract Documents. D. Loading Structures: Contractor shall not load nor permit any part of any structure to be loaded in any manner that will endanger the structure, nor shall Contractor subject any part of the Work or adjacent property to stresses or pressures that will endanger it. 6.12 Record Documents A. Contractor shall maintain in a safe place at the Site one record copy of all Drawings, Specifications, Addenda, Change Orders, Work Change Directives, Field Orders, and written interpretations and clarifications in good order and annotated to show changes made during construction. These record documents together with all approved Samples and a counterpart of all approved Shop Drawings will be available to Engineer for reference. Upon completion of the Work, these record documents, Samples, and Shop Drawings will be delivered to Engineer for Owner. B The cost of any additional work required of the Engineer to comRlete the record documents due to failure of the Contractor to maintain adequate record documents shall be calculated at the hourly rates specified in the Bid Form for unscheduled employment of the Engineer Payment for such work shall be made by deduction from the monthly progress payments and the final payment as the costs are incurred. 6.13 Safety and Protection A. Contractor shall be solely responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work. Contractor shall take all necessary precautions for the safety of, and shall provide the necessary protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to: Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract - 00700 -Page 23 of 44 H:\CORPORATE\RJM\WORDP\ejcdc\C-700.std.gen.cond.doc 2/17/2005 ~;; ,.r~ 1. all persons on the Site or who may be affected by the Work; 2. all the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the Site; and 3. other property at the Site or adjacent thereto, including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, structures, utilities, and Underground Facilities not designated for removal, relocation, or replacement in the course of construction. B. Contractor shall comply with all applicable Laws and Regulations relating to the safety of persons or property, or to the protection of persons or property from damage, injury, or loss; and shall erect and maintain all necessary safeguards for such safety and protection. Contractor shall notify owners of adjacent property and of Underground Facilities and other utility owners when prosecution of the Work may affect them, and shall cooperate with them in the protection, removal, relocation, and replacement of their property. C. All damage, injury, or loss to any property referred to in Paragraph 6.13.A.2 or 6.13.A.3 caused, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, by Contractor, any Subcontractor, Supplier, or any other individual or entity directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform any of the Work, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, shall be remedied by Contractor (except damage or loss attributable to the fault of Drawings or Specifications or to the acts or omissions of Owner or Engineer or Engineer's Consultants , or anyone employed by any of them, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, and not attributable, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, to the fault or negligence of Contractor or any Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity directly or indirectly employed by any of them). D. Contractor's duties and responsibilities for safety and for protection of the Work shall continue until such time as all the Work is completed and Engineer has issued a notice to Owner and Contractor in accordance with Paragraph 14.07.B that the Work is acceptable (except as otherwise expressly provided in connection with Substantial Completion). E. It is expressly understood bYthe parties to this Agreement that the Contractor is solely responsible for initiating, maintaining, and supervising safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work. While Owner and Engineer may have the right to observe and report or otherwise review the work, progress and operations of Contractor and any subcontractors or suppliers, this observation report or review shall not relieve Contractor from any of its covenants and obligations hereunder. Contractor shall incorporate all safety requirements into its construction progress and work schedules, including preconstruction and re ug larly scheduled safety meetings, posted safety rules. tailgate meetings, and site inspections by safety and other inspectors employed by the Contractor. F. The Contractor shall be responsible for and shall take necessary precautions and provide all material and equipment to protect, shore, brace, support and maintain all underground work and facilities, including pines. conduits. drains. sewers, water mains, gas mains, cables, etc., and other underground construction work uncovered in the proximity, or otherwise affected by the construction work performed by him. All pavement, surfacing. driveways, curbs, walks, buildings grass areas, trees, utility poles or guv wires dama eg d b~ the Contractor's operations in the performance of this work shall be repaired and/or replaced to the satisfaction of the Owner, Engineer, and affected property owner at the Contractor's expense. The Contractor shall also be responsible for all damage to streets, roads, highways, shoulders, ditches, embankments, culverts, brid eg s_or other public or private propertv or facility, regardless of location or character, which may be caused by the work, including moving, hauling, or otherwise transporting eauipment, materials, or men to and from the work or anv part of the site thereof, whether by him or his subcontractors. The Contractor shall make satisfactory and acceptable arrangements with the owner of, or the agency or authority having,jurisdiction over. the damaged property or facili~ concerning_its repair or replacement or pavment of costs incurred in connection with said damage. G. The Contractor shall conduct his work so as to interfere as little as possible with public travel, whether vehicular or~edestrian. Whenever it is necessary to cross, obstruct, or close roads, driveways, or walks, whether pubic or private, the Contractor shall obtain approval from the governing_party and shall, at his own expense, provide and maintain suitable and safe bridges. detours, and other temporary expedients for the accommodation of public and private drives before interfering with them. Safety provisions must be entirely adequate and meet with City or State and Federal reeulations to protect the public on these streets and roads. The provisions for temporary expedients will not be required when the Contractor has obtained permission from the owner and tenant of the~rivate propertv or from the authority havin~~ jurisdiction over public property involved, to obstruct traffic at the desi ng ated point. 6.14 Safety Representative A. Contractor shall designate a qualified and experienced safety representative at the Site whose duties and responsibilities shall be the prevention of accidents and the maintaining and supervising of safety precautions and programs. 6.15 Hazard Communication Programs A. Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating any exchange of material safety data sheets or other hazard communication information required to be made available to or exchanged between or among employers at the Site in accordance with Laws or Regulations. Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract - 00700 -Page 24 of 44 H:\CORPORATEIRJ M\WORDP\ej cdc1C-700.std.gen. cond.doc 2/17/2005 ~ i ~ ~ ~ 6.16 Emergencies A. In emergencies affecting the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the Site or adjacent thereto, Contractor is obligated to act to prevent threatened damage, injury, or loss. Contractor shall give Engineer prompt written notice if Contractor believes that any significant changes in the Work or variations from the Contract Documents have been caused thereby or are required as a result thereof. If Engineer determines that a change in the Contract Documents is required because of the action taken by Contractor in response to such an emergency, a Work Change Directive or Change Order will be issued. 6.17 Shop Drawings and Samples A. Contractor shall submit Shop Drawings and Samples to Engineer for review and approval in accordance with the acceptable Schedule of Submittals (as required by Paragraph 2.07). Each submittal will be identified as Engineer may require. 1. Shop Drawings a. Submit number of copies specified in the General Requirements. b. Data shown on the Shop Drawings will be complete with respect to quantities, dimensions, specified performance and design criteria, materials, and similar data to show Engineer the services, materials, and equipment Contractor proposes to provide and to enable Engineer to review the information for the limited purposes required by Paragraph 6.17.D. 2. Samples: Contractor shall also submit Samples to Engineer for review and approval in accordance with the acceptable schedule of Shop Drawings and Sample submittals. a. Submit number of Samples specified in the Specifications. b. Clearly identify each Sample as to material, Supplier, pertinent data such as catalog numbers, the use for which intended and other data as Engineer may require to enable Engineer to review the submittal for the limited purposes required by Paragraph 6.17.D. B. Where a Shop Drawing or Sample is required by the Contract Documents or the Schedule of Submittals, any related Work performed prior to Engineer's review and approval of the pertinent submittal will be at the sole expense and responsibility of Contractor. C. Submittal Procedures 1. Before submitting each Shop Drawing or Sample, Contractor shall have determined and verified: a. all field measurements, quantities, dimensions, specified performance and design criteria, installation requirements, materials, catalog numbers, and similar information with respect thereto; b. the suitability of all materials with respect to intended use, fabrication, shipping, handling, storage, assembly, and installation pertaining to the performance of the Work; c. all information relative to Contractor's responsibilities for means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction, and safety precautions and programs incident thereto; and d. shall also have reviewed and coordinated each Shop Drawing or Sample with other Shop Drawings and Samples and with the requirements of the Work and the Contract Documents. 2. Each submittal shall bear a stamp or specific written certification that Contractor has satisfied Contractor's obligations under the Contract Documents with respect to Contractor's review and approval of that submittal. 3. With each submittal, Contractor shall give Engineer specific written notice of any variations, that the Shop Drawing or Sample may have from the requirements of the Contract Documents. This notice shall be both a written communication separate from the Shop Drawing's or Sample Submittal; and, in addition, by a specific notation made on each Shop Drawing or Sample submitted to Engineer for review and approval of each such variation. D. Engineer's Review 1. Engineer will provide timely review of Shop Drawings and. Samples in accordance with the Schedule of Submittals acceptable to Engineer. Engineer's review and approval will be only to determine if the items covered by the submittals will, after installation or incorporation in the Work, conform to the information given in the Contract Documents and be compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Docu- ments. 2. Engineer's review and approval will not extend to means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction (except where a particular means, method, technique, sequence, or procedure of construction is specifically and expressly called for by the Contract Documents) or to safety precautions or programs incident thereto. The review and approval of a separate item as such will not indicate approval of the assembly in which the item functions. Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract - 00700 -Page 25 of 44 H :\CORPORATE\RJM\WORDP\ejcdc\C-700.std.gen.cond.doc 2/17!2005 3. Engineer's review and approval shall not relieve Contractor from responsibility for any variation from the requirements of the Contract Documents unless Contractor has complied with the requirements of Paragraph 6.17.C.3 and Engineer has given written approval of each such variation by specific written notation thereof incorporated in or accompanying the Shop Drawing or Sample. Engineer's review and approval shall not relieve Contractor from responsibility for complying with the requirements of Paragraph 6.17.C.1. E. Resubmittal Procedures 1. Contractor shall make corrections required by Engineer and shall return the required number of corrected copies of Shop Drawings and submit, as required, new Samples for review and approval. Contractor shall direct specific attention in writing to revisions other than the corrections called for by Engineer on previous submittals. 6.18 Continuing the Work A. Contractor shall carry on the Work and adhere to the Progress Schedule during all disputes or disagreements with Owner. No Work shall be delayed or postponed pending resolution of any disputes or disagreements, except as permitted by Paragraph 15.04 or as Owner and Contractor may otherwise agree in writing. 6.19 Contractor's General Warranty and Guarantee A. Contractor warrants and guarantees to Owner that all Work will be in accordance with the Contract Documents and will not be defective. Engineer and its Related Entities shall be entitled to rely on representation of Contractor's warranty and guarantee. B. Contractor's warranty and guarantee hereunder excludes defects or damage caused by: 1. abuse, modification, or improper maintenance or operation by persons other than Contractor, Subcontractors, Suppliers, or any other individual or entity for whom Contractor is responsible; or 3. the issuance of a certificate of Substantial Completion by Engineer or any payment related thereto by Owner; 4. use or occupancy of the Work or any part thereof by Owner; 5. any review and approval of a Shop Drawing or Sample submittal or the issuance of a notice of acceptability by Engineer; 6. any inspection, test, or approval by others; or 7. any correction of defective Work by Owner 6.20 Indemnification A. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner, a~ Engineer, Engineer's Consultants, and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them from and against all claims, demands, liability, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) caused bv, arising out of or relating to the performance of the Work, provided that any such claim, demand. liability, cost, loss, or damage is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease, mental or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property ,including the loss of use resulting therefrom but only to the extent caused by any ~egligeH~ act or omission of Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, or any individual or entity directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the Work or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable . B. While Owner and Engineer may have the right to observe or otherwise review the work, progress and operations of the Contractor, and any Subcontractors or Suppliers it is exRressly understood and agreed that this observation report or review shall not relieve the Contractor from any of its covenants and obli atg ions hereunder. 2. normal wear and tear under normal usage. C. ~. In any and all claims against Owner or Engineer or any of their respective consultants, agents, C. Contractor's obligation to perform and officers, directors, partners, or employees by any complete the Work in accordance with the Contract employee (or the survivor or personal representative of Documents shall be absolute. None of the following will such employee) of Contractor, any Subcontractor, any constitute an acceptance of Work that is not in accordance Supplier, or any individual or entity directly or indirectly with the Contract Documents or a release of Contractor's employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the obligation to perform the Work in accordance with the Work, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be Contract Documents: liable, the indemnification obligation under Paragraph 6.20.A shall not be limited in any way by any limitation 1. observations by Engineer; on the amount or type of damages, compensation, or benefits payable by or for Contractor or any such 2. recommendation by Engineer or payment by Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity Owner of any progress or final payment; under workers' compensation acts, disability benefit acts, or other employee benefit acts. Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract - 00700 -Page 26 of 44 H:\CORPORATEIRJM\WORDP\ejcdc\C-700.std.gen.cond.doc 2/17/2005 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~' ii i 0 ii D. G The indemnification obligations of Contractor under Paragraph 6.20.A shall not extend to the liability of Engineer and Engineer's Consultants or to the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, consultants and subcontractors arising out of: 1. the preparation or approval of, or the failure to prepare or approve, maps, Drawings, opinions, reports, surveys, Change Orders, designs, or Specifications; or 2. giving directions or instructions, or failing to give them, if that is the primary cause of the injury or damage. E The exceptions to Contractor's indemnification obligations under paragraph 6.20.D shall not apply to any claim or demand against Engineer and Engineer's Consultants or to the officers, directors, partners emplovees agents and other consultants and subcontractors of each and anv of them which is based on asserted liability for the reporting or failing to report of matters relatin tg o alleged health and safety violations in connection with the work of Contractor and anv Subcontractor or Supplier. 6.21 Delegation of Professional Design Services A. Contractor will not be required to provide professional design services unless such services are specifically required by the Contract Documents for a portion of the Work or unless such services are required to carry out Contractor's responsibilities for construction means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures. Contractor shall not be required to provide professional services in violation of applicable law. B. If professional design services or certifications by a design professional related to systems, materials or equipment are specifically required of Contractor by the Contract Documents, Owner and Engineer will .specify all performance and design criteria that such services must satisfy. Contractor shall cause such services or certifications to be provided by a properly licensed professional, whose signature and seal shall appear on all drawings, calculations, specifications, certifications, Shop Drawings and other submittals prepared by such professional. Shop Drawings and other submittals related to the Work designed or certified by such professional, if prepared by others, shalt bear such professional's written approval when submitted to Engineer. C. Owner and Engineer shall be entitled to rely upon the adequacy, accuracy and completeness of the services, certifications or approvals performed by such design professionals, provided Owner and Engineer have specified to Contractor all performance and design criteria that such services must satisfy. D. Pursuant to this Paragraph 6.21, Engineer's review and approval of design calculations and design drawings will be only for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with performance and design criteria given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents. Engineer's review and approval of Shop Drawings and other submittals (except design calculations and design drawings) will be only for the purpose stated in Paragraph 6.17.D.1. E. Contractor shall not be responsible for the adequacy of the performance or design criteria required by the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 7 -OTHER WORK AT THE SITE 7.01 Related Work at Site A. Owner may perform other work related to the Project at the Site with Owner's employees, or via other direct contracts therefor, or have other work performed by utility owners. If such other work is not noted in the Contract Documents, then: 1. written notice thereof will be given to Contractor prior to starting any such other work; and 2. if Owner and Contractor are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times that should be allowed as a result of such other work, a Claim may be made therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. B. Contractor shall afford each other contractor who is a party to such a direct contract, each utility owner and Owner, if Owner is performing other work with Owner's employees, proper and safe access to the Site, a reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of materials and equipment and the execution of such other work, and shall properly coordinate the Work with theirs. Contractor shall do all cutting, fitting, and patching of the Work that may be required to properly connect or otherwise make its several parts come together and properly integrate with. such other work. Contractor shall not endanger any work of others by cutting, excavating, or otherwise altering their work and will only cut or alter their work. with the written consent of Engineer and the others whose work will be affected. The duties and responsibilities of Contractor under this Paragraph are for the benefit of such utility owners and other contractors to the extent that there are comparable provisions for the benefit of Contractor in said direct contracts between Owner and such utility owners and other contractors. C. If the proper execution or results of any part of Contractor's Work depends upon work performed by others under this Article 7, Contractor shall inspect such other work and promptly report to Engineer in writing any Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract - 00700 -Page 27 of 44 H:\CORPORATE\RJM\WORDP\ej cdc\C-700.std.gen.cond.doc 2/17/2005 delays, defects, or deficiencies in such other work that render it unavailable or unsuitable for the proper execution and results of Contractor's Work. Contractor's failure to so report will constitute an acceptance of such other work as fit and proper for integration with Contractor's Work except for latent defects and deficiencies in such other work. 7.02 Coordination A. If Owner intends to contract with others for the performance of other work on the Project at the Site, the following will be set forth in Supplementary Conditions: 1. the individual or entity who will have authority and responsibility for coordination of the activities among the various contractors will be identified; 2. the specific matters to be covered by such authority and responsibility will be itemized; and 3. the extent of such authority and responsibilities will be provided. B. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, Owner shall have sole authority and responsibility for such coordination. 7.03 Legal Relationships A. Paragraphs 7.O1.A and 7.02 are not applicable for utilities not under the control of Owner. B. Each other direct contract of Owner under Paragraph 7.O1.A shall provide that the other contractor is liable to Owner and Contractor for the reasonable direct delay and disruption costs incurred by Contractor as a result of the other contractor's actions or inactions. C. Contractor shall be liable to Owner and any other contractor for the reasonable direct delay and disruption costs incurred by such other contractor as a result of Contractor's action or inactions. ARTICLE 8 -OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES 8.01 Communications to Contractor A. Except as otherwise provided in these General Conditions, Owner shall issue all communications to Contractor through Engineer. 8.02 Replacement of Engineer A. In case of termination of the employment of Engineer, Owner shall appoint an engineer to whom Contractor makes no reasonable objection, whose status under the Contract Documents shall be that of the former Engineer. 8.03 Furnish Data A. Owner shall promptly furnish the data required of Owner under the Contract Documents. 8.04 Pay When Due A. Owner shall make payments to Contractor when they are due as provided in Paragraphs 14.02.C and 14.07.C. 8.05 Lands and Easements; Reports and Tests A. Owner's duties in respect of providing lands and easements and providing engineering surveys to establish reference points are set forth in Paragraphs 4.01 and 4.05. Paragraph 4.02 refers to Owner's identifying and making available to Contractor copies of reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions and drawings of physical conditions in or relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at or contiguous to the Site that have been utilized by Engineer in preparing the Contract Documents. 8.06 Insurance A. Owner's responsibilities, if any, in respect to purchasing and maintaining liability and property insurance are set forth in Article 5. 8.07 Change Orders A. Owner is obligated to execute Change Orders as indicated in Paragraph 10.03. 8.08 Inspections, Tests, and Approvals A. Owner's responsibility in respect to certain inspections, tests, and approvals is set forth in Paragraph 13.03.B. 8.09 Limitations on Owner's Responsibilities A. The Owner shall not supervise, direct, or have control or authority over, nor be responsible for, Contractor's means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. Owner will not be responsible for Contractor's failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 8.10 Undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition A. Owner's responsibility in respect to an undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition is set forth in Paragraph 4.06. Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract - 00700 -Page 28 of 44 H:ICORPORATE\RJ M\WORDP\ej cdc\C-700std.gen.cond. doc 2/17/2005 ~ 1 0 Ill 8.11 Evidence of Financial Arrangements A. If and to the extent Owner has agreed to furnish Contractor reasonable evidence that financial arrangements have been made to satisfy Owner's obligations under the Contract Documents, Owner's responsibility in respect thereof will be as set forth in the Supplementary Conditions. ARTICLE 9 - ENGINEER'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION 9.01 Owner's Representative A. Engineer will be Owner's representative during the construction. period. The duties and responsibilities and the limitations of authority of Engineer as Owner's representative during construction are set forth in the Contract Documents and will not be changed without written consent of Owner and Engineer. 9.02 Visits to Site A. Engineer will make visits to the Site at intervals appropriate to the various stages of construction as Engineer deems necessary in order to observe as an experienced and qualified design professional the progress that has been made and the quality of the various aspects of Contractor's executed Work. Based on information obtained during such visits and observations, Engineer, for the benefit of Owner, will determine, in general, if the Work is proceeding in accordance with the Contract Documents. Engineer will not be required to make exhaustive or continuous inspections on the Site to check the quality or quantity of the Work. Engineer's efforts will be directed toward providing for Owner a greater degree of confidence that the completed Work will conform generally to the Contract Documents. On the basis of such visits and observations, Engineer will keep Owner informed of the progress of the Work and will endeavor to guard Owner against defective Work. B. Engineer's visits and observations are subject to all the limitations on Engineer's authority and responsibility set forth in Paragraph 9.09. Particularly, but without limitation, during or as a result of Engineer's visits or observations of Contractor's Work Engineer wilt not supervise, direct, control, or have authority over or be responsible for Contractor's means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. 9.03 Project Representative A. If Owner and Engineer agree, Engineer will furnish a Resident Project Representative to assist Engineer in providing more extensive observation of the Work. The authority and responsibilities of any such Resident Project Representative and assistants will be as provided in the Supplementary Conditions, and limitations on the responsibilities thereof will be as provided in Paragraph 9.09. If Owner designates another representative or agent to represent Owner at the Site who is not Engineer's consultant, agent or employee, the responsibilities and authority and limitations thereon of such other individual or entity will be as provided in the Supplementary Conditions. 9.04 Authorized Variations in Work A. Engineer may authorize minor variations in the Work from the requirements of the Contract Documents which do not involve an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Times and are compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. These may be accomplished by a Field Order and will be binding on Owner and also on Contractor, who shall perform the Work involved promptly. If Owner or Contractor believes that a Field Order justifies an adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, and the parties are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent, if any, of any such adjustment, a Claim may be made therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. B However there will be no relaxing, substituting or aualifvinQ any portion of the Specifications unless such change is approved in writing the Engineer and Owner. 9.05 Rejecting Defective Work A. Engineer will have authority to reject Work which Engineer believes to be defective, or that Engineer believes will not produce a completed Project that conforms to the Contract Documents or that will prejudice the integrity of the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. Engineer will also have authority to require special inspection or testing of the Work as provided in Paragraph 13.04, whether or not the Work is fabricated, installed, or completed. 9.06 Shop Drawings, Change Orders and Payments A. In connection with Engineer's authority, and limitations thereof, as to Shop Drawings and Samples, see Paragraph 6.17. B. In connection with Engineer's authority, and limitations thereof, as to design calculations and design drawings submitted in response to a delegation of professional design services, if any, see Paragraph 6.21. C. In connection with Engineer's authority as to Change Orders, see Articles 10, 11, and 12. Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract - 00700 -Page 29 of 44 H:\CORPORATE\RJM\WORDP\ej cdc\C-700.std.gen.cond.doc 2!17/2005 D. In connection with Engineer's authority as to Applications for Payment, see Article 14. 9.07 Determinations for Unit Price Work A. Engineer will determine the actual quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor. Engineer will review with Contractor the Engineer's preliminary determinations on such matters before rendering a written decision thereon (by recommendation of an Application for Payment or otherwise). Engineer's written decision thereon will be final and binding (except as modified by Engineer to reflect changed factual conditions or more accurate data) upon Owner and Contractor, subject to the provisions of Paragraph 10.05. 9.08 Decisions on Requirements of Contract Documents and Acceptability of Work A. Engineer will be the initial interpreter of the requirements of the Contract Documents and judge of the acceptability of the Work thereunder. All matters in question and other matters between Owner and Contractor arising prior to the date final payment is due relating to the acceptability of the Work, and the interpretation of the requirements of the Contract Documents pertaining to the performance of the Work, will be referred initially to Engineer in writing within 30 days of the event giving rise to the question. B. Engineer will, with reasonable promptness, render a written decision on the issue referred. If Owner or Contractor believe that any such decision entitles them to an adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times or both, a Claim may be made under Paragraph 10.05. The date of Engineer's decision shall be the date of the event giving rise to the issues referenced for the purposes of Paragraph 10.O5.B. C. Engineer's written decision on the issue referred will be final and binding on Owner and Contractor, subject to the provisions of Paragraph 10.05. D. When functioning as interpreter and judge under this Paragraph 9.08, Engineer will not show partiality to Owner or Contractor and will not be liable in connection with any interpretation or decision rendered in good faith in such capacity. 9.09 Limitations on Engineer's Authority and Responsibilities A. Neither Engineer's authority or responsibility under this Article 9 or under any other provision of the Contract Documents nor any decision made by Engineer in good faith either to exercise or not exercise such authority or responsibility or the undertaking, exercise, or performance of any authority or responsibility by Engineer shall create, impose, or give rise to any duty in contract, tort, or otherwise owed by Engineer to Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other individual or entity, or to any surety for or employee or agent of any of them. B. Engineer will not supervise, direct, control, or have authority over or be responsible for Contractor's means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. Engineer will not be responsible for Contractor's failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. C. Engineer will not be responsible for the acts or omissions of Contractor or of any Subcontractor, any Supplier, or of any other individual or entity performing any of the Work. D. Engineer's review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation and all maintenance and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees, bonds, certificates of inspection, tests and approvals, and other documentation required to be delivered by Paragraph 14.07.A will only be to determine .generally that their content complies with the requirements of, and in the case of certificates of inspections, tests, and approvals that the results certified indicate compliance with the Contract Documents. E. The limitations upon authority and responsibility set forth in this Paragraph 9.09 shall also apply to Engineer's Consultants, if anv, the Resident Project Representative, if any, and assistants, if any. ~ ~ C 0 [l ARTICLE 10 -CHANGES IN THE WORK; CLAIMS ' 10.01 Authorized Changes in the Work A. Without invalidating the Contract and without notice to any surety, Owner may, at any time or from time to time, order additions, deletions, or revisions in the Work by a Change Order, or a Work Change Directive. Upon receipt of any such document, Contractor shall promptly proceed with the Work involved which will be performed under the applicable conditions of the Contract Documents (except as otherwise specifically provided). B. If Owner and Contractor are unable to agree on entitlement to, or on the amount or extent, if any, of an adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or both, that should be allowed as a result of a Work Change Directive, a Claim may be made therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. 1 0 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract - 00700 -Page 30 of 44 , H:\CORPORATE\RJM\W ORDP\ejcdclC-700.std.gen. cond.doc 2/17/2005 C~ 10.02 Unauthorized Changes in the Work A. Contractor shall not be entitled to an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times with respect to any work performed that is not required by the Contract Documents as amended, modified, or supplemented as provided in Paragraph 3.04, except in the case of an emergency as provided in Paragraph 6.16 or in the case of uncovering Work as provided in Paragraph 13.04.B. 10.03 Execution of Change Orders A. Owner and Contractor shall execute appropriate Change Orders recommended by Engineer covering: 1. changes in the Work which are: (i) ordered by Owner pursuant to Paragraph 10.O1.A, (ii) required because of acceptance of defective Work under Paragraph 13.08.A or Owner's correction of defective Work under Paragraph 13.09, or (iii) agreed to by the parties; 2. changes in the Contract Price or Contract Times which are agreed to by the parties, including any undisputed sum or amount of time for Work actually performed in accordance with a Work Change Directive; and 3. changes in the Contract Price or Contract Times which embody the substance of any written decision rendered by Engineer pursuant to Paragraph 10.05; provided that, in lieu of executing any such Change Order, an appeal may be taken from any such decision in accordance with the provisions of the Contract Documents and applicable Laws and Regulations, but during any such appeal, Contractor shall carry on the Work and adhere to the Progress Schedule as provided in Paragraph 6.18.A. 10.04 Notifccation to Surety A. If notice of any change affecting the general scope of the Work or the provisions of the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to, Contract Price or Contract Times) is required by the provisions of any bond to be given to a surety, the giving of any such notice will be Contractor's responsibility. The amount of each applicable bond will be adjusted to reflect the effect of any such change. 10.05 Claims A. Engineer's Decision Required: A11 Claims, except those waived pursuant to Paragraph 14.09, shall be referred to the Engineer for decision. A decision by Engineer shall be required as a condition precedent to any exercise by Owner or Contractor of any rights or remedies either may otherwise have under the Contract Documents or by Laws and Regulations in respect of such Claims. B. Notice: Written notice stating the general nature of each Claim, shall be delivered by the claimant to Engineer and the other party to the Contract promptly (but in no event later than 30 days) after the start of the event giving rise thereto. The responsibility to substantiate a Claim shall rest with the party making the Claim. Notice of the amount or extent of the Claim, with supporting data shall be delivered to the Engineer and the other party to the Contract within 60 days after the start of such event (unless Engineer allows additional time for claimant to submit additional or more accurate data in support of such Claim). A Claim for an adjustment in Contract Price shall be prepared in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 12.O1.B. A Claim for an adjustment in Contract Time shall be prepared in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 12.02.B. Each Claim shall be accompanied by claimant's written statement that the adjustment claimed is the entire adjustment to which the claimant believes it is entitled as a result of said event. The opposing party shall submit any response to Engineer and the claimant within 30 days after receipt of the claimant's last submittal (unless Engineer allows additional time). C. Engineer's Action: Engineer will review each Claim and, within 30 days after receipt of the last submittal of the claimant or the last submittal of the opposing party, if any, take one of the following actions in writing: 1. deny the Claim in whole or in part, 2. approve the Claim, or 3. notify the parties that the Engineer is unable to resolve the Claim if, in the Engineer's sole discretion, it would be inappropriate for the Engineer to do so. For purposes of further resolution of the Claim, such notice shall be deemed a denial. D. In the event that Engineer does not take action on a Claim within said 30 days, the Claim shall be deemed denied. E. Engineer's written action under Paragraph 10.O5.C or denial pursuant to Paragraphs 10.O5.C.3 or 10.O5.D will be final and binding upon Owner and Contractor, unless Owner or Contractor invoke the dispute resolution procedure set forth in Article 16 within 30 days of such action or denial. F. No Claim for an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times will be valid if not submitted in accordance with this Paragraph 10.05. Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract - 00700 -Page 31 of 44 H :\CORPORATEIRJM\W O RDP\ejcdc\C-700.std.gen.cond.doc 2/17/2005 i~ ARTICLE 11 - COST OF THE WORK; ALLOWANCES; LTNTT PRICE WORK 11.01 Cost oJthe Work A. Costs Included: The term Cost of the Work means the sum of all costs, except those excluded in Paragraph 11.01.8, necessarily incurred and paid by Contractor in the proper performance of the Work. When the value of any Work covered by a Change Order or when a Claim for an adjustment in Contract Price is determined on the basis of Cost of the Work, the costs to be reimbursed to Contractor will be only those additional or incremental costs required because of the change in the Work or because of the event giving rise to the Claim. Except as otherwise may be agreed to in writing by Owner, such costs shall be in amounts no higher than those prevailing in the locality of the Project, shall include only the following items, and shall not include any of the costs itemized in Paragraph 11.01.8. 1. Payroll costs for employees in the direct employ of Contractor in the performance of the Work under schedules of job classifications agreed upon by Owner and Contractor. Such employees shall include, without limitation, superintendents, foremen, and other personnel employed full time at the Site. Payroll costs for employees not employed full time on the Work shall be apportioned on the basis of their time spent on the Work. Payroll costs shall include, but not be limited to, salaries and. wages plus the cost of fringe benefits, which shall include social security contributions, unemployment, excise, and payroll taxes, workers' compensation, health and retirement benefits, bonuses, sick leave, vacation and holiday pay applicable thereto. The expenses of performing Work outside of regular working hours, on Saturday, Sunday, or legal holidays, shall be included in the above to the extent authorized by Owner. 2. Cost of all materials and equipment furnished and incorporated in the Work, including costs of transportation and storage thereof, and Suppliers' field services required in connection therewith. All cash discounts shall accrue to Contractor unless Owner deposits funds with Contractor with which to make payments, in which case the cash discounts shall accrue to Owner. All trade discounts, rebates and refunds and returns from sale of surplus materials and equipment shall accrue to Owner, and Contractor shall make provisions so that they may be obtained. 3. Payments made by Contractor to Subcontractors for Work performed by Subcontractors. If required by Owner, Contractor shall obtain competitive bids from subcontractors acceptable to Owner and Contractor and shall deliver such bids to Owner, who will then determine, with the advice of Engineer, which bids, if any, will be acceptable. If any subcontract provides that the Subcontractor is to be paid on the basis of Cost of the Work plus a fee, the Subcontractor's Cost of the Work .Standard General Conditions of the G H:\CORPORATE\RJ M\W O R DP\ej cdc\C-700.std. gen. cond. doc 2/17/2005 and fee shall be determined in the same manner as Contractor's Cost of the Work and fee as provided in this Paragraph 11.01. 4. Costs of special consultants (including but not limited to engineers, architects, testing laboratories, surveyors, attorneys, and accountants) employed for services specifically related to the Work. 5. Supplemental costs including the following: a. The proportion of necessary transportation, travel, and subsistence expenses of Contractor's employees incurred in discharge of duties connected with the Work. b. Cost, including transportation and maintenance, of all materials, supplies, equipment, machinery, appliances, office, and temporary facilities at the Site, and hand tools not owned by the workers, which are consumed in the performance of the Work, and cost, less market value, of such items used but not consumed which remain the property of Contractor. c. Rentals of all construction equipment and machinery, and the parts thereof whether rented from Contractor or others in accordance with rental agreements approved by Owner with the advice of Engineer, and the costs of transportation, loading, unloading, assembly, dismantling, and removal thereof. All such costs shall be in accordance with the terms of said rental agreements. The rental of any such equipment, machinery, or parts shall cease when the use thereof is no longer necessary for the Work. d. Sales, consumer, use, and other similar taxes related to the Work, and for which Contractor is liable, imposed by Laws and Regulations. e. Deposits lost for causes other than negligence of Contractor, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable, and royalty payments and fees for permits and licenses. f. Losses and damages (and related expenses) caused by damage to the Work, not compensated by insurance or otherwise, sustained by Contractor in connection with the performance of the Work (except losses and damages within the deductible amounts of property insurance established in accordance with Paragraph 5.06.D), provided such losses and damages have resulted from causes other than the negligence of Contractor, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable. Such instruction Contract - 00700 -Page 32 of 44 ~ ~ ~ ~ losses shall include settlements made with the ' written consent and approval of Owner. No such losses, damages, and expenses shall be included in the Cost of the Work for the purpose of determining Contractor's fee. ' g. The cost of utilities, fuel, and sanitary facilities at the Site. h. Minor expenses such as telegrams, long distance telephone calls, telephone service at the Site, expresses, and similar petty cash items in connection with the Work. i. The costs of premiums for all bonds and insurance Contractor is required by the Contract Documents to purchase and maintain. B. Costs Excluded: The term Cost of the Work shall not include any of the following items: 1. Payroll costs and other compensation of Contractor's officers, executives, principals (of partnerships and sole proprietorships), general managers, safety managers, engineers, architects, estimators, attorneys, auditors, accountants, purchasing and contracting agents, expediters, timekeepers, clerks, and other personnel employed by Contractor, whether at the Site or in Contractor's principal or branch office for general administration of the Work and not specifically included in the agreed upon schedule of job classifications referred to in Paragraph 11.OI.A.1 or specifically covered by Paragraph 11.O1.A.4, all of which are to be considered administrative costs covered by the Contractor's fee. 2. Expenses of Contractor's principal and branch offices other than Contractor's office at the Site. 3. Any part of Contractor's capital expenses, including interest on Contractor's capital employed for the Work and charges against Contractor for delinquent payments. 4. Costs due to the negligence of Contractor, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable, including but not limited to, the correction of defective Work, disposal of materials or equipment wrongly supplied, and making good any damage to property. 5. Other overhead or general expense costs of any kind and the costs of any item not specifically and expressly included in Paragraphs 11.O1.A and 11.O1.B. C. Contractor's Fee: When all the Work is performed on the basis of cost-plus, Contractor's fee shall be determined as set forth in the Agreement. When the value of any Work covered by a Change Order or when a Claim for an adjustment in Contract Price is determined on the basis of Cost of the Work, Contractor's fee shall be determined as set forth in Paragraph 12.O1.C. D. Documentation: Whenever the Cost of the Work for any purpose is to be determined pursuant to Paragraphs 11.O1.A and 11.O1.B, Contractor will establish and maintain records thereof in accordance with generally accepted accounting practices and submit in a form acceptable to Engineer an itemized cost breakdown together with supporting data. 11.02 Allowances A. It is understood that Contractor has included in the Contract Price all allowances so named in the Contract Documents and shall cause the Work so covered to be performed for such sums and by such persons or entities as may be acceptable to Owner and Engineer. B. Cash Allowances 1. Contractor agrees that: a. the cash allowances include the cost to Contractor (less any applicable trade discounts) of materials and equipment required by the allowances to be delivered at the Site, and all applicable taxes; and b. Contractor's costs for unloading and handling on the Site, labor, installation ,overhead, profit, and other expenses contemplated for the cash allowances have been included in the Contract Price and not in the allowances, and no demand for additional payment on account of any of the foregoing will be valid. C. Contingency Allowance 1. Contractor agrees that a contingency allowance, if any, is for the sole use of Owner to cover unanticipated costs. D. Prior to final payment, an appropriate Change Order will be issued as recommended by Engineer to reflect actual amounts due Contractor on account of Work covered by allowances, and the Contract Price shall be correspondingly adjusted. 11.03 Unit Price Work A. Where the Contract Documents provide that all or part of the Work is to be Unit Price Work, initially the Contract Price will be deemed to include for all Unit Price Work an amount equal to the sum of the unit price for each separately identified item of Unit Price Work times the estimated quantity of each item as indicated in the Agreement. B. The estimated quantities of items of Unit Price Work are not guaranteed and are solely for the purpose of comparison of Bids and determining an initial Contract Price. Determinations of the actual quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract - 00700 -Page 33 of 44 H:\CORPORATE\RJM\WORDP\ejcdc\C-700.std.gen.cond.doc 2/17/2005 Contractor will be made by Engineer subject to the provisions of Paragraph 9.07. C. Each unit price will be deemed to include an amount considered by Contractor to be adequate to cover Contractor's overhead and profit for each separately identified item. D. Owner or Contractor may make a Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price in accordance with Paragraph 10.05 if: 1. 2. 41, e..s o na~nR nai,,.,4mo..4 .n1~, 1. the quantity of a particular item of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor differs by more than 25 percent from the estimated quantity of such item indicated in the Agreement: and 2 the total cost of the particular individual item of Unit Price Work amounts to 10 percent or more of the Contract Price which is the total sum of all schedules (if an • and 3. Contractor believes that Contractor is entitled to an increase in Contract Price as a result of having incurred additional expense or Owner believes that Owner is entitled to a decrease in Contract Price and the parties are unable to agree as to the amount of any such increase or decrease. ARTICLE 12 - CHANGE OF CONTRACT PRICE; CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIMES 12.01 Change of Contract Price A. The Contract Price may only be changed by a Change Order. Any Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price shall be based on written notice submitted by the party making the Claim to the Engineer and the other party to the Contract in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 10.05. B. The value of any Work covered by a Change Order or of any Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price will be determined as follows: 1, where the Work involved is covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by application of such unit prices to the quantities of the I ed b' h f P h mutually agreed lump sum (which may include an allowance for overhead and profit not necessarily in accordance with Paragraph 12.O1.C.2);or 3. where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents and agreement to a lump sum is not reached under Paragraph 12.O1.B.2, on the basis of the Cost of the Work (determined as provided in Paragraph 11.01) plus a Contractor's fee for overhead and profit (determined as provided in Paragraph 12.OI.C). C. Contractor's Fee: The Contractor's fee for overhead and profit shall be determined as follows: 1. a mutually acceptable fixed fee; or 2. if a fixed fee is not agreed upon, then a fee based on the following percentages of the various portions of the Cost of the Work: a. for costs incurred under Paragraphs 11.O1.A.1 and 11.O1.A.2, the Contractor's fee shall be 15 percent; b. for costs incurred under Paragraph 11.O1.A.3, the Contractor's fee shall be five percent; c. where one or more tiers of subcontracts are on the basis of Cost of the Work plus a fee and no fixed fee is agreed upon, the intent of Paragraph 12.OI.C.2.a is that the Subcontractor who actually performs the Work, at whatever tier, will be paid a fee of 15 percent of the costs incurred by such Subcontractor under Paragraphs 11.O1.A.1 and 11.O1.A.2 and that any higher tier Subcontractor and Contractor will each be paid a fee of five percent of the amount paid to the next lower tier Subcontractor; d. no fee shall be payable on the basis of costs itemized under Paragraphs 11.O1.A.4, 11.O1.A.5, and 11.OI.B; e. the amount of credit to be allowed by Contractor to Owner for any change which results in a net decrease in cost will be the amount of the actual net decrease in cost plus a deduction in Contractor's fee by an amount equal to five percent of such net decrease; and f. when both additions and credits are involved in any one change, the adjustment in Contractor's fee shall be computed on the basis of the net change in accordance with Paragraphs 12.O1.C.2.a through 12.O1.C.2.e, inclusive. items mvo v (su sect to t e provisions o aragrap 11.03); or D Lump sum quotations for modifications to the Work shall include substantiating_documentation with an 2. where the Work involved is not covered by itemized breakdown of direct_project related Contractor unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by a and Subcontractor costs, including labor, materials, Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract - 00700 -Page 34 of 44 H:\CORPORATE\RJ M\WORDPIejcdclC-700.std.gen. cond.doc 2/17/2005 ~ ~ 1 i~ f _~ I' rentals and approved services as summarized in paragraphs 1101A.1 throu@h 11.O1.A.4: and overhead and profit (fixed fee) as defined in paragraph 12.O1.C. 12.02 Change of Contract Times A. The Contract Times may only be changed by a Change Order. Any Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Times shall be based on written notice submitted by the party making the Claim to the Engineer and the other party to the Contract in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 10.05. B. Any adjustment of the Contract Times covered by a Change Order or any Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Times will be determined in accordance with the provisions of this Article 12. arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) sustained by Contractor on or in connection with any other project or anticipated project. E. Contractor shall not be entitled to an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times for delays within the control of Contractor. Delays attributable to and within the control of a Subcontractor or Supplier shall be deemed to be delays within the control of Contractor. F Should the Contractor request a construction shutdown due to the reasons listed in paragraph 12.03.A and should a shutdown be approved by the Engineer and Owner all work on the project shall cease. The Engineer will not be available for work inspection during such shutdowns and anv work completed by the Contractor during such shutdown will not be accepted by the Engineer or Owner. 12.03 Delays A. Where Contractor is prevented from completing any part of the Work within the Contract Times due to delay beyond the control of Contractor, the Contract Times will be extended in an amount equal to the time lost due to such delay if a Claim is made therefor as provided in Paragraph 12.02.A. Delays beyond the control of Contractor shall include, but not be limited to, acts or neglect by Owner, acts or neglect of utility owners or other contractors performing other work as contemplated by Article 7, fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather conditions, or acts of God. ARTICLE 13 - TESTS AND INSPECTIONS; CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK 13.01 Notice of Defects A. Prompt notice of all defective Work of which Owner or Engineer has actual knowledge will be given to Contractor. All defective Work may be rejected, corrected, or accepted as provided in this Article 13. B, If Owner, Engineer, or other contractors or utility owners performing other work for Owner as contemplated by Article 7, or anyone for whom Owner is responsible, delays, disrupts, or interferes with the performance or progress of the Work, then Contractor shall be entitled to an equitable adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Times or both. Contractor's entitlement to an adjustment of the Contract Times is conditioned on such adjustment being essential to Contractor's ability to complete the Work within the Contract Times. C. If Contractor is delayed in the performance or progress of the Work. by fire, flood, epidemic, abnormal weather conditions, acts of God, acts or failures to act of utility owners not under the control of Owner, or other causes not the fault of and beyond control of Owner and Contractor, then Contractor shall be entitled to an equitable adjustment in Contract Times, if such adjustment is essential to Contractor's ability to complete the Work within the Contract Times. Such an adjustment shall be Contractor's sole and exclusive remedy for the delays described in this Paragraph 12.03.C. D. Owner, Engineer and the Related Entities of each of them shall not be liable to Contractor for any claims, costs, losses, or damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of Engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or 13.02 Access to Work A. Owner, Engineer, their consultants and other representatives and personnel of Owner, independent testing laboratories, and governmental agencies with jurisdictional interests will have access to the Site and the Work at reasonable times for their observation, inspecting, and testing. Contractor shall provide them proper and safe conditions for such access and advise them of Contractor's Site safety procedures and programs so that they may comply therewith as applicable. 13.03 Tests and Inspections A. Contractor shall give Engineer timely notice of readiness of the Work for all required inspections, tests, or approvals and shall cooperate with inspection and testing personnel to facilitate required inspections or tests. B. Owner shall employ and pay for the services of an independent testing laboratory to perform all inspections, tests, or approvals required by the Contract Documents except: 1. for inspections, tests, or approvals covered by Paragraphs 13.03.C and 13.03.D below; 2. that costs incurred in connection with tests or inspections conducted pursuant to Paragraph 13.04.B Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract - 00700 -Page 35 of 44 H:\CORPORATE\RJM\WO RD P\ejcdc\C-700.std.gen.wnd.doc 2/17/2005 shall be paid as provided in said Paragraph 13.04.C; and 3. as otherwise specifically provided in the Contract Documents. C. If Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction require any Work (or part thereof) specifically to be inspected, tested, or approved by an employee or other representative of such public body, Contractor shall assume full responsibility for arranging and obtaining such inspections, tests, or approvals, pay all costs in connection therewith, and furnish Engineer the required certificates of inspection or approval. D. Contractor shall be responsible for arranging and obtaining and shall pay all costs in connection with any inspections, tests, or approvals required for Owner's and Engineer's acceptance of materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work; or acceptance of materials, mix designs, or equipment submitted for approval prior to Contractor's purchase thereof for incorporation in the Work. Such inspections, tests, or approvals shall be performed by organizations acceptable to Owner and Engineer. E. If any Work (or the work of others) that is to be inspected, tested, or approved is covered by Contractor without written concurrence of Engineer, it must, if requested by Engineer, be uncovered for observation. F. Uncovering Work as provided in Paragraph 13.03.E shall be at Contractor's expense unless Contractor has given Engineer timely notice of Contractor's intention to cover the same and Engineer has not acted with reasonable promptness in response to such notice. 13.04 Uncovering Work A. If any Work is covered contrary to the written request of Engineer, it must, if requested by Engineer, be uncovered for Engineer's observation and replaced at Contractor's expense. B. If Engineer considers it necessary or advisable that covered Work be observed by Engineer or inspected or tested by others, Contractor, at Engineer's request, shall uncover, expose, or otherwise make available for observation, inspection, or testing as Engineer may require, that portion of the Work in question, furnishing all necessary labor, material, and equipment. C. If it is found that the uncovered Work is defective, Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, and testing, and of satisfactory replacement or reconstruction (including but not limited to all costs of repair or Standard General Conditions of the C. H:ICORPORATE\RJM\WORDP\ej cdc\C-700.std.gen. cond.doc 2/17/2005 replacement of work of others); and Owner shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price. If the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, Owner may make a Claim therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. D. If, the uncovered Work is not found to be defective, Contractor shall be allowed an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times, or both, directly attributable to such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, testing, replacement, and reconstruction. If the parties are unable to agree as to the amount or extent thereof, Contractor may make a Claim therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. 13.05 Owner May Stop the Work A. If the Work is defective, or Contractor fails to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment, or fails to perform the Work in such a way that the completed Work will conform to the Contract Documents, Owner may order Contractor to stop the Work, or any portion thereof, until the cause for such order has been eliminated; however, this right of Owner to stop the Work shall not give rise to any duty on the part of Owner to exercise this right for the benefit of Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other individual or entity, or any surety for, or employee or agent of any of them. 13.06 Correction or Removal of Defective Work A. Promptly after receipt of notice, Contractor shall correct all defective Work, whether or not fabricated, installed, or completed, or, if the Work has been rejected by Engineer, remove it from the Project and replace it with Work that is not defective. Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such correction or removal (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others). B. When correcting defective Work under the terms of this Paragraph 13.06 or Paragraph 13.07, Contractor shall take no action that would void or otherwise impair Owner's special warranty and guarantee, if any, on said Work. 13.07 Correction Period A. If within one year after the date of Substantial Completion (or such longer period of time as may be prescribed by the terms of any applicable special guarantee required by the Contract Documents) or by any specific provision of the Contract Documents, any Work is found to be defective, or if the repair of any damages to the land or areas made available for Contractor's use by Owner or permitted by Laws and Regulations as instruction Contract - 00700 -Page 36 of 44 contemplated jn Paragraph 6.11.A is found to be defective, Contractor shall promptly, without cost to Owner and in accordance with Owner's written instructions: 1. repair such defective land or areas; or 2. correct such defective Work; or 3. if the defective Work has been rejected by Owner, remove it from the Project and replace it with Work that is not defective, and 4. satisfactorily correct or repair or remove and replace any damage to other Work, to the work of others or other land or areas resulting therefrom, B. If Contractor does not promptly comply with the terms of Owner's written instructions, or in an emergency where delay would cause serious risk of loss or damage, Owner may have the defective Work corrected or repaired or may have the rejected Work removed and replaced. All claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) arising out of or relating to such correction or repair or such removal and replacement (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others) will be paid by Contractor. C. In special circumstances where a particular item of equipment is placed in continuous service before Substantial Completion of all the Work, the correction period for that item may start to run from an earlier date if so provided in the Specifications. D. Where defective Work (and damage to other Work resulting therefrom) has been corrected or removed and replaced under this Paragraph 13.07, the correction period hereunder with respect to such Work will be extended for an additional period of one year after such correction or removal and replacement has been satisfactorily completed. E. Contractor's obligations under this Paragraph 13.07 are in addition to any other obligation or warranty. The provisions of this Paragraph 13.07 shall not be construed as a substitute for or a waiver of the provisions of any applicable statute of limitation or repose. 13.08 Acceptance of Defective Work Owner's evaluation of and determination to accept such defective Work (such costs to be approved by Engineer as to reasonableness) and the diminished value of the Work to the extent not otherwise paid by Contractor pursuant to this sentence. If any such acceptance occurs prior to Engineer's recommendation of final payment, a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work, and Owner shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price, reflecting the diminished value of Work so accepted. If the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, Owner may make a Claim therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. If the acceptance occurs after such recommendation, an appropriate amount will be paid by Contractor to Owner. 13.09 Owner May Correct Defective Work A. If Contractor fails within a reasonable time after written notjce from Engineer to correct defective Work or to remove and replace rejected Work as required by Engineer in accordance with Paragraph 13.06.A, or if Contractor fails to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, or if Contractor fails to comply with any other provision of the Contract Documents, Owner may, after seven days written notice to Contractor, correct or remedy any such deficiency. B. In exercising the rights and remedies under this Paragraph 13.09, Owner shall proceed expeditiously. In connection with such corrective or remedial action, Owner may exclude Contractor from all or part of the Site, take possession of all or part of the Work and suspend Contractor's services related thereto, take possession of Contractor's tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery at the Site, and incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the Site or for which Owner has paid Contractor but which are stored elsewhere. Contractor shall allow Owner, Owner's representatives, agents and employees, Owner's other contractors, and Engjneer and Engineer's consultants access to the Site to enable Owner to exercise the rights and remedies under this Paragraph. C. All claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) incurred or sustained by Owner in exercising the rights and remedies under this Paragraph 13.09 will be charged against Contractor, and a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work; and Owner shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract A. If, instead of requiring correction or removal Price. If the parties are unable to agree as to the amount of and replacement of defective Work, Owner (and, prior to the adjustment, Owner may make a Claim therefor as Engineer's recommendation of final payment, Engineer) provided in Paragraph 10.05. Such claims, costs, losses prefers to accept it, Owner may do so. Contractor shall and damages will include but not be limited to all costs of pay all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but repair, or replacement of work of others destroyed or not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, damaged by correction, removal, or replacement of attorneys, and other professionals and all court or Contractor's defective Work. arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) attributable to Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract - 00700 -Page 37 of 44 H:\CORPORATE\RJM\WORDP\ej cdc\C-700.std. gen.cond.doc 2/17/2005 D. Contractor shall not be allowed an extension of the Contract Times because of any delay in the performance of the Work attributable to the exercise by Owner of Owner's rights, and remedies under this Paragraph 13.09. ARTICLE 14 -PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION 14.01 Schedule of Values A. The Schedule of Values established as provided in Paragraph 2.07.A will serve as the basis for progress payments and will be incorporated into a form of Application for Payment acceptable to Engineer. Progress payments on account of Unit Price Work will be based on the number of units completed. 14.02 Progress Payments A. Applications for Payments 1. At least 20 days before the date established in the Agreement for each progress payment (but not more often than once a month), Contractor shall submit to Engineer for review an Application for Payment filled out and signed by Contractor covering the Work completed as of the date of the Application and accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Documents. If payment is requested on the basis of materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work but delivered and suitably stored at the Site or at another location agreed to in writing, the Application for Payment shall also be accompanied by a bill of sale, invoice, or other documentation warranting that Owner has received the materials and equipment free and clear of all Liens and evidence that the materials and equipment are covered by appropriate property insurance or other arrangements to protect Owner's interest therein, all of which must be satisfactory to Owner. Payments for materials in storage shall be based only upon the actual cost of the materials and equipment to Contractor and shall not include any overhead or profit. Bill of Sale, invoice or other document warranting clear title for materials in storage will be waived for the material in storage included in the first pro rg e~ ss payment Splication HoweverLproof of ~avment and clear title must be submitted with Application No. 2 for all material included in Application No. 1. Without such documentation amounts paid for materials in storage will be deducted from subsequent payments. Be ig nning_with the second application, all requests for p~vment for materials in storage shall be accompanied by Bill of Sale, invoice or other document warranting clear title as required above. 2. Each application for pro rg ess payment shall be accompanied by Contractor's updated schedule of operations, or progress report, with such shop drawings schedulesLprocurement schedules, value of materials on hand included in application, and other data specified herein or reasonabl~quired by Owner or Engineer. The Owner reserves the right to re uire submission of monthly certified pavrolls by the Contractor. After the first pro rg ess ~avment which requests payment for materials in storage has been made by the Contractor to the Owner. the Contractor must submit with the following month's pavment request, evidence satisfactory to the Owner that such material has been paid for. Failure to provide this evidence with the first request and subsequent requests will result in withholding from subsequent progress pavments the amount in dispute requested for materials in storage in accordance with Paragraph 14.02B. 3. The Owner may retain a portion of the amount otherwise due the Contractor. Except as state law otherwise provides, the amount retained by the Owner shall be as stipulated in the Agreement. In accordance with state law the Owner may accept deposited securities in lieu of cash retainage. Retainage may be used by the Owner to offset costs for any of the losses enumerated in Paragraphs 14.02.B.S.a through 14.02.B.S.d inclusive, 14.02.D.1.a through 14.02.D.1.d inclusive, or 15.02.C. In addition, retainage may be used by the Owner to protect against loss from failure by the Contractor to complete necessary work and to offset anv liquidated dama eg s due Owner. 4. Liquidated damages for unscheduled employment of the Engineer shall be calculated at the hourly rates indicated in the Bid Form. Liquidated damages shall be paid by deduction from monthlyprogress pav estimates and the final ~av estimate, as the liquidated damages are incurred. 5. Each application for pro rg ess pavment shall be accompanied by a statement of certification by the Contractor that no claim exists against the Owner or Engineer unless expressly stated otherwise; that the ~vment claimed represents the actual value of the work accomplished• that the work accomplished and materials supplied are in accordance with the Contract Documents; that the quantities claimed were properly determined; and that att lahor provisions have been complied with in full. B. Review of Applications 1. Engineer will, within 10 days after receipt of each Application for Payment, either indicate in writing a recommend payment. In the latter case, Contractor may make the necessary corrections and resubmit the ,, BeT;„„;„~ ,,,;~, ,,,o „o„„„,, s„„,;,,,,*;,,„ v,... recommendation of payment and present the Application ~. n . ..,.~, n...,t;,...t•„„ ~ti..n ,,,.t„ao ., ~ffan ,;tom to Owner or return the Application to Contractor ' e indicating in writing Engineer's reasons for refusing to Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract - 00700 -Page 38 of 44 ti:\CORPORATE\RJ M\W O RDP\ej cdc\C-700.std. g en. cond. doc 2/17/2005 Application. 2. Engineer's recommendation of any payment requested in an Application for Payment will constitute a representation by Engineer to Owner, based on Engineer's observations on the Site of the executed Work as an experienced and qualified design professional and on Engineer's review of the Application for Payment and the accompanying data and schedules, that to the best of Engineer's knowledge, information and belief: a. the Work has progressed to the point indicated; b. the quality of the Work is generally in accordance with the Contract Documents (subject to an evaluation of the Work as a functioning whole prior to or upon Substantial Completion, to the results of any subsequent tests called for in the Contract Documents, to a final determination of quantities and classifications for Unit Price Work under Paragraph 9.07, and to any other qualifications stated in the recommendation); and c. the conditions precedent to Contractor's being entitled to such payment appear to have been fulfilled in so far as it is Engineer's responsibility to observe the Work. 3. By recommending any such payment Engineer will not thereby be deemed to have represented that: a. inspections made to check the quality or the quantity of the Work as it has been performed have been exhaustive, extended to every aspect of the Work in progress, or involved detailed inspections of the Work beyond the responsibilities specifically assigned to Engineer in the Contract Documents; or b. that there may not be other matters or issues ' between the parties that might entitle Contractor to be paid additionally by Owner or entitle Owner to withhold payment to Contractor. 4. Neither Engineer's review of Contractor's Work for the purposes of recommending payments nor Engineer's recommendation of any payment, including final payment, will impose responsibility on Engineer: a. to supervise, direct, or control the Work, or d. to make any examination to ascertain how or for what purposes Contractor has used the moneys paid on account of the Contract Price, or e. to determine that title to any of the Work, materials, or equipment has passed to Owner free and clear of any Liens. 5. Engineer may refuse to recommend the whole or any part of any payment if, in Engineer's opinion, it would be incorrect to make the representations to Owner stated in Paragraph 14.02.B.2. Engineer may also refuse to recommend any such payment or, because of subsequently discovered evidence or the results of subsequent inspections or tests, revise or revoke any such payment recommendation previously made, to such extent as may be necessary in Engineer's opinion to protect Owner from loss because: a. the Work is defective, or completed Work has been damaged, requiring correction or replacement; b. the Contract Price has been reduced by Change Orders; c. Owner has been required to correct defective Work or complete Work in accordance with Paragraph 13.09; or d. Engineer has actual knowledge of the occurrence of any of the events enumerated in Paragraph 15.02.A. C. Payment Becomes Due 1. Ten days after presentation of the Application for Payment to Owner with Engineer's recommendation, the amount recommended will (subject to the provisions of Paragraph 14.02.D) become due, and when due will be paid by Owner to Contractor. D. Reduction in Payment l .Owner may refuse to make payment of the full amount recommended by Engineer because: a. claims have been made against Owner on account of Contractor's performance or furnishing of the Work; b. for the means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or c. for Contractor's failure to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to Contractor's performance of the Work, or b. Liens have been filed in connection with the Work, except where Contractor has delivered a specific bond satisfactory to Owner to secure the satisfaction and discharge of such Liens; c. there are other items entitling Owner to a set-off against the amount recommended, including liquidated dama eg_s. or Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract - 00700 -Page 39 of 44 H:1C0 RPO RATE\RJM\WORDP\ejcdc\C-700.std.gen. cond.doc 2/17/2005 d. Owner has actual knowledge of the occurrence of any of the events enumerated in Paragraphs 14.02.B.S.a through 14.02.B.S.c or Paragraph 15.02.A. 2. If Owner refuses to make payment of the full amount recommended by Engineer, Owner will give Contractor immediate written notice (with a copy to Engineer) stating the reasons for such action and promptly pay Contractor any amount remaining after deduction of the amount so withheld. Owner shall promptly pay Contractor the amount so withheld, or any adjustment thereto agreed to by Owner and Contractor, when Contractor corrects to Owner's satisfaction the reasons for such action. 3. If it is subsequently determined that Owner's refusal of payment was not justified, the amount wrongfully withheld shall be treated as an amount due as determined by Paragraph 14.02.C.1. 14.03 Contractor's Warranty of Title A. Contractor warrants and guarantees that title to all Work, materials, and equipment covered by any Application for Payment, whether incorporated in the Project or not, will pass to Owner no later than the time of payment free and clear of all Liens. B. Neither recommendation of andprogress pgyment by Engineer nor p.~vment by the Owner to Contractor, nor anv use or occupancy of the Work or anv part thereof will release the Contractor from complying with the Contract Documents Specifically the Contractor shall maintain in accordance with Article 5, property insurance on all Work, materials, and equipment whether incorporated in the proiect or not and whether included in an application for p_avment or not for the full insurable value thereof Passing title to Owner for materials and eauioment included in an application for pavment does not relieve the Contractor of the Contractor's obligation to provide insurance (including properly insurance as required in Article 5 of these General Conditions and the Supplementary Conditions All insurance shall remain in effect as provided in Article 5. 14.04 Substantial Completion A. When Contractor considers the entire Work ready for its intended use Contractor shall notify Owner and Engineer in writing that the entire Work is substantially complete (except for items specifically listed by Contractor as incomplete) and request that Engineer issue a certificate of Substantial Completion. B. Promptly after Contractor's notification, Owner, Contractor, and Engineer shall make an inspection of the Work to determine the status of completion. If Engineer does not consider the Work substantially complete, Engineer will notify Contractor in writing giving the reasons therefor. C. If Engineer considers the Work substantially complete, Engineer will deliver to Owner a tentative certificate of Substantial Completion which shall fix the date of Substantial Completion. There shall be attached to the certificate a tentative list of items to be completed or corrected before final payment. Owner shall have seven days after receipt of the tentative certificate during which to make written objection to Engineer as to any provisions of the certificate or attached list. If, after considering such objections, Engineer concludes that the Work is not substantially complete, Engineer will within 14 days after submission of the tentative certificate to Owner notify Contractor in writing, stating the reasons therefor. If, after consideration of Owner's objections, Engineer considers the Work substantially complete, Engineer will within said 14 days execute and deliver to Owner and Contractor a definitive certificate of Substantial Completion (with a revised tentative list of items to be completed or corrected) reflecting such changes from the tentative certificate as Engineer believes justified after consideration of any objections from Owner. D. At the time of delivery of the tentative certificate of Substantial Completion, Engineer will deliver to Owner and Contractor a written recommendation as to division of responsibilities pending final payment between Owner and Contractor with respect to security, operation, safety, and protection of the Work, maintenance, heat, utilities, insurance, and warranties and guarantees. Unless Owner and Contractor agree otherwise in writing and so inform Engineer in writing prior to Engineer's issuing the definitive certificate of Substantial Completion, Engineer's aforesaid recommendation will be binding on Owner and Contractor until final payment. E. Owner shall have the right to exclude Contractor from the Site after the date of Substantial Completion subject to allowing Contractor reasonable access to complete or correct items on the tentative list. 14.05 Partial Utilization A. Prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work, Owner may use or occupy any substantially completed part of the Work which has specifically been identified in the Contract Documents, or which Owner, Engineer, and Contractor agree constitutes a separately functioning and usable part of the Work that can be used by Owner for its intended purpose without significant interference with Contractor's performance of the remainder of the Work, subject to the following conditions. 1. Owner at any time may request Contractor in writing to permit Owner to use or occupy any such part of the Work which Owner believes to be ready for its intended use and substantially complete. If and when Contractor agrees that such part of the Work is substantially complete, Contractor will certify to Owner and Engineer that such part of the Work is substantially Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract - 00700 -Page 40 of 44 H:ICORPORATE\RJ M\WORDP\ej cdc\C-700.std.gen. cond. doc 2/17/2005 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ '~~ ~' complete and request Engineer to issue a certificate of Substantial Completion for that part of the Work. 2. Contractor at any time may notify Owner and Engineer in writing that Contractor considers any such part of the Work ready for its intended use and substantially complete and request Engineer to issue a certificate of Substantial Completion for that part of the Work. 3. Within a reasonable time after either such request, Owner, Contractor, and Engineer shall make an inspection of that part of the Work to determine its status of completion. If Engineer does not consjder that part of the Work to be substantially complete, Engineer will notify Owner and Contractor in writing giving the reasons therefor. If Engineer considers that part of the Work to be substantially complete, the provisions of Paragraph 14.04 will apply with respect to certification of Substantial Completion of that part of the Work and the division of responsibility in respect thereof and access thereto. 4. No use or occupancy or separate operation of part of the Work may occur prior to compliance with the requirements of Paragraph 5.10 regarding property insurance. B Owner has the right to take possession of or use any completed or substantially completed portions of the work at any time but such taking possession or use will not be deemed an acceptance of any work not completed in accordance with the Contract Documents. Owner's use of any facilities so identified in the Contract Documents will not be grounds for extension of the contract time or change in the contract price. Owner's use of any facilities not specifically identified in the Contract Documents will be in accordance with conditions agreed to prior to such use, and any extra costs or delays in completion incurred and properly claimed by Contractor will be equitably adjusted with a Change Order Facilities substantially completed in accordance with the Contract Documents which are occupied or used by Owner prior to substantial completion of the entire work will be done in accordance with Article 14.04. Guarantee periods for accepted or substantially completed work including mechanical and electrical eauipment will commence upon the start of continuous use by Owner. All tests and instruction of Owner's personnel must be satisfactorily completed, and Owner shall assume responsibility for and operation of all facilities occupied or used exc~t as may arise through portions of work not yet completed b~ Contractor. If the work has been substantially completed and the Engineer certifies that full completion thereof is materially delayed through no fault of the Contractor, the Owner shall, without terminating the Agreement. make ~avment of the balance due for the portion of the work fully completed and accepted. 14.06 Finallnspection A. Upon written notice from Contractor that the entire Work or an agreed portion thereof is complete, Engineer will promptly make a final inspection with Owner and Contractor and will notify Contractor in writing of all particulars in which this inspection reveals that the Work is incomplete or defective. Contractor shall immediately take such measures as are necessary to complete such Work or remedy such deficiencies. B. After Contractor has remedied all deficiencies to the satisfaction of the Owner and Engineer and delivered all construction records, maintenance and operating instructions schedules, guarantees, bonds. certificates of inspection and other documents (all as required by the Contract Documents), Owner and Contractor shall be promptly notified in writing by Engineer that the work is acceptable. 14.07 Final Payment A. Application for Payment 1. After Contractor has, in the opinion of Engineer, satisfactorily completed all corrections identified during the final inspection and has delivered, in accordance with the Contract Documents, all maintenance and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees, bonds, certificates or other evidence of insurance certificates of inspection, marked-up record documents (as provided in Paragraph 6.12), and other documents, Contractor may make application for final payment following the procedure for progress payments. 2. The final Application for Payment shall be accompanied (except as previously delivered) by: a. all documentation called for in the Contract Documents, including but not limited to the evidence of insurance required by Paragraph 5.04.B.7; b. consent of the surety, if any, to final payment; c. a list of all Claims against Owner that Contractor believes are unsettled; and d. complete and legally effective releases or waivers (satisfactory to Owner) of all Lien rights arising out of or Liens filed in connection with the Work. 3. In lieu of the releases or waivers of Liens specified in Paragraph 14.07.A.2 and as approved by Owner, Contractor may furnish receipts or releases in full and an affidavit of Contractor that: (i) the releases and receipts include all labor, services, material, and equipment for which a Lien could be filed; and (ii) all payrolls, material and equipment bills, and other indebtedness connected with the Work for which Owner or Owner's property might in any way be responsible have been paid or otherwise satisfied. If any Subcontractor or Supplier fails to furnish such a release or receipt in full, Contractor may furnish a bond or other collateral Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract - 00700 -Page 41 of 44 H :\CORPORATE\RJM\WORDP\ej cdc1C-700 std.gen.cond.doc 2/17/2005 satisfactory to Owner to indemnify Owner against any Lien. B. Engineer's Review of Application and Acceptance 1. If, on the basis of Engineer's observation of the Work during construction and final inspection, and Engineer's review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation as required by the Contract Documents, Engineer is satisfied that the Work has been completed and Contractor's other obligations under the Contract Documents have been fulfilled, Engineer will, within ten days after receipt of the final Application for Payment, indicate in writing Engineer's recommendation of payment and present the Application for Payment to Owner for payment. At the same time Engineer will also give written notice to Owner and Contractor that the Work is acceptable subject to the provisions of Paragraph 14.09. Otherwise, Engineer will return the Application for Payment to Contractor, indicating in writing the reasons for refusing to recommend final payment, in which case Contractor shall make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application for Payment. C. Payment Becomes Due 1. Thirty days after the presentation to Owner of the Application for Payment and accompanying documentation, the amount recommended by Engineer, less any sum Owner is entitled to set off against Engineer's recommendation, including but not limited to liquidated damages, will become due and ,will be paid by Owner to Contractor. 14.08 Final Completion Delayed A. If, through no fault of Contractor, final completion of the Work is significantly delayed, and if Engineer so confirms, Owner shall, upon receipt of Contractor's final Application for Payment (for Work fully completed and accepted) and recommendation of Engineer, and without terminating the Contract, make payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted. If the remaining balance to be held by Owner for Work not fully completed or corrected is less than the retainage stipulated in the Agreement, and if bonds have been furnished as required in Paragraph 5.01, the written consent of the surety to the payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted shall be submitted by Contractor to Engineer with the Application for such payment. Such payment shall be made under the terms and conditions governing final payment, except that it shall not constitute a waiver of Claims. 14.09 Waiver of Claims A. T'he making and acceptance of final payment will constitute: 1. a waiver of all Claims by Owner against Contractor, except Claims arising from unsettled Liens, from defective Work appearing after final inspection pursuant to Paragraph 14.06, from failure to comply with the Contract Documents or the terms of any special guarantees specified therein, or from Contractor's continuing obligations under the Contract Documents; and 2. a waiver of all Claims by Contractor against Owner other than those previously made in accordance with the requirements herein and expressly acknowledged by Owner in writing as still unsettled. ARTICLE 15 - SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION 15.01 Owner May Suspend Work A. At any time and without cause, Owner may suspend the Work or any portion thereof for a period of not more than 90 consecutive days by notice in writing to Contractor and Engineer which will fix the date on which Work will be resumed. Contractor shall resume the Work on the date so fixed. Contractor shall be granted an adjustment in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times, or both, directly attributable to any such suspension if Contractor makes a Claim therefor as provided in Paragraph 10.05. 15.02 Owner May Terminate for Cause A. If the Contractor fails to complete the work required by the Contract Documents. or upon 4=kke occurrence of any one or more of the following events, the Owner may terminate the Agreement relating to the whole Work or anv portion thereof for cause: 1. Contractor's persistent failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to, failure to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment or failure to adhere to the Progress Schedule established under Paragraph 2..07 as adjusted from time to time pursuant to Paragraph 6.04); 2. Contractor's disregard of Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction; 3. Contractor's disregard of the authority of Engineer; or 4. Contractor's violation in any substantial way of any provisions of the Contract Documents. B. If one or more of the events identified in Paragraph 15.02.A occur, Owner may, after giving Contractor (and surety) seven days written notice of its intent to terminate the services of Contractor: ~ ~ ~ i ~ 1 1 Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract - 00700 -Page 42 of 44 H:\CORPORATE\RJM\WORDP\ej cdc\C-700.std.gen. cond.doc 2 /1 712 0 0 5 1. exclude Contractor from the Site, and take possession of the Work and of all Contractor's tools, appliances, construction equipment, and machinery at the Site, and use the same to the full extent they could be used by Contractor (without liability to Contractor for trespass or conversion), 2. incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the Site or for which Owner has paid Contractor but which are stored elsewhere, and expedient. complete the Work as Owner may deem C. If Owner proceeds as provided in Paragraph 15.02.B, Contractor shall not be entitled to receive any further payment until the Work is completed. If the unpaid balance of the Contract Price exceeds all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) sustained by Owner arising out of or relating to completing the Work, such excess will be paid to Contractor. If such claims, costs, losses, and damages exceed such unpaid balance, Contractor shall pay the difference to Owner. Such claims, costs, losses, and damages incurred by Owner will be reviewed by Engineer as to their reasonableness and, when so approved by Engineer, incorporated in a Change Order. When exercising any rights or remedies under this Paragraph Owner shall not be required to obtain the lowest price for the Work performed. D. Notwithstanding Paragraphs 15.02.B and 15.02.C, Contractor's services will not be terminated if Contractor begins within seven days of receipt of notice of intent to terminate to correct its failure to perform and proceeds diligently to cure such failure within no more than 30 days of receipt of said notice. E. Where Contractor's services have been so terminated by Owner, the termination will not affect any rights or remedies of Owner against Contractor then existing or which may thereafter accrue. Any retention or payment of moneys due Contractor by Owner will not release Contractor from liability. F. If and to the extent that Contractor has provided a performance bond under the provisions of Paragraph S.O1.A, the termination procedures of that bond shall supersede the provisions of Paragraphs 15.02.B and 15.02.C. 15.03 Owner May Terminate For Convenience A. Upon seven days written notice to Contractor and Engineer, Owner may, without cause and without prejudice to any other right or remedy of Owner, terminate the Contract. In such case, Contractor shall be paid for (without duplication of any items): i. completed and acceptable Work executed in accordance with the Contract Documents prior to the effective .date of termination, including fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such Work; 2. expenses sustained prior to the effective date of termination in performing services and furnishing labor, materials, or equipment as required by the Contract Documents in connection with uncompleted Work, plus fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such expenses; 3. all claims, costs, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) incurred in settlement of terminated contracts with Subcontractors, Suppliers, and others; and 4. reasonable expenses directly attributable to termination. B. Contractor shall not be paid on account of loss of anticipated profits or revenue or other economic loss arising out of or resulting from such termination. 15.04 Contractor May Stop Work or Terminate A. If, through no act or fault of Contractor, (i) the Work is suspended for more than 90 consecutive days by Owner or under an order of court or other public authority, or (ii) Engineer fails to act on any Application for Payment within 30 days after it is submitted, or (iii) Owner fails for 30 days to pay Contractor any sum finally determined to be due, then Contractor may, upon seven days written notice to Owner and Engineer, and provided Owner or Engineer do not remedy such suspension or failure within that time, terminate the Contract and recover from Owner payment on the same terms as provided in Paragraph 15.03. B. In lieu of terminating the Contract and without prejudice to any other right or remedy, if Engineer has failed to act on an Application for Payment within 30 days after it is submitted, or Owner has failed for 30 days to pay Contractor any sum finally determined to be due, Contractor may, seven days after written notice to Owner and Engineer, stop the Work until payment is made of all such amounts due Contractor, including interest thereon. The provisions of this Paragraph 15.04 are not intended to preclude Contractor from making a Claim under Paragraph 10.05 for an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times or otherwise for expenses or damage directly attributable to Contractor's stopping the Work as permitted by this Paragraph. Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract - 00700 -Page 43 of 44 H:\CORPORATE\RJMIWORDP\ejcdc\C-700.std.gen.cond.doc 2/17/2005 ARTICLE 16 -DISPUTE RESOLUTION 16.01 Methods and Procedures A. Either Owner or Contractor may request mediation of any Claim submitted to Engineer for a decision under Paragraph 10.05 before such decision becomes final and binding. The mediation will be governed by the Construction Industry Mediation Rules of the American Arbitration Association in effect as of the Effective Date of the Agreement. The request for mediation shall be submitted in writing to the American Arbitration Association and the other party to the Contract. Timely submission of the request shall stay the effect of Paragraph I O.OS.E. B. Owner and Contractor shall participate in the mediation process in good faith. The process shall be concluded within 60 days of filing of the request. The date of termination of the mediation shall be determined by application of the mediation rules referenced above. C. If the Claim is not resolved by mediation, Engineer's action under Paragraph IO.OS.C or a denial pursuant to Paragraphs 10.O5.C.3 or 10.O5.D shall become final and binding 30 days after termination of the mediation unless, within that time period, Owner or Contractor: 1. elects in writing to invoke any dispute resolution process provided for in the Supplementary Conditions, or 2. agrees with the other party to submit the Claim to another dispute resolution process, or 3. gives written notice to the other party of their intent to submit the Claim to a court of competent jurisdiction. ARTICLE 17 -MISCELLANEOUS 17.01 Giving Notice A. Whenever any provision of the Contract Documents requires the giving of written notice, it will be deemed to have been validly given if: 1. delivered in person to the individual or to a member of the firm or to an officer of the corporation for whom it is intended, or 2. delivered at or sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to the last business address known to the giver of the notice. B. The business address for ig ving notices of Contractor given in the Agreement is hereb~esi ng ated as the place to which all notices. letters. and other communication to Contractor will be mailed or delivered. The address for ig ving notices to Owner given in the Agreement is hereby desienated as the place to which all notices letters and other communication to Owner shall be mailed or delivered. Either party maw change its address at any time by an instrument in writing delivered to Engineer and to the other partv. 17.02 Computation of Times A. When any period of .time is referred to in the Contract Documents by days, ' cic~zaQ~-cn°c-rrilcZiiiaiixcr'aav cxx°c ..,~~ ....j' ... ~...... ~,..:...... the time will commence to run on the day or date indicated in the Notice to Proceed or any other properly executed document. The time will be computed to include the first day or date indicated in the number of days. If the last day of any such period falls on a Saturday or Sunday or on a day made a legal holiday by the law of the applicable jurisdiction, such day will be omitted from the computation. 17.03 Cumulative Remedies A. The duties and obligations imposed by these General Conditions and the rights and remedies available hereunder to the parties hereto are in addition to, and are not to be construed in any way as a limitation of, any rights and remedies available to any or all of them which are otherwise imposed or available by Laws or Regulations, by special warranty or guarantee, or by other provisions of the Contract Documents. The provisions of this Paragraph will be as effective as if repeated specifically in the Contract Documents in connection with each particular duty, obligation, right, and remedy to which they apply. 17.04 Survival ojObligations A. All representations, indemnifications, warranties, and guarantees made in, required by, or given in accordance with the Contract Documents, as well as all continuing obligations indicated in the Contract Documents, will survive final payment, completion, and acceptance of the Work or termination or completion of the Contract or termination of the services of Contractor. 17.05 Controlling Law A. This Contract is to be governed by the law of the state in which the Project is located. 17.06 Headings A. Article and paragraph headings are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute parts of these General Conditions. Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract - 00700 -Page 44 of 44 H:\CORPORATE\RJM\WO RDP\ej cdc1C-700.std.gen. cond. doc 2/17/2005 SECTION 00810 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS TO THE GENERAL CONDITIONS These Supplementary Conditions to the General Conditions amend or supplement the Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract (No. C-700, 2003 Edition) and other provisions of the Contract Documents as indicated below. All provisions which are not so amended or supplemented remain in full force and effect. The terms used in these Supplementary Conditions which are defined in the General Conditions have the meanings indicated in the General Conditions. Additional terms used in these Supplementary Conditions have the meanings indicated below, which are applicable in both the singular and plural thereof. Index of Supplementary Conditions to the General Conditions Article or Paragraph No. Title or Subject Matter SC-1.01.A.20 Engineer's Consultants SC-2.01 Delivery of Bonds SC-2.07 Initial Acceptance of Schedules SC-3.03.B.1.c Resolving Discrepancies SC-4.02 Subsurface and Physical Conditions -Technical Data SC-4.04.A.3 Underground Facilities SC-4.05 Reference Points SC-4.06 Hazardous Environmental Condition at Site - "Technical Data" SC-5.02 Licensed Sureties and Insurers SC-5.03 Certificates of Insurance SC-5.04 Contractor's Liability Insurance SC-5.06 Property Insurance -Purchased by Contractor SC-6.02 Labor; Working Hours SC-6.03 Services, Materials, and Equipment SC-6.06 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers and Others SC-6.17 Shop Drawings and Samples SC-11.01.A.5.c Equipment Rental Rates -Use of Blue Book SC-13.03 Tests and Inspections SC-14.02.6 Progress Payments- Whole or Partial Payment Refused by Engineer SC-14.02.C Progress Payments -Payment Becomes Due SC-14.02.D Progress Payments -Full Payment Refusal by Owner SC-14.07 A Final Payment Application -Releases and Waivers SC-14.07.6 Final Payment -Refusal by Engineer SC-14.07.C Final Payment -Payment Becomes Due SC-16.02 Dispute Resolution -Mediation SC-17.04.6 Survival of Obligation -Statutes of Limitation Supplementary Conditions - 00810 -Page 1 of 15 N:\0417\057\DOCS\SPECS\DIV 0\supplcond_00810.docx Revised 10/30/07 SC-1.01.A.20 ENGINEER'S CONSULTANTS SC-1.01.A.20 Engineer's Consultants: No consultants were employed by the Engineer to provide professional services for the Project. SC-2.01 DELIVERY OF BONDS Add a new paragraph immediately after paragraph 2.01.A of the General Conditions which is to read: B. Engineer shall furnish to Contractor four (4) copies of the Agreement and other Contract Documents bound therewith. Contractor shall execute the Agreement, insert executed copies of the required Bonds and Power of Attorney and Certificates of Insurance and submit all copies to Engineer who will forward them to the Owner. Owner shall execute all copies and return two (2) copies to the Contractor who shall promptly deliver one copy to his Surety. Owner shall also furnish a counterpart or conformed copy to the Engineer and shall retain one copy. . SC-2.07 INITIAL ACCEPTANCE OF SCHEDULES Delete the first paragraph of 2.07.A of the General Conditions in its entirety and insert the following in its place: A. Prior to the first application for payment all schedules and documents identified in paragraph 2.05.A of these General Conditions shall be finalized and submitted to the Engineer and Owner. Until acceptable schedules are submitted to Engineer and Owner as provided below, Owner may withhold an amount from a progress payment that is sufficient to pay the direct expenses that Owner may reasonably expect will be necessary to correct any problems based on Contractor's failure to submit acceptable schedules. The progress schedule shall be CPM form or other acceptable format that shows estimated time for each work item and starting and completion dates for each part of the Work. Acceptance of these schedules and documents by either Engineer or Owner will neither impose on Engineer or Owner responsibility for the sequencing, scheduling or progress of the Work, and will not interfere with or relieve Contractor from Contractor's full responsibility therefore. SC-3.03.B RESOLVING DISCREPANCIES Add a new paragraph immediately after paragraph 3.0.3.B.1.b of the General Conditions which is to read: c. In the event that any provision of the Contract Documents conflicts with another provision of the Contract Documents, the provision in the Contract Documents first listed below shall generally govern except as otherwise specifically stated: 1. Standard Form of Agreement 2. Performance and Payment Bond 3. Addenda to Contract Documents Supplementary Conditions - 00810 -Page 2 of 15 N:\0417\057\DOCS\SPECS\DIV 0\supplcond_00810.docx Revised 10/30/07 4. Legal and Procedural Documents: a. Proposal b. Proposal Guaranty c. Instructions to Bidders ' d. Invitation to Bid [5. Special Provisions] 6. Drawings 7. Detailed Specifications Requirements (Technical Specifications) 8. Supplementary Conditions 9. General Conditions SC-4.02 SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS -TECHNICAL DATA Delete paragraphs 4.02.A and 4.02.6 of the General Conditions in their entirety and insert the following: A. In the preparation of the Drawings and Specifications, the Engineer or Engineer's consultants have relied upon no reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at the site. SC-4.04 UNDERGROUND FACILITIES Add the following new paragraph immediately after paragraph 4.04.A.2 of the General Conditions: 3. At least 2 but not more than 10 business days before beginning any excavation, the Contractor shall, according to MCA 69-4-501, notify all owners of underground facilities and coordinate the Work with the owners of such underground facilities. The information shown or indicated in the Contract Documents with respect to existing underground facilities is based on information and data obtained from the owners of the facilities without field exploration, and as such, Owner and Engineer are not responsible for the accuracy or completeness of such information or data. SC-4.05 REFERENCE POINTS Add the following paragraphs immediately after paragraph 4.05.A of the General Conditions which are to read: B. The baselines and benchmarks to be furnished by the Owner are designated on the Drawings. If lost or destroyed by the Contractor, the baselines and benchmarks will be re-established by the Engineer. The cost of re-establishing disturbed baselines or benchmarks shall be calculated at the hourly rates specified in the Bid Form for unscheduled employment of the Engineer. Payment for such work shall be made by deduction from the monthly progress payments and the fnal payment as the costs are incurred. C. All other staking required by the Contractor to complete the work, including line and/or grade stakes, slope stakes, bluetops, etc., shall be provided by the Supplementary Conditions - 00810 -Page 3 of 15 N:\0417\057\DOCS\SPECS\DIV 0\supplcond_00810.docx Revised 10/30/07 Contractor. D. Construction surveys shall be done under the direction of a Registered Professional Engineer or Land Surveyor experienced in construction layout work. E. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer of any discrepancies between plan locations and verified field locations or dimensions. All connections of new facilities to existing facilities (pavement, pipe and duct inverts, and other critical horizontal or vertical dimensions) shall be verified by the Contractor prior to starting construction. Any differences between the plans and field construction surveys will be resolved by the Engineer. F. When required, the Contractor shall provide a survey crew during normal working hours to assist the Engineer in checking lines and elevations in the Contractor's layout and for measuring quantities for payment purposes as the work proceeds. The Contractor shall cooperate with the Engineer so that the checking and measuring may be accomplished with the least interference to the Contractor's operations. SC-4.06 HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITION AT SITE - "TECHNICAL DATA" Add the following new paragraph(s) immediately after paragraph 4.06.A of the General Conditions: 1. In the preparation of Drawings and specifications, Engineer or Engineer's Consultants have relied upon the following reports of explorations and tests of hazardous conditions at the Site. a. Report dated March 9, 2009 prepared by Morrison-Maierle, Inc., entitled: Asbestos Report, Bozeman Swim Center Natatorium HVAC System Improvements, Bozeman, MT. consisting of 7 pages. 3. Copies of reports and drawings itemized in SC-4.06.A.1 that are not included with Bidding Documents may be examined at Morrison-Maierle, Inc., 2880 Technology Blvd. West, Bozeman, Montana during regular business hours. These reports and drawings are not part of the Contract Documents, but the "technical data" contained therein upon which Contractor is entitled to rely as identified and established above are incorporated therein by reference. Contractor is not entitled to rely upon other information and data utilized by Engineer and Engineer's Consultants in the preparation of Drawings and specifications. SC-5.02 LICENSED SURETIES AND INSURERS Add the following immediately after paragraph 5.02.A of the General Conditions: B. Without limiting any of the other obligations or liabilities of the Contractor, Contractor shall secure and maintain such insurance from an insurance company (or companies) authorized to write insurance in the state of the project location, with Supplementary Conditions - 00810 -Page 4 of 15 N:\0417\057\DOCS\SPECS\DIV 0\supplcond_00810.docx Revised 10/30/07 minimum "A. M. Best Rating" of A-, VI, as will protect the Contractor, the vicarious acts of subcontractors, the Owner, the Engineer, the Engineer's Consultants, and the respective directors, officers, partners, agents, employees and other consultants and subcontractors of each and any of all such additional insureds from claims for bodily ' injury (including sickness, disease and mental anguish), death, and property damage which may arise from operations and completed operations under this Agreement. Contractor shall not commence work under this Agreement until such insurance has been obtained and certificates of insurance, with binders, or certified copies of the insurance policy shall have been filed with the Owner and the Engineer. ' SC-5.03 CERTIFICATES OF INSURANCE Add the following paragraphs immediately after paragraph 5.03.6 of the General ' Conditions: C. Failure of Owner to demand such certificates or other evidence of full compliance with these insurance requirements or failure of Owner to identify a deficiency from evidence provided shall not be construed as a waiver of Contractor's obligations to maintain such insurance. ' D. By requiring such insurance and insurance limits herein, Owner does not represent that coverage and limits will necessarily be adequate to protect Contractor, and such coverage and limits shall not be deemed as a limitation on Contractor's liability under the indemnities granted to Owner in the Contract Documents. ^ SC-5.04 CONTRACTOR'S LIABILITY INSURANCE Add the following new paragraph immediately after paragraph 5.04.8 of the General Conditions: C. The limits of liability for the insurance required by paragraph 5.04 of the General Conditions shall provide coverages for not less than the following amounts or greater where required by Law or Regulations: 1. Workers' Compensation and Related Coverages under Paragraphs 5.04.A.1 and 5.04.A.2 of the General Conditions: a. State Statutory b. Applicable Federal (e.g. Longshoremens) Statutory c. Employer's Liability $1,000,000.00 2. General Liability: Contractor's General Liability Insurance under paragraphs 5.04.A.3 through 5.04.A.6 of the General Conditions, which shall also include premises-operations; independent contractor's operations protection; contractual liability; personal injury; broad form property damage (including explosion, collapse, blasting and underground damage, where Supplementary Conditions - 00810 -Page 5 of 15 N:\0417\057\DOCS\SPECS\DIV 0\supplcond_00810.docx Revised 10/30/07 applicable); and completed operations and product liability coverages. The General Aggregate Limit shall apply separately to each of the Contractor's projects. a. GENERAL AGGREGATE PER PROJECT $5,000,000.00 b. Products -Completed Operations Aggregate $5,000,000.00 c. Personal and Advertising Injury (Each Occurrence) $5,000,000.00 d. Bodily Injury and Property Damage (Each Occurrence) $5,000,000.00 e. Contractor's Liability Insurance under 5.04.A.3 through 5.04.A.6 may be satisfied by primary insurance or a combination of primary and excess or umbrella insurance. Primary occurrence limit cannot be less than $1,000,000.00. The deductible, if any, may not exceed $5,000.00 per occurrence. f. In the event the General Aggregate Limit is diminished by an amount greater than $500,000, Contractor shall provide notice to Owner of this fact, and shall again provide such notice on each subsequent occasion on which the General Aggregate Limit is again diminished by an amount greater than $500,000. g. In addition to other requirement in the General Conditions, coverage will include the following at a minimum: a. Premises -Operations b. Operations of Independent Contractor c. Contractual Liability, Personal Injury d. Product and Completed Operations e. Broad Form Property Damage (to include explosion, collapse, blasting, and underground where applicable) f. Per Project Aggregate Endorsement 3. Automobile Liability under paragraph 5.04.A.6 of the General Conditions: a. Combined Single Limit (bodily injury and property damage) Each Accident $ 5,000,000.00 b. Coverage to be written on a Symbol 1 (one) any auto basis, to include all owned, hired, and non-owned vehicles. c. Contractor's Automobile Liability Insurance under 5.04.A.6 may be satisfied by primary insurance or a combination of primary and excess or umbrella insurance. Primary occurrence limit can not be Supplementary Conditions - 00810 -Page 6 of 15 N:\0417\057\DOCS\SPECS\DIV 0\supplcond_00810.docx Revised 10/30/07 C i 0 less than $1,000,000.00. The deductible, if any, may not exceed $5,000.00 per accident. 4. The Contractual Liability Coverage required by Paragraph 5.04.B.4 of the General Conditions shall provide coverage for not less than the following amounts: a. General Aggregate Per Project $ 5,000,000.00 b. Each Occurrence $ 5,000,000.00 (Bodily Injury and Property Damage) 5. OWNERS and CONTRACTORS Protective Policy -Purchased By CONTRACTOR: In addition to the insurance required to be provided by Contractor under paragraph 5.04.A.1 through 5.04.A.6 inclusive, Contractor shall purchase and maintain a separate Owners and Contractors Protective Policy (OCP) to protect Owner against claims which may arise from operations under the Contract Documents, with limits of liability as specified below. This liability insurance shall include as additional insureds the Engineer and the Engineer's Consultants, and include coverage for the respective directors, officers, partners, employees, agents and other consultants and subcontractors of all such additional insureds. a. General Aggregate $2,000,000.00 b. Each Occurrence $1,000,000.00 (Bodily Injury and Property Damage) The insurance policy will contain a provision or endorsement that the coverage afforded will not be cancelled, materially changed or renewal refused until at least forty-five (45) days prior written notice has been given to Owner and to each other additional insured (and the certificates of insurance furnished to Owner and each other additional insured will so provide). 6. Additionallnsureds: a. With respect to insurance required by paragraphs 5.04.A.3 through 5.04.A.6, inclusive, include the following as additional insureds. Use the following Additional Insured Endorsements: ENTITY FORM Owner -City of Bozeman use Additional Insured Endorsements CG2010 and CG2037 Engineer -Morrison Maierle, Inc use Additional Insured Endorsement CG2032 b. With respect to the Owner's and Contractor's Protective Policy (OPC) Supplementary Conditions - 00810 -Page 7 of 15 N:\0417\057\DOCS\SPECS\DIV 0\supplcond_00810.docx Revised 10/30/07 ~ insurance required by paragraph SC-5.0.4.C.5, include the following as additional insureds. Use the following Additional Insured Endorsement: ENTITY FORM Engineer -Morrison Maierle, Inc use Additional Insured Endorsement; CG2031 SC-5.06 PROPERTY INSURANCE -PURCHASED BY CONTRACTOR A. With respect to the Contractor's property insurance coverage required by paragraph 5.06.A of the General Conditions, include the following as an insured or additional insured: OWNER: City of Bozeman SUBCONTRACTORS: (Contractor to list Subcontractors) ENGINEER: Morrison-Maierle, Inc. B. Deductible may not exceed $5,000 unless approved by appropriate Change Order. SC-6.02 LABOR; WORKING HOURS Add the following new paragraphs immediately after paragraph 6.02.8 of the General Conditions: C. Working hours for the Contractor shall be limited to the hours between 6:00 a.m. and 7:00 p.m. and shall not exceed 11 hours per day with authorized overtime. With Owner and Engineer approval the Contractor may work a four day, ten hour per day work week. The Contractor must notify the Owner and Engineer in writing three (3) days in advance of his intention to work during other periods to allow assignment of additional inspection personnel when they are reasonably available. Emergency work may be done without prior permission. D. If a resident project representative is required and reasonably available, the Engineer may authorize the Contractor to perform work during periods other than normal working hours and/or days. The cost of this inspection will be calculated at the hourly rate specified in the Bid Form for unscheduled employment of the Engineer and will be deducted from the monthly progress payments and final payment as the costs are incurred. SC-6.03 SERVICES, MATERIALS, AND EQUIPMENT Add the following paragraphs immediately after paragraph 6.03.C of the General Conditions which are to read as follows: D. To ensure standardization and uniformity in all parts of the work under this Contract, like items of equipment shall be the products of one manufacturer. Like items of certain materials shall be the products of one manufacturer. Supplementary Conditions - 00810 -Page 8 of 15 N:\0417\0571DOCS\SPECS\DIV 0\supplcond_00810.docx Revised 10/30/07 ~ ~ ~ ~ u ii C 0 i~ E. Uniformity in like equipment items is required in order to provide the Owner with interchangeability capabilities, simplified spare parts inventory, and standardized maintenance programs and manufacturer's services. ' F. Uniformity in certain like material items is required in order to provide the Owner with a simplified spare materials inventory, continuity in patterns, color, and texture; and a standardized procedure for maintenance care and manufacturer's ' services. G. Visible architectural items such as exterior finishes, floor and wall ' covering, ceiling materials, doors, windows, cabinetwork, paint, and miscellaneous appurtenances, when specified alike shall be standardized. ' H. Generally, material items exempt from standardization include structural steel, reinforcing steel, building insulation, roofing materials, sheet metal, materials specified only by reference to a recognized standard, and items hidden from view where ' interchangeability, color, and texture is not a significant factor for standardization. I. The Contractor shall inform his suppliers and subcontractors of these requirements, and shall provide the necessary coordination to accomplish the standardization specified. SC-6.06 CONCERNING SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS AND OTHERS The following provisions supplement paragraphs 6.06.A and 6.06.6 of the General Conditions and paragraph 12.01 of the Instructions to Bidders: A. The Contractor shall not sublet any part of the work embraced within this contract without the consent of the Owner, and the Owner reserves the right to withdraw at any time from any subcontractor whose work has proven unsatisfactory, the right to be engaged in or employed upon any part of the work. B. In accordance with Instruction to Bidders, paragraph 12.01, within 5 days after bids are opened, the apparent low bidder, and any other Bidder so requested, shall submit a list of all Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other persons or organizations (including those who are to furnish the principal items of materials and equipment) to Owner. An experience statement with pertinent information as to similar projects and other evidence of qualification for each named Subcontractor, Supplier and other persons or organizations shall be furnished. Acceptance and substitution of proposed Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other persons or organization prior to Notice of Award is governed by Instructions to Bidders paragraph 12.01. The Contractor may not change Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other persons and organizations accepted by Owner prior to the Notice of Award without the written permission of the Owner. C. Revocation of Subcontractor, Supplier, or other persons or organizations acceptance after the Effective Date of the Agreement is governed by General Condition 6.06.8. SC-6.17 SHOP DRAWINGS AND SAMPLES Supplementary Conditions - 00810 -Page 9 of 15 N:\0417\057\DOCS\SPECS\DIV 0\supplcond_00810.docx Revised 10/30/07 ~ Add the following paragraphs immediately after paragraph 6.17.E of the General Conditions: F. Contractor shall furnish required submittals with sufficient information and accuracy in order to obtain required approval of an item with no more than three submittals. Engineer will record Engineer's time for reviewing subsequent submittals of Shop Drawings, samples or other items requiring approval and Contractor shall reimburse Owner for Engineer's charges for such time. G. In the event that Contractor requests a substitution for a previously approved item, Contractor shall reimburse Owner for Engineer's charges for such time unless the need for such substitution is beyond the control of Contractor. SC-11.01.A.5.c. EQUIPMENT RENTAL RATES -USE OF BLUE BOOK Delete paragraph 11.01.A.5.c. of the General Conditions in its entirety and insert the following in its place: 11.01.A.5.c The cost for the use of all construction equipment and machinery and parts thereof whether owned by the Contractor or rented by others shall be calculated as follows. Cost will include the costs of transportation, loading, unloading, assembly, dismantling and removal thereof for equipment involved only in the changed portion of the work covered under the cost of the Work method. Transportation, loading, and assembly costs will not be included for equipment already on the site which is being used for other portions of the Work. The cost of any such equipment, machinery, or parts shall cease when the use thereof is no longer necessary for the Work. Hourly equipment and machinery rates may be calculated from the Rental Rate Blue Book for Construction Equipment, and the Equipment List submitted according to GC-2.05.A.4 and GC- 2.07.A, and as follows: 1. For working equipment, the hourly rate shall be the monthly rental rate divided by 176 hours per month plus the hourly operating cost. 2. For equipment on standby, the hourly rate shall be 50 percent of the monthly rental rate divided by 176 hours per month, and the hourly operating cost shall not be applied. 3. For specialized equipment rented for a short duration used for change order work or additional work not part of the scope of work bid, the equipment rental rates will be negotiated prior to the work being performed. 4. Use of Blue Book rates, and review and approval of equipment rates associated with equipment lists submitted according to GC-2.05.A.4 and GC-2.07.A shall not extend to the settlement of any claim submitted under GC-10.05 and GC-12.01. In claim settlements, actual costs are recoverable, not blue book rates or rates approved with submittals of Supplementary Conditions - 00810 -Page 10 of 15 N:\0417\057\DOCS\SPECS\DIV 0\supplcond_00810.docx Revised 10!30/07 ~ ~ ~ i schedules of value or equipment lists. ' SC-13.03 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS ~ Replace paragraph 13.03.6 of the General Conditions with the following: B. All quality control and compliance testing of work accomplished will be ' performed by the Contractor, or designated representative, where specified at no additional cost to the Owner. Where the specifications state that certain tests will be performed by the Owner, these tests will be done at no cost to the Contractor except all ' tests for work or materials that fail to meet specified. requirements shall be borne by the Contractor and shall be deducted from his progress payments. Where the specifications require that certain materials are to be tested for suitability or in final ' position by the Contractor, the Contractor shall provide at his own expense by retaining the services of a certified independent testing laboratory. The Engineer will direct where and when tests are performed. SC-14.02.6 PROGRESS PAYMENTS -WHOLE OR PARTIAL PAYMENT REFUSAL BY ENGINEER Add the following paragraph 14.02.8.6 to the General Conditions: 6. Engineer may also refuse to recommend the whole or any part of any payment if, in Engineer's opinion, there exists: a. Unsatisfactory progress of the Work; b. Failure to remedy defective Work or materials; c. Disputed Work or materials; d. Failure to comply with material provisions of the Contract Documents; e. Failure of the Contractor to make timely payment upon request, including but not limited to payment for labor, equipment, materials, subcontracts, taxes, fees, professional services, rent, and royalties; f. Damage to the Owner; or g. The existence of reasonable evidence that the Work cannot be completed for the unpaid balance of the Contract Price. SC-14.02.C PROGRESS PAYMENTS -PAYMENT BECOMES DUE Delete paragraph 14.02.C.1 of the General Conditions in its entirety and insert the following in its place: 1. The Owner will, upon presentation to him of the Contractor's Application Supplementary Conditions - 00810 -Page 11 of 15 N:\0417\057\DOCS\SPECS\DIV 0\supplcond_00810.docx Revised 10/30/07 for Payment with Engineer's recommendation, review and act upon said payment request once each month on or about the day of each month stipulated by the Owner at the preconstruction conference. Payment will become due when Owner approves the application for payment and will be paid by Owner to Contractor within 30 days of the day of the month stipulated above at the preconstruction conference. SC-14.02.D PROGRESS PAYMENTS -FULL PAYMENT REFUSAL BY OWNER Add the following paragraph 14.02.D.1.e to the General Conditions: e. there exists: i. Unsatisfactory progress of the Work; ii. Failure to remedy defective Work or materials; iii. Disputed Work or materials; iv. Failure to comply with material provisions of the Contract Documents. v. Failure of the Contractor to make timely payment upon request, including but not limited to payment for labor, equipment, materials, subcontracts, taxes, fees, professional services, rent, and royalties; vi. Damage to the Owner; or vii. The existence of reasonable evidence that the Work cannot be completed for the unpaid balance of the Contract Price. Delete Paragraph 14.02.D.2 of the General Conditions in its entirety and replace it with the following: 2. If Owner refuses to make payment of the full amount recommended by Engineer, Owner will give Contractor written notice (with a copy to Engineer) within 21 days of actual receipt of the Application for Payment by Engineer, stating the reasons for such action and promptly pay Contractor any amount remaining after deduction of the amount so withheld. Owner may only withhold an amount from a payment that is sufficient to pay the direct expenses that the Owner may reasonably expect will be necessary to correct any problems created by the items listed in Paragraph 14.02.D.1. Owner shall promptly pay Contractor the amount so withheld, or any adjustment thereto agreed to by Owner and Contractor, when Contractor corrects to Owner's satisfaction the reasons for such action. SC-14.07. A FINAL PAYMENT APPLICATION -RELEASES AND WAIVERS Delete Paragraphs 14.07.A.2.d and 14.07.A.3 of the General Conditions in their entirety and replace them with the following Paragraphs 14.07.A.2.d and 14.07.A.2.e: d. all releases and waivers in Contractor's possession for obligations for labor, equipment, materials, subcontracts, taxes, fees, professional services, rent and royalties arising out of or related to the Work. Supplementary Conditions - 00810 -Page 12 of 15 N:\0417\057\DOCS\SPECS\DIV 0\supplcond_00810.docx Revised 10/30/07 e. an affidavit of Contractor certifying and warranting to Owner that all obligations for labor, equipment, materials, subcontracts, taxes, fees, professional services, rent and royalties arising out of or related to the Work will be fully paid and satisfied on receipt of final payment, and agreeing that the Contractor will indemnify, hold harmless and defend Owner against any and all claims, liabilities, demands, liens, damages and expenses for any obligation or asserted obligation for labor, equipment, materials, subcontracts, taxes, fees, professional services, rent and royalties arising out of or related to the Work. SC-14.07.6 FINAL PAYMENT -REFUSAL BY ENGINEER Add the following sentence to the end of Paragraph 14.07.8.1 of the General Conditions: Engineer may refuse to recommend final payment if, in Engineer's opinion, there exists: a. Unsatisfactory progress of the Work; b. Failure to remedy defective Work or materials; c. Disputed Work or materials; e. Failure of the Contractor to make timely payment upon request, including but not limited to payment for labor, equipment, materials, subcontracts, taxes, fees, professional services, rent, and royalties; f. Damage to the Owner; or g. The existence of reasonable evidence that the Work cannot be completed for the unpaid balance of the Contract Price. SC-14.07.C FINAL PAYMENT -PAYMENT BECOMES DUE Delete Paragraph 14.07.C.1 of the General Conditions in its entirety and replace it with the following: 1. Twenty-one (21) days after the Engineer actually receives the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation, the amount recommended by Engineer (subject to the provisions of Paragraphs 14.02.D and 14.07.8 of these General Conditions), will become due, and when due will be paid by Owner to Contractor within fourteen (14) days. SC-16.02 DISPUTE RESOLUTION -MEDIATION Replace Section 16.01 of the General Conditions with the following: 16.01 Methods and Procedures A. Either Owner or Contractor may request mediation of any Claim submitted to Engineer for a decision under Paragraph 10.05 before such decision becomes final Supplementary Conditions - 00810 -Page 13 of 15 N:\0417\057\DOCS\SPECS\DIV 0\supplcond_00810.docx Revised 10/30/07 and binding. Notice of the demand for mediation will be filed in writing with the other party to the Agreement and a copy will be sent to Engineer for information. Once the other party receives the request for mediation they must notify the requestor if they desire to participate in mediation. If both parties agree to participate in mediation the parties shall establish mutually agreeable rules to abide by during the mediation process. Owner or Contractor may exercise such rights or remedies as either may otherwise have under the Contract Documents or Laws or Regulations in respect of any dispute that is not agreed upon during mediation. B. Except as provided in paragraph SC-16.02.C. below, no mediation arising out of or relating to the Contract Documents shall include by consolidation, joiner, or in any other manner any other person or entity (including Engineer, Engineer's Consultant and the officers, directors, agents, employees or consultants of any of them) who is not a party to this contract unless: the inclusion of such other individual or entity is necessary if complete relief is to be afforded among those who are already parties to the mediation; and 2. such other individual or entity is substantially involved in a question of law or fact which is common to those who are already parties to the mediation, and which will arise in such proceedings; and 3. the written consent of the other individual or entity sought to be included and of Owner and Contractor has been obtained for such inclusion, which consent shall make specific reference to this paragraph; but no such consent shall constitute consent to mediation of any dispute not specifically described in such consent or to mediation with any party not specifically identified in such consent. C. Notwithstanding paragraph SC-16.02.8, if a Claim or counterclaim, dispute or other matter in question between Owner and Contractor involves the Work of a Subcontractor, either Owner or Contractor may join such Subcontractor as a party to the mediation between Owner and Contractor hereunder. Contractor shall include in all subcontracts required by paragraph GC-6.06.G specific provision whereby the Subcontractor consents to being joined in mediation between Owner and Contractor involving the work of such Subcontractor. Nothing in this paragraph SC-16.02.C nor in the provision of such subcontract consenting to jointer shall create any claim, right or cause of action in favor of Subcontractor and against Owner, Engineer or Engineer's Consultants that does not otherwise exist. SC-17.04 SURVIVAL OF OBLIGATIONS -STATUTES OF LIMITATIONS Add the following new paragraph immediately after 17.04.A of the General Conditions: B. Causes of action between the parties or the Engineer pertaining to acts or failures to act shall be deemed to have accrued and the applicable statutes of limitations Supplementary Conditions - 00810 -Page 14 of 15 N:\0417\057\DOCS\SPECS\DIV 0\supplcond_00810.docx Revised 10/30/07 L ~~I' i i ~i shall commence to run in any and all events not later than the date of final payment to ' the Contractor. The Contractor shall include this provision in all contracts he enters into with subcontractors, consultants and suppliers who provide any work, products or services for this project. END OF SECTION 00810 i~ Supplementary Conditions - 00810 -Page 15 of 15 N:\0417\057\DOCS\SPECS\DIV 0\supplcond_00810.docx Revised 10/30/07 Montana Prevailing Wage Rates . . ~ i 1~ ~, l _ ~y x"" J-' i i i, ~: r ~~,M: ~', i~ MONTANA PREVAILING WAGE RATES FOR BUILDING CONSTRUCTION ~s ~~ Effective: July 18, 2008 Brian Schweitzer, Governor State of Montana Keith Kelly, Commissioner Department of Labor and Industry For information relating to public works projects and payment of prevailing wage rates, or to obtain copies of prevailing wage rate schedules, please visit the Labor Standards Bureau at: www.mtwagehourbo~a.com, or contact them at: Labor Standards Bureau Montana Department of Labor and Industry P. O. Box 6518 Helena, MT 59604-6518 Phone: 406-444-5600 TDD: 406-444-5549 The Labor Standards Bureau welcomes questions, comments and suggestions from the public. In addition, we'll do our best to provide information in an accessible format, on request, in compliance with the Americans with Disabilities Act. TABLE OF CONTENTS MONTANA PREVAILING WAGE REQUIREMENTS: A. Date of Publication .......................................................................... 5 B. Definition of Building Construction ...................................... 5- 6 C. Definition of Public Works Projects ............................................ 6 D. Prevailing Wage Schedule ............................................................. 6 E. Rates to Use for Projects ................................................................ 6 F. Fringe Benefits .............................................................................. 6- 7 G. Per Diem .............................................................................................. 7 H. Prevailing Wage Districts ............................................................... 7 I. Computing Travel Benefits ........................................................... 8 J. Apprentices ........................................................................................ 8 K. Posting Notice of Prevailing Wages ........................................... 9 L. Employment Preference ................................................................ 9 M. Building Construction Occupations Website ......................... 9 N. Welders' Rates .................................................................................... 9 O. Foremen's Rates ................................................................................ 9 WAGE RATES: Boilermakers ...........................................................................................10 Brick and Block Masons .......................................................................10 Carpenters ................................................................................................11 Cement Masons and Concrete Finishers .......................................11 Construction Equipment Operators Operators Group 2 .............................................................................12 Operators Group 3 .............................................................................13 Operators Group 4 .............................................................................13 Operators Group 5 .............................................................................14 WAGE RATES (CONT.) Operators Group 6 ............................................................................. 14 Operators Group 7 ............................................................................. 15 Construction Laborers Laborers Group 1 ............................................................................... 15 Laborers Group 2 ............................................................................... 16 Laborers Group 3 ............................................................................... 16 Laborers Group 4 ............................................................................... 17 Drywall Applicators .............................................................................. 17 Electricians ............................................................................................... 18 Elevator Constructors .......................................................................... 18 Floor Coverers ......................................................................................... 19 Glaziers ...................................................................................................... 19 Heating and Air Conditioning ........................................................... 19 Insulation Workers-Mechanical-Heat and Frost ......................... 20 Structural Iron and Steel Workers .................................................... 20 Millwrights ............................................................................................... 21 Painters and Paperhangers ................................................................ 21 Pile Bucks .................................................................................................. 21 Plasterers and Stucco Masons .......................................................... 22 Plumbers, Pipefitters, and Steamfitters ......................................... 22 Roofers ...................................................................................................... 23 Sheet Metal Workers ............................................................................ 23 Sprinkler Fitters ...................................................................................... 24 Stonemasons .......................................................................................... 24 Tapers ........................................................................................................ 24 Teamsters Group 2 ................................................................................ 25 Telecommunications Equipment Installers and Repairers.....25 Tile and Marble Setters ........................................................................26 ' S ' MONTANA PREVAILING WAGE REQUIREMENTS The Commissioner of the Department of Labor and Industry, in accordance with Sections 18-2-401 and 18-2-402 of the Montana Code Annotated, has determined the standard prevailing rate of wages for the occupations listed in this publication. The wages specified herein control the prevailing rate of wages for the purposes of 18-2-401, et seq., Montana Code Annotated. It is required that each employer pay, as a minimum, the rate of wages, including fringe benefits, travel allowance and per diem applicable to the district in which the work is being performed, as provided in the attached wage determinations. ' All Montana Prevailing Wage Rates are available on the Internet at: www mtwagehourbopa.com or by contacting the Labor Standards Bureau at (406) 444-5600. This publication provides general information concerning compliance ' with Montana's Prevailing Wage Law and payment of prevailing wages. For detailed compliance information relating to Public Works projects and payment of prevailing wage rates, please consult the Regulations on the Internet at: www mtwagehourbopa.corn or contact the Labor Standards Bureau at (406) 444-5600 or TDD (406) 444-5549. KEITH KELLY Commissioner Department of Labor and Industry State of Montana A. Date of Publication: July 18, 2008 B. Definition of Building Construction For the purposes of Prevailing Wage, the Commissioner of Labor and Industry has determined that building construction occupations are defined to be those performed by a person engaged in a recognized trade or craft, or any skilled, semiskilled, or unskilled manual labor related to the construction, alteration, or repair of a public building or facility, and does not include engineering, superintendence, management, office or clerical work. The Administrative Rules of Montana (ARM) 24.17.501 (2) - 2(a), Public Works Contracts for Construction Services Subject to Prevailing Rates, states that "Building construction projects generally are the construction of sheltered enclosures with walk-in access for housing persons, machinery, equipment, or supplies. It .includes all construction of such structures, incidental installation of utilities and equipment, both above and below grade level, as well as incidental grading, utilities and paving. 6 Examples of building construction include, but are not limited to, alterations and additions to buildings, apartment buildings (five stories and above), arenas (closed), auditoriums, automobile parking garages, banks and financial buildings, barracks, churches, city halls, civic centers, commercial buildings, court houses, detention facilities, dormitories, farm buildings, fire stations, hospitals, hotels, industrial buildings, institutional buildings, libraries, mausoleums, motels, museums, nursing and convalescent facilities, office buildings, out-patient clinics, passenger and freight terminal buildings, police stations, post offices, power plants, prefabricated buildings, remodeling buildings, renovating buildings, repairing buildings, restaurants, schools, service stations, shopping centers, stores, subway stations, theaters, warehouses, water and sewage treatment plants (buildings only), etc." C. Definition of Public Works Projects The Montana Code Annotated (18-2-401 (11) (a)) defines "public works contract" as "a contract for construction services let by the state, county, municipality, school district, or political subdivision or for nonconstruction services let by the state, county, municipality, or political subdivision is which the total cost of the contract is in excess of $25,000." D. Prevailing Wage Schedule This publication covers only building construction occupations and rates. These rates will remain in effect until superseded by a more current publication. Current prevailing wage rates schedules for Heary, Highway, and Non-construction Services occupations can be found on the Internet at www mtwagehourboPa. corn or by contacting the Labor Standards Bureau at (406) 444-5600 or TDD (406) 444-5549. E. Rates to use for Projects Rates to be used on a public works projects are those that are in effect at the time the project and bid specifications are advertised. F. Fringe Benefits Section 18-2-412 of the Montana Code Annotated states that: "(1) to fulfill the obligation...a contractor or subcontractor may: (a) pay the amount of fringe benefits and the basic hourly rate of pay that is part of the standard prevailing rate of wages directly to the worker or employee in cash; (b) make an irrevocable contribution to a trustee or a third person pursuant to a fringe benefit fund, plan, or program that meets the requirements of the 1 1 7 1 i J n 9 K. Posting Notice of Prevailing Wages Section 18-2-406, Montana Code Annotated, provides that contractors, subcontractors, and employers who are performing work or providing services under public works contracts as provided in this part shall post in a prominent and accessible site on the project or work area, not later than the first day of work, a legible statement of all wages to be paid to the employees on such site or work area. ' L. Employment Preference Sections 18-2-403 and 18-2-409, Montana Code Annotated requires contractors to give preference to the employment of bona fide Montana residents in the performance of work on public works contracts. M. Building Construction Occupations You can find definitions for these occupations on the following Bureau of Labor Statisticswebsite: http://wwwbls.gov/oes/2001/oes stru.htrn N: Welders receive rate prescribed for craft performing operation to which welding ' is incidental. O. Foreman occupations Rates are no longer set for foremen. However, if a foreman performs journey level work, the foreman must be paid at least the journey level rate. 8 I. Computing Travel Benefits Travel pay, for the purposes of public works projects, shall be determined by measuring the road miles (one way) over the shortest practical maintained route from the county courthouse of the designated city for each district or the employee's home, whichever is closer, to the center of the job. Each city shall be considered the point of origin only for jobs within the counties identified in that district (as shown below): District 1 -Kalispell: includes Flathead, Lake, Lincoln, and Sanders counties District 2 -Missoula: includes Mineral, Missoula, and Ravalli counties District 3 -Butte: includes Beaverhead, Deer Lodge, Granite, Madison, Powell, and Silver Bow counties District 4 -Great Falls: includes Blaine, Cascade, Chouteau, Glacier, Hill, Liberty, Pondera,Teton, and Toole counties District 5 -Helena: includes Broadwater, Jefferson, Lewis and Clark, and Meagher counties District 6 -Bozeman: includes Gallatin, Park, and Sweet Grass counties District 7 -Lewistown: includes Fergus, Golden Valley, Judith Basin, Musselshell, Petroleum, and Wheatland counties District 8 -Billings: includes Big Horn, Carbon, Rosebud, Stillwater, Treasure, and Yellowstone counties District 9 -Glasgow: includes Daniels, Garfield, McCone, Phillips, Richland, Roosevelt, Sheridan, and Valley counties District 10 -Miles City: includes Carter, Custer, Dawson, Fallon, Prairie, Powder River, and Wibaux counties J. Apprentices Wage rates for apprentices registered in approved federal or state apprenticeship programs are contained in those programs. However, apprentices not registered in approved federal or state apprenticeship programs will be paid the prevailing wage rate when working on a public works contract. 11 CARPENTERS (47-2031) District 1 District 2 District 3 District 4 District 5 District 6 District 7 District 8 District 9 District 10 Wage $18.09 $18.46 $17.49 $17.49 $17.49 $16.87 $17.44 $17.49 $16.48 $17.49 Benefit $5.76 $6.64 $6.97 $ 7.90 $ 7.73 $5.82 $ 7.90 $ 5.04 $ 7.90 $ 7.90 Travel: Districts 1 & 2 0-30 miles free zone 31-50 mi +$20/day Over 50 mi +$30/day *May also install cabinets, siding, drywall and batt or roll insulation. District 3 0-30 miles free zone 31-50 mi $18 per day 50+ mi $ 25 per day Districts 4 -10 0-15 miles free zone 15-30 mi base pay +$1.00 30-50 mi base pay +$1.50 Over 50 mi base pay +$2.00 CEMENT MASONS AND CONCRETE FINISHERS (47-2051) Description: Smooth and finish surfaces of poured concrete, such as floors, walks, sidewalks, roads, or curbs using a variety of hand and power tools. Align forms for sidewalks, curbs, or gutters; patch voids; use saws to cut expansion joints. Wage Benefit Travel: District 1 $15.47 $3.66 All Districts District 2 $17.17 $6.50 0-30 mi. free zone District 3 $19.40 $6.80 30-60 mi. $2.95/hr. District 4 $18.29 $6.80 Over 60 mi. $4.75/hr District 5 $18.29 $6.80 District 6 $18.29 $2.00 District 7 $18.29 $6.80 District 8 $18.29 $6.80 District 9 $18.29 $6.80 District 10 $18.29 $6.80 12 CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT OPERATORS (47-2073) Travel For All Groups and Districts 0-30 mi. base pay 30-60 mi. base pay +$3.30/hr. Over 60 mi. base pay +$5.30/hr. OPERATORS GROUP 2 This Group includes but is not limited to: Air Doctor;Backhoe\Excavator\Shovel, to and incl. 3 cu.yds; Bit Grinder; Bituminous Paving Travel Plant; Boring Machine, Large; Broom, Self-Propelled; Concrete travel Batcher; Concrete Float & Spreader; Concrete Bucket Dispatacher; Concrete Finish Machine; Concrete Conveyor; Distributor; Dozer, Rubber-Tired, Push, & Side Boom; Elevating Grader\Gradall; Field Equipment Serviceman; Front-End Loader, 1 cu.yds to and inc. 5 cu. yds; Grade Setter; Heavy Duty Drills, All Types; Hoist\Tugger, All; Hydralift Forklifts & Similar; Industrial Locomotive; Motor Patrol (except finish); Mountain Skidder; Oiler, Cranes\Shovels; Pavement Breaker, EMSCO; Power Saw, Self-propelled; Pugmill; Pumpcrete\Grout Machine; Punch Truck; Roller, Other than Asphalt; Roller, Sheepsfoot (Self-Proplelled); Roller, 25 tons and over; Ross Carrier; Rotomill, under Eft; Trenching Machine; Washing\Screening Plant. Wage Benefit District 1 $21.99 $8.00 District 2 $21.99 $8.00 District 3 $21.99 $8.12 District 4 $21.44 $8.05 District 5 $21.99 $6.65 District 6 $21.99 $5.61 District 7 $21.99 $8.55 District 8 $21.33 $6.65 District 9 $21.99 $8.55 District 10 $21.99 $8.55 J 13 OPERATORS GROUP 3 This Group includes but is not limited to: Asphalt Paving Machine; Asphalt Screed; Backhoe\Excavator\Shovel, over 3 cu. yds; Cableway Highline; Concrete Batch Plant; Concrete Curing Machine; Concrete Pump; Cranes, Creter; Cranes, Electric Overhead; Cranes, 24 tons and under; Curb Machine\ Slip Form Paver; Finish Dozer; Front-End Loader, over 5 cu. yds; Mechanic\Welder; Pioneer Dozer; Roller Asphalt (Breakdown & Finish) Rotomill, Over Eft; Scraper, Single, Twin, or Pulling Belly-Dump; YO-YO Cat. Wage Benefit District 1 $19.12 $5.50 District 2 $22.39 $8.55 District 3 $22.39 $8.55 District 4 $22.39 $8.55 District 5 $22.39 $6.65 District 6 $22.06 $6.72 District 7 $22.39 $8.55 District 8 $20.25 $6.65 District 9 $22.39 $8.55 District 10 $22.39 $8.55 OPERATORS GROUP 4 This Group includes but is not limited to: Asphalt\Hot Plant Operator; Cranes, 25 tons-44 tons; Crusher Operator; Finish Motor Patrol; Finish Scraper. Wage Benefit District 1 $23.05 $8.55 District 2 $23.05 $8.55 District 3 $23.05 $8.55 District 4 $23.05 $8.55 District 5 $23.05 $8.55 District 6 $23.05 $8.55 District 7 $23.05 $8.55 District 8 $23.05 $8.55 District 9 $23.05 $8.55 District 10 $23.05 $8.55 14 OPERATORS GROUP 5 This Group includes but is not limited to: Cranes, 45 tons to and incl.74 tons Wage Benefit District 1 $23.55 $8.55 District 2 $23.55 $8.55 District 3 $23.55 $8.55 District 4 $23.55 $8.55 District 5 $23.55 $8.55 District 6 $23.55 $8.55 District 7 $23.55 $8.55 District 8 $23.55 $8.55 District 9 $23.55 $8.55 District 10 $23.55 $8.55 OPERATORS GROUP 6 This Group includes but is not limited to: Cranes, 75 tons to and inc1.149 tons; Cranes, Whirley (ALL) Wage Benefit District 1 $24.65 $8.55 District 2 $24.65 $8.55 District 3 $24.65 $8.55 District 4 $24.65 $8.55 District 5 $24.65 $8.55 District 6 $24.65 $8.55 District 7 $24.65 $8.55 District 8 $24.65 $7.12 District 9 $24.65 $8.55 District 10 $24.65 $8.55 15 OPERATORS GROUP 7 This Group includes but is not limited to: Cranes, 150 tons to and incl. 250 tons; Cranes, Over 250 tons-Add $1.00 for every 100 tons over 250 tons; Crane Stiff-Leg or Derrick; Crane, Tower (All); Helicopter Hoist Wage Benefit District 1 $25.15 $8.55 District 2 $25.15 $8.55 District 3 $25.15 $8.55 District 4 $25.15 $8.55 District 5 $25.15 $8.55 District 6 $25.15 $8.55 District 7 $25.15 $8.55 District 8 $25.15 $8.55 District 9 $25.15 $8.55 District 10 $25.15 $8.55 CONSTRUCTION LABORERS (47-2061) Travel for All Districts Free Zone (0-15 miles) Zone II (15-30 miles) Base Pay + $.65 Zone III (30-50 miles) Base Pay+ $.85 Zone IV (>50 miles) Base Pay+ $1.25 LABORERS GROUP 1 Flagperson Wage Benefit District 1 $15.15 $6.00 District 2 $17.95 $6.10 District 3 $12.87 $6.00 District 4 $15.15 $6.00 District 5 $15.15 $6.00 District 6 $15.15 $6.00 District 7 $15.15 $6.00 District 8 $15.15 $6.00 District 9 $15.15 $6.00 District 10 $15.15 $6.00 16 LABORERS GROUP 2 This Group includes but is not limited to: General Labor, Asbestos Removal, Burning Bar, Bucket Man, CarpenterTender, Caisson Worker, Cement Mason Tender, Cement Handler (dry), ChuckTender, Choker Setter, Concrete Worker, Curb Machine-lay Down, Crusher and Batch Worker, HeaterTender, Fence Erector, Landscape Laborer, Landscaper, Lawn Sprinkler Installer, Pipe Wrapper, Pot Tender, Powderman Tender, Rail and Truck Loaders and Unloaders, Riprapper, Sign Erection, Guardrail and Jersey Rail, Spike Driver, Stake Jumper, Signalman, Tail Hoseman,Tool Checker and Houseman and Traffic Control Worker Wage Benefit District 1 $16.84 $6.75 District 2 $16.30 $5.45 District 3 $15.65 $6.00 District 4 $16.05 $5.73 District 5 $15.80 $5.02 District 6 $16.04 $4.80 District 7 $19.62 $6.01 District 8 $15.41 $4.53 District 9 $18.84 $5.56 District 10 $16.53 $4.45 LABORERS GROUP 3 This Group includes but is not limited to: Concrete Vibrator, Dumpman (Grademan), Equipment Handler, Geotextile and Liners, High-Pressure Nozzleman, Jackhammer (Pavement Breaker) Non-Riding Rollers, Pipelayer, Posthole Digger (Power) Power Driven Wheelbarrow, Rigger, Sandblaster, Sod Cutter-Power and Tamper Wage Benefit District 1 $18.04 $4.31 District 2 $18.35 $6.10 District 3 $15.79 $6.00 District 4 $16.10 $6.00 District 5 $19.39 $5.19 District 6 $21.34 $6.13 District 7 $20.19 $5.23 District 8 $19.30 $5.50 District 9 $19.32 $4.59 District 10 $19.09 $5.58 17 LABORERS GROUP 4~' This Group includes but is not limited to: Hod Carrier, Water Well Laborer, Blaster, Wagon Driller, Asphalt Raker, Cutting Torch, Grade Setter, High- Scaler. Power Saws (Faller & Concrete) Powderman, Rock & Core DriIl,Track orTruck Mounted Wagon Drill and Welder including air Arc. Wage Benefit District 1 $17.32 $4.46 District 2 $18.01 $6.10 District 3 $16.51 $6.00 District 4 $16.15 $6.00 District 5 $23.33 $6.10 District 6 $19.85 $6.17 District 7 $18.37 $5.83 District 8 $19.29 $6.10 District 9 $16.81 $5.61 District 10 $16.76 $5.31 *Hod Carriers will receive the same amount of travel and /or subsistence pay as Brick- layers when required to travel DRYWALL APPLICATORS (47-2081) Description: Apply plasterboard or other wallboard to ceilings or interior walls of buildings. Apply or mount acoustical tiles or blocks, strips, or sheets ofshock-absorbing materials to ceilings and walls of buildings to reduce or reflect sound. Materials may be of decorative quality. Includes lathers who fasten wooden, metal or rockboard lath to walls, ceilings or partitions to provide support base for plaster, fire-proofing, or acoustical material. District 1 District 2 District 3 District 4 District 5 District 6 District 7 District 8 District 9 District 10 Wage $19.40 $19.40 $17.49 $17.49 $17.49 $17.49 $17.49 $17.49 $17.49 $17.49 Benefit $8.25 $8.25 $ 7.90 $ 7.90 $ 7.90 $7.90 $ 7.90 $7.90 $7.90 $ 7.90 18 ELECTRICIANS: INCLUDING BUILDING AUTOMATION CONTROL (47-2111) Description: Electrical Wiring, Equipment, and Fixtures, Street Lights, Electrical Control Systems Wage Benefit District 1 $26.11 $7.05 District 2 $25.74 $8.44 District 3 $25.50 $10.14 District 4 $25.06 $8.27 District 5 $26.06 $9.18 District 6 $25.14 $9.46 District 7 $26.06 $9.66 District 8 $26.83 $10.43 District 9 $26.83 $10.43 District 10 $26.83 $10.43 Travel: Districts 1, 2 0-10 miles (Free Zone) 11-45 miles - $0.45/mile Over 45 miles - $45/day District 3 0-10 miles (Free Zone) 11-55 miles -current Federal Government mileage reimbursement >55 miles - $50/day subsistence + Federal Government mileage reimbursementtojob and return trip Districts 4, 5, and 7 0-8 miles (Free Zone) 9-60 miles -Federal rate >60 miles - $50/day subsistence + Federal Government mileage reimbursementtojob and return trip District 6 0-8 miles (Free Zone) 9-60 miles - current Federal Government mileage reimbursement >60 miles - $55/day subsistence + Federal Government mileage reimbursementtojob and return trip Districts 8, 9, and 10 0-17 miles (Free Zone) 18-60 miles - $0.485 per mile >60 miles - $55/day subsistence + $0.485 per mile reimbursement to job and return trip 19 ELEVATOR CONSTRUCTORS (47-4021) Wage Benefit District 1 $41.91 $16.47 Travel: District 2 $41.91 $16.47 District 3 $41.91 $16.47 All Districts District 4 $41.91 $16.47 Zone I: 0-25 miles - 1/2 hour at the District 5 $41.91 $16.47 prevailing wage plus $0.25 at the District 6 $41.91 $16.47 Federal mileage rate. District 7 $41.91 $16.47 District 8 $41.91 $16.47 Zone II: 21-35 miles - 112 hour at the District 9 $41.91 $16.47 prevailing wage plus 40 miles at the District 10 $41.91 $16.47 Federal mileage rate. Zone III: Over 35 mi. $72.55/day FLOOR COVERERS (47-2042) Description: Apply blocks, strips, or sheets ofshock-absorbing, sound-deadening, or decorative coverings to floors, including carpets, and the scraping, sanding, and application of coats of finish to wooden floors See Painters for wages, benefits, per diem, and travel. GLAZIERS (47-2121) Description: !, Install glass in windows, skylights, store fronts, and display cases, or on surfaces, such as building fronts, interior walls, ceilings, and tabletops. See Painters for wages, benefits, per diem, and travel. HEATING AND AIR CONDITIONING (49-9021) Description: Install or repair heating, central air conditioning, or refrigeration systems, including oil burners, hot air furnaces, and heating stoves. See Sheet Metal Workers for wages, benefits, and travel. 20 INSULATION WORKERS-MECHANICAL-HEAT AND FROST (47-2132) Description: Apply insulating materials to popes or ductwork, or other mechanical systems in order to help control and maintain temperature. District 1 District 2 District 3 District 4 District 5 District 6 District 7 District 8 District 9 District 10 Wage $23.34 $23.34 $23.34 $23.34 $19.00 $23.34 $23.34 $23.34 $23.34 $23.34 Benefit $12.78 $12.78 $12.78 $12.78 $12.78 $12.78 $12.78 $12.78 $12.78 $12.78 Travel: All Districts When work is performed, all employees will be paid $0.40 per mile upto a maximum of $154.00. Subsistence: $54/day for overnight stays on jobs 60+ miles from dispatch point When the employee travels on the employer's time in the employee's vehicle, the employee shall be paid $0.20 per mile. When an employee travels in a company provided vehicle with company fuel; the "Travel Allowance" shall not apply STRUCTURAL IRON AND STEEL WORKERS (47-2221) Wage Benefit Travel: District 1 $23.17 $13.79 Districts 1 & 2 District 2 $23.17 $13.79 0-45 mi. free zone District 3 $23.25 $14.71 46-60 mi. $18/day District 4 $23.25 $14.71 61-100 mi. $40/day District 5 $23.25 $14.71 Over 100 mi $50/day District 6 $23.25 $14.71 District 7 $23.25 $14.71 Districts 3-10 District 8 $23.25 $14.71 Over 50 mi. $50/day District 9 $23.25 $14.71 District 10 $23.25 $14.71 Per Diem: $70/day 21 MILLWRIGHTS (49-9044) Description: Install, dismantle, or move machinery and heavy equipment according to layout plans, blueprints, or other drawings. Wage Benefit District 1 $21.90 $8.25 District 2 $21.90 $8.25 District 3 $19.49 $7.90 District 4 $19.49 $7.90 District 5 $19.49 $7.90 District 6 $19.49 $7.90 District 7 $19.49 $7.90 District 8 $19.49 $7.90 District 9 $19.49 $7.90 District 10 $19.49 $7.90 PAINTERS AND PAPERHANGERS (47-2141 & 47-2142) Wage Benefit Travel: District 1 $16.60 $5.80 All Districts District 2 $16.60 $5.80 0-10 mi. free zone District 3 $15 94 $8 19 Over 10 mi. $0.20/mi. District 4 $15.41 $5.80 District 5 $15.41 $5.80 District 6 $16.30 $3.61 District 7 $15.41 $5.80 District 8 $19.95 $10.62 District 9 $15.41 $5.80 District 10 $19.95 $10.62 Per Diem: $32/day with overnight stay 22 PILE BUCKS (47-2099) Description: Set up crane, set up hammer, weld tips on piles, set leads, insure piles are driven straight with the use of level or plum bob. Will give direction to crane operator as to speed and direction of swing. Cut piles to grade. Wage Benefit District 1 $18.95 $8.25 District 2 $18.95 $8.25 District 3 $17.74 $7.90 District 4 $17.74 $7.90 District 5 $17.74 $7.90 District 6 $17.74 $7.90 District 7 $17.74 $7.90 District 8 $17.74 $7.90 District 9 $17.74 $7.90 District 10 $17.74 $7.90 PLASTERERS AND STUCCO MASONS (47-2161) Description: Apply interior or exterior plaster, cement, stucco, or similar materials. May also set ornamental plaster. Wage Benefit District 1 $18.29 $6.80 Travel: District 2 $18.29 $6.80 All Districts District 3 $19.40 $6.80 0-30 mi. free zone District 4 $18.29 $6.80 30-60 mi. $2.95/hr. District 5 $18.29 $6.80 Over 60 mi. $4.75/hr District 6 $18.29 $6.80 District 7 $18.29 $6.80 District 8 $18.29 $6.80 District 9 $18.29 $6.80 District 10 $18.29 $6.80 23 PLUMBERS, PIPEFITTERS, AND STEAMFITTERS (47-2152) Description: Assemble, install, alter, and repair pipelines or pipe systems that carry water, steam, air, or other liquids or gasses. May install heating and cooling equipment and mechanical systems. Wage Benefit District 1 $25.21 $10.88 District 2 $25.21 $10.88 District 3 $26.25 $10.50 District 4 $26.25 $10.50 District 5 $26.25 $10.50 District 6 $26.25 $10.50 District 7 $26.05 $12.75 District 8 $26.05 $12.20 District 9 $26.05 $10.50 District 10 $26.05 $12.65 Travel: Districts 1 & 2 0-30 mi. free zone 30-50 mi. $20/day 50-75 mi. $35/day Over 75 mi. $45/day 20+ miles using own vehicle gets paid $0.20 per mile. Per Diem: $70/day Districts 3, 4, 5, 6 0-40 mi. free zone 40-80 mi. $30/day 80+ mi. $60/day Pay is half of above if employer supplies vehicle ROOFERS (47-2181) Districts 7, 8, 9,10 $.55/mile from point of dispatch and return if using own vehicle Paid wages if using company vehicle Per Diem: $75/day (0-75 mile free zone) Wage Benefit Travel: District 1 $16.38 $7.95 Districts 1 & 2 District 2 $16.38 $7.95 0-50 mi. free zone District 3 $15.16 $6.80 Over 50 mi. $0.30/mi. District 4 $16.25 $2.12 Per Diem: District 5 $16.40 $6.35 $48 per overnight on job District 6 $15.27 $2.55 District 7 $16.86 $2.34 District 3 - 6 District 8 $16.40 $2.50 One way on employer's time District 9 $18.14 $2.86 Per Diem: District 10 $18.14 $2.64 $23/day+ room cost Districts 7-10 No Rate Established Per Diem: No Rate Established 24 SHEET METAL WORKERS (47-2211) Description: Fabricate, assemble, install, and repair sheet metal products and equipment, such as ducts, control boxes, drainpipes, and furnace casings. Work may involve any of the following: setting up and operating fabricating machines to cut, bend. And straighten sheet metal; shaping metal over anvils, blocks, or forms using hammer; operating soldering and welding equipment tojoin sheet metal parts; inspecting, assembling, and smoothing seams and joints of burred surfaces. Includes sheet metal duct installers who install prefabricated sheet metal ducts used for heating, air conditioning, or other purposes. Wage Benefit District 1 $24.49 $10.56 District 2 $24.49 $10.56 District 3 $24.49 $10.56 District 4 $24.49 $10.56 District 5 $24.49 $10.56 District 6 $24.49 $ 9.99 District 7 $24.49 $10.56 District 8 $22.96 $ 9.67 District 9 $24.49 $10.56 District 10 $24.49 $10.56 Travel: All Districts 0-30 mi. free zone 30+ $0.25/mi. employer's vehicle; $0.55/mi in employee's vehicle Per Diem: $50/day per day out SPRINKLER FITTERS (47-2152) Wage Benefit Travel: District 1 $27.95 $13.85 All Districts District 2 $27.95 $13.85 0-60 mi. free zone District 3 $27.95 $13.85 60-80 mi. $15/day District 4 $27.95 $13.85 80-100 mi. $25/day District 5 $27.95 $13.85 Over 100 mi. $70/day Subsistence District 6 $27.95 $13.85 +$0.40/mi once to/from job site District 7 $27.95 $13.85 together with travel time at the rate of District 8 $27.95 $13.85 1 /4 hour travel time for each 15 miles District 9 $27.95 $13.85 traveled. District 10 $27.95 $13.85 Ll 25 STONEMASONS (47-2022) Description: Build stone structures, such as piers, walls, and abutments. Lay walks, curbstones, or special types of masonry for vats, tanks, and floors. See Bricklayers for wages, benefits, and travel. TAPERS (47-2082) Description: Seals joints between plasterboard or other wallboard to prepare wall surface for paint- ing or papering. See Painters for wages, benefits, and travel. TEAMSTERS GROUP 2 (53-3032) Description: ' Drive atractor-trailer combination or a truck with a capacity of at least 26,000 GVW, to transport and deliver goods, livestock, or materials in liquid, loose, or packaged form. .May be required to unload truck. May require use of automated routing equipment. ' Requires commercial drivers license ' Wage Benefit Travel: District 1 $25.23 $5.50 All Districts District 2 $17.27 $6.49 0-30 mi. Base Pay ' District 3 $22.00 $6.49 30-60 mi. Base Pay + $2.50/hr District 4 $19.55 $5.50 Over-60 mi. Base Pay + $4.00/hr District 5 $18.84 $5.92 District 6 $22.73 $6.49 District 7 $22.73 $6.49 ' District 8 $19.92 $6.49 District 9 $22.73 $6.49 District 10 $22.73 $6.49 26 TELECOMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT INSTALLERS AND REPAIRERS, EXCEPT LINE INSTALLERS (49-2022) Description: Installation of voice, sound, vision, and data systems. This occupation includes burglar alarms, fire alarms, fiber optic systems, and video systems for security or entertainment. Wage Benefit District 1 $20.93 $6.79 Travel: District 2 $20.52 $5.34 All Districts District 3 $20.93 $6.79 Federal mileage reimbursement rate District 4 $20.93 $6.79 each way when using employee's District 5 $20.93 $6.79 vehicle District 6 $20.83 $6.88 District 7 $20.93 $6.79 Per Diem: District 8 $20.83 $6.88 Over night stay only -reimbursement District 9 $20.93 $6.79 for meals and lodging not to exceed District 10 $20.83 $6.88 $65 per day TILE AND MARBLE SETTERS (47-2044) Description: Apply hard tile, marble, and wood the to walls, floors, ceilings, and roof decks. Wage Benefit Travel District 1 $17.00 $2.00 All Districts District 2 $17.00 $8.80 0-40 mi. free zone District 3 $17.00 $8.80 Over40 mi. $60.00/day District 4 $17.00 $8.80 District 5 $17.00 $8.80 District 6 $17.00 $8.80 District 7 $17.00 $8.80 District 8 $17.00 $8.80 District 9 $17.00 $8.80 District 10 $17.00 $8.80 Notice of Award ' Project: Swim Center Natatorium HVAC Dated 4 - a ~7- O`~ Contract No.: Contract: Engineers Project No.: Swim Center Natatorium HVAC Improvements 0417.057.010.0315 Bidder Bozeman Plumbing and Heating Bidders Address: (send Certified Mail, Return Receipt Requested) 5638 Jackrabbit Lane. Belgrade. MT 59714 You are notified that your Bid dated Aoril 13, 2009 for the above Contract has been considered. You are the Successful Bidder and are awarded a Contract for the Swim Center Natatorium HVAC Improvements. (Indicate total Work, alternates or sections or Work awarded.) The Contract Price of your Contract is Two Hundred Forty Thousand Dollars ( 240 000). 8 copies of each of the proposed Contract Documents (except Drawings) accompany this Notice of Award. 5 sets of the Drawings will be delivered separately or otherwise made available to you immediately. You must comply with the following conditions precedent within fifteen days of the date you receive this Notice of Award. 1. Deliver to the Owner 5 fully executed counterparts of the Contract Documents. ' 2. Deliver with the executed Contract Documents the Contract security [Bonds] as specified in the Instructions to Bidders (Article 20), General Conditions (Paragraph 2.01 and 5.01) and Supplementary Conditions (Paragraph SC-2.01). ' 3. Other conditions precedent: Failure to comply with these conditions within the time specified will entitle Owner to consider you in default, annul this Notice of Award and declare your Bid security forfeited. Within fifteen days after you comply with the above conditions, Owner will return to you two fully executed counterparts of the Contract Documents. ~,, `t' ,~ o`f 1' b2LO wtA dl Copy to Engineer By: `.J"r~ Au horized S tZ' Title L Notice of Award -Page 1 of 1 N:\0417\057\DOCS\SPECS\Contract Docs\notice award c-510.docx 4/28/09 Notice to Proceed Dated 5 - 1 I - © 9 ' Project: Swim C Contract Contract: Swim Center Natatorium HVAC Improvements Project No.: 17.010.0315 Contractor: Bozeman Plumbing and Heating Contractor's Address: [send Certified Mail, Return Receipt Requested] 5638 Jackrabbit Lane, Belgrade, MT 59714 You are notified that the Contract Times under the above contract will commence to run on May 11, 2009 . On or before that date, you are to start performing your obligations under the Contract Documents. In accordance with Article 4 of the Agreement, the number of days to achieve Substantial Completion is 63 ,and the number of days to achieve readiness for final payment is 74 Before you may start any Work at the Site, Paragraph 2.01.6 of the General Conditions provides that you and Owner must each deliver to the other (with copies to Engineer and other identified additional insureds) certificates of insurance which each is required to purchase and maintain in accordance with the Contract Documents. Also, before you may start any Work at the Site, you must: Provide original copies of the Certificates of Insurance and Bond Forms for inclusion in the Contract Documents. L ~ ' (Contractor) ~~~~~~ ~~ ~~ ff~~ Received by~_~"~"'"LT, ' (Title) _ 1 , _ © Q (Date) ' Copy to Engineer Owner Given by: Authorized Signature Title Date Notice to Proceed -Page 1 of 1 N:\0417\057\DOCS\SPECS\Contract Docs\notice_procd_c-550.docx 5/11/09 Change Order No. Date of Issuance: Effective Date: Project: ner. is Contrail No.: Contrail: ate of Contract: Contractor. ngineer's Project No.: The Contract Documents are modified as follows upon execution of this Change Order: Description: Attachments: (List documents supporting change): CHANGE IN CONTRACT PRICE: CHANGE IN CONTRACT TIMES: Original Contract Price: Original Contract Times: ^ Working days ^ Calendar days Substantial completion (days or date): $ Ready for final payment (days or date): [Increase] [Decrease] from previously approved Change [Increase] [Decrease] from previously approved Change Orders Orders No. to No. No. to No. Substantial completion (days): $ Ready for final payment (days): Contract Price prior to this Change Order: Contract Times prior to this Change Order: Substantial completion (days or date): $ Ready for final payment (days or date): [Increase] [Decrease] of this Change Order: [Increase] [Decrease] of this Change Order: Substantial completion (days or date): $ Ready for final payment (days or date): Contract Price incorporating this Change Order: Contract Times with all approved Change Orders: Substantial completion (days or date): $ Ready for final payment (days or date): RECOMMENDED: ACCEPTED: ACCEPTED: By. By. By. Engineer (Authorized Signature) Owner (Authorized Signature) Contractor (Authorized Signature) Date: Date: Approved by Funding Agency (if applicable): Date: Date: Change Order -Page 1 of 2 N:\0417\057\DOCS\SPECS\DIV 0\chg_order_c-941.docx Revised 6/27/03 Change Order Instructions A. GENERAL INFORMATION This document was developed to provide a uniform format for handling contract changes that affect Contract Price or Contract Times. Changes that have been initiated by a Work Change Directive must be incorporated into a subsequent Change Order if they affect Price or Times. Changes that affect Contract Price or Contract Times should be promptly covered by a Change Order. The practice of accumulating Change Orders to reduce the administrative burden may lead to unnecessary disputes. If Milestones have been listed in the Agreement, any effect of a Change Order thereon should be addressed. For supplemental instructions and minor changes not involving a change in the Contract Price or Contract Times, a Field Order should be used. B. COMPLETING THE CHANGE ORDER FORM Engineer normally initiates the form, including a description of the changes involved and attachments based upon documents and proposals submitted by Contractor, or requests from Owner, or both. Once Engineer has completed and signed the form, all copies should be sent to Owner or Contractor for approval, depending on whether the Change Order is a true order to the Contractor or the formalization of a negotiated agreement for a previously performed change. After approval by one contracting party, all copies should be sent to the other party for approval. Engineer should make distribution of executed copies after approval by both parties. If a change only applies to price or to times, cross out the part of the tabulation that does not apply. ~ i~ Change Order -Page 2 of 2 N:\0417\057\DOCS\SPECS\DIV 0\chg_order_c-941.docx Revised 6/27/03 Field Order No. Date of issuance: Effective Date: Project: Owner. Owners Contract No.: Contract: Date of Contract: Contractor. Engineers Project No.: Attention: You are hereby directed to promptly execute this Field Order issued in accordance with General Conditions Paragraph 9.05A., for minor changes in the Work without changes in Contract Price or Contract Times. If you consider that a change in Contract Price or Contract Times is required, please notify the Engineer immediately and before proceeding with this Work. Reference: (Specrfication Section(s)) (Drawing(s) /Detail(s)) Description: Attachments: Engineer: Receipt Acknowledged by (Contractor): Date: Copy to Owner Field Order -Page 1 of 1 N:\0417\05TDOCS\SPECS\DIV 0\field order c-942.docx Revised 6/26/03 Work Change Directive No. Date of Issuance: Effective Date: Project: Owner. Owners Contract No.: Contrail: Date of Contrail: Contractor. Engineers Project No.: You are directed to proceed promptly with the following change(s): Attachments (list documents supporting change): Purpose for Work Change Directive: Authorization for W ork described herein to proceed on the basis of Cost of the W ork due to: Nonagreement on pricing of proposed change. Necessity to expedite Work described herein prior to agreeing to changes on Contract Price and Contract Time. Estimated change in Contract Price and Contract Times: Contract Price $ (increase/decrease) Contract Time days If the change involves an increase, the estimated amounts are not to be exceeded without further authorization. (increase/decrease) Recommended for Approval by Engineer. Oate Authorized for Owner by: Date Accepted for Contractor by: Date Approved by Funding Agency ('rf applicable): Date: Work Change Directive -Page 1 of 1 N:\0417\057\DOCS\SPECS\DIV 0\wrk direct c-940.docx 3/26/09 ORDER TO CONTRACTOR TO SUSPEND WORK Federal/State Project Number ' Morrison-Maierle, Inc. Project Number TO: OWNER: L By reason of DATE: Suspend Work Order No. PROJECT AND LOCATION ' which renders it impracticable for you to secure specified results on the work required by your contract, you are hereby directed to suspend work (minor operations excepted), at the close of work on You will resume major operations only when authorized to do so in writing by a Resume Work Order. ' Under the terms of your contract for the above subject project, Contract Time will (will not) continue to be charged during the period work is suspended. (See General Conditions, Articles 12 and 15 and applicable Supplementary Conditions). calendar days are allowed to ' complete this project and calendar days have been allowed for approved extra and/or additional work. At the close of work on the date specified above, of the calendar days have been used and there remain _ calendar days in which to complete ' the contract. Please sign all five copies in the space provided and return them to this office. One approved ~ copy will be returned for your files. CONTRACTOR OWNER Receipt Acknowledged, Date: BY: gY: TITLE: _ TITLE: Address for Correspondence: cc: Morrison-Maierle, Inc. Order to Contractor to Suspend Work -Page 1 of 1 N:\0417\057\DOCS\SPECS\DIV 0\suspend_wrk.docx ' 3!26/09 ORDER TO CONTRACTOR TO RESUME WORK Federal/State Project Number Morrison-Maierle, Inc. Project Number TO: OWNER: Resume Work Order No. DATE: PROJECT AND LOCATION ' The Suspend Work Order, dated ,directed you to suspend work on your contract, for the reasons and conditions described therein. Conditions are now favorable to the continuation of the work, you are hereby directed to resume major operations on this project effective Under the terms of your contract for this project, Contract Time was (was not) charged during the period work was suspended. ' At the close of work on the date specified in the last Suspend Work Order, of the calendar days Contract Time had been used. calendar days were charged during the period work was suspended, therefore, on the date this resume work order is effective, calendar days of Contract Time remain. ' The (revised) contract completion date is 20 ' Please sign all five copies in the space provided and return them to this office. One approved copy will be returned for your file. CONTRACTOR OWNER Receipt Acknowledged, Date: BY: ' BY: TITLE: TITLE: Address for Correspondence: cc: Morrison-Maierle, Inc. Order to Contractor to Resume Work -Page 1 of 1 N:\041 T057\DOCS\SPECS\DIV O\resume_wrk.docx 3/26/09 APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT (Periodic Cost Estimate) Page 1 of 2 pages 1. Owner's Name and Address 5. (Insert Fed Proj #) 2. Official Name and Location of Project: 6. Application No. 3. Contractor's Name and Address: 7. Period Ending: 8. Date Prepared: 9. Percent Complete: 10. M-M No. 4. Description of Work 11. Orig. Contract Amount 12. Contract Time: 13. Dates 14. No. Days Contractor is A. Work to Start: B. Wcxk Started C. Completion Due: D. Est. or Act. Comp: Ahead: In Arrears: 15. Breakdown of Application for Payment ITEM Original Proposal Revised Work Performed to Date NO. DESCRIPTION OF WORK QNTY UNIT UNIT PRICE AMOUNT QNTY AMOUNT QNTY AMOUNT 16. CONTRACTOR'S Certification: The undersigned CONTRACTOR cert~es that: (1) all previous progress payments received from OWNER on account of Work done under the Contract referred to above have been applied to discharge in full all obligations of CONTRACTOR incurred in connection with Work covered by prior Applications for Payment number 1 through -inclusive; (2) title to all W ork, materials and equipment incorporated in said Work or otherwise listed in or covered by this Application for Payment will pass to OWNER at time of payment free and clear of all liens, claims, security interest and encumbrances (except such as are covered by Bond acceptable to OWNER indemnffying OWNER against any such lien, claim, security interests or encumbrance) (3) all Work covered by this Application for Payment is in accordance with the Contract Documents and not defective as that term is defined in the Contract Documents; and (4) there are no claims for extra work, delays, omitted items or of any nature against the OWNER or ENGINEER not set forth herein unless expressly stated otherwise in this Application for Payment. DATE: CONTRACTOR: TITLE: SIGNATURE: 17. Payment of Amount Due CONTRACTOR (Page _) is recommended. DATE: ENGINEER: Morrison-Maierle, Inc. TITLE: SIGNATURE: Application for Payment C-620 -Page 1 of 2 ' N:\0417\057\DOCS\SPECSIDIV 0\appl_for payl_c-620.docx Revised 6/27/03 APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT (Periodic Cost Estimate) Page 2 of 2 pages (Continuation Sheet) 1. Sponsor's Name Official Name of Project 5. [Insert Fed. Proj.#] 15. Breakdown of Application for Payment 6. Application No. COMPLETED TO DATE, ORIGINAL CONTRACT ITEMS COMPLETED TO DATE, CHANGE ORDERS PLUS MATERIALS ON SITE TOTAL COMPLETED TO DATE LESS DEDUCTIONS (1) Retained (5%) (2) Liquidated Damages (3) Retesting TOTAL AMOUNT DEDUCTED TOTAL AMOUNT EARNED TO DATE LESS PREVIOUS PAYMENTS NET AMOUNT DUE THIS ESTIMATE 1% STATE TAX (withheld this estimate) NET AMOUNT DUE CONTRACTOR ACCOMPANYING DOCUMENTATION: Application for Payment C-620 -Page 2 of 2 N:\0417\057\DOCS\SPECS\DIV 0\appl_for_pay1_c-620.docx ' Revised 6!27/03 Certificate of Substantial Completion Project: r - is Contract No.: Contract: ate of Contract: Contractor. ngineer's Project No.: This [tentative] [definitive] Certificate of Substantial Completion applies to: ^ All Work under the Contract Documents: ^ The folowing specffied portions: Date of Substantial Completion The Work to which this Certificate applies has been inspected by authorized representatives of Owner, Contractor and Engineer, and found to be substantially complete. The Date of Substantial Completion of the Project or portion thereof designated above is hereby declared and is also the date of commencement of applicable warranties required by the Contract Documents, except as stated below. A [tentative] [revised tentative] (definitive] list of terns to be completed or corrected, is attached hereto. This list may not be all- inclusive, and the failure to include any items on such list does not alter the responsibility of the Contractor to complete all W ork in accordance with the Contract Documents. The responsibilities between OWNER and CONTRACTOR for security, operation, safety, maintenance, heat, utilities, insurance and warranties shall be as provided in the Contract Documents except as amended as follows: ^ Amended Responsibilities ^ Not Amended Owner's Amended Responsibilities: Contractor's Amended Responsibilities: The following documents are attached to and made part of this Certfficate: This Certificate does not constitute an acceptance of Work not in accordance with the Contract Documents nor is it a release of Contractor's obligation to complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Executed by Engineer Date Accepted by Contractor Date Accepted by Crooner Date Certificate of Substantial Completion -Page 1 of 1 N:\0417\057\DOCS\SPECS\DIV 0\cert_sub_comp_c-625.docx Revised 6/26/03 CONTRACTOR'S CERTIFICATE AND RELEASE FROM: (Name of Contractor) TO: [Insert Owner's Name and Address] REFERENCE CONTRACT NUMBER entered into the day of , 20 ,between the [Owner's Name] and , (Name of Contractor) of for the purpose of (City) (State) (Type of Operation) within the [limits of the City of (Project Location)]. KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: 1. The undersigned hereby certifies that there is due from and payable by the [Insert Owner's Name] to the Contractor under the Contract and duly approved Change Orders and modifications the balance of 2. The undersigned further certifies that in addition to the amount set forth in Paragraph I, there are outstanding and unsettled the following items which he claims are just and due owing by the [Insert Owner' Name]: (a) (b) (c) (d) (Itemize claims and amounts due. If none, so state) Contractor's Certificate and Release -Page 1 of 3 N:\041 T057WOCS\SPECS\DIV 0\cert 8 release.docx Revised 6/26103 3. The undersigned further certifies that all work required under this Contract including work required under Change Orders numbered: ,and ,has been performed in accordance with the terms thereof, and that there are no unpaid claims for materials, supplies or equipment and no claims of laborers or mechanics for unpaid wages arising out of the performance of this Contract, and that the wage rates paid by the Contractor and all Subcontractors were in conformity with the Contract provisions relating to said wage rates. 4. Except for the amounts stated under Paragraphs I and II hereof, the undersigned has received from the [Insert Owner's Name] all sums of money payable to the undersigned under or pursuant to the above-mentioned Contract or any modification or change thereof. 5. That in consideration of the payment of the amount stated in Paragraph I hereof the undersigned does hereby release the (Insert Owner's Name] from any and all claims arising under or by virtue of this Contract, except the amount listed in Paragraph II hereof, provided, however, that if for any reason the [Insert Owner's Name) does not pay in full the amount stated in Paragraph I hereof, said deduction shall be automatically included under Paragraph II as an amount which the Contractor has not released but will release the [Insert Owner's Name] from any and all claims of any nature whatsoever arising out of said Contract or modification thereof, and will execute such further releases or assurances as the [Insert Owner's Name] may request. Further, in consideration of the payment of the amount stated in Paragraph 1 hereof, the undersigned agrees to hold the [Insert Owner's Name] harmless from any and all costs, liability or expense of any kind in any way arising out of the contract referenced herein, or any subcontracts awarded pursuant thereto. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has signed and sealed this instrument this day of , 20_ (Contractor) (Signature) (Title) says, first, that he is the (Title) being first duly sworn on oath, deposes and of the (Name of Company) Contractor's Certificate and Release -Page 2 of 3 N:\0417\057\DOCS\SPECS\DIV 0\cert & release.docx Revised 6/26/03 second, that he has read the foregoing certificate by him subscribed as (Title) of the (Name of Company) Affiant further states that the matters and things stated therein are, to the best of his knowledge and belief, true. (Signature) Subscribed and sworn to before me this ,day of , 20 My commission expires (Notary) Contractor's Certificate and Release -Page 3 of 3 N:\0417\057\DOCS\SPECS\DIV 0\cert & release.doCx Revised 6/26/03 SECTION 01 1000 DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SUMMARY PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Project information. 2. Work covered by Contract Documents. 3. Work by Owner. 4. Work under separate contracts. 5. Owner-furnished products. 6. Access to site. 7. Coordination with occupants. 8. Work restrictions. 9. .Specification and drawing conventions. B. Related Section: 1. Division 01 Section "Temporary Facilities and Controls" for limitations and procedures governing temporary use of Owner's facilities. 1.3 PROJECT INFORMATION A. Project Identification: Swim Center Natatorium HVAC Improvements. 1. Project Location: 1211 W. Main Street, Bozeman, MT 59715. B. Owner: City of Bozeman 1. Owner's Representative: Dan McCarthy, Aquatics Director C. Engineer: Morrison-Maierle, Inc. 1.4 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS A. The Work of the Project is defined by the Contract Documents and consists of the following: 01 1000 - 1 SECTION 01 1000 DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SUMMARY Removal of the existing natatorium air handling unit, selective demolition of the existing air handling ductwork and related elements, and installation of a new HVAC unit, ductwork, and related elements. B. Type of Contract Project will be constructed under a single prime contract. 1.5 WORK BY OWNER A. General: Cooperate fully with Owner so work may be carried out smoothly, without interfering with or delaying work under this Contract or work by Owner. Coordinate the Work of this Contract with work performed by Owner. B. Concurrent Work: 0 Project site. Those under this Contract. ~ ii ~ vner will perform the following construction operations at operations will be conducted simultaneously with work The owner will drain the pool beginning May 18, 2009. Pool draining operations will take approximately 3 days to complete. The owner will then re-fill the pool when construction operations are complete. Pool draining may involve training of Bozeman Fire Department personnel, in which case they will be on site during portions of the pool draining. The Fire Department personnel will require access to the northwest door to the pool area which is not included within the construction limits of this project. 1.6 A. General: Cooperate fully with separate contractors so work on those contracts may be carried out smoothly, without interfering with or delaying work under this Contract or other contracts. Coordinate the Work of this Contract with work performed under separate contracts. B. Concurrent Work: Owner has awarded separate contract(s) for the following construction operations at Project site. Those operations will be conducted simultaneously with work under this Contract. WORK UNDER SEPARATE CONTRACTS 1. VGB Federal Mandate: To The Pool Company for replacement of the main drains in the pool. Work will include demolition of the existing main drains in the pool, installation of new drains, inspection of the new drains, and placement of new concrete, plaster, and the around the new drains. The work will be conducted interior to the building and is scheduled to be completed in the first 3 weeks following May 18, 2009. It is important to note that following the completion of these improvements, the pool will have to have enough water in it to submerge the drain area for curing of the new plaster. 01 1000 - 2 L ~ i SECTION 01 1000 DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SUMMARY 2. Swim Center Electrical Service Upgrade: To Northwestern Energy NWE for the upgrade of the existing Swim Center electrical service (208V) to a 480V service. Work to be performed includes removing the existing 208V transformer (located outdoors, directly north of the Pool Equipment Room) and replacing it with a new 480V transformer. The existing electrical meter may also be replaced at that time. Contractor shall coordinate with NWE to schedule time for this work to be completed which is compatible with Contractor's overall project schedule. The Contractor furnished and installed 480V~-208Y/120V transformer will need to be connected upon completion of NWE's work to restore power to the remainder of the Swim Center's electrical system. 1.7 ACCESS TO SITE A. General: The building will remain fully functional and occupied by the Owner until May 18, 2009. Prior to this date the Contractor may not access the interior of the building nor interfere with building operations. The existing HVAC systems shall remain fully operational until May 18, 2009. After this date, Contractor shall have full use of Project site for construction operations during the remainder of the construction period. Contractor's use of Project site is limited only by Owner's right to perform work or to retain other contractors on portions of Project. B. Use of Site: Limit use of Project site to areas within the Construction limits indicated. Do not disturb portions of Project site beyond areas in which the Work is indicated. 1. Access to site: Keep access and entrances serving premises clear and available to Owner, Owner's employees, and emergency vehicles at all times. Do not use these areas for parking or storage of materials. a. Schedule deliveries to minimize use of driveways and entrances by construction operations. b. Schedule deliveries to minimize space and time requirements for storage of materials and equipment on-site. C. Condition of Existing Building: Maintain portions of existing building affected by construction operations in a weathertight condition throughout construction period. Repair damage caused by construction operations. 1.8 COORDINATION W ITH OCCUPANTS A. Owner Limited Occupancy reserves the right to occupy portions of the Work, prior such occupancy does not placement of equipment and of the total Work. of Completed Areas of Construction: Owner and to place and install equipment in completed to Substantial Completion of the Work, provided interfere with completion of the Work. Such limited occupancy shall not constitute acceptance 01 1000 - 3 SECTION 01 1000 t DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SUMMARY 1. Engineer will prepare a Certificate of Substantial Completion for each specific portion of the Work to be occupied prior to Owner acceptance of the completed Work. 2. Obtain a Certificate of Occupancy from authorities having jurisdiction before limited Owner occupancy. 3. Before limited Owner occupancy, mechanical and electrical systems shall be fully operatiorial, and required tests and inspections shall be successfully completed. On occupancy, Owner will operate and maintain mechanical and electrical systems serving occupied portions of Work. 4. On occupancy, Owner will assume responsibility for maintenance and custodial service for occupied portions of Work. 1.9 WORK RESTRICTIONS A. Work Restrictions, General: Comply with restrictions on construction operations. 1. Comply with limitations on use of public streets and other requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. B. On-Site Work Hours: Limit work in the existing building to normal business working hours of 6 a.m. to 7 p.m., Monday through Friday, unless specifically directed otherwise by the Owner. C. Existing Utility Interruptions: Do not interrupt utilities serving facilities occupied by Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after providing temporary utility services according to requirements indicated: 1. Notify Engineer and Owner not less than 7 days in advance of proposed utility interruptions. 2. Obtain Owner's written permission before proceeding with utility interruptions. D. Noise, Vibration, and Odors: Coordinate operations that may result in high levels of noise and vibration, odors, or other disruption to Owner occupancy with Owner. 1. Notify Engineer and Owner not less than 7 days in advance of proposed disruptive operations. 2. Obtain Owner's written permission before proceeding with disruptive operations. E. Nonsmoking Building: Smoking is not permitted within the building or within 25 feet (8 m) of entrances, operable windows, or outdoor air intakes. F. Controlled Substances: Use of tobacco products and other controlled substances on the Project site is not permitted. 01 1000 - 4 ' SECTION 01 1000 DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SUMMARY 1.10 SPECIFICATION AND DRAWING CONVENTIONS A. Specification Content: The Specifications use certain conventions for the style of language and the intended meaning of certain terms, words, and phrases when used in particular situations. These conventions are as follows: 1. Imperative mood and streamlined language are generally used in the Specifications. The words "shall," "shall be," or "shall comply with," depending on the context, are implied where a colon (:) is used within a sentence or phrase. 2. Specification requirements are to be performed by Contractor unless specifically stated otherwise. B. Division 01 General Requirements: Requirements of Sections in Division 01 apply to the Work of all Sections in the Specifications. C. Drawing Coordination: Requirements for materials and products identified on the Drawings are described in detail in the Specifications. One or more of the following are used on the Drawings to identify materials and products: 1. Terminology: Materials and products are identified by the typical generic terms used in the individual Specifications Sections. 2. Abbreviations: Materials and products are identified by abbreviations published as part of the U.S. National CAD Standard. 3. Keynoting: Materials and products are identified by reference keynotes referencing Specification Section numbers found in this Project Manual. 1.11 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS PART 2 -PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 -EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 011000 01 1000 - 5 SECTION 01 2500 DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for substitutions. B. Related Sections: 1. Division 01 Section "Product Requirements" for requirements for submitting comparable product submittals for products by listed manufacturers. 2. Divisions 02 through 49 Sections for specific requirements and limitations for substitutions. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Substitutions: Changes in products, materials, equipment, and methods of construction from those required by the Contract Documents and proposed by Contractor. 1. Substitutions for Cause: Changes proposed by Contractor that are required due to changed Project conditions, such as unavailability of product, regulatory changes, or unavailability of required warranty terms. 2. Substitutions for Convenience: Changes proposed by Contractor or Owner that are not required in order to meet other Project requirements but may offer advantage to Contractor or Owner. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Substitution Requests: Submit three copies of each request for consideration. Identify product or fabrication or installation method to be replaced. Include Specification Section number and title and Drawing numbers and titles. 1. Substitution Request Form: Use CSI Form 13.1A. 2. Documentation: Show compliance with requirements for substitutions and the following, as applicable: 01 2500 - 1 SECTION 01 2500 ' DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES a. Statement indicating why specified product or fabrication or installation cannot be provided, if applicable. b. Coordination information, including a list of changes or modifications needed to other parts of the Work and to construction performed by Owner and separate contractors, that will be necessary to accommodate proposed substitution. c. Detailed comparison of significant qualities of proposed substitution with those of the Work specified. Include annotated copy of applicable specification section. Significant qualities may include attributes such as performance, weight, size, durability, visual effect, sustainable design characteristics, warranties, and specific features and requirements indicated. Indicate deviations, if any, from the Work specified. d. Product Data, including drawings and descriptions of products and fabrication and installation procedures. e. Samples, where applicable or requested. f. Certificates and qualification data, where applicable or requested. . g. List of similar installations for completed projects with project names and addresses and names and addresses of Engineers and owners. h. Material test reports from a qualified testing agency indicating and interpreting test results for compliance with requirements indicated. i. Research reports evidencing compliance with building code in effect for Project, from ICC-ES. j. Detailed comparison of Contractor's construction schedule using proposed substitution with products specified for the Work, including effect on the overall Contract Time. If specified product or method of construction cannot be provided within the Contract Time, include letter from manufacturer, on manufacturer's letterhead, stating date of receipt of purchase order, lack of availability, or delays in delivery. k. Cost information, including a proposal of change, if any, in the Contract Sum. I. Contractor's certification that proposed substitution complies with requirements in the Contract Documents except as indicated in substitution request, is compatible with related materials, and is appropriate for applications indicated. m. Contractor's waiver of rights to additional payment or time that may subsequently become necessary because of failure of proposed substitution to produce indicated results. 3. Engineer's Action: If necessary, Engineer will request additional information or documentation for evaluation within seven days of receipt of a request for substitution. Engineer will notify Contractor of acceptance or rejection of proposed substitution within 15 days of receipt of request, or seven days of receipt of additional information or documentation, whichever is later. 01 2500 - 2 SECTION 01 2500 DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES ' a. Forms of Acceptance: Change Order, Construction Change Directive, or Engineer's Supplemental Instructions for minor ' changes in the Work. b. Use product specified if Engineer does not issue a decision on use of a proposed substitution within time allocated. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE ' A. Compatibility of Substitutions: Investigate and document compatibility of proposed substitution with related products and materials. Engage qualified testing agency to perform compatibility tests recommended by manufacturers. 1.6 PROCEDURES ' A. Coordination: Modify or adjust affected work as necessary to integrate work of the approved substitutions. ' PART 2 -PRODUCTS ' 2.1 SUBSTITUTIONS ' A. Substitutions for Cause: Submit requests for substitution immediately upon discovery of need for change, but not later than 15 days prior to time required for preparation and review of related submittals. ' 1. Conditions: Engineer will consider Contractor's request for substitution when the following conditions are satisfied. If the following conditions are not satisfied, Engineer will return requests without action, except to record noncompliance with these requirements: a. Requested substitution is consistent with the Contract Documents and will produce indicated results. b. Substitution request is fully documented and properly submitted. c. Requested substitution will not adversely affect Contractor's construction schedule. d. Requested substitution has received necessary approvals of authorities having jurisdiction. e. Requested substitution is compatible with other portions of the Work. f. Requested substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the Work. g. Requested substitution provides specified warranty. h. If requested substitution involves more than one contractor, requested substitution has been coordinated with other portions ' of the Work, is uniform and consistent, is compatible with other products, and is acceptable to all contractors involved. 01 2500 - 3 SECTION 01 2500 DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES B. Substitutions for Convenience: Not allowed. ' PART 3 -EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 01 2500 01 2500 - 4 ' SECTION 01 2600 CONTRACT ' DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS MODIFICATION PROCEDURES ' PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and ' Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for handling and processing Contract modifications. B. Related Sections: 1. Division 01 Section "Product Requirements" for administrative procedures for handling requests for substitutions made after Contract award. ' 1.3 MINOR CHANGES IN THE WORK A. Engineer will issue supplemental instructions authorizing minor changes in the Work, not involving adjustment to the Contract Sum or the Contract Time, on form included in the Project Manual. 1.4 PROPOSAL REQUESTS A. Owner-Initiated Proposal Requests: Engineer will issue a detailed description of proposed changes in the Work that may require adjustment to the Contract Sum or the Contract Time. If necessary, the description will include supplemental or revised Drawings and Specifications. ' 1. Proposal Requests issued by Engineer are not instructions either to stop work in progress or to execute the proposed change. 2. Within time specified in Proposal Request after receipt of Proposal ' Request, submit a quotation estimating cost adjustments to the Contract Sum and the Contract Time necessary to execute the change. a. Include a list of quantities of products required or eliminated and unit costs, with total amount of purchases and credits to be made. If requested, furnish surrey data to substantiate quantities. b. Indicate applicable taxes, delivery charges, equipment rental, and amounts of trade discounts. 01 2600 - 1 SECTION 01 2600 CONTRACT DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS .MODIFICATION PROCEDURES c. Include costs of labor and supervision directly attributable to the change. d. Include an updated Contractor's construction schedule that indicates the effect of the change, including, but not limited to, changes in activity duration, start and finish times, and activity relationship. Use available total float before requesting an extension of the Contract Time. e. Quotation Form: Use forms acceptable to Engineer. B. Contractor-Initiated Proposals: If latent or changed conditions require modifications to the Contract, Contractor may initiate a claim by submitting a request for a change to Engineer. 1. Include a statement outlining reasons for the change and the effect of the change on the Work. Provide a complete description of the proposed change. Indicate the effect of the proposed change on the Contract Sum and the Contract Time. 2. Include a list of quantities of products required or eliminated and unit costs, with total amount of purchases and credits to be made. If requested, furnish survey data to substantiate quantities. 3. Indicate applicable taxes, delivery charges, equipment rental, and amounts of trade discounts. 4. Include costs of labor and supervision directly attributable to the change. 5. Include an updated Contractor's construction schedule that indicates the effect of the change, including, but not limited to, changes in activity duration, start and finish times, and activity relationship. Use available total float before requesting an extension of the Contract Time. 6. Comply with requirements in Division 01 Section "Substitution Procedures" if the proposed change requires substitution of one product or system for product or system specified. 7. Proposal Request Form: Use form acceptable to Engineer. 1.5 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES A. On Owner's approval of a Proposal Request, Engineer will issue a Change Order for signatures of Owner and Contractor on form included in Project , Manual. 1.6 WORK CHANGE DIRECTIVE ' A. Work Change Directive: Engineer may issue a Work Change Directive on form included in Project Manual. Work Change Directive instructs Contractor to ' proceed with a change in the Work, for subsequent inclusion in a Change Order. 01 2600 - 2 ' SECTION 01 2600 CONTRACT ' DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 1. Work Change Directive contains a complete description of change in ' the Work. It also designates method to be followed to determine change in the Contract Sum or the Contract Time. B. Documentation: Maintain detailed records on a time and material basis of work ' required by the Work Change Directive. 1. After completion of change, submit an itemized account and supporting 1 data necessary to substantiate cost and time adjustments to the Contract. PART 2 -PRODUCTS (Not Used) ' PART 3 -EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 01 2600 01 2600 - 3 SECTION 01 2900 DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS PAYMENT PROCEDURES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements necessary to prepare and process Applications for Payment. B. Related Sections: 1. Division 01 Section "Contract Modification Procedures" for administrative procedures for handling changes to the Contract. 2. Division 01 Section "Construction Progress Documentation" for administrative requirements governing the preparation and submittal of the Contractor's construction schedule. 3. Division 01 Section "Submittal Procedures" for administrative requirements governing the preparation and submittal of the submittal schedule. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Schedule of Values: A statement furnished by Contractor allocating portions of the Contract Sum to various portions of the Work and used as the basis for reviewing Contractor's Applications for Payment. 1.4 SCHEDULE OF VALUES A. Coordination: Coordinate preparation of the schedule of values with preparation of Contractor's construction schedule. 1. Correlate line items in the schedule of values with other required administrative forms and schedules, including the following: a. Application for Payment forms with continuation sheets. b. Submittal schedule. c. Items required to be indicated as separate activities in Contractor's construction schedule. 01 2900 - 1 SECTION 01 2900 DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS PAYMENT PROCEDURES 2. Submit the schedule of values to Engineer at earliest possible date but no later than seven days before the date scheduled for submittal of initial Applications for Payment. B. Format and Content: Use the Project Manual table of contents as a guide to establish line items for the schedule of values. Provide at least one line item for each Specification Section. 1. Identification: Include the following Project identification on the schedule of values: a. Project name and location. b. Name of Engineer. c. Engineer's project number. d. Contractor's name and address. e. Date of submittal. 2. Arrange the schedule of values in tabular form with separate columns to indicate the following for each item listed: a. Related Specification Section or Division. b. Description of the Work. c. Name of subcontractor. d. Name of manufacturer or fabricator. e. Name of supplier. f. Change Orders (numbers) that affect value. g. Dollar value of the following, as a percentage of the Contract Sum to nearest one-hundredth percent, adjusted to total 100 percent. 1) Labor. 2) Materials. 3) Equipment. 3. Provide a breakdown of the Contract Sum in enough detail to facilitate continued evaluation of Applications for Payment and progress reports. Coordinate with the Project Manual table of contents. Provide multiple line items for principal subcontract amounts in excess of twenty percent of Contract Sum. 4. Round amounts to nearest whole dollar; total shall equal the Contract Sum. 5. Provide a separate line item in the schedule of values for each part of the Work where Applications for Payment may include materials or equipment purchased or fabricated and stored, but not yet installed. a. Differentiate between items stored on-site and items stored off- site. If required, include evidence of insurance. 6. Provide separate line items in the schedule of values for initial cost of materials, for each subsequent stage of completion, and for total installed value of that part of the Work. 01 2900 - 2 ' SECTION 01 2900 DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS PAYMENT PROCEDURES ' 7. Each item in the schedule of values and Applications for Payment shall be complete. Include total cost and proportionate, share of general overhead and profit for each item. a. Temporary facilities and other major cost items that are not direct cost of actual work-in-place may be shown either as ' separate line items in the schedule of values or distributed as general overhead expense, at Contractor's option. ' 8. Schedule Updating: Update and resubmit the schedule of values before the next Applications for Payment when Change Orders or Construction Change Directives result in a change in the Contract Sum. 1.5 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT ' A. Each Application for Payment .shall be consistent with previous applications and payments as certified by Engineer and paid for by Owner. ' 1. Initial Application for Payment, Application for Payment at time of Substantial Completion, and final Application for Payment involve additional requirements. B. Payment Application Times: Progress payments shall be submitted to Engineer by the dates indicated in the Pre-Bid Meeting. ' C. Application for Payment Forms: Use forms provided by Owner for Applications for Payment. Sample copies are included in the Project Manual. ' D. Application Preparation: Complete every entry on form. Notarize and execute by a person authorized to sign legal documents on behalf of Contractor. Engineer will return incomplete applications without action. ' 1. Entries shall match data on the schedule of values and Contractor's construction schedule. Use updated schedules if revisions were made. ' 2. Include amounts for work completed following previous Application for Payment, whether or not payment has been received. Include only amounts for work completed at time of Application for Payment. ' 3. Include amounts of Change Orders and Construction Change Directives issued before last day of construction period covered by application. 4. Indicate separate amounts for work being carried out under Owner- requested project acceleration. ' E. Stored Materials: Include in Application for Payment amounts applied for materials or equipment purchased or fabricated and stored, but not yet ' installed. Differentiate between items stored on-site and items stored off-site. 1. Provide certificate of insurance, evidence of transfer of title to Owner, ' and consent of surety to payment, for stored materials. 01 2900 - 3 SECTION 01 2900 DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS PAYMENT PROCEDURES 2. Provide supporting documentation that verifies amount requested, such as paid invoices. Match amount requested with amounts indicated on documentation; do not include overhead and profit on stored materials. 3. Provide summary documentation for stored materials indicating the following: a. Materials previously stored and included in previous Applications for Payment. b. Work completed for this Application utilizing previously stored materials. c. Additional materials stored with this Application. d. Total materials remaining stored, including materials with this Application. F. Transmittal: Submit two (2) signed and notarized original copies of each Application for Payment to Engineer by a method ensuring receipt within 24 hours. One copy shall include waivers of lien and similar attachments if required. 1. Transmit each copy with a transmittal form listing attachments and recording appropriate information about application. G. Initial Application for Payment: Administrative actions and submittals that must precede or coincide with submittal of first Application for Payment include the following: 1. List of subcontractors. 2. Schedule of values. 3. Contractor's construction schedule (preliminary if not final). 4. Combined Contractor's construction schedule (preliminary if not final) incorporating Work of multiple contracts, with indication of acceptance of schedule by each Contractor. 5. Products list (preliminary if not final). 6. Schedule of unit prices. 7. Submittal schedule (preliminary if not final). 8. List of Contractor's staff assignments. 9. List of Contractor's principal consultants. 10. Copies of building permits. 11. Copies of authorizations and licenses from authorities having jurisdiction for performance of the Work. 12. Initial progress report. 13. Report of preconstruction conference. 14. Certificates of insurance and insurance policies. 15. Performance and payment bonds. 16. Data needed to acquire Owner's insurance. H. Application for Payment at Substantial Completion: After issuing the Certificate of Substantial Completion, submit an Application for Payment showing 100 percent completion for portion of the Work claimed as substantially complete. 01 2900 - 4 SECTION 01 2900 DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS PAYMENT PROCEDURES 1. Include documentation supporting claim that the Work is substantially complete and a statement showing an accounting of changes to the Contract Sum. 2. This application shall reflect Certificates of Partial Substantial Completion issued previously for Owner occupancy of designated portions of the Work. I. Final Payment Application: Submit final Application for Payment with releases and supporting documentation not previously submitted and accepted, including, but not limited, to the following: 1. Evidence of completion of Project closeout requirements. 2. Insurance certificates for products and completed operations where required and proof that taxes, fees, and similar obligations were paid. 3. Updated final statement, accounting for final changes to the Contract Sum. 4. Contractors Certificate of Release form included in the Project Manual. 5. Evidence that claims have been settled. 6. Final liquidated damages settlement statement. PART 2 -PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 -EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 01 2900 01 2900 - 5 SECTION 01 3100 PROJECT MANAGEMENT DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS AND COORDINATION PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative provisions for coordinating construction operations on Project including, but not limited to, the following: 1. General project coordination procedures. 2. Administrative and supervisory personnel. 3. Requests for Information (RFIs). 4. Project meetings. B. Each contractor shall participate in coordination requirements. Certain areas of responsibility are assigned to a specific contractor. C. Related Sections: 1. Division 01 Section "Construction Progress Documentation" for preparing and submitting Contractor's construction schedule. 2. Division 01 Section "Execution" for procedures for coordinating general installation and field-engineering services, including establishment of benchmarks and control points. 3. Division 01 Section "Closeout Procedures" for coordinating closeout of the Contract. 4. Division 01 Section "General Commissioning Requirements" for coordinating the Work with Owner's commissioning authority. ' 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. RFI: Request from Owner, Engineer, or Contractor seeking information from each other during construction. ' 1.4 COORDINATION A. Coordination: Coordinate construction operations included in different Sections ' of the Specifications and the work to be performed under separate contracts to ensure effjcient and orderly installation of each part of the Work. Coordinate 01 3100 - 1 SECTION 01 3100 PROJECT MANAGEMENT DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS AND COORDINATION construction operations, included in different Sections that depend on each other for proper installation, connection, and operation. 1. Schedule construction operations in sequence required to obtain the best results where installation of one part of the Work depends on installation of other components, before or after its own installation. 2. Coordinate installation of different components to ensure maximum performance and accessibility for required maintenance, service, and repair. 3. Make adequate provisions to accommodate items scheduled for later installation. B. Prepare memoranda for distribution to each party involved, outlining special procedures required for coordination. Include such items as required notices, reports, and list of attendees at meetings. Prepare similar memoranda for Owner and separate contractors if coordination of their Work is required. C. Administrative Procedures: Coordinate scheduling and timing of required administrative procedures with other construction activities to avoid conflicts and to ensure orderly progress of the Work. Such administrative activities include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Preparation of Contractor's construction schedule. 2. Preparation of the schedule of values. 3. Installation and removal of temporary facilities and controls. 4. Delivery and processing of submittals. 5. Progress meetings. 6. Preinstallation conferences. 7. Project closeout activities. 8. Startup and adjustment of systems. 9. Project closeout activities. D. Conservation: Coordinate construction activities to ensure that operations are carried out with consideration given to conservation of energy, water, and materials. Coordinate use of temporary utilities to minimize waste. Salvage materials and equipment involved in performance of, but not actually incorporated into, the Work. Refer to other Sections for disposition of salvaged materials that are designated as Owner's property. 1.5 KEY PERSONNEL A. Key Personnel Names: Within 15 days of starting construction operations, submit a list of key personnel assignments, including superintendent and other personnel in attendance at Project site. Identify individuals and their duties and responsibilities; list addresses and telephone numbers, including home, office, 01 3100 - 2 SECTION 01 3100 PROJECT MANAGEMENT ' DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS AND COORDINATION and cellular telephone numbers and email addresses. Provide names, ' addresses, and telephone numbers of individuals assigned as standbys in the absence of individuals assigned to Project. 1. Post copies of list in project meeting room, in temporary field office, and by each temporary telephone. Keep list current at all times. 1.6 REQUESTS FOR INFORMATION (RFIs) A. General: Immediately on discovery of the need for additional information or ' interpretation of the Contract Documents, Contractor shall prepare and submit an RFI in the form specified. ' 1. Engineer will return RFIs submitted to Engineer by other entities controlled by Contractor with no response. 2. Coordinate and submit RFIs in a prompt manner so as to avoid delays ' in Contractor's work or work of subcontractors. B. Content of the RFI: Include a detailed, legible description of item needing ' information or interpretation and the following: 1. Project name. 2. Project number. ' 3. Date. 4. Name of Contractor. 5. Name of Engineer. ' 6. ~ RFI number, numbered sequentially. 7. RFI subject. 8. Specification Section number and title and related paragraphs, as ' appropriate. 9. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate. 10. Field dimensions and conditions, as appropriate. ' 11. Contractor's suggested resolution. If Contractor's solution(s) impacts the Contract Time or the Contract Sum, Contractor shall state impact in the RFI. 12. Contractor's signature. 13. Attachments: Include sketches, descriptions, measurements, photos, Product Data, Shop Drawings, coordination drawings, and other information necessary to fully describe items needing interpretation. a. Include dimensions, thicknesses, structural grid references, and details of affected materials, assemblies, and attachments on ' attached sketches. C. RFI Forms: Form acceptable to Engineer. D. Engineer's Action: Engineer will review each RFI, determine action required, and respond. Allow seven working days for Engineer's response for each RFI. 01 3100 - 3 SECTION 01 3100 PROJECT MANAGEMENT DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS AND COORDINATION RFIs received by Engineer after 1:00 p.m. will be considered as received the following working day. The following RFIs will be returned without action: a. Requests for approval of submittals. b. Requests for approval of substitutions. c. Requests for coordination information already indicated in the Contract Documents. d. Requests for adjustments in the Contract Time or the Contract Sum. e. Requests for interpretation of Engineer's actions on submittals. f. Incomplete RFIs or inaccurately prepared RFIs. 2. Engineer's action may include a request for additional information, in which case Engineer's time for response will date from time of receipt of additional information. 3. Engineer's action on RFIs that may result in a change to the Contract Time or the Contract Sum may be eligible for Contractor to submit Change Proposal according to Division 01 Section "Contract Modification Procedures." a. If Contractor believes the RFI response warrants change in the Contract Time or the Contract Sum, notify Engineer in writing within 7 days of receipt of the RFI response. E. On receipt of Engineer's action, update the RFI log and immediately distribute the RFI response to affected parties. Review response and notify Engineer within seven days if Contractor disagrees with response. F. RFI Log: Prepare, maintain, and submit a tabular log of RFIs organized by the RFI number. Submit log bi-weekly. Software log with not less than the following: 1. Project name. 2. Name and address of Contractor. 3. Name and address of Engineer. 4. RFI number including RFIs that were dropped and not submitted. 5. RFI description. 6. Date the RFI was submitted. 7. Date Engineer's response was received. 8. Identification of related Minor Change in the Work, Construction Change Directive, and Proposal Request, as appropriate. 9. Identification of related Field Order, Work Change Directive, and Proposal Request, as appropriate. 01 3100 - 4 SECTION 01 3100 PROJECT MANAGEMENT DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS AND COORDINATION 1.7 PROJECT MEETINGS A. General: Schedule and conduct meetings and conferences at Project site, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Attendees: Inform participants and others involved, and individuals whose presence is required, of date and time of each meeting. Notify Owner and Engineer of scheduled meeting dates and times. 2. Agenda: Prepare the meeting agenda. Distribute the agenda to all invited attendees. 3. Minutes: Entity responsible for conducting meeting will record significant discussions and agreements achieved. Distribute the meeting minutes to everyone concemed, including Owner, and Engineer, within three days of the meeting. B. Preconstruction Conference: Engineer will schedule and conduct a preconstruction conference before starting construction, at a time convenient to Owner and Engineer, but no later than 7 days after execution of the Agreement. 1. Conduct the conference to review responsibilities and personnel assignments. 2. Attendees: Authorized representatives of Owner, Engineer, and their consultants; Contractor and its superintendent; major subcontractors; suppliers; and other concemed parties shall attend the conference. Participants at the conference shall be familiar with Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work. 3. Agenda: Discuss items of significance that could affect progress, including the following: a. Tentative construction schedule. b. Critical work sequencing and long-lead items. c. Designation of key personnel and their duties. d. Lines of communications. e. Procedures for processing field decisions and Change Orders. f. Procedures for RFIs. g. Procedures for testing and inspecting. h. Procedures for processing Applications for Payment. i. Distribution of the Contract Documents. j. Submittal procedures. k. Preparation of record documents. I. Use of the premises and existing building. m. Work restrictions. n. Working hours. o. Owner's occupancy requirements. p. Responsibility for temporary facilities and controls. q. Procedures for moisture and mold control. r. Procedures for disruptions and shutdowns. s. Construction waste management and recycling. t. Parking availability. 01 3100 - 5 SECTION 01 3100 PROJECT MANAGEMENT DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS AND COORDINATION u. Office, work, and storage areas. v. Equipment deliveries and priorities. w. First aid. x. Security. y. Progress cleaning. 4. Minutes: Entity responsible for conducting meeting will record and distribute meeting minutes. C. Preinstallation Conferences: Conduct a preinstallation conference at Project site before each construction activity that requires coordination with other construction. 1. Attendees: Installer and representatives of manufacturers and fabricators involved in or affected by the installation and its coordination or integration with other materials and installations that have preceded or will follow, shall attend the meeting. Advise Engineer of scheduled meeting dates. 2. Agenda: Review progress of other construction activities and preparations for the particular activity under consideration, including requirements for the following: a. Contract Documents. b. Options. c. Related RFIs. d. Related Change Orders. e. Purchases. f. Deliveries. g. Submittals. h. Review of mockups. i. Possible conflicts. j. Compatibility problems. k. Time schedules. I. Weather limitations. m. Manufacturer's written recommendations. n. Warranty requirements. o. Compatibility of materials. p. Acceptability of substrates. q. Temporary facilities and controls. r. Space and access limitations. s. Regulations of authorities having jurisdiction. t. Testing and inspecting requirements. u. Installation procedures: v. Coordination with other work. w. Required performance results. x. Protection of adjacent work. y. Protection of construction and personnel. 3. Record significant conference discussions, agreements, and disagreements, including required corrective measures and actions. 01 3100 - 6 SECTION 01 3100 PROJECT MANAGEMENT DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS AND COORDINATION 4. Reporting: Distribute minutes of the meeting to each party present and to other parties requiring information. 5. Do not proceed with installation if the conference cannot be successfully concluded. Initiate whatever actions are necessary to resolve impediments to performance of the Work and reconvene the conference at earliest feasible date. D. Project Closeout Conference: Schedule and conduct a Project closeout conference,. at a time convenient to Owner and Engineer, but no later than 7 days prior to the scheduled date of Substantial Completion. 1. Conduct the conference to review requirements and responsibilities related to Project closeout. 2. Attendees: Authorized representatives of Owner, Engineer, and their consultants; Contractor and its superintendent; major subcontractors; suppliers; and other concerned parties shall attend the meeting. Participants at the meeting shall be familiar with Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work. 3. Agenda: Discuss items of significance that could affect or delay Project closeout, including the following: a. Preparation of record documents. b. Procedures required prior to inspection for Substantial Completion and for final inspection for acceptance. c. Submittal of written wan-anties. d. Requirements for preparing sustainable design documentation. e. Requirements for preparing operations and maintenance data. f. Requirements for demonstration and training. g. Preparation of Contractor's punch list. h. Procedures for processing Applications for Payment at Substantial Completion and for final payment. i. Submittal procedures. j. Coordination of separate contracts. k. Owner's partial occupancy requirements. I. Installation of Owner's furniture, fixtures, and equipment. m. Responsibility for removing temporary facilities and controls. 4. Minutes: Entity conducting meeting will record and distribute meeting minutes. E. Progress Meetings: Conduct progress meetings at weekly intervals. 1. Coordinate dates of meetings with preparation of payment requests. 2. Attendees: In addition to representatives of Owner and Engineer, each contractor, subcontractor, supplier, and other entity concerned with current progress or involved in planning, coordination, or performance of future activities shall be represented at these meetings. All participants at the meeting shall be familiar with Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work. 01 3100 - 7 SECTION 01 3100 ' PROJECT MANAGEMENT DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS AND COORDINATION , 3. Agenda: Review and correct or approve minutes of previous progress meeting. Review other items of significance that could affect progress. Include topics for discussion as appropriate to status of Project. ' a. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Review progress since the last meeting. Determine whether each activity is on time, ahead ' of schedule, or behind schedule, in relation to Contractor's construction schedule. Determine how construction behind schedule will be expedited; secure commitments from parties ' involved to do so. Discuss whether schedule revisions are required to ensure that current and subsequent activities will be completed within the Contract Time. ' 1) Review schedule for next period. b. Review present and future needs of each entity present, ' including the following: 1) Interface requirements. 2) Sequence of operations. 3) Status of submittals. 4) Deliveries. 5) Off-site fabrication. 6) Access. 7) Site utilization. 8) Temporary facilities and controls. 9) Progress cleaning. 10) Quality and work standards. 11) Status of correction of deficient items. 12) Field observations. 13) Status of RFIs. 14) Status of proposal requests. 15) Pending changes. 16) Status of Change Orders. 17) Pending claims and disputes. 18) Documentation of information for payment requests. 4. Minutes: Entity responsible for conducting the meeting will record and distribute the meeting minutes to each party present and to parties requiring information. a. Schedule Updating: Revise Contractor's construction schedule after each progress meeting where revisions to the schedule have been made or recognized. Issue revised schedule concurrently with the report of each meeting. 01 3100 - 8 SECTION 01 3100 PROJECT MANAGEMENT DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS AND COORDINATION PART 2 -PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 -EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 01 3100 01 3100 - 9 SECTION 01 3200 CONSTRUCTION DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for documenting the progress of construction during performance of the Work, including. the following: 1. Contractor's construction schedule. 2. Daily construction reports. 3. Material location reports. 4. Field condition reports. 5. Special reports. B. Related Sections: 1. Division 01 Section "Submittal Procedures" for submitting schedules and reports. 2. Division 01 Section "Quality Requirements" for submitting a schedule of tests and inspections. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Activity: A discrete part of a project that can be identified for planning, scheduling, monitoring, and controlling the construction project. Activities included in a construction schedule consume time and resources. 1. Critical Activity: An activity on the critical path that must start and finish on the planned early start and finish times. 2. Predecessor Activity: An activity that precedes another activity in the network. 3. Successor Activity: An activity that follows another activity in the network. B. CPM: Critical path method, which is a method of planning and scheduling a construction project where activities are arranged based on activity relationships. Network calculations determine when activities can be performed and the critical path of the Project. 01 3200 - 1 SECTION 01 3200 CONSTRUCTION DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS PROG_ RES_S_ DOCUMENTATION C. Critical Path: The longest connected chain of interdependent activities through the network schedule that establishes the minimum overall Project duration and contains no float. D. Event: The starting or ending point of an activity. E. Float: The measure of leeway in starting and completing an activity. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Format for Submittals: Submit required submittals in the following format: 1. PDF electronic file. B. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Initial schedule, of size required to display entire schedule for entire construction period. C. Daily Construction Reports: Submit at weekly intervals. D. Material Location Reports: Submit at monthly intervals. E. Field Condition Reports: Submit at time of discovery of differing conditions. F. Special Reports: Submit at time of unusual event. 1.5 COORDINATION A. Coordinate preparation and processing of schedules and reports with performance of construction activities and with scheduling and reporting of separate contractors. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE, GENERAL A. Time Frame: Extend schedule from date established for the Notice to Proceed to dates of Substantial Completion and Final completion. 1. Contract completion date shall not be changed by submission of a schedule that shows an early completion date, unless specifically authorized by Change Order. B. Activities: Treat each major item of work as a separate numbered activity. Comply with the following: 01 3200 - 2 SECTION 01 3200 CONSTRUCTION ' DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 1. Activity Duration: Define activities so no activity is longer than 20 days, unless specifically allowed by Engineer. 2. Procurement Activities: Include procurement process activities for the following long lead items and major items, requiring a cycle of more ' than 60 days, as separate activities in schedule. Procurement cycle activities include, but are not limited to, submittals, approvals, purchasing, fabrication, and delivery. ' a. Air Handling Unit. 3. Submittal Review Time: Include review and resubmittal times indicated ' in Division 01 Section "Submittal Procedures" in schedule. Coordinate submittal review times in Contractor's construction schedule with submittal schedule. ' 4. Startup and Testing Time: Include not less than 5 days for startup and testing. 5. Substantial Completion: Indicate completion in advance of date ' established for Substantial Completion, and allow time for Engineer's administrative procedures necessary for certification of Substantial Completion. ' 6. Punch List and Final Completion: Include not more than 11 days for punch list and final completion. C. Constraints: Include constraints and work restrictions indicated in the Contract ' Documents and as follows in schedule, and show how the sequence of the Work is affected. ' 1. Work by Owner: Include a separate activity for each portion of the Work performed by Owner or their other contractors. 2. Products Ordered in Advance: Include a separate activity for each product. Include delivery date indicated in Division 01 Section "Summary." Delivery dates indicated stipulate the earliest possible delivery date. ' 3. Work Restrictions: Show the effect of the following items on the schedule: ' a. Coordination with existing construction. b. Limitations of continued occupancies. c. Uninterruptible services. d. Partial occupancy before Substantial Completion. e. Use of premises restrictions. f. Seasonal variations. g. Environmental control. ' 4. Work Stages: Indicate important stages of construction for each major portion of the Work, including, but not limited to, the following: ' a. Subcontract awards. b. Submittals. c. Purchases. 01 3200 - 3 SECTION 01 3200 CONSTRUCTION DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION d. Fabrication. e. Deliveries. f. Installation. g. Tests and inspections. h. Adjusting. i. Curing. j. Startup and placement into final use and operation. ~:~. Milestones: Include milestones indicated in the Contract Documents in schedule, including, but not limited to, the Notice to Proceed, Substantial Completion, and final completion. E. Upcoming Work Summary: Prepare summary report indicating activities scheduled to occur or commence prior to submittal of next schedule update. Summarize the following issues: 1. Unresolved issues. 2. Unanswered RFIs. 3. Rejected or unreturned submittals. 4. Notations on returned submittals. F. Recovery Schedule: When periodic update indicates the Work is 7 or more calendar days behind the current approved schedule, submit a separate recovery schedule indicating means by which Contractor intends to regain compliance with the schedule. Indicate changes to working hours, working days, crew sizes, and equipment required to achieve compliance, and date by which recovery will be accomplished. 2.2 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE (GANTT CHART) A. Gantt-Chart Schedule: Submit a comprehensive, fully developed, horizontal Gantt-chart-type, Contractor's construction schedule within 15 days of date established for the Notice to Proceed. Base schedule on the start-up construction schedule and additional information received since the start of Project. 2.3 REPORTS A. Daily Construction Reports: Prepare a daily construction report recording the following information concerning events at Project site: 1. List of subcontractors at Project site. 2. List of separate contractors at Project site. 3. Approximate count of personnel at Project site. 4. Equipment at Project site. 5. Material deliveries. 6. High and low temperatures and general weather conditions, including presence of rain or snow. 01 3200 - 4 ' SECTION 01 3200 CONSTRUCTION ' DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. Accidents. Meetings and significant decisions. Unusual events (refer to special reports). Stoppages, delays, shortages, and losses. Meter readings and similar recordings. Emergency procedures. Orders and requests of authorities having jurisdiction. Change Orders received and implemented. Work Change Directives received and implemented. Services connected and disconnected. Equipment or system tests and startups. Partial completions and occupancies. Substantial Completions authorized. B. Material Location Reports: At monthly intervals, prepare and submit a comprehensive list of materials delivered to and stored at Project site. List shall be cumulative, showing materials previously reported plus items recently ' delivered. Include with list a statement of progress on and delivery dates for materials or items of equipment fabricated or stored away from Project site. ' 2.4 C. Field Condition Reports: Immediately on discovery of a difference between field conditions and the Contract Documents, prepare and submit a detailed report. Submit with a Request for Information. Include a detailed description of the differing conditions, together with recommendations for changing the Contract Documents. SPECIAL REPORTS A. General: Submit special reports directly to Owner within one day(s) of an occurrence. Distribute copies of report to parties affected by the occurrence. B. Reporting Unusual Events: When an nature occurs at Project site, whether prepare and submit a special report. participating, response by Contractor's effects, and similar pertinent information these events are known or predictable. PART 3 -EXECUTION ' 3.1 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE event of an unusual and significant or not related directly to the Work, List chain of events, persons personnel, evaluation of results or Advise Owner in advance when A. Contractor's Construction Schedule Updating: At bi-weekly schedule to reflect actual construction progress and activities. 2 days before each regularly scheduled progress meeting. intervals, update Issue schedule 01 3200 - 5 SECTION 01 3200 CONSTRUCTION DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 1. Revise schedule immediately after each meeting or other activity where revisions have been recognized or made. Issue updated schedule concurrently with the report of each such meeting. 2. Include a report with updated schedule that indicates every change, including, but not limited to, changes in logic, durations, actual starts and finishes, and activity durations. 3. As the Work progresses, indicate final completion percentage for each activity. B. Distribution: Distribute copies of approved schedule to Engineer, Owner, separate contractors, testing and inspecting agencies, and other parties identified by Contractor with aneed-to-know schedule responsibility. 1. Post copies in Project meeting rooms and temporary field offices. 2. When revisions are made, distribute updated schedules to the same parties and post in the same locations. Delete parties from distribution when they have completed their assigned portion of the Work and are no longer involved in performance of construction activities. END OF SECTION 01 3200 01 3200 - 6 SECTION 01 3300 DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes requirements for the submittal schedule and administrative and procedural requirements for submitting Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples, and other submittals. B. Related Sections: 1. Division 01 Section "Payment Procedures" for submitting Applications for Payment and the schedule of values. 2. Division 01 Section "Construction Progress Documentation" for submitting schedules and reports, including Contractor's construction schedule. 3. Division 01 Section "Operation and Maintenance Data" for submitting operation and maintenance manuals. 4. Division 01 Section "Project Record Documents" for submitting record Drawings, record Specifications, and record Product Data. 5. Division 01 Section "Demonstration and Training" for submitting video recordings of demonstration of equipment and training of Owner's personnel. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Action Submittals: Written and graphic information and physical samples that require Engineer's responsive action. Action submittals are those submittals indicated in individual Specification Sections as action submittals. B. Informational Submittals: Written and graphic information and physical samples that do not require Engineer's responsive action. Submittals may be rejected for not complying with requirements. Informational submittals are those submittals indicated in individual Specification Sections as informational submittals. C. Portable Document Format (PDF): An open standard file format licensed by Adobe Systems used for representing documents in adevice-independent and display resolution-independent fixed-layout document format. 01 3300 - 1 SECTION 01 3300 DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Submittal Schedule: Submit a schedule. of submittals, arranged in chronological order by dates required by construction schedule. Include time required for review, ordering, manufacturing, fabrication, and delivery when establishing dates. Include additional time required for making corrections or modifications to submittals noted by the Engineer and additional time for handling and reviewing submittals required by those corrections. 1. Coordinate submittal schedule with list of subcontracts, the schedule of values, and Contractor's construction schedule. 2. Initial Submittal: Submit concurrently with start-up construction schedule. Include submittals required during the first 60 days of construction. List those submittals required to maintain orderly progress of the Work and those required early because of long lead time for manufacture or fabrication. 3. Final Submittal: Submit concurrently with the first complete submittal of Contractor's construction schedule. a. Submit revised submittal schedule to reflect changes in current status and timing for submittals. 4. Format: Arrange the following information in a tabular format: a. Scheduled date for first submittal. b. Specification Section number and title. c. Submittal category: Action, informational. d. Name of subcontractor. e. Description of the Work covered. f. Scheduled date for Engineer's final release or approval. g. Scheduled dates for purchasing. h. Scheduled dates for installation. i. Activity or event number. 1.5 SUBMITTAL ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Engineer's Digital Data Files: Electronic copies of CAD Drawings of the Contract Drawings will not be provided by Engineer for Contractor's use in preparing submittals. B. Coordination: Coordinate preparation and processing of submittals with performance of construction activities. 1. Coordinate each submittal with fabrication, purchasing, testing, delivery, other submittals, and related activities that require sequential activity. 2. Submit all submittal items required for each Specification Section concurrently unless partial submittals for portions of the Work are indicated on approved submittal schedule. 01 3300 - 2 SECTION 01 3300 DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 3. Submit action submittals and informational submittals required by the same Specification Section as separate packages under separate transmittals. 4. Coordinate transmittal of different types of submittals for related parts of the Work so processing will not be delayed because of need to review submittals concurrently for coordination. a. Engineer reserves the right to withhold action on a submittal requiring coordination with other submittals until related submittals are received. C. Processing Time: Allow time for submittal review, including time for resubmittals, as follows. Time for review shall commence on Engineer's receipt of submittal. No extension of the Contract Time will be authorized because of failure to transmit submittals enough in advance of the Work to permit processing, including resubmittals. 1. Initial Review: Allow 10 days for initial review of each submittal. Allow additional time if coordination with subsequent submittals is required. Engineer will advise Contractor when a submittal being processed must be delayed for coordination. 2. Intermediate Review: If intermediate submittal is necessary, process it in same manner as initial submittal. 3. Resubmittal Review: Allow 5 days for review of each resubmittal. D. Identification and Information: Place a permanent label or title block on each paper copy submittal item for identification. 1. Indicate name of firm or entity that prepared each submittal on label or title block. 2. Provide a space approximately 4 by 4 inches on label or beside title block to record Contractor's review and approval markings and action taken by Engineer. 3. Include the following information for processing and recording action taken: a. Project name. b. Date. c. Name of Engineer. d. Name of Construction Manager. e. Name of Contractor. f. Name of subcontractor. g. Name of supplier. h. Name of manufacturer. i. Submittal number or other unique identifier, including revision identifier. 1) Submittal number shall use Specification Section number followed by a decimal point and then a sequential number (e.g., 061000.01). Resubmittals shall include an 01 3300 - 3 SECTION 01 3300 DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES alphabetic suffix after another decimal point (e.g., 061000.01.A). j. Number and title of appropriate Specification Section. k. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate. I. Location(s) where product is to be installed, as appropriate. m. Other necessary identification. E. Identification and Information: Identify and incorporate information in each electronic submittal file as follows: 1. Assemble complete submittal package into a single indexed file with links enabling navigation to each item. 2. Name file with submittal number or other unique identifier, including revision identifier. a. File name shall use project identifier and Specification Section number followed by a decimal point and then a sequential number (e.g., LNHS-061000.01). Resubmittals shall include an alphabetic suffix after another decimal point (e.g., LNHS- 061000.01.A). 3. Provide means for insertion to permanently record Contractor's review and approval markings and action taken by Engineer. 4. Include the following information on an inserted cover sheet: a. Project name. b. Date. c. Name and address of Engineer. d. Name of Construction Manager. e. Name of Contractor. f. Name of firm or entity that prepared submittal. g. Name of subcontractor. h. Name of supplier. i. Name of manufacturer. j. Number and title of appropriate Specification Section. k. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate. I. Location(s) where product is to be installed, as appropriate. m. Related physical samples submitted directly. n. Other necessary identification. 5. Include the following information as keywords in the electronic file metadata: a. Project name. b. Number and title of appropriate Specification Section. c. Manufacturer name. d. Product name. F. Options: Identify options requiring selection by the Engineer. 01 3300 - 4 SECTION 01 3300 DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES G. Deviations: Identify deviations from the Contract Documents on submittals. H. Additional Paper Copies: Unless additional copies are required for final submittal, and unless Engineer observes noncompliance with provisions in the Contract Documents, initial submittal may serve as final submittal. Transmittal: Assemble each submittal individually and appropriately for transmittal and handling. Transmit each submittal using a transmittal form. Engineer will return submittals, without review received from sources other than Contractor. 1. Transmittal Form: Use form acceptable to the Engineer. 2. Transmittal Form: Provide locations on form for the following information: a. Project name. b. Date. c. Destination (To:). d. Source (From:). e. Names of subcontractor, manufacturer, and supplier. f. Category and type of submittal. g. Submittal purpose and description. h. Specification Section number and title. i. Indication of full or partial submittal. j. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate. k. Transmittal number. I. Submittal and transmittal distribution record. m. Remarks. n. Signature of transmitter. 3. On an attached separate sheet, prepared on Contractor's letterhead, record relevant information, requests for data, revisions other than those requested by Engineer on previous submittals, and deviations from requirements in the Contract Documents, including minor variations and limitations. Include same identification information as related submittal. J. Resubmittals: Make resubmittals in same form and number of copies as initial submittal. 1. Note date and content of previous submittal. 2. Note date and content of revision in label or title block and clearly indicate extent of revision. 3. Resubmit submittals until they are marked with approval notation from Engineer's action stamp. K. Distribution: Furnish copies of final submittals to manufacturers, ' subcontractors, suppliers, fabricators, installers, authorities having jurisdiction, and others as necessary for performance of constnaction activities. Show distribution on transmittal forms. 01 3300 - 5 SECTION 01 3300 , DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES L. Use for Construction: Use only final submittals that are marked with approval ' notation from Engineer's action stamp. ' PART 2 -PRODUCTS 1 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 2 ' . A. General Submittal Procedure Requirements: Prepare and submit submittals required by individual Specification Sections. Types of submittals are indicated , in individual Specification Sections. 1. Submit electronic submittals via email as PDF electronic files. ' a. Engineer will return annotated file. Annotate and retain one copy of file as an electronic Project record document file. 2. Action Submittals: Submit electronic PDF submittal or three paper copies of each submittal, unless otherwise indicated. Engineer will return two copies. ' 3. Informational Submittals: Submit electronic PDF submittal or two paper copies of each submittal, unless otherwise indicated. Engineer will not return copies. ' 4. Closeout Submittals and Maintenance Material Submittals: Comply with requirements specified in Division 01 Section "Closeout Procedures." 5. Certificates and Certifications Submittals: Provide a statement that , includes signature of entity responsible for preparing certification. Certificates and certifications shall be signed by an officer or other individual authorized to sign documents on behalf of that entity. , a. Provide a digital signature with digital certificate on electronically-submitted certificates and certifications where indicated. b. Provide a notarized statement on original paper copy certificates and certifications where indicated. 6. Test and Inspection Reports Submittals: Comply with requirements specified in Division 01 Section "Quality Requirements." B. Product Data: Collect information into a single submittal for each element of construction and type of product or equipment. 1. If information must be specially prepared for submittal because standard published data are not suitable for use, submit as Shop Drawings, not as Product Data. 2. Mark each copy of each submittal to show which products and options are applicable. 3. Include the following information, as applicable: a. Manufacturer's catalog cuts. 01 3300 - 6 ' SECTION 01 3300 DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES b. Manufacturer's product specifications. c. Standard color charts. d. Statement of compliance with specified referenced standards. e. Testing by recognized testing agency. f. Application of testing agency labels and seals. ' g. Notation of coordination requirements. h. Availability and delivery time information. 4. For equipment, include the following in addition to the above, as ' applicable: a. Wiring diagrams showing factory-installed wiring. ' b. Printed performance curves. c. Operational range diagrams. d. Clearances required to other construction, if not indicated on ' accompanying Shop Drawings. 5. Submit Product Data before or concurrent with Samples. ' 6. Submit Product Data in the following format: a. PDF electronic file or three paper copies of Product Data, unless otherwise indicated. Engineer will return two paper copies. C. Shop Drawings: Prepare Project-specific information, drawn accurately to scale. Do not base Shop Drawings on reproductions of the Contract ' Documents or standard printed data. 1. Preparation: Fully illustrate requirements in the Contract Documents. ' Include the following information, as applicable: a. Identification of products. ' b. Schedules. c. Compliance with specified standards. d. Notation of coordination requirements. e. Notation of dimensions established by field measurement. f. Relationship and attachment to adjoining construction clearly indicated. g. Seal and signature of professional engineer if specified. ' 2. Sheet Size: Except for templates, patterns, and similar full-size drawings, submit Shop Drawings on sheets at least 8-1 /2 by 11 inches ' (215 by 280 mm) but no larger than 30 by 42 inches (750 by 1067 mm). 3. Submit Shop Drawings in the following format: a. PDF electronic file or three opaque copies of each submittal. Engineer will retain one copy; remainder will be returned. D. Samples: Submit Samples for review of kind, color, pattern, and texture for a ' check of these characteristics with other elements and for a comparison of these characteristics between submittal and actual component as delivered and installed. 01 3300 - 7 SECTION 01 3300 DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 1. Transmit Samples that contain multiple, related components such as accessories together in one submittal package. 2. Identification: Attach label on unexposed side of Samples that includes the following: a. Generic description of Sample. b. Product name and name of manufacturer. c. Sample source. d. Number and title of applicable Specification Section. 3. Disposition: Maintain sets of approved Samples at Project site, available for quality-control comparisons throughout the course of construction activity. Sample sets may be used to determine final acceptance of construction associated with each set. a. Samples that may be incorporated into the Work are indicated in individual Specification Sections. Such Samples must be in an undamaged condition at time of use. b. Samples not incorporated into the Work, or otherwise designated as Owner's property, are the property of Contractor. 4. Samples for Verification: Submit full-size units or Samples of size indicated, prepared from same material to be used for the Work, cured and finished in manner specified, and physically identical with material or product proposed for use, and that show full range of color and texture variations expected. Samples include, but are not limited to, the following: partial sections of manufactured or fabricated components; small cuts or containers of materials; complete units of repetitively used materials; swatches showing color, texture, and pattern; color range sets; and components used for independent testing and inspection. a. Number of Samples: Submit two sets of Samples. Engineer will retain one. sample set; remainder will be returned. ' E. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Comply with requirements specified in Division 01 Section "Construction Progress Documentation." , F. Application for Payment: Comply with requirements specified in Division 01 Section "Payment Procedures." ' G. Schedule of Values: Comply with requirements specified in Division 01 Section "Payment Procedures." H. Subcontract List: Prepare a written summary identifying individuals or firms proposed for each portion of the Work, including those who are to furnish products or equipment fabricated to a special design. Include the following ' information in tabular form: Name, address, and telephone number of entity performing subcontract ' or supplying products. 01 3300 - 8 ' SECTION 01 3300 DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES ' 2. Number and title of related Specification Section(s) covered by subcontract. ' 3. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate, covered by subcontract. 4. Submit subcontract list in the following format: ' a. PDF electronic file. I. Qualification Data: Prepare written information that demonstrates capabilities ' and experience of firm or person. Include lists of completed projects with project names and addresses, contact information of Engineers and owners, and other information specified. ' J. Welding Certificates: Prepare written certification that welding procedures and personnel comply with requirements in the Contract Documents. Submit record of Welding Procedure Specification and Procedure Qualification Record on American Welding Society (AWS) forms. Include names of firms and personnel certified. ' K. Installer Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that Installer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents and, where required, is authorized by manufacturer for this specific Project. L. Manufacturer Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that manufacturer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. Include evidence of manufacturing experience where required. M. Product Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that product complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. N. Material Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that material complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. O. Material Test Reports: Submit reports written by a qualified testing agency, on ' testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting test results of material for compliance with requirements in the Contract Documents. ' P. Product Test Reports: Submit written reports .indicating current product produced by manufacturer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. Base reports on evaluation of tests performed by manufacturer ' and witnessed by a qualified testing agency, or on comprehensive tests performed by a qualified testing agency. Q. Research Reports: Submit written evidence, from a model code organization acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, that product complies with building code in effect for Project. Include the following information: ' 1. Name of evaluation organization. 2. Date of evaluation. 3. Time period when report is in effect. 01 3300 - 9 SECTION 01 3300 ' DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 4. Product and manufacturers' names. , 5. Description of product. 6. Test procedures and results. 7. Limitations of use. , R. Schedule of Tests and Inspections: Comply with requirements specified in Division 01 Section "Quality Requirements." , S. Compatibility Test Reports: Submit reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting results of compatibility tests performed before installation of product. Include written ' recommendations for primers and substrate preparation needed for adhesion. T. Field Test Reports: Submit reports indicating and interpreting results of field ' tests performed either during installation of product or after product is installed in its final location, for compliance with requirements in the Contract Documents. , U. Maintenance Data: Comply with requirements specified in Division 01 Section "Operation and Maintenance Data." ' V. Design Data: Prepare and submit written and graphic information, including, but not limited to, performance and design criteria, list of applicable codes and regulations, and calculations. Include list of assumptions and other ' performance and design criteria and a summary of loads. Include load diagrams if applicable. Provide name and version of software, if any, used for calculations. Include page numbers. , PART 3 -EXECUTION ' 3.1 CON TRACTOR'S REVIEW ' A. Action and Informational Submittals: Review each submittal and check for coordination with other Work of the Contract and for compliance with the Contract Documents. Note corrections and field dimensions. Mark with ' approval stamp before submitting to Engineer. B. Project Closeout and Maintenance/Material Submittals: Refer to requirements , in Division 01 Section "Closeout Procedures." C. Approval Stamp: Stamp each submittal with a uniform, approval stamp. ' Include Project name and location, submittal number, Specification Section title and number, name of reviewer, date of Contractor's approval, and statement certifying that submittal has been reviewed, checked, and approved for , compliance with the Contract Documents. 01 3300 - 10 SECTION 01 3300 DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES ' 3.2 ENGINEER'S ACTION ' A. General: Engineer will not review submittals that do not bear Contractor's approval stamp and will return them without action. B. Action Submittals: Engineer will review each submittal, make marks to indicate corrections or modifications required, and return it. Engineer will stamp each submittal with an action stamp and will mark stamp appropriately to indicate ' action. C. Informational Submittals: Engineer will review each submittal and will not return it, or will return it if it does not comply with requirements. Engineer will ' forward each submittal to appropriate party. D. Partial submittals prepared for a portion of the Work will be reviewed when use ' of partial submittals has received prior approval from Engineer. E. Incomplete submittals are not acceptable, will be considered nonresponsive, and will be returned without review. F. Submittals not required by the Contract Documents may not be reviewed and may be discarded. END OF SECTION 01 3300 01 3300 - 11 SECTION 01 4000 DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS QUALITY REQUIREMENTS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for quality assurance and quality control. B. Testing and inspecting services are required to verify compliance with requirements specified or indicated. These services do not relieve Contractor of responsibility for compliance with the Contract Document requirements. 1. Specific quality-assurance and -control requirements for individual construction activities are specified in the Sections that specify those activities. Requirements in those Sections may also cover production of standard products. 2. Specified tests, inspections, and related actions do not limit Contractor's other quality-assurance and -control procedures that facilitate compliance with the Contract Document requirements. 3. Requirements for Contractor to provide quality-assurance and -control services required by Engineer, Owner, or authorities having jurisdiction are not limited by provisions of this Section. C. Related Sections: 1. Division 01 Section "Construction Progress Documentation" for developing a schedule of required tests and inspections. 2. Divisions 02 through 49 Sections for specific test and inspection requirements. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Quality-Assurance Services: Activities, actions, and procedures performed before and during execution of the Work to guard against defects and deficiencies and substantiate that proposed construction will comply with requirements. B. Quality-Control Services: Tests, inspections, procedures, and related actions during and after execution of the Work to evaluate that actual products incorporated into the Work and completed construction comply with 01 4000 - 1 SECTION 01 4000 DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS QUALITY REQUIREMENTS requirements. Services do not include contract enforcement activities performed by Engineer. C. Preconstruction Testing: Tests and inspections performed specifically for the Project before products and materials are incorporated into the Work to verify performance or compliance with specified criteria. D. Product Testing: Tests and inspections that are performed by an NRTL, an NVLAP, or a testing agency qualified to conduct product testing and acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, to establish product performance and compliance with specified requirements. E. Source Quality-Control Testing: Tests and inspections that are performed at the source, i.e., plant, mill, factory, or shop. F. Field Quality-Control Testing: Tests and inspections that are performed on-site for installation of the Work and for completed Work. G. Testing Agency: An entity engaged to perform specific tests, inspections, or both. Testing laboratory shall mean the same as testing agency. H. Installer/Applicator/Erector: Contractor or another entity engaged by Contractor as an employee, Subcontractor, or Sub-subcontractor, to perform a particular construction operation, including installation, erection, application, and similar operations. 1. Use of trade-specific terminology in referring to a trade or entity does not require that certain construction activities be performed by accredited or unionized individuals, or that requirements specified apply exclusively to specific trade or trades. Experienced: When used with an entity or individual, "experienced" means having successfully completed a minimum of five previous projects similar in nature, size, and extent to this Project; being familiar with special requirements indicated; and having complied with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. 1.4 CONFLICTING REQUIREMENTS A. Referenced Standards: If compliance with two or more standards is specified and the standards establish different or conflicting requirements for minimum quantities or quality levels, comply with the most stringent requirement. Refer conflicting requirements that are different, but apparently equal, to Engineer for a decision before proceeding. B. Minimum Quantity or Quality Levels: The quantity or quality level shown or specified shall be the minimum provided or performed. The actual installation may comply exactly with the minimum quantity or quality specified, or it may exceed the minimum within reasonable limits. To comply with these requirements, indicated numeric values are minimum or maximum, as 01 4000 - 2 J SECTION 01 4000 DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS QUALITY REQUIREMENTS appropriate, for the context of requirements. Refer uncertainties to Engineer for a decision before proceeding. 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Contractor's Quality-Control Plan: For quality-assurance and quality-control activities and responsibilities. B. Contractor's Quality-Control Manager Qualifications: For supervisory personnel. C. Testing Agency Qualifications: For testing agencies specified in "Quality Assurance" Article to demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include proof of qualifications in the form of a recent report on the inspection of the testing agency by a recognized authority. D. Schedule of Tests and Inspections: Prepare in tabular form and include the following: 1. Specification Section number and title. 2. Entity responsible for performing tests and inspections. 3. Description of test and inspection. 4. Identification of applicable standards. 5. Identification of test and inspection methods. 6. Number of tests and inspections required. 7. Time schedule or time span for tests and inspections. 8. Requirements for obtaining samples. 9. Unique characteristics of each quality-control service. 1.6 CONTRACTOR'S QUALITY-CONTROL PLAN A. Quality-Control Plan, General: Submit quality-control plan within ten (10) days of Notice to Proceed, and not less than five (5) days prior to preconstruction conference. Submit in format acceptable to Engineer. Identify personnel, procedures, controls, instructions, tests, records, and forms to be used to carry out Contractor's quality-assurance and quality-control responsibilities. Coordinate with Contractor's construction schedule. B. Submittal Procedure: Describe procedures for ensuring compliance with requirements through review and management of submittal process. Indicate qualifications of personnel responsible for submittal review. C. Testing and Inspection: Include in quality-control plan a comprehensive schedule of Work requiring testing or inspection, including the following: 1. Contractor-performed tests and inspections including subcontractor- performed tests and inspections. Include required tests and inspections and Contractor-elected tests and inspections. 01 4000 - 3 SECTION 01 4000 DIVISION 01 -GENERAL-REQUIREMENTS QUALITY REQUIREMENTS D. Continuous Inspection of Workmanship: Describe process for continuous inspection during construction to identify and correct deficiencies in workmanship in addition to testing and inspection specified. Indicate types of corrective actions to be required to bring work into compliance with standards of workmanship established by Contract requirements and approved mockups. E. Monitoring and Documentation: Maintain testing and inspection reports including log of approved and rejected results. Include work Engineer has indicated as nonconforming or defective. Indicate corrective actions taken to bring nonconforming work into compliance with requirements. Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. 1.7 REPORTS AND DOCUMENTS A. Test and Inspection Reports: Prepare and submit certified written reports specified in other Sections. Include the following: 1. Date of issue. 2. Project title and number. 3. Name, address, and telephone number of testing agency. 4. Dates and locations of samples and tests or inspections. 5. Names of individuals making tests and inspections. 6. Description of the Work and test and inspection method. 7. Identification of product and Specification Section. 8. Complete test or inspection data. 9. Test and inspection results and an interpretation of test results. 10. Record of temperature and weather conditions at time of sample taking and testing and inspecting. 11. Comments or professional opinion on whether tested or inspected Work complies with the Contract Document requirements. 12. Name and signature of laboratory inspector. 13. Recommendations on retesting and reinspecting. B. Manufacturer's Technical Representative's Field Reports: Prepare written information documenting manufacturer's technical representative's tests and inspections specified in other Sections. Include the following: 1. Name, address, and telephone number of technical representative making report. 2. Statement on condition of substrates and their acceptability for installation of product. 3. Statement that products at Project site comply with requirements. 4. Summary of installation procedures being followed, whether they comply with requirements and, if not, what corrective action was taken. 5. Results of operational and other tests and a statement of whether observed performance complies with requirements. 6. Statement whether conditions, products, and installation will affect warranty. 7. Other required items indicated in individual Specification Sections. 01 4000 - 4 SECTION 01 4000 DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS QUALITY REQUIREMENTS C. Factory-Authorized Service Representative's Reports: Prepare written information documenting manufacturer's factory-authorized service representative's tests and inspections specified in other Sections. Include the following: 1. Name, address, and telephone number of factory-authorized service representative making report. 2. Statement that equipment complies with requirements. 3. Results of operational and other tests and a statement of whether observed performance complies with requirements. 4. Statement whether conditions, products, and installation will affect warranty. 5. Other required items indicated in individual Specification Sections. D. Permits, Licenses, and Certificates: For Owner's records, submit copies of permits, licenses, certifications, inspection reports, releases, jurisdictional settlements, notices, receipts for fee payments, judgments, correspondence, records, and similar documents, established for compliance with standards and regulations bearing on performance of the Work. 1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE ~ A. General: Qualifications paragraphs in this article establish the minimum qualification levels required; individual Specification Sections specify additional requirements. B. Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing products or ' systems similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance, as well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units. ' C. Fabricator Qualifications: A firm experienced in producing products similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance, as well as sufficient production capacity to produce required ' units. D. Installer Qualifications: A firm or individual experienced in installing, erecting, or assembling work similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project, whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance. E. Professional Engineer Qualifications: A professional engineer who is legally qualified to practice in jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in providing engineering services of the kind indicated. Engineering services are defined as those performed for installations of the system, assembly, or .product that are similar to those indicated for this Project in material, design, and extent. ' F. S ecialists: Certain S ecification Sections require that specific construction P P _ activities shall be performed by entities who are recognized experts in those 01 4000 - 5 SECTION 01 4000 DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS QUALITY REQUIREMENTS operations. Specialists shall satisfy qualification requirements indicated and shall be engaged for the activities indicated. Requirements of authorities having jurisdiction shall supersede requirements for specialists. G. Testing Agency Qualifications: An NRTL, an NVLAP, or an independent agency with the experience and capability to conduct testing and inspecting indicated, as documented according to ASTM E 329 and with additional qualifications specified in individual Sections; and where required by authorities having jurisdiction, that is acceptable to authorities. 1. NRTL: A nationally recognized testing laboratory according to 29 CFR 1910.7. 2. NVLAP: A testing agency accredited according to NIST's National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program. H. Manufacturer's Technical Representative Qualifications: An authorized representative of manufacturer who is trained and approved by manufacturer to observe and inspect installation of manufacturer's products that are similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project. Factory-Authorized Service Representative Qualifications: An authorized representative of manufacturer who is trained and approved by manufacturer to inspect installation of manufacturer's products that are similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project. J. Preconstruction Testing: Where testing agency is indicated to perform preconstruction testing for compliance with specified requirements for performance and test methods, comply with the following: Contractor responsibilities include the following: a. Provide test specimens representative of proposed products and construction. b. Submit specimens in a timely manner with sufficient time for testing and analyzing results to prevent delaying the Work. c. Provide sizes and configurations of test assemblies, mockups, and laboratory mockups to adequately demonstrate capability of products to comply with performance requirements. d. Build site-assembled test assemblies and mockups using installers who will perform same tasks for Project. e. Build laboratory mockups at testing facility using personnel, products, and methods of construction indicated for the completed Work. 2. Testing Agency Responsibilities: Submit a certified written report of each test, inspection, and similar quality-assurance service to Engineer, with copy to Contractor. Interpret tests and inspections and state in each report whether tested and inspected work complies with or deviates from the Contract Documents. 01 4000 - 6 SECTION 01 4000 DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS QUALITY REQUIREMENTS ' 1.9 QUALITY CONTROL ' A. Owner Responsibilities: Where quality-control services are indicated as Owner's responsibility, Owner will engage a qualified testing agency to perform these services. 1. Owner will furnish Contractor with names, addresses, and telephone numbers of testing agencies engaged and a description of types of testing and inspecting they are engaged to perform. ' 2. Payment for these services will be made from testing and inspecting allowances, as authorized by Change Orders. 3. Costs for retesting and reinspecting construction that replaces or is ' necessitated by work that failed to comply with the Contract Documents will be charged to Contractor. B. Contractor Responsibilities: Tests and inspections not explicitly assigned to Owner are Contractor's responsibility. Perform additional quality-control activities required to verify that the Work complies with requirements, whether specified or not. 1. Unless otherwise indicated, provide quality-control services specified and those required by authorities having jurisdiction. Perform quality- 1 control services required of Contractor by authorities having jurisdiction, whether specified or not. 2. Where services are indicated as Contractor's responsibility, engage a ' qualified testing agency to perform these quality-control services. a. Contractor shall not employ same entity engaged by Owner, ' unless agreed to in writing by Owner. 3. Notify testing agencies at least 24 hours in advance of time when Work ' that requires testing or inspecting will be performed. 4. Where quality-control services are indicated as Contractor's responsibility, submit a certified written report, in duplicate, of each ' quality-control service. 5. Testing and inspecting requested by Contractor and not required by the Contract Documents are Contractor's responsibility. 6. Submit additional copies of each written report directly to authorities ' having jurisdiction, when they so direct. C. Manufacturer's Field Services: Where indicated, engage afactory-authorized ' service representative to inspect field-assembled components and equipment installation, including service connections. Report results in writing as specified in Division 01 Section "Submittal Procedures." ' D. Manufacturer's Technical Services: Where indicated, engage a manufacturer's technical representative to observe and inspect the Work. Manufacturer's technical representative's services include participation in preinstallation ' conferences, examination of substrates and conditions, verification of materials, observation of Installer activities, inspection of completed portions of the Work, and submittal of written reports. 01 4000 - 7 SECTION 01 4000 DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS QUALITY REQUIREMENTS E. Retesting/Reinspecting: Regardless of whether original tests or inspections were Contractor's responsibility, provide quality-control services, including retesting and reinspecting, for construction that replaced Work that failed to comply with the Contract Documents. F. Testing Agency Responsibilities: Cooperate with Engineer and Contractor in performance of duties. Provide qualified personnel to perform required tests and inspections. 1. Notify Engineer and Contractor promptly of irregularities or deficiencies observed in the Work during performance of its services. 2. Determine the location from which test samples will be taken and in which in-situ tests are conducted. 3. Conduct and interpret tests and inspections and state in each report whether tested and inspected work complies with or deviates from requirements. 4. Submit a certified written report, in duplicate, of each test, inspection, and similar quality-control service through Contractor. 5. Do not release, revoke, alter, or increase the Contract Document requirements or approve or accept any portion of the Work. 6. Do not perform any duties of Contractor. G. Associated Services: Cooperate with agencies performing required tests, inspections, and similar quality-control services, and provide reasonable auxiliary services as requested. Notify agency sufficiently in advance of operations to permit assignment of personnel. Provide the following: 1. Access to the Work. 2. Incidental labor and facilities necessary to facilitate tests and inspections. 3. Adequate quantities of representative samples of materials that require testing and inspecting. Assist agency in obtaining samples. 4. Facilities for storage and field curing of test samples. 5. Delivery of samples to testing agencies. 6. Preliminary design mix proposed for use for material mixes that require control by testing agency. 7. Security and protection for samples and for testing and inspecting equipment at Project site. H. Coordination: Coordinate sequence of activities to accommodate required quality-assurance and -control services with a minimum of delay and to avoid necessity of removing and replacing construction to accommodate testing and inspecting. Schedule times for tests, inspections, obtaining samples, and similar activities. Schedule of Tests and Inspections: Prepare a schedule of tests, inspections, and similar quality-control services required by the Contract Documents. Coordinate and submit concurrently with Contractor's construction schedule. Update as the Work progresses. . 01 4000 - 8 I~ SECTION 01 4000 DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 1. Distribution: Distribute schedule to Owner, Engineer, testing agencies, and each party involved in performance of portions of the Work where tests and inspections are required. PART 2 -PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 TEST AND INSPECTION LOG A. Prepare a record of tests and inspections. Include the following: 1. Date test or inspection was conducted. 2. Description of the Work tested or inspected. 3. Date test or inspection results were transmitted to Engineer. 4. Identification of testing agency or special inspector conducting test or inspection. B. Maintain log at Project site. Post changes and modifications as they occur. Provide access to test and inspection log for Engineer's reference during normal working hours. 3.2 REPAIR AND PROTECTION A. General: On completion of testing, inspecting, sample taking, and similar services, repair damaged construction and restore substrates and finishes. 1. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other Specification Sections or matching existing substrates and finishes. Restore patched areas and extend restoration into adjoining areas with durable seams that are as invisible as possible. Comply with the Contract Document requirements for cutting and patching in Division 01 Section "Execution." B. Protect construction exposed by or for quality-control service activities. C. Repair and protection are Contractor's responsibility, regardless of the assignment of responsibility for quality-control services. END OF. SECTION 014000 01 4000 - 9 SECTION 01 4200 DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS REFERENCES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. General: Basic Contract definitions are included in the Conditions of the Contract. B. "Approved": When used to convey Engineer's action on Contractor's submittals, applications, and requests, "approved" is limited to Engineer's duties and responsibilities as stated in the Conditions of the Contract. C. "Directed": A command or instruction by Engineer. Other terms including "requested," "authorized," "selected," "required," and "permitted" have the same meaning as "directed." D. "Indicated": Requirements expressed by graphic representations or in written form on Drawings, in Specifications, and in other Contract Documents. Other terms including "shown," "noted," "scheduled," and "specified" have the same meaning as "indicated." E. "Regulations": Laws, ordinances, statutes, and lawful orders issued by authorities having jurisdiction, and rules, conventions, and agreements within the construction industry that control performance of the Work. F. "Furnish": Supply and deliver to Project site, ready for unloading, unpacking, assembly, installation, and similar operations. G. "Install": Operations at Project site including unloading, temporarily storing, unpacking, assembling, erecting, placing, anchoring, applying, working to dimension, finishing, curing, protecting, cleaning, and similar operations. H. "Provide": Fumish and install, complete and ready for the intended use. "Project Site": Space available for performing construction activities. The extent of Project site is shown on Drawings and may or may not be identical with the description of the land on which Project is to be built. 01 4200 - 1 SECTION 01 4200 DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS REFERENCES 1.3 INDUSTRY STANDARDS A. Applicability of Standards: Unless the Contract Documents include more stringent requirements, applicable construction industry standards have the same force and effect as if bound or copied directly into the Contract Documents to the extent referenced. Such standards are made a part of the Contract Documents by reference. B. Publication Dates: Comply with standards in effect as of date of the Contract Documents unless otherwise indicated. C. Copies of Standards: Each entity engaged in construction on Project should be familiar with industry standards applicable to its construction activity. Copies of applicable standards are not bound with the Contract Documents. 1. Where copies of standards are needed to perform a required construction activity, obtain copies directly from publication source. 1.4 ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS A. Industry Organizations: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities indicated in Gale's "Encyclopedia of Associations" or in Columbia Books' "National Trade & Professional Associations of the United States." B. Industry Organizations: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list. Names, telephone numbers, and Web sites are subject to change and are believed to be accurate and up-to-date as of the date of the Contract Documents. AA Aluminum Association, Inc. (The) (703) 358-2960 www.aluminum.org AAADM American Association of Automatic Door Manufacturers (216) 241-7333 www.aaadm.com AABC Associated Air Balance Council (202) 737-0202 www.aabchq.com AAMA American Architectural Manufacturers Association (847) 303-5664 www.aamanet.org AASHTO American Association of State Highway and Transportation (202) 624-5800 Officials www.transportation.org AATCC American Association of Textile Chemists and Colorists (919) 549-8141 www.aatcc.org 01 4200 - 2 SECTION 01 4200 DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS REFERENCES ABAA Air Barrier Association of America (866) 956-5888 www.airbarrier.org ABMA American Bearing Manufacturers Association (202) 367-1155 www.abma-dc.org ACI American Concrete Institute (248) 848-3700 www.concrete.org ACPA American Concrete Pipe Association (972) 506-7216 www.concrete-pipe.org AEIC Association of Edison Illuminating Companies, Inc. (The) (205) 257-2530 www.aeic.org AF&PA American Forest & Paper Association (800) 878-8878 www.afandpa.org (202) 463-2700 AGA American Gas Association (202) 824-7000 www.aga.org AGC Associated General Contractors of America (The) (703) 548-3118 www.agc.org ARAM Association of Home Appliance Manufacturers (202) 872-5955 www.aham.org AHRI Air-Conditioning, Heating, and Refrigeration Institute (703) 524-8800 www.ahrinet.org AI Asphalt Institute (859) 288-4960 www.asphaltinstitute.org AIA American Institute of Architects (The) (800) 242-3837 www.aia.org (202) 626-7300 AISC American Institute of Steel Construction (800) 644-2400 www.aisc.org (312) 670-2400 AISI American Iron and Steel Institute (202) 452-7100 www.steel.org AITC American Institute of Timber Construction (303) 792-9559 www.aitc-glulam.org ALSC American Lumber Standard Committee, Incorporated (301) 972-1700 www.alsc.org AMCA Air Movement and Control Association International, Inc. (847) 394-0150 01 4200 - 3 SECTION 01 4200 DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS REFERENCES www.amca.org ANSI American National Standards Institute (202) 293-8020 www.ansi.org AOSA Association of Official Seed Analysts, Inc. (405) 780-7372 www.aosaseed.com APA Architectural Precast Association (239) 454-6989 www.archprecast.org APA APA -The Engineered Wood Association (253) 565-6600 www.apawood.org API American Petroleum Institute (202) 682-8000 www.api.org ARI Air-Conditioning & Refrigeration Institute (Now AHRI) ARMA Asphalt Roofing Manufacturers Association (202) 207-0917 www.asphaltroofing.org ASCE American Society of Civit Engineers (800) 548-2723 www.asce.org (703) 295-6300 ASCE/SEI American Society of Civil Engineers/Structural Engineering Institute (See ASCE) ASHRAE American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air- (800) 527-4723 Conditioning Engineers www.ashrae.org (404) 636-8400 ASME ASME International (800) 843-2763 (American Society of Mechanical Engineers International) (973) 882-1170 www.asme.org ASSE American Society of Safety Engineers (847) 699-2929 www.asse.org ASSE American Society of Sanitary Engineering (440) 835-3040 www.asse-plumbing.org ASTM ASTM International (610) 832-9500 (American Society for Testing and Materials International) www.astm.org ATIS Alliance for Telecommunications Industry Solutions (202) 628-6380 www.atis.org 01 4200 - 4 SECTION 01 4200 DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS REFERENCES AWCI Association of the Wall and Ceiling Industry (703) 534-8300 www.awci.org AWCMA American Window Covering Manufacturers Association (Now WCMA) AWI Architectural Woodwork Institute (571) 323-3636 www.awinet.org AWPA American Wood Protection Association (205) 733-4077 (Formerly: American Wood Preservers' Association) www.awpa.com AWS American Welding Society (800) 443-9353 www.aws.org (305) 443-9353 AWWA American Water Works Association (800) 926-7337 www.awwa.org (303) 794-7711 BHMA Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association (212) 297-2122 www.buildershardware.com BIA Brick Industry Association (The) (703) 620-0010 www.bia.org BICSI BICSI, Inc. (800) 242-7405 www.bicsi.org (813) 979-1991 BIFMA BIFMA International (616) 285-3963 (Business and Institutional Furniture Manufacturer's Association International) www.bifma.com BISSC Baking Industry Sanitation Standards Committee (866) 342-4772 www.bissc.org BWF Badminton World Federation 6-03-9283 7155 (Formerly: IBF -International Badminton Federation) www. internationalbad minton.org CCC Carpet Cushion Council (610) 527-3880 www.carpetcushion.org CDA Copper Development Association (212) 251-7200 www.copper.org CEA Canadian Electricity Association (613) 230-9263 www.canelect.ca 01 4200 - 5 SECTION 01 4200 DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS ~ REFERENCES CEA Consumer Electronics Association (866) 858-1555 www.ce.org (703) 907-7600 CFFA Chemical Fabrics & Film Association, Inc. (216) 241-7333 www.chemicalfabricsandfilm.com CGA Compressed Gas Association (703) 788-2700 www.cganet.com CIMA Cellulose Insulation Manufacturers Association (888) 881-2462 www.cellulose.org (937) 222-2462 CISCA Ceilings & Interior Systems Construction Association (630) 584-1919 www.cisca.org CISPI Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute (423) 892-0137 www.cispi.org CLFMI Chain Link Fence Manufacturers Institute (301) 596-2583 www.chainlinkinfo.org CRRC Cool Roof Rating Council (866) 465-2523 www.coolroofs.org (510) 485-7175 CPA Composite Panel Association (703) 724-1128 www.pbmdf.com CPPA Corrugated Polyethylene Pipe Association (800) 510-2772 www.plasticpipe.org (202) 462-9607 CRI Carpet and Rug Institute (The) (706) 278-3176 www.carpet-rug.com CRSI Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (847) 517-1200 www.crsi.org CSA Canadian Standards Association (800) 463-6727 (416) 747-4000 CSA CSA International (866) 797-4272 (Formerly: IAS -International Approval Services) (416) 747-4000 www.csa-international.org CSI Cast Stone Institute (717) 272-3744 www.caststone.org CSI Construction Specifications Institute (The) (800) 689-2900 www.csinet.org (703) 684-0300 CSSB Cedar Shake & Shingle Bureau (604) 820-7700 01 4200 - 6 SECTION 01 4200 DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS REFERENCES www.cedarbureau.org CTI Cooling Technology Institute (281) 583-4087 (Formerly: Cooling Tower Institute) www.cti.org DHI Door and Hardware Institute (703) 222-2010 www.dhi.org ECA Electronic Components Association (703) 907-8024 www.ec-central.org EIA Electronic Industries Alliance (703) 907-7500 www.eia.org EIMA EIFS Industry Members Association (800) 294-3462 www.eima.com (770) 968-7945 EJCDC Engineers Joint Contract Documents Committee (703) 295-5000 www.ejdc.org EJMA Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association, Inc. (914) 332-0040 ' www.ejma.org ESD ESD Association (315) 339-6937 (Electrostatic Discharge Association) www.esda.org ETL SEMCO Intertek ETL SEMCO (800) 967-5352 ' (Formerly: ITS -Intertek Testing Service NA) www. intertek-etlsemko.com FIBA Federation Internationale de Basketball 41 22 545 00 00 (The International Basketball Federation) www.fiba.com FIVB ~ Federation Internationale de Volleyball 41 21 345 35 35 (The International Volleyball Federation) www.fivb.org FM Approvals FM Approvals LLC (781) 762-4300 www.fmglobal.com FM Global ~ FM Global (401) 275-3000 (Formerly: FMG - FM Global) www.fmglobal.com FRSA Florida Roofing, Sheet Metal & Air Conditioning (407) 671-3772 Contractors Association, Inc. www.f toridaroof.com 01 4200 - 7 SECTION 01 4200 DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS REFERENCES FSA Fluid Sealing Association (610) 971-4850 www.fluidsealing.com FSC Forest Stewardship Council 49 228 367 66 0 www.fsc.org GA Gypsum Association (202) 289-5440 www.gypsum.org GANA Glass Association of North America (785) 271-0208 www.glasswebsite.com GRI (Part of GSI) GS Green Seal (202) 872-6400 www.greenseal.org GSI Geosynthetic Institute (610) 522-8440 www.geosynthetic-institute.org HI Hydraulic Institute (973) 267-9700 www.pumps.org HI Hydronics Institute (908) 464-8200 www.gamanet.org HMMA Hollow Metal Manufacturers Association (Part of NAAMM) HPVA Hardwood Plywood & Veneer Association (703) 435-2900 www.hpva.org HPW H. P. White Laboratory, Inc. (410) 838-6550 www.hpwhite.com IAS International Approval Services (Now CSA International) IBF International Badminton Federation (Now BWF) ICEA Insulated Cable Engineers Association, Inc. (770) 830-0369 www.icea.net ICRI International Concrete Repair Institute, Inc. (847) 827-0830 www.icri.org IEC International Electrotechnical Commission 41 22 919 02 11 www.iec.ch 01 4200 - 8 SECTION 01 4200 DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS REFERENCES IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc. (The) (212) 419-7900 www.ieee.org IES Illuminating Engineering Society (212) 248-5000 www.ies.org IESNA Illuminating Engineering Society of North America (Now IES) ZEST Institute of Environmental Sciences and Technology (847) 981-0100 www.iest.org IGCC Insulating Glass Certification Council (315) 646-2234 www.igcc.org IGMA Insulating Glass Manufacturers Alliance (613) 233-1510 www.igmaonline.org ILI Indiana Limestone Institute of America, Inc. (812) 275-4426 www.iliai.com ISO International Organization for Standardization 41 22 749 01 11 www.iso.ch Available from ANSI (202) 293-8020 www.ansi.org ISSFA International Solid Surface Fabricators Association (877) 464-7732 www.issfa.net (702) 567-8150 ITS Intertek Testing Service NA (Now ETL SEMCO) ITU International Telecommunication Union 41 22 730 51 11 www.itu.int/home KCMA Kitchen Cabinet Manufacturers Association (703) 264-1690 www.kcma.org LPI Lightning Protection Institute (800) 488-6864 www.lightning.org MBMA Metal Building Manufacturers Association (216) 241-7333 www.mbma.com MFMA Maple Flooring Manufacturers Association, Inc. (888) 480-9138 www.maplefloor.org MFMA Metal Framing Manufacturers Association, Inc. (312) 644-6610 01 4200 - 9 SECTION 01 4200 DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS REFERENCES www.metalframingmfg.org MH Material Handling (Now MHIA) MHIA Material Handling Industry of America (800) 345-1815 www.mhia.org (704) 676-1190 MIA Marble Institute of America (440) 250-9222 www.marble-institute.com MPI Master Painters Institute (888) 674-8937 www.paintinfo.com _ (604) 298-7578 MSS Manufacturers Standardization Society of The Valve and (703) 281-6613 Fittings Industry Inc. www.mss-hq.com NAAMM National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers (630) 942-6591 www.naamm.org NACE NACE International (800) 797-6623 (National Association of Corrosion Engineers International) (281) 228-6200 www.nace.org NADCA National Air Duct Cleaners Association (202) 737-2926 www. nad ca.com . NAGWS National Association for Girls and Women in Sport (800) 213-7193, ext. 453 www.aahperd.org/nagws/ (703) 476-3400 NAIMA North American Insulation Manufacturers Association (703) 684-0084 www.naima.org NBGQA National Building Granite Quarries Association, Inc. (800) 557-2848 www.nbgga.com NCAA National Collegiate Athletic Association (The) (317) 917-6222 www. ncaa.org NCMA National Concrete Masonry Association (703) 713-1900 www.ncma.org NCPI National Clay Pipe Institute (262) 248-9094 www.ncpi.org NCTA National Cable & Telecommunications Association (202) 775-2300 www. ncta.com 01 4200 - 10 SECTION 01 4200 DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS REFERENCES NEBB National Environmental Balancing Bureau (301) 977-3698 www.nebb.org NECA National Electrical Contractors Association (301) 657-3110 www. necanet.org NeLMA Northeastern Lumber Manufacturers' Association (207) 829-6901 www.nelma.org NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association (703) 841-3200 www.nema.org NETA InterNational Electrical Testing Association (888) 300-6382 www.netaworld.org (269) 488-6382 NFHS National Federation of State High School Associations (317) 972-6900 www.nfhs.org NFPA NFPA (800) 344-3555 (National Fire Protection Association) (617) 770-3000 www.nfpa.org NFRC National Fenestration Rating Council (301) 589-1776 www. nfrc.org NGA National Glass Association (866) 342-5642 www.glass.org (703) 442-4890 NHLA National Hardwood Lumber Association (800) 933-0318 www.natlhardwood.org (901) 377-1818 NLGA National Lumber Grades Authority (604) 524-2393 www.nlga.org NOFMA NOFMA: The Wood Flooring Manufacturers Association (901) 526-5016 (Formerly: National Oak Flooring Manufacturers Association) www. not ma.com NOMMA National Ornamental & Miscellaneous Metals Association (888) 516-8585 www.nomma.org NRCA National Roofing Contractors Association (800) 323-9545 www.nrca.net (847) 299-9070 NRMCA National Ready Mixed Concrete Association (888) 846-7622 www.nrmca.org (301) 587-1400 NSF NSF International (800) 673-6275 (National Sanitation Foundation International) (734) 769-8010 01 4200 - 11 SECTION 01 4200 DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS REFERENCES www.nsf.org NSSGA National Stone, Sand 8~ Gravel Association (800) 342-1415 www.nssga.org (703) 525-8788 NTMA National Terrazzo & Mosaic Association, Inc. (The) (800) 323-9736 www.ntma.com (540) 751-0930 NTRMA National Tile Roofing Manufacturers Association (Now TRI) NWFA National Wood Flooring Association (800) 422-4556 www.woodfloors.org (636) 519-9663 NWWDA National Wood Window and Door Association (Now WDMA) PCI Precast/Prestressed Concrete Institute - (312) 786-0300 www. pci.org PDCA Painting 8~ Decorating Contractors of America (800) 332-7322 www.pdca.com (314) 514-7322 PDI Plumbing & Drainage Institute (800) 589-8956 www.pdionline.org (978) 557-0720 PGI PVC Geomembrane Institute (217) 333-3929 http://pgi-tp.cee.uiuc.edu PLANET Professional Landcare Network (800) 395-2522 www.landcarenetwork.org (703) 736-9666 PTI Post-Tensioning Institute (602) 870-7540 www.post-tensioning.org RCSC Research Council on Structural Connections www.boltcouncil.org RFCI Resilient Floor Covering Institute (301) 340-8580 www.rfci.com RIS Redwood Inspection Service (925) 935-1499 www. redwood inspection . com SAE SAE International (877) 606-7323 www.sae.org (724) 776-4841 SCTE Society of Cable Telecommunications Engineers (800) 542-5040 www.scte.org (610) 363-6888 01 4200 - 12 SECTION 01 4200 DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS REFERENCES SDI Steel Deck Institute (847) 458-4647 www.sdi.org SDI Steel Door Institute (440) 899-0010 www.steeldoor.org SEFA Scientific Equipment and Furniture Association (877) 294-5424 www.sefalabs.com (516) 294-5424 SEI/ASCE Structural Engineering Institute/American Society of Civil Engineers (See ASCE) SGCC Safety Glazing Certification Council (315) 646-2234 www.sgcc.org SIA Security Industry Association (866) 817-8888 www.siaonline.org (703) 683-2075 SJI Steel Joist Institute (843) 626-1995 www.steeljoist.org SMA .Screen Manufacturers Association (561) 533-0991 www.smainfo.org SMACNA Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' (703) 803-2980 National Association www.smacna.org SMPTE ~ Society of Motion Picture and Television Engineers (914) 761-1100 www.smpte.org SPFA Spray Polyurethane Foam Alliance (800) 523-6154 www.sprayfoam.org SPIB Southern Pine Inspection Bureau (850) 434-2611 www.spib.org SPRI Single Ply Roofing Industry (781) 647-7026 www.spri.org SSINA Specialty Steel Industry of North America (800) 982-0355 www.ssina.com (202) 342-8630 SSPC SSPC: The Society for Protective Coatings (877) 281-7772 www.sspc.org (412) 281-2331 STI Steel Tank Institute (847) 438-8265 www.steeltank.com 01 4200 - 13 SECTION 01 4200 DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS REFERENCES SW I Steel W indow Institute (216) 241-7333 www. stee lwi nd ows. co m SWRI Sealant, Waterproofing, & Restoration Institute (816) 472-7974 www.swrionline.org TCNA Tile Council of North America, Inc. (864) 646-8453 www.tileusa.com TIA/EIA Telecommunications Industry Association/Electronic (703) 907-7700 Industries Alliance www.tiaonline.org TMS The Masonry Society (303) 939-9700 www.masonrysociety.org TPI Truss Plate Institute, Inc. (703) 683-1010 www.tpinst.org TPI Turfgrass Producers International (800) 405-8873 www.turfgrasssod.org (847) 649-5555 TRI Tile Roofing Institute (312) 670-4177 www.tileroofing.org UL Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (877) 854-3577 www.ul.com (847) 272-8800 UNI Uni-Bell PVC Pipe Association (972) 243-3902 www. uni-bell.org USAV USA Volleyball (888) 786-5539 www.usavolleyball.org (719) 228-6800 USGBC U.S. Green Building Council (800) 795-1747 www.usgbc.org . USITT United States Institute for Theatre Technology, Inc. (800) 938-7488 www.usitt.org (315) 463-6463 WASTEC Waste Equipment Technology Association (800) 424-2869 www.wastec.org (202) 244-4700 WCLIB West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau (800) 283-1486 www.wclib.org (503) 639-0651 WCMA Window Covering Manufacturers Association (212) 297-2122 www.wcmanet.org WCSC Window Covering Safety Council (800) 506-4636 01 4200 - 14 SECTION 01 4200 DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS REFERENCES ' www.windowcoverings.org (212) 297-2109 ' WDMA Window & Door Manufacturers Association (800) 223-2301 www.wdma.com (847) 299-5200 ' WI Woodwork Institute (Formerly: WIC -Woodwork Institute (916) 372-9943 of California) www.wicnet.org ' WIC Woodwork Institute of California (Now WI) ' WMMPA Wood Moulding & Millwork Producers Association (800) 550-7889 www.wmmpa.com (530) 661-9591 ' WSRCA Western States Roofing Contractors Association (800) 725-0333 www.wsrca.com (650) 570-5441 ' WWPA Western Wood Products Association (503) 224-3930 www.wwpa.org C. Code Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list. Names, telephone numbers, and Web sites are subject to change and are believed to be accurate and up-to-date as of the ' date of the Contract Documents. DIN Deutsches Institut f?r Normung e.V. 49 30 2601-0 www.din.de IAPMO International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials (909) 472-4100 ' www.iapmo.org ICC International Code Council (888) 422-7233 ' www.iccsafe.org ICC-ES ICC Evaluation Service, Inc. (800) 423-6587 ' www.icc-es.org (562) 699-0543 UBC Uniform Building Code (See !CC) D. Federal Government Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized ' name of the entities in the following list. Names, telephone numbers, and Web sites are subject to change and are believed to be accurate and up-to-date as of the date of the Contract Documents. ' CE Army Corps of Engineers (202) 761-0011 www.usace.army.mil 01 4200 - 15 SECTION 01 4200 ' DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS REFERENCES CPSC Consumer Product Safety Commission (800) 638-2772 www.cpsc.gov (301) 504-7923 DOC Department of Commerce (202) 482-2000 www.commerce.gov DOD Department of Defense (215) 697-6257 http://.dodssp.daps.dla.mil DOE Department of Energy (202) 586-9220 www.energy.gov EPA Environmental Protection Agency (202) 272-0167 www.epa.gov FAA Federal Aviation Administration (866) 835-5322 www.faa.gov FCC Federal Communications Commission (888) 225-5322 www.fcc.gov FDA Food and Drug Administration (888) 463-6332 www.fda.gov GSA General Services Administration (800) 488-3111 www.gsa.gov HUD Department of Housing and Urban Development (202) 708-1112 www. hud.gov LBL Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory (510) 486-4000 www.lbl.gov NCHR National Cooperative Highway Research Program P (See TRB) NIST National Institute of Standards and Technology (301) 975-6478 www.nist.gov OSHA Occupational Safety & Health Administration (800) 321-6742 www.osha.gov (202) 693-1999 PBS Public Buildings Service (See GSA) PHS Office of Public Health and Science (202) 690-7694 www.hhs.gov/ophs 01 4200 - 16 SECTION 01 4200 DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS REFERENCES ' RUS Rural Utilities Service (202) 720-9540 (See USDA) SD State Department (202) 647-4000 www.state.gov ' TRB Transportation Research Board (202) 334-2934 http://gulliver.trb.org ' USDA Department of Agriculture (202) 720-2791 www.usda.gov ' USPS Postal Service (202) 268-2000 www.usps.com ' E. Standards and Regulations: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the standards and regulations in the following list. Names, telephone numbers, and Web sites are subject to change and are believed to be accurate ' and up-to-date as of the date of the Contract Documents. ADAAG Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) (800) 872- ' 2253 Architectural Barriers Act (ABA) (202) 272- 0080 ' Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities Available from U.S. Access Board www.access-board .gov CFR Code of Federal Regulations (866) 512- 1800 ' Available from Government Printing Office (202) 512- 1800 www.gpoaccess.gov/cfr/index.html DOD Department of Defense Military Specifications and Standards (215) 697- 2664 Available from Department of Defense Single Stock Point ' http://dodssp.daps.dla.mil DSCC Defense Supply Center Columbus ' (See FS) FED-ST D Federal Standard ' (See FS) FS Federal Specification (215) 697- 2664 ' Available from Department of Defense Single Stock Point t http://dodssp.daps.dla.mil 01 4200 - 17 SECTION 01 4200 DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS REFERENCES Available from Defense Standardization Program www.dps.dla.mil Available from General Services Administration (202) 619- 8925 www.gsa.gov Available from National Institute of Building Sciences (202) 289- 7800 www.wbdg.org/ccb FTMS Federal Test Method Standard (See FS) MIL (See MILSPEC) MIL-STD (See MILSPEC) MILSPEC Military Specification and Standards (215) 697- 2664 Available from Department of Defense Single Stock Point http://dodssp.daps.dla.mil UFAS Uniform Federal Accessibility Standards (800) 872- 2253 Available from Access Board (202) 272- 0080 www. access-board .gov F. State Government Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list. Names, telephone numbers, and Web sites are subject to change and are believed to be accurate and up-to-date as of the date of the Contract Documents. CBH State of California, Department of Consumer Affairs Bureau of Home (800) 952- E Furnishings and Thermal Insulation 5210 www.dca.ca.gov/bhfti (916) 574- 2041 CCR California Code of Regulations (916) 323- 6815 www.calregs.com CDH California Department of Health Services S (See CDPH) CDP California Department of Public Health, Indoor Air Quality Section (510) 620- 01 4200 - 18 SECTION 01 4200 DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS REFERENCES Fi 2802 www.cal-iaq.org CPU California Public Utilities Commission (415) 703- C 2782 www.cpuc.ca.gov TFS Texas Forest Service (979) 458- 6650 Forest Resource Development http://bcforestservice.tamu.edu PART 2 -PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 -EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 014200 01 4200 - 19 SECTION 01 5000 TEMPORARY FACILITIES ' DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS _ AND CONTROLS PART 1 -GENERAL ' 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and ' Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes requirements for temporary utilities, support facilities, and security and protection facilities. B. Related Sections: 1. Division 01 Section "Summary" for work restrictions and limitations on utility interruptions. 1.3 USE CHARGES A. General: Installation and removal of and use charges for temporary facilities shall be included in the Contract Sum unless otherwise indicated. Allow other ' entities to use temporary services and facilities without cost, including, but not limited to, Owner's construction forces, Engineer, occupants of Project, testing agencies, and authorities having jurisdiction. ' B. Water and Sewer Service from Existing System: Water from Owner's existing water system is available for use without metering and without payment of use charges. Provide connections and extensions of services as required for constnaction operations. C. Electric Power Service from Existing System: Electric power from Owner's existing system is available for use without metering and without payment of use charges. Provide connections and extensions of services as required for construction operations. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Site Plan: Show temporary facilities, utility hookups, staging areas, and parking areas for construction personnel. ' B. Erosion- and Sedimentation-Control Plan: Show compliance with requirements of EPA Construction General Permit or authorities having jurisdiction, whichever is more stringent. 01 5000 - 1 SECTION 01 5000 TEMPORARY FACILITIES DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS AND CONTROLS 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electric Service: Comply with NECA, NEMA, and UL standards and regulations for temporary electric service. Install service to comply with NFPA 70. B. Tests and Inspections: Arrange for authorities having jurisdiction to test and inspect each temporary utility before use. Obtain required certifications and permits. C. Accessible Temporary Egress: Comply with applicable provisions in the U.S. Engineer rural & Transportation Barriers Compliance Board's ADA-ABA Accessibility Guidelines. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Temporary Use of Permanent Facilities: Engage installer of each permanent service to assume responsibility for operation, maintenance, and protection of each permanent service during its use as a construction facility before Owner's acceptance, regardless of previously assigned responsibilities. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Portable Chain-Link Fencing: Minimum 2-inch (50-mm), 0.148-inch- (3.8-mm-) thick, galvanized steel, chain-link fabric fencing; minimum 6 feet (1.8 m) high with galvanized steel pipe posts; minimum 2-3/8-inch- (60-mm-) OD line posts and 2-7/8-inch- (73-mm-) OD corner and pull posts, with 1-5/8-inch- (42-mm-) OD top and bottom rails. Provide concrete or galvanized steel bases for supporting posts. B. Polyethylene Sheet: Reinforced, fire-resistive sheet, 10 mils (0.25 mm) minimum thickness, with flame-spread rating of 15 or less per ASTM E 84. 2.2 TEMPORARY FACILITIES A. Field Offices, General: Prefabricated or mobile units with serviceable finishes, temperature controls, and foundations adequate for normal loading. 2.3 EQUIPMENT A. Fire Extinguishers: Portable, UL rated; with class and extinguishing agent as required by locations and classes of fire exposures. 01 5000 - 2 ' SECTION 01 5000 TEMPORARY FACILITIES DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS _ AND CONTROLS B. HVAC Equipment: Unless Owner authorizes use of permanent HVAC system, provide vented, self-contained, liquid-propane-gas or fuel-oil heaters with individual space thermostatic control. ' 1. Use of gasoline-burning space heaters, open-flame heaters, or . salamander-type heating units is prohibited. 2. Heating Units: Listed and labeled for type of fuel being consumed, by a ' testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. ' PART 3 -EXECUTION ' 3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Locate facilities where they will serve Project adequately and resulf in minimum interference with performance of the Work. Relocate and modify facilities as required by progress of the Work. 1. Locate facilities to limit site disturbance as specified in Division 01 Section "Summary." B. Provide each facility ready for use when needed to avoid delay. Do not remove until facilities are no longer needed or are replaced by authorized use of completed permanent facilities. 3.2 TEMPORARY UTILITY INSTALLATION A. General: Install temporary service or connect to existing service. 1. Arrange with utility company, Owner, and existing users for time when service can be interrupted, if necessary, to make connections for ' temporary services. B. Sewers and Drainage: If required, provide temporary utilities to remove ' effluent lawfully. C. Water Service: Connect to Owner's existing water service facilities. Clean and ' maintain water service facilities in a condition acceptable to Owner. At Substantial Completion, restore these facilities to condition existing before initial use. D. Sanitary Facilities: Provide temporary toilets, wash facilities, and drinking water for use of construction personnel. Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction for type, number, location, operation, and maintenance of ' fixtures and facilities. 01 5000 - 3 SECTION 01 5000 TEMPORARY FACILITIES DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS AND CONTROLS 1. Toilets: Use of Owner's existing toilet facilities will be permitted, as long as facilities are cleaned and maintained in a condition acceptable to Owner. At Substantial Completion, restore these facilities to condition existing before initial use. E. Heating: Provide temporary heating required by construction activities for curing or drying of completed installations or for protecting installed construction from adverse effects of low temperatures or high humidity. Select equipment that will not have a harmful effect on completed installations or elements being installed. F. Isolation of Work Areas in Occupied Facilities: Prevent dust, fumes, and odors from entering occupied areas. Prior to commencing work, isolate the HVAC system in area where work is to be performed in accordance with approved coordination drawings. a. Disconnect supply and return ductwork in work area from HVAC systems servicing occupied areas. b. Maintain negative air pressure within work area using HEPA- equipped air filtration units, starting with commencement of temporary partition construction, and continuing until removal of temporary partitions is complete. 2. Maintain dust partitions during the Work. Use vacuum collection attachments on dust-producing equipment. Isolate limited work within occupied areas using portable dust containment devices. 3. Perform daily construction cleanup and final cleanup using approved, HEPA-filter-equipped vacuum equipment. G. Ventilation and Humidity Control: Provide temporary ventilation required by construction activities for curing or drying of completed installations or for ' protecting installed construction from adverse effects of high humidity. Select equipment that will not have a harmful effect on completed installations or elements being installed. Coordinate ventilation requirements to produce ' ambient condition required and minimize energy consumption. 1. Provide dehumidification systems when required to reduce substrate ' moisture levels to level required to allow installation or application of finishes. H. Electric Power Service: Connect to Owner's existing electric power service. , Maintain equipment in a condition acceptable to Owner. I. Lighting: Provide temporary lighting with local switching that provides ' adequate illumination for construction operations, observations, inspections, and traffic conditions. 1. Install and operate temporary lighting that fulfills security and protection , requirements without operating entire system. 01 5000 - 4 ' SECTION 01 5000 TEMPORARY FACILITIES DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS AND CONTROLS 2. Install lighting for Project identification sign. J. Telephone Service: Provide superintendent with cellular telephone or portable two-way radio for use when away from field office. 3.3 SUPPORT FACILITIES INSTALLATION A. General: Comply with the following: 1. Provide construction for temporary offices, shops, and sheds located ' within construction area or within 30 feet (9 m) of building lines that is noncombustible according to ASTM E 136. Comply with NFPA 241. 2. Maintain support facilities until Engineer schedules Substantial ' Completion inspection. Remove before Substantial Completion. Personnel remaining after Substantial Completion will be permitted to use permanent facilities, under conditions acceptable to Owner. B. Traffic Controls: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Protect existing site improvements to remain including curbs, pavement, ' and utilities. 2. Maintain access for fire-fighting equipment and access to fire hydrants. C. Parking: Use designated areas of Owner's existing parking areas for construction personnel. ' D. Dewatering Facilities and Drains: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. Maintain Project site, excavations, and construction free of water. ' 1. Dispose of rainwater in a lawful manner that will not result in flooding Project or adjoining properties nor endanger permanent Work or ' temporary facilities. 2. Remove snow and ice as required to minimize accumulations. E. Waste Disposal Facilities: Provide waste-collection containers in sizes adequate to handle waste from construction operations. Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. Comply with Division 01 Section "Execution" for progress cleaning requirements. Locate waste-collection ' containers in the area designated on the Drawings F. Lifts and Hoists: Provide facilities necessary for hoisting materials and ' personnel 1. Truck cranes and similar devices used for hoisting materials are considered "tools and equipment" and not temporary facilities. 01 5000 - 5 SECTION 01 5000 TEMPORARY FACILITIES DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS AND CONTROLS 3.4 SECURITY AND PROTECTION FACILITIES INSTALLATION A. Environmental Protection: Provide protection, operate temporary facilities, and conduct construction as required to comply with environmental regulations and that minimize possible air, waterway, and subsoil contamination or pollution or other undesirable effects. 1. Comply with work restrictions specified in Division 01 Section "Summary." B. Temporary Erosion and Sedimentation Control: Comply with requirements of 2003 EPA Construction General Permit or authorities having jurisdiction, whichever is more stringent and requirements specified in Division 31 Section "Site Clearing." C. Stormwater Control: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. Provide barriers in and around excavations and subgrade construction to prevent flooding by runoff of stormwater from heavy rains. D. Site Enclosure Fence: Before construction operations begin, furnish and install site enclosure fence in a manner that will prevent people and animals from easily entering site except by entrance gates. 1. Extent of Fence: As required to enclose entire Project site or portion determined sufficient to accommodate construction operations. 2. Maintain security by limiting number of keys and restricting distribution to authorized personnel. Furnish one set of keys to Owner. E. Barricades, Warning Signs, and Lights: Comply with requirements of ' authorities having jurisdiction for erecting structurally adequate barricades, including warning signs and lighting. F. Temporary Egress: Maintain temporary egress from existing occupied facilities ' as indicated and as required by authorities having jurisdiction. G. Temporary Enclosures: Provide temporary enclosures for protection of ' construction, in progress and completed, from exposure, foul weather, other construction operations, and similar activities. Provide temporary weathertight ' enclosure for building exterior. 1. Where heating or cooling is needed and permanent enclosure is not complete, insulate temporary enclosures. ' 2. Protect air-handling equipment. 3. Provide walk-off mats at each entrance through temporary partition. ~ 01 5000 - 6 SECTION 01 5000 TEMPORARY FACILITIES DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS AND CONTROLS 3.5 OPERATION, TERMINATION, AND REMOVAL A. Supervision: Enforce strict discipline in use of temporary facilities. To minimize waste and abuse, limit availability of temporary facilities to essential and intended uses. B. Maintenance: Maintain facilities in good operating condition until removal. 1. Maintain operation of temporary enclosures, heating, cooling, humidity control, ventilation, and similar facilities on a 24-hour basis where required to achieve indicated results and to avoid possibility of damage. C. Temporary Facility Changeover: Do not change over from using temporary security and protection facilities to permanent facilities until Substantial Completion. D. Termination and Removal: Remove each temporary facility when need for its service has ended, when it has been replaced by authorized use of a permanent facility, or no later than Substantial Completion. Complete or, if necessary, restore permanent construction that may have been delayed because of interference with temporary facility. Repair damaged Work, clean exposed surfaces, and replace construction that cannot be satisfactorily repaired. 1. Materials and facilities that constitute temporary facilities are property of Contractor. 2. At Substantial Completion, repair, renovate, and clean permanent facilities used during construction period. Comply with final cleaning requirements specified in Division 01 Section "Closeout Procedures." END OF SECTION 01 5000 01 5000 - 7 SECTION 01 6000 DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for selection of products for use in Project; product delivery, storage, and handling; manufacturers' standard warranties on products; special warranties; and comparable products. B. Related Sections: 1. Division 01 Section "Substitution Procedures" for requests for substitutions. 2. Division 01 Section "References" for applicable industry standards for products specified. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Products: Items obtained for incorporating into the. Work, whether purchased for Project or taken from previously purchased stock. The term "product" includes the terms "material," "equipment," "system," and terms of similar intent. 1. Named Products: Items identified by manufacturer's product name, including make or model number or other designation shown or listed in manufacturer's published product literature, that is current as of date of the Contract Documents. 2. New Products: Items that have not previously been incorporated into another project or facility. Products salvaged or recycled from other projects are not considered new products. 3. Comparable Product: Product that is demonstrated and approved through submittal process to have the indicated qualities related to type, function, dimension, in-service performance, physical properties, appearance, and other characteristics that equal or exceed those of specified product. B. Basis-of-Design Product Specification: A specification in which a specific manufacturer's product is named and accompanied by the words "basis-of- design product," including make or model number or other designation, to 01 6000 - 1 SECTION 01 6000 DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS establish the significant qualities related to type, function, dimension, in-service performance, physical properties, appearance, and other characteristics for purposes of evaluating comparable products of additional manufacturers named in the specification. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Comparable Product Requests: Submit request for consideration of each comparable product. Identify product or fabrication or installation method to be replaced. Include Specification Section number and title and Drawing numbers and titles. 1. Include data to indicate compliance with the requirements specified in "Comparable Products" Article. 2. Engineer's Action: If necessary, Engineer will request additional information or documentation for evaluation within one week of receipt of a comparable product request. Engineer will notify Contractor of approval or rejection of proposed comparable product request within 15 days of receipt of request, or seven days of receipt of additional information or documentation, whichever is later. a. Form of Approval: As specified in Division 01 Section "Submittal Procedures." b. Use product specified if Engineer does not issue a decision on use of a comparable product request within time allocated. B. Basis-of-Design Product Specification Submittal: Comply with requirements in Division 01 Section "Submittal Procedures." Show compliance with requirements. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Compatibility of Options: If Contractor is given option of selecting between two or more products for use on Project, select product compatible with products previously selected, even if previously selected products were also options. 1. Each contractor is responsible for providing products and construction methods compatible with products and construction methods of other contractors. 2. If a dispute arises between contractors over concurrently selectable but incompatible products, Engineer will determine which products shall be used. 1.6 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver, store, and handle products using means and methods that will prevent damage, deterioration, and loss, including theft and vandalism. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions. 01 6000 - 2 I~ 1 SECTION 01 6000 DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS B. Delivery and Handling: 1. Schedule delivery to minimize long-term storage at Project site and to prevent overcrowding of construction spaces. 2. Coordinate delivery with installation time to ensure minimum holding time for items that are flammable, hazardous, easily damaged, or sensitive to deterioration, theft, and other losses. 3. Deliver products to Project site in an undamaged condition in manufacturer's original sealed container or other packaging system, complete with labels and instructions for handling, storing, unpacking, protecting, and installing. 4. Inspect products on delivery to determine compliance with the Contract Documents and to determine that products are undamaged and properly protected. C. Storage: 1. Store products to allow for inspection and measurement of quantity or counting of units. 2. Store materials in a manner that will not endanger Project structure. 3. Store products that are subject to damage by the elements, under cover in a weathertight enclosure above ground, with ventilation adequate to prevent condensation. 4. Store foam plastic from exposure to sunlight, except to extent necessary for period of installation and concealment. 5. Comply with product manufacturer's written instructions for temperature, humidity, ventilation, and weather-protection requirements for storage. 6. Protect stored products from damage and liquids from freezing. 7. Provide a secure location and enclosure at Project site for storage of materials and equipment by Owner's construction forces. Coordinate location with Owner. 1.7 PRODUCT WARRANTIES A. Warranties specified in other Sections shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties required by the Contract Documents. Manufacturer's disclaimers and limitations on product warranties do not relieve Contractor of obligations under requirements of the Contract Documents. 1. Manufacturer's Warranty: Written warranty furnished by individual manufacturer for a particular product and specifically endorsed by manufacturer to Owner. 2. Special Warranty: Written warranty required by the Contract Documents to provide specific rights for Owner. B. Special Warranties: Prepare a written document that contains appropriate terms and identification, ready for execution. Manufacturer's Standard Form: Modified to include Project-specific information and properly executed. 01 6000 - 3 SECTION 01 6000 DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 2. Specified Form: When specified forms are included with the Specifications, prepare a written document using indicated form properly executed. 3. Refer to Divisions 02 through 49. Sections for specific content requirements and particular requirements for submitting special warranties. C. Submittal. Time: Comply with requirements in Division 01 Section "Closeout Procedures." PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 PRODUCT SELECTION PROCEDURES A. General Product Requirements: Provide products that comply with the Contract Documents, are undamaged and, unless otherwise indicated, are new at time of installation. 1. Provide products complete with accessories, trim, finish, fasteners, and other items needed for a complete installation and indicated use and effect. 2. Standard Products: If available, and unless custom products or nonstandard options are specified, provide standard products of types that have been produced and used successfully in similar situations on other projects. 3. Owner reserves the right to limit selection to products with warranties not in conflict with requirements of the Contract Documents. 4. Where products are accompanied by the term "as selected," Engineer will make selection. 5. Descriptive, performance, and reference standard requirements in the Specifications establish salient characteristics of products. 6. Or Equal: For products specified by name and accompanied by the term "or equal," or "or approved equal," or "or approved," comply with requirements in "Comparable Products" Article to obtain approval for use of an unnamed product. B. Product Selection Procedures: 1. Product: Where Specifications name a single manufacturer and product, provide the named product that complies with requirements. Comparable products or substitutions for Contractor's convenience will not be considered. 2. Manufacturer/Source: Where Specifications name a single manufacturer or source, provide a product by the named manufacturer or source that complies with requirements. Comparable products or substitutions for Contractor's convenience will not be considered. 3. Products: 01 6000 - 4 SECTION 01 6000 DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS a. Restricted List: Where Specifications include a list of names of both manufacturers and products, provide one of the products listed that complies with requirements. Comparable products or substitutions for Contractor's convenience will not be considered, unless otherwise indicated. b. Nonrestricted List: Where Specifications include a list of names of both available manufacturers and products, provide one of the products listed, or an unnamed product, that complies with requirements. Comply with requirements in "Comparable Products" Article for consideration of an unnamed product. 4. Manufacturers: a. Restricted List: Where Specifications include a list of manufacturers' names, provide a product by one of the manufacturers listed that complies with requirements. Comparable products or substitutions for Contractor's convenience will not be considered, unless otherwise indicated. b. Nonrestricted List: Where Specifications include a list of available manufacturers, provide a product by one of the manufacturers listed, or a product by an unnamed manufacturer, that complies with requirements. Comply with requirements in "Comparable Products" Article for consideration of an unnamed manufacturer's product. 5. Basis-of-Design Product: Where Specifications name a product, or refer to a product indicated on Drawings, and include a list of manufacturers, provide the specified or indicated product or a comparable product by one of the other named manufacturers. Drawings and Specifications indicate sizes, profiles, dimensions, and other characteristics that are based on the product named. Comply with requirements in "Comparable Products" Article for consideration of an unnamed product by one of the other named manufacturers. C. Visual Matching Specification: Where Specifications require "match Engineer's sample", provide a product that complies with requirements and matches Engineer's sample. Engineer's decision will be final on whether a proposed product matches. 1. If no product available within specified category matches and complies with other specified requirements, comply with requirements in Division 01 Section "Substitution Procedures" for proposal of product. D. Visual Selection Specification: Where Specifications include the phrase "as selected by Engineer from manufacturer's full range" or similar phrase, select a product that complies with requirements. Engineer will select color, gloss, pattern, density, or texture from manufacturer's product line that includes both standard and premium items. 01 6000 - 5 SECTION 01 6000 DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 2.2 COMPARABLE PRODUCTS A. Conditions for Consideration: Engineer will consider Contractor's request for comparable product when the following conditions are satisfied. If the following conditions are not satisfied, Engineer may return requests without action, except to record noncompliance with these requirements: 1. Evidence that the proposed product does not require revisions to the Contract Documents, that it is consistent with the Contract Documents and will produce the indicated results, and that it is compatible with other portions of the Work. 2. Detailed comparison of significant qualities of proposed product with those named in the Specifications. Significant qualities include attributes such as performance, weight, size, durability, visual effect, and specific features and requirements indicated. 3. Evidence that proposed product provides specified warranty. 4. List of similar installations for completed projects with project names and addresses and names and addresses of Engineers and owners, if requested. 5. Samples, if requested. PART 3 -EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 01 6000 01 6000 - 6 SECTION 01 7300 DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS EXECUTION PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes general administrative and procedural requirements governing execution of the Work including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Construction layout. 2. Field engineering and surveying. 3. Installation of the Work. 4. Cutting and patching. 5. Coordination of Owner-installed products. 6. Progress cleaning. 7. Starting and adjusting. 8. Protection of installed construction. 9. Correction of the Work. B. Related Sections: 1. Division 01 Section "Submittal Procedures" for submitting surveys. 2. Division 01 Section "Closeout Procedures" for submitting final property survey with Project Record Documents, recording of Owner-accepted deviations from indicated lines and levels, and final cleaning. 3. Division 02 Section "Selective Structure Demolition" for demolition and removal of selected portions of the building. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Cutting: Removal of in-place construction necessary to permit installation or performance of other work. B. Patching: Fitting and repair work required to restore construction to original conditions after installation of other work. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Cutting and Patching Plan: Submit plan describing procedures at least 10 days prior to the time cutting and patching will be performed. Include the following information: 01 7300 - 1 SECTION 01 7300 ' DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS EXECUTION 1. Extent: Describe reason for and extent of each occurrence of cutting ' and patching. 2. Changes to In-Place Construction: Describe anticipated results. Include changes to structural elements and operating components as well as changes in building appearance and other significant visual elements. 3. Products: List products to be used for patching and firms or entities that ' will perform patching work. 4. Dates: Indicate when cutting and patching will be performed. 5. Utilities and Mechanical and Electrical Systems: List services and systems that cutting and patching procedures will disturb or affect. List services and systems that will be relocated and those that will be temporarily out of service. Indicate how long services and systems will , be disrupted. B. Landfill Receipts: Submit copy of receipts issued by a landfill facility, licensed to accept hazardous materials, for hazardous waste disposal ' 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Land Surveyor Qualifications: A professional land surveyor who is legally qualified to practice in jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in providing land-surveying services of the kind indicated. B. Cutting and Patching: Comply with requirements for and limitations on cutting and patching of construction elements. Structural Elements: When cutting and patching structural elements, notify Engineer of locations and details of cutting and await directions from the Engineer before proceeding. Where indicated, shore, brace, and support structural element during cutting and patching. Do not cut and patch structural elements in a manner that could change their load- carrying capacity or increase deflection. 2. Operational Elements: Do not cut and patch operating elements and related components in a manner that results in reducing their capacity to perform as intended or that results in increased maintenance or decreased operational life or safety. 3. Other Construction Elements: Do not cut and patch other construction elements or components in a manner that could change their load- carrying capacity, that results in reducing their capacity to perform as intended, or that results in increased maintenance or decreased operational life or safety. 4. Visual Elements: Do not cut and patch construction in a manner that results in visual evidence of cutting and patching. Do not cut and patch exposed construction in a manner that would, in Engineer's opinion, reduce the building's aesthetic qualities. Remove and replace 01 7300 - 2 ' SECTION 01 7300 DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS EXECUTION construction that has been cut and patched in a visually unsatisfactory manner. ' C. Cutting and Patching Conference: Before proceeding, meet at Project site with parties involved in cutting and patching, including mechanical and electrical trades. Review areas of potential interference and conflict. Coordinate procedures and resolve potential conflicts before proceeding. D. Manufacturer's Installation Instnactions: Obtain and maintain on-site ' manufacturer's written recommendations and instructions for installation of products and equipment. 1.6 WARRANTY A. Existing Warranties: Remove, replace, patch, and repair materials and surfaces cut or damaged during installation or cutting and patching operations, by methods and with materials so as not to void existing warranties. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. General: Comply with requirements specified in other Sections. 1. For projects requiring compliance with sustainable design and construction practices and procedures, utilize products for patching that comply with requirements of Division 01 Section "Sustainable Design Requirements." ' B. In-Place Materials: Use materials for patching identical to in-place materials. For exposed surfaces, use materials that visually match in-place adjacent surfaces to the fullest extent possible. 1. If identical materials are unavailable or cannot be used, use materials that, when installed, will provide a match acceptable to the Engineer for the visual and functional performance of in-place materials. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Existing Conditions: The existence and location of underground and other utilities and construction indicated as existing are not guaranteed. Before beginning sitework, investigate and verify the existence and location of underground utilities, mechanical and electrical systems, and other construction affecting the Work. 01 7300 - 3 SECTION 01 7300 DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS EXECUTION 1. Before construction, verify the location and invert elevation at points of connection of sanitary sewer, storm sewer, and water-service piping; underground electrical services, and other utilities. 2. Furnish location data for work related to Project that must be performed by public utilities serving Project site. B. Examination and Acceptance of Conditions: Before proceeding with each component of the Work, examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer or Applicator present where indicated, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance. Record observations. 1. Written Report: Where a written report listing conditions detrimental to performance of the Work is required by other Sections, include the following: a. Description of the Work. b. List of detrimental conditions, including substrates. c. List of unacceptable installation tolerances. d. Recommended corrections. 2. Verify compatibility with and suitability of substrates, including compatibility with existing finishes or primers. 3. Examine roughing-in for mechanical and electrical systems to verify actual locations of connections before equipment and fixture installation. 4. Examine walls, floors, and roofs for suitable conditions where products and systems are to be installed. 5. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. Proceeding with the Work indicates acceptance of surfaces and conditions. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Existing Utility Information: Furnish information to local utility and Owner that is necessary to adjust, move, or relocate existing utility structures, utility poles, lines, services, or other utility appurtenances located in or affected by construction. Coordinate with authorities having jurisdiction. B. Field Measurements: Take field measurements as required to fit the Work properly. Recheck measurements before installing each product. Where portions of the Work are indicated to fit to other construction, verify dimensions of other construction by field measurements before fabrication. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying the Work. C. Space Requirements: Verify space requirements and dimensions of items ' shown diagrammatically on Drawings. D. Review of Contract Documents and Field Conditions: Immediately on ' discovery of the need for clarification of the Contract Documents caused by differing field conditions outside the control of the Contractor, submit a request 01 7300 - 4 SECTION 01 7300 DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS EXECUTION for information to Engineer according to requirements in Division 01 Section "Project Management and Coordination." 3.3 INSTALLATION A. General: Locate the Work and components of the Work accurately, in correct alignment and elevation, as indicated. 1. Make vertical work plumb and make horizontal work level. 2. Where space is limited, install components to maximize space available for maintenance and ease of removal for replacement. 3. Conceal pipes, ducts, and wiring in finished areas, unless otherwise indicated. B. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations for installing products in applications indicated. C. Install products at the time and under conditions that will ensure the best possible results. Maintain conditions required for product performance until Substantial Completion. D. Conduct construction operations so no part of the Work is subjected to damaging operations or loading in excess of that expected during normal conditions of occupancy. E. Tools and Equipment: Do not use tools or equipment that produce harmful noise levels. F. Templates: Obtain and distribute to the parties involved templates for work specified to be factory prepared and field installed. Check Shop Drawings of other work to confirm that adequate provisions are made for locating and installing products to comply with indicated requirements. G. Attachment: Provide blocking and attachment plates and anchors and fasteners of adequate size and number to securely anchor each component in place, accurately located and aligned with other portions of the Work. Where size and type of attachments are not indicated, verify size and type required for load conditions. 1. Mounting Heights: Where mounting heights are not indicated, mount components at heights directed by Engineer. 2. Allow for building movement, including thermal expansion and contraction. 3. Coordinate installation of anchorages. Furnish setting drawings, templates, and directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves, concrete inserts, anchor bolts, and items with integral anchors, that are to be embedded in concrete or masonry. Deliver such items to Project site in time for installation. 01 7300 - 5 SECTION 01 7300 , DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS EXECUTION H. Joints: Make joints of uniform width. Where joint locations in exposed work , are not indicated, arrange joints for the best visual effect. Fit exposed connections together to form hairline joints. I. Hazardous Materials: ' 1. Use products, cleaners, and installation materials that are not ' considered hazardous. 2. Based on the testing indicated in the Supplementary Conditions, it is not expected that asbestos or other hazardous materials will be encountered when dealing with existing elements within the building. a. If materials suspected of containing hazardous materials are encountered, do not disturb; immediately notify the Engineer and Owner. Owner will remove hazardous materials under a separate contract. 3.4 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Cutting and Patching, General: Employ skilled workers to perform cutting and patching. Proceed with cutting and patching at the earliest feasible time, and complete without delay. Cut in-place construction to provide for installation of other components or performance of other construction, and subsequently patch as required to restore surfaces to their original condition. B. Temporary Support: Provide temporary support of work to be cut: C. Protection: Protect in-place construction during cutting and patching to prevent damage. Provide protection from adverse weather conditions for portions of Project that might be exposed during cutting and patching operations. D. Adjacent Occupied Areas: Where interference with use of adjoining areas or interruption of free passage to adjoining areas is unavoidable, coordinate cutting and patching in accordance with requirements of Division 01 Section "Summary." E. Existing Utility Services and Mechanical/Electrical Systems: Where existing services/systems are required to be removed, relocated, or abandoned, bypass such services/systems before cutting to prevent interruption to occupied areas. F. Cutting: Cut in-place construction by sawing, drilling, breaking, chipping, grinding, and similar operations, including excavation, using methods least likely to damage elements retained or adjoining construction. If possible, review proposed procedures with original Installer; comply with original Installer's written recommendations. 01 7300 - 6 SECTION 01 7300 DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS EXECUTION 1. In general, use hand or small power tools designed for sawing and grinding, not hammering and chopping. Cut holes and slots neatly to minimum size required, and with minimum disturbance. of adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover openings when not in use. 2. Finished Surfaces: Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces. 3. Concrete and Masonry: Cut using a cutting machine, such as an abrasive saw or adiamond-core drill 4. Excavating and Backfilling: Where cutting and patching operations are required, comply with requirements of Montana Public Works Standard Specifications (MPWSS), Fifth Edition, March 2003 and 2006 Addendum, subject to the modifications and additions provided in the City of Bozeman Modifications to Montana Public Works Standard Specifications, Fifth Edition, dated March 2004 and Addendums 1,2 & 3. 5. Mechanical and Electrical Services: Cut off pipe or conduit in walls or partitions to be removed. Cap, valve, or plug and seal remaining portion of pipe or conduit to prevent entrance of moisture or other foreign matter after cutting. 6. Proceed with patching after construction operations requiring cutting are complete. G. Patching: Patch construction by filling, repairing, refinishing, closing up, and similar operations following performance of other work. Patch with durable seams that are as invisible as practicable. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other Sections, where applicable. 1. Inspection: Where feasible, test and inspect patched areas after completion to demonstrate physical integrity of installation. 2. Exposed Finishes: Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend finish restoration into retained adjoining construction in a manner that will minimize evidence of patching and refinishing. a. Clean piping, conduit, and similar features before applying paint or other finishing materials. b. Restore damaged pipe covering to its original condition. 3. Floors and Walls: Where walls or partitions that are removed extend one finished area into another, patch and repair floor and wall surfaces in the new space. Provide an even surface of uniform finish, color, texture, and appearance. Remove in-place floor and wall coverings and replace with new materials, if necessary, to achieve uniform color and appearance. a. Where patching occurs in a painted surface, prepare substrate and apply primer and intermediate paint coats appropriate for substrate over the patch, and apply final paint coat over entire unbroken surface containing the patch. Provide additional coats until patch blends with adjacent surfaces. 4. Ceilings: Patch, repair, or rehang in-place ceilings as necessary to provide an even-plane surface of uniform appearance. 01 7300 - 7 SECTION 01 7300 DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS EXECUTION 5. Exterior Building Enclosure: Patch components in a manner that 1 restores enclosure to a weathertight condition. H. Cleaning: Clean areas and spaces where cutting and patching are performed. ' Remove paint, mortar, oils, putty, and similar materials from adjacent finished surfaces. C 3.5 OWNER-INSTALLED PRODUCTS A. Site Access: Provide access to Project site for Owner's construction personnel B. Coordination: Coordinate construction and operations of the Work with work performed by Owner's construction personnel. 1. Construction Schedule: Inform Owner of Contractor's preferred construction schedule for Owner's portion of the Work. Adjust construction schedule based on a mutually agreeable timetable. Notify Owner if changes to schedule are required due to differences in actual construction progress. 3.6 PROGRESS CLEANING A. General: Clean Project site and work areas daily, including common areas. Enforce requirements strictly. Dispose of materials lawfully. 1. Comply with requirements in NFPA 241 for removal of combustible waste materials and debris. 2. Do not hold waste materials more than seven days during normal weather or three days if the temperature is expected to rise above 80 deg F (27 deg C). 3. Containerize hazardous and unsanitary waste materials separately from other waste. Mark containers appropriately and dispose of legally, according to regulations. a. Utilize containers intended for holding waste materials of type to be stored. 4. Coordinate progress cleaning for joint-use areas where more than one installer has worked. B. Site: Maintain Project site free of waste materials and debris. C. Work Areas: Clean areas where work is in progress to the level of cleanliness necessary for proper execution of the Work. 1. Remove liquid spills promptly. 2. Where dust would impair proper execution of the Work, broom-clean or vacuum the entire work area, as appropriate. 01 7300 - 8 SECTION 01 7300 DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS EXECUTION ' D. Installed Work: Keep installed work clean. Clean installed surfaces according to written instructions of manufacturer or fabricator of product installed, using only cleaning materials specifically recommended. If specific cleaning ' materials are not recommended, use cleaning materials that are not hazardous to health or property and that will not damage exposed surfaces. E. Concealed Spaces: Remove debris from concealed spaces before enclosing the space. ' F. Exposed Surfaces in Finished Areas: Clean exposed surfaces and protect as necessary to ensure freedom from damage and deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. c:~. Waste Disposal: Do not bury or burn waste materials on-site. Do not wash waste materials down sewers or into waterways. Comply with waste disposal ' requirements in Division 01 Section "Temporary Facilities and Controls". H. During handling and installation, clean and protect construction in progress and adjoining materials already in place. Apply protective covering where required ' to ensure protection from damage or deterioration at Substantial Completion. I. Clean and provide maintenance on completed construction as frequently as ' necessary through the remainder of the construction period. Adjust and lubricate operable components to ensure operability without damaging effects. J. Limiting Exposures: Supervise construction operations to assure that no part of the construction, completed or in progress, is subject to harmful, dangerous, damaging, or~otherwise deleterious exposure during the construction period. 3.7 STARTING AND ADJUSTING ' A. Coordinate startup and adjusting of equipment and operating components with requirements in Division 23 Section "Packaged, Outdoor, Central-Station Air- ' Handling Units." B. Start equipment and operating components to confirm proper operation. Remove malfunctioning units, replace with new units, and retest. C. Adjust equipment for proper operation. Adjust operating components for proper operation without binding. ' D. Test each piece of equipment to verify proper operation. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and ' equipment. E. Manufacturer's Field Service: Comply with qualification requirements in ' Division 01 Section "Quality Requirements." 1 ' 01 7300 - 9 SECTION 01 7300 DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS EXECUTION 3.8 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED AND EXISTING CONSTRUCTION A. Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure installed Work and existing construction is without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. B. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for temperature and relative humidity. 3.9 CORRECTION OF THE WORK A. Repair or remove and replace defective construction. Restore damaged substrates and finishes. 1. Repairing includes replacing defective parts, refinishing damaged surfaces, touching up with matching materials, and properly adjusting operating equipment. B. Restore permanent facilities used during construction to their specified condition. C. Remove and replace damaged surfaces that are exposed to view if surfaces cannot be repaired without visible evidence of repair. D. Repair components that do not operate properly. Remove and replace operating components that cannot be repaired. E. Remove and replace chipped, scratched, and broken glass or reflective surfaces. END OF SECTION 01 7300 01 7300 - 10 SECTION 01 7700 DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for contract closeout, including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Substantial Completion procedures. 2. Final completion procedures. 3. Warranties. 4. Final cleaning. B. Related Sections: 1. Division 01 Section "Execution" for progress cleaning of Project site. 2. Division 01 Section "Operation and Maintenance Data" for operation and maintenance manual requirements. 3. Division 01 Section "Project Record Documents" for submitting Record Drawings, Record Specifications, and Record Product Data. 4. Division 01 Section "Demonstration and Training" for requirements for instructing Owner's personnel. 5. Divisions 02 through 49 Sections for specific closeout and special cleaning requirements for the Work in those Sections. 1.3 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION A. Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting inspection for determining date of Substantial Completion, complete the following. List items below that are incomplete with request. 1. Prepare a list of items to be completed and corrected (punch list), the value of items on the list, and reasons why the Work is not complete. 2. Advise Owner of pending insurance changeover requirements. 3. Submit specific warranties, workmanship bonds, maintenance service agreements, final certifications, and similar documents. 4. Obtain and submit releases permitting Owner unrestricted use of the Work and access to services and utilities. Include occupancy permits, operating certificates, and similar releases. 5. Prepare and submit Project Record Documents, operation and maintenance manuals, final completion construction photographic 01 7700 - 1 SECTION 01 7700 ' DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES documentation, damage or settlement surveys, property surveys, and similar final record information. 6. Deliver tools, spare parts, extra materials, and similar items to location designated by Owner. Label with manufacturer's name and model number where applicable. 7. Make final changeover of permanent locks and deliver keys to Owner. Advise Owner's personnel of changeover in security provisions. 8. Complete startup testing of systems. 9. Submit test/adjust/balance records. 10. Terminate and remove temporary facilities from Project site, along with mockups, construction tools, and similar elements. 11. Advise Owner of changeover in heat and other utilities. 12. Submit changeover information related to Owner's occupancy, use, operation, and maintenance. 13. Complete final cleaning requirements, including touchup painting. 14. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred exposed finishes to eliminate visual defects. B. Inspection: Submit a written request for inspection for Substantial Completion. On receipt of request, Engineer will either proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled requirements. Engineer will prepare the Certificate of Substantial Completion after inspection or will notify Contractor of items, either on Contractor's list or additional items identified by Engineer, that must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued. 1. Reinspection: Request reinspection when the Work identified in previous inspections as incomplete is completed or corrected. 2. Results of completed inspection will form the basis of requirements for final completion. 1.4 FINAL COMPLETION A. Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting final inspection for determining final completion, complete the following: 1. Submit a final Application for Payment according to Division 01 Section "Payment Procedures." 2. Submit certified copy of Engineer's Substantial Completion inspection list of items to be completed or corrected (punch list), endorsed and dated by Engineer. The certified copy of the list shall state that each item has been completed or otherwise resolved for acceptance. 3. Submit evidence of final, continuing insurance coverage complying with insurance requirements. 4. Submit pest-control final inspection report and warranty. 5. Instruct Owner's personnel in operation, adjustment, and maintenance of products, equipment, and systems. B. Inspection: Submit a written request for final inspection for acceptance. On receipt of request, Engineer will either proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled requirements. Engineer will prepare a final Certificate 01 7700 - 2 SECTION 01 7700 DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES for Payment after inspection or will notify Contractor of construction that must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued. 1. Reinspection: Request reinspection when the Work identified in previous inspections as incomplete is completed or corrected. 1.5 LIST OF INCOMPLETE ITEMS (PUNCH LIST) A. Organization of List: Include name and identification of each space and area affected by construction operations for incomplete items and items needing correction including, if necessary, areas disturbed by Contractor that are outside the limits of construction. 1. Organize list of spaces in sequential order. 2. Organize items applying to each space by major element, including categories for ceiling, individual walls, floors, equipment, and building systems. 3. Include the following information at the top of each page: a. Project name. b. Date. c. Name of Engineer. d. Name of Contractor. e. Page number. 4. Submit list of incomplete items in the following format: a. PDF electronic file. 1.6 WARRANTIES A. Submittal Time: Submit written warranties on request of Engineer for designated portions of the Work where commencement of warranties other than date of Substantial Completion is indicated. B. Partial Occupancy: Submit properly executed warranties within 7 days of completion of designated portions of the Work that are completed and occupied or used by Owner during construction period by separate agreement with Contractor. C. Organize warranty documents into an orderly sequence based on the table of contents of the Project Manual. 1. Bind warranties and bonds in heavy-duty, three-ring, vinyl-covered, loose-leaf binders, thickness as necessary to accommodate contents, and sized to receive 8-1/2-by-11-inch (215-by-280-mm) paper. 2. Provide heavy paper dividers with plastic-covered tabs for each separate warranty. Mark tab to identify the product or installation. Provide a typed description of the product or installation, including the 01 7700 - 3 SECTION 01 7700 , DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES name of the product and the name, address, and telephone number of ' Installer. 3. Identify each binder on the front and spine with the typed or printed title "WARRANTIES," Project name, and name of Contractor. ' 4. Scan warranties and bonds and assemble complete warranty and bond submittal package into a single indexed electronic PDF file with links enabling navigation to each item. Provide table of contents at ' beginning of document. D. Provide additional copies of each warranty to include in operation and maintenance manuals. E. On or about the one year anniversary of final project completion, the CONTRACTOR shall contact OWNER and provide awalk-through with the OWNER to identify and address any workmanship/warranty issues that may require attention. The CONTRACTOR shall remedy any such issues identified in this walk-through as part of CONTRACTOR's standard warranty obligations. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Cleaning Agents: Use cleaning materials and agents recommended by manufacturer or fabricator of the surface to be cleaned. Do not use cleaning agents that are potentially hazardous to health or property or that might damage finished surfaces. 1. Use cleaning products that meet Green Seal GS-37, or if GS-37 is not applicable, use products that comply with the California Code of Regulations maximum allowable VOC levels. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 FINAL CLEANING A. General: Perform final cleaning. Conduct cleaning and waste-removal operations to comply with local laws and ordinances and Federal and local environmental and antipollution regulations. B. Cleaning: Employ experienced workers or professional cleaners for final cleaning. Clean each surface or unit to condition expected in an average commercial building cleaning and maintenance program. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Complete the following cleaning operations before requesting inspection for certification of Substantial Completion for entire Project or for a portion of Project: 01 7700 - 4 SECTION 01 7700 DIVISION 01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES a. Clean Project site, yard, and grounds, in areas disturbed by construction activities, including landscape development areas, of rubbish, waste material, litter, and other foreign substances. b. Sweep paved areas broom clean. Remove petrochemical spills, stains, and other foreign deposits. c. Rake grounds that are neither planted nor paved to a smooth, even-textured surface. d. Remove tools, construction equipment, machinery, and surplus material from Project site. e. Remove snow and ice to provide safe access to building. f. Clean exposed exterior and interior hard-surfaced finishes to a dirt-free condition, free of stains, films, and similar foreign substances. Avoid disturbing natural weathering of exterior surfaces. Restore reflective surfaces to their original condition. g. Remove debris and surface dust from limited access spaces, including roofs, plenums, shafts, trenches, equipment vaults, manholes, attics, and similar spaces. h. Sweep concrete floors broom clean in unoccupied spaces. i. Vacuum carpet and similar soft surfaces, removing debris and excess nap; shampoo if visible soil or stains remain. j. Clean transparent materials, including mirrors and glass in doors and windows. Remove glazing compounds and other noticeable, vision-obscuring materials. Replace chipped or broken glass and other damaged transparent materials. Polish mirrors and glass, taking care not to scratch surfaces. k. Remove labels that are not permanent. I. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred, exposed finishes and surfaces. Replace finishes and surfaces that cannot be satisfactorily repaired or restored or that already show evidence of repair or restoration. 1) Do not paint over "UL" and other required labels and identification, including mechanical and electrical nameplates. m. Wipe surfaces of mechanical, electrical, and similar equipment. Remove excess lubrication, paint and mortar droppings, and other foreign substances. n. Replace parts subject to operating conditions during construction that may impede operation or reduce longevity. o. Clean plumbing fixtures to a sanitary condition, free of stains, including stains resulting from water exposure. p. Replace disposable air filters and clean permanent air filters. Clean exposed surfaces of diffusers, registers, and grills. q. Clean ducts, blowers, and coils if units were operated without filters during construction or that display contamination with particulate matter upon inspection. 1) Clean HVAC system in compliance with NADCA Standard 1992-01. Provide written report upon completion of cleaning. 01 7700 - 5 SECTION 01 7700 DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES r. Clean light fixtures, lamps, globes, and reflectors to function with full efficiency. Replace burned-out bulbs, and those noticeably dimmed by hours of use, and defective and noisy starters in fluorescent and mercury vapor fixtures to comply with requirements for new fixtures. s. Leave Project clean and ready for occupancy. C. Pest Control: Engage an experienced, licensed exterminator to make a final inspection and rid Project of rodents, insects, and other pests. Prepare a report. D. Construction Waste Disposal: Comply with waste disposal requirements in Division 01 Section "Temporary Facilities and Controls." END OF SECTION 017700 01 7700 - 6 SECTION 01 7823 OPERATION AND DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS MAINTENANCE DATA PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for preparing operation and maintenance manuals, including the following: 1. Operation and maintenance documentation directory. 2. Emergency manuals. 3. Operation manuals for systems, subsystems, and equipment. 4. Product maintenance manuals. 5. Systems and equipment maintenance manuals. B. Related Sections: 1. Division 01 Section "Multiple Contract Summary" for coordinating operation and maintenance manuals covering the Work of multiple contracts. 2. Division 01 Section "Submittal Procedures" for submitting copies of submittals for operation and maintenance manuals. 3. Division 01 Section "General Commissioning Requirements" for verification and compilation of data into operation and maintenance manuals. 4. Divisions 02 through 49 Sections for specific operation and maintenance manual requirements for the Work in those Sections. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. System: An organized collection of parts, equipment, or subsystems united by regular interaction. B. Subsystem: A portion of a system with characteristics similar to a system. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Manual Content: Operations and maintenance manual content is specified in individual specification sections to be reviewed at the time of Section 01 7823 - 1 SECTION 01 7823 OPERATION AND DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS MAINTENANCE DATA submittals. Submit reviewed manual content formatted and organized as required by this Section. 1. Where applicable, clarify and update reviewed manual content to correspond to modifications and field conditions. B. Format: Submit operations and maintenance manuals in both the following formats: 1. PDF electronic file. Assemble each manual into a composite electronically-indexed file. Submit on digital media acceptable to Engineer. a. Name each indexed document file in composite electronic index with applicable item name. Include a complete electronically- linked operation and maintenance directory. b. Enable inserted reviewer comments on draft submittals. 2. Three paper copies. Include a complete operation and maintenance directory. Enclose title pages and directories in clear plastic sleeves. Engineer will return two copies. C. Initial Manual Submittal: Submit draft copy of each manual at least 10 days before commencing demonstration and training. Engineer will comment on whether general scope and content of manual are acceptable. D. Final Manual Submittal: Submit each manual in final form prior to requesting inspection for Substantial Completion and at least 5 days before commencing demonstration and training. Engineer will return copy with comments. 1. Correct or modify each manual to comply with Engineer's comments. Submit copies of each corrected manual within 5 days of receipt of Engineer's comments and prior to commencing demonstration and training. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DOCUMENTATION DIRECTORY A. Organization: Include a section in the directory for each of the following: 1. List of documents. 2. List of systems. 3. List of equipment. 4. Table of contents. 01 7823 - 2 SECTION 01 7823 OPERATION AND DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS MAINTENANCE DATA B. List of Systems and Subsystems: List systems alphabetically. Include references to operation and maintenance manuals that contain information about each system. C. List of Equipment: List equipment for each system, organized alphabetically by system. For pieces of equipment not part of system, list alphabetically in separate list. D. Tables of Contents: Include a table of contents for each emergency, operation, and maintenance manual. E. Identification: In the documentation directory and in each operation and maintenance manual, identify each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment with same designation used in the Contract Documents. If no designation exists, assign a designation according to ASHRAE Guideline 4, "Preparation of Operating and Maintenance Documentation for Building Systems." 2.2 REQUIREMENTS FOR EMERGENCY, OPERATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Organization: Unless otherwise indicated, organize each manual into a separate section for each system and subsystem, and a separate section for each. piece of equipment not part of a system. Each manual shall contain the following materials, in the order listed: 1. Title page. 2. Table of contents. 3. Manual contents. B. Title Page: Include the following information: 1. Subject matter included in manual. 2. Name and address of Project. 3. Name and address of Owner. 4. Date of submittal. 5. Name and contact information for Contractor. 6. ,Name and contact information for Construction Manager. 7. Name and contact information for Engineer. 8. Name and contact information for Commissioning Agent. 9. Names and contact information for major consultants to the Engineer that designed the systems contained in the manuals. 10. Cross-reference to related systems in other operation and maintenance manuals. C. Table of Contents: List each product included in manual, identified by product name, indexed to the content of the volume, and cross-referenced to Specification Section number in Project Manual. 01 7823 - 3 SECTION 01 7823 OPERATION AND DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS MAINTENANCE DATA 1. If operation or maintenance documentation requires more than one volume to accommodate data, include comprehensive table of contents for all volumes in each volume of the set. D. Manual Contents: Organize into sets of manageable size. Arrange contents alphabetically by system, subsystem, and equipment. If possible, assemble instructions for subsystems, equipment, and components of one system into a single binder. E. Manuals, Electronic Files: Submit manuals in the form of a multiple file composite electronic PDF file for each manual type required. 1. Electronic Flies: Use electronic files prepared by manufacturer where available. Where scanning of paper documents is required, configure scanned file for minimum readable file size. 2. File Names and Bookmarks: Enable bookmarking of individual documents based upon file names. Name document files to correspond to system, subsystem, and equipment names used in manual directory and table of contents. Group documents for each system and subsystem into individual composite bookmarked files, then create composite manual, so that resulting bookmarks reflect the system, subsystem, and equipment names in a readily navigated file tree. Configure electronic manual to display bookmark panel upon opening file. F. Manuals, Paper Copy: Submit manuals in the form of hard copy, bound and labeled volumes. Binders: Heavy-duty, three-ring, vinyl-covered, loose-leaf binders, in thickness necessary to accommodate contents, sized to hold 8-1/2-by- 11-inch (215-by-280-mm) paper; with clear plastic sleeve on spine to hold label describing contents and with pockets inside covers to hold folded oversize sheets. a. If two or more binders are necessary to accommodate data of a system, organize data in each binder into groupings by subsystem and related components. Cross-reference other binders if necessary to provide essential information for proper operation or maintenance of equipment or system. b. Identify each binder on front and spine, with printed title "OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL," Project title or name, and subject matter of contents. Indicate volume number for multiple-volume sets. 2. Dividers: Heavy-paper dividers with plastic-covered tabs for each section of the manual. Mark each tab to indicate contents. Include typed list of products and major components of equipment included in the section on each divider, cross-referenced to Specification Section number and title of Project Manual. 01 7823 - 4 SECTION 01 7823 OPERATION AND DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS MAINTENANCE DATA 3. Protective Plastic Sleeves: Transparent plastic sleeves designed to ' enclose diagnostic software storage media for computerized electronic equipment. 4. Supplementary Text: Prepared on 8-1/2-by-11-inch (215-by-280-mm) ' white bond paper. 5. Drawings: Attach reinforced, punched binder tabs on drawings and bind with text. ' a. If oversize drawings are necessary, fold drawings to same size as text pages and use as foldouts. b. If drawings are too large to be used as foldouts, fold and place drawings in labeled envelopes and bind envelopes in rear of manual. At appropriate locations in manual, insert typewritten pages indicating drawing titles, descriptions of contents, and ~ drawing locations. ' 2.3 EMERGENCY MANUALS A. Content: Organize manual into a separate section for each of the following: 1. Type of emergency. 2. Emergency instructions. 3. Emergency procedures. B. Type of Emergency: Where applicable for each type of emergency indicated below, include instructions and procedures for each system, subsystem, piece of equipment, and component: 1. Fire. 2. Flood. 3. Gas leak. 4. Water leak. 5. Power failure. 6. Water outage. 7. System, subsystem, or equipment failure. 8. Chemical release or spill. C. Emergency Instructions: Describe error messages, and similar code Owner's operating personnel for manufacturer to maintain warranties. and explain warnings, trouble indications, s and signals. Include responsibilities of notification of Installer, supplier, and D. Emergency Procedures: Include the following, as applicable: 1. Instructions on stopping. 2. Shutdown instructions for each type of emergency. 3. Operating instructions for conditions outside normal operating limits. 4. Required sequences for electric or electronic systems. 5. Special operating instructions and procedures. 01 7823 - 5 SECTION 01 7823 ' OPERATION AND DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS MAINTENANCE DATA ' 2.4 OPERATION MANUALS A. Content: In addition to requirements in this Section, include operation data ' required in individual Specification Sections and the following information: 1. System, subsystem, and equipment descriptions. Use designations for ' systems and equipment indicated on Contract Documents. 2. Performance and design criteria if Contractor is delegated design responsibility. 3. Operating standards. ' 4. Operating procedures. 5. Operating logs. 6. Wiring diagrams. , 7. Control diagrams. 8. Piped system diagrams. ' 9. Precautions against improper use. ' ~ 10. License requirements including inspection and renewal dates. I B. Descriptions: Include the following: ' 1. Product name and model number. Use designations for products indicated on Contract Documents. 2. Manufacturer's name. , 3. Equipment identification with serial number of each component. 4. Equipment function. 5. Operating characteristics. ' 6. Limiting conditions. 7. Performance curves. 8. Engineering data and tests. ' 9. Complete nomenclature and number of replacement parts. C. Operating Procedures: Include the following, as applicable: ' 1. Startup procedures. 2. Equipment or system break-in procedures. 3. Routine and normal operating instructions. , 4. Regulation and control procedures. 5. Instructions on stopping. 6. Normal shutdown instructions. ' 7. Seasonal and weekend operating instructions. 8. Required sequences for electric or electronic systems. instructions and procedures eratin ecial o S 9 ' . g p p . D. Systems and Equipment Controls: Describe the sequence of operation, and diagram controls as installed. E. Piped Systems: Diagram piping as installed, and identify color-coding where required for identification. , 01 7823 - 6 SECTION 01 7823 OPERATION AND ' DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS MAINTENANCE DATA 2.5 PRODUCT MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Content: Organize manual into a separate section for each product, material, and finish. Include source information, product information, maintenance ' procedures, repair materials and sources, and warranties and bonds, as described below. B. Source Information: List each product included in manual, identified by product ' name and arranged to match manual's .table of contents. For each product, list name, address, and telephone number of Installer or supplier and maintenance service agent, and cross-reference Specification Section number and title in ' Project Manual and drawing or schedule designation or identifier where applicable. ' C. Product Information: Include the following, as applicable: 1. Product name and model number. 2. Manufacturer's name. 3. Color, pattern, and texture. 4. Material and chemical composition. ' 5. Reordering information for specially manufactured products. D. Maintenance Procedures: Include manufacturer's written recommendations ' and the following: 1. Inspection procedures. 2. Types of cleaning agents to be used and methods of cleaning. ' 3. List of cleaning agents and methods of cleaning detrimental to product. 4. Schedule for routine cleaning and maintenance. 5. Repair instructions. ' E. Repair Materials and Sources: Include lists of materials and local sources of materials and related services. F. Warranties and Bonds: Include copies of warranties and bonds and lists of circumstances and conditions that would affect validity of warranties or bonds. ' 1. Include procedures to follow and required notifications for warranty claims. 2.6 SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE MANUALS ' A. Content: For each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system, include source information, manufacturers' maintenance documentation, maintenance procedures, maintenance and service schedules, spare parts list and source information, maintenance service contracts, and ' warranty and bond information, as described below. 01 7823 - 7 SECTION 01 7823 ' OPERATION AND DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS MAINTENANCE DATA ' B. Source Information: List each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment included in manual, identified by product name and arranged to match manual's table of contents. For each product, list name, address, and ' telephone number of Installer or supplier and maintenance service agent, and cross-reference Specification Section number and title in Project Manual and drawing or schedule designation or identifier where applicable. , C. Manufacturers' Maintenance Documentation: Manufacturers' maintenance documentation including the following information for each component part or , piece of equipment: 1. Standard maintenance instructions and bulletins. 2. Drawings, diagrams, and instructions required for maintenance, ' including disassembly and component removal, replacement, and assembly. 3. Identification and nomenclature of parts and components. ' 'i 4. List of items recommended to be stocked as spare parts. D. Maintenance Procedures: Include the following information and items that ' detail essential maintenance procedures: 1. Test and inspection instructions. 2. Troubleshooting guide. ' 3. Precautions against improper maintenance. 4. Disassembly; component removal, repair, and replacement; and reassembly instructions. , 5. Aligning, adjusting, and checking instructions. 6. Demonstration and training video recording, if available. ' E. Maintenance and Service Schedules: Include service and lubrication requirements, list of required lubricants for equipment, and separate schedules for preventive and routine maintenance and service with standard time , allotment. 1. Scheduled Maintenance and Service: Tabulate actions for daily, ' weekly, monthly, quarterly, semiannual, and annual frequencies. 2. Maintenance and Service Record: Include manufacturers' forms for recording maintenance. ' F. Spare Parts List and Source Information: Include lists of replacement and repair parts, with parts identified and cross-referenced to manufacturers' maintenance documentation and local sources of maintenance materials and ' related services. G. Maintenance Service Contracts: Include copies of maintenance agreements ' with name and telephone number of service agent. H. Warranties and Bonds: Include copies of warranties and bonds and lists of circumstances and conditions that would affect validity of warranties or bonds. , 01 7823 - 8 SECTION 01 7823 OPERATION AND DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS MAINTENANCE DATA 1. Include procedures to follow and required notifications for warranty claims. ' PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 MANUAL PREPARATION ' A. Operation and Maintenance Documentation Directory: Prepare a separate manual that provides an organized reference to emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. B. Emergency Manual: Assemble a complete set of emergency information indicating procedures for use by emergency personnel and by Owner's operating personnel for types of emergencies indicated. C. Product Maintenance Manual: Assemble a complete set of maintenance data ' indicating care and maintenance of each product, material, and finish incorporated into the Work. ' D. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: Assemble a complete set of operation and maintenance data indicating operation and maintenance of each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system. ' 1. Engage afactory-authorized service representative to assemble and prepare information for each system, subsystem, and piece of ' equipment not part of a system. 2. Prepare a separate manual for each system and subsystem, in the form of an instructional manual for use by Owner's operating personnel. E. Manufacturers' Data: Where manuals contain manufacturers' standard printed data, include only sheets pertinent to product or component installed. Mark each sheet to identify each product or component incorporated into the Work. If data include more than one item in a tabular format, identify each item using appropriate references from the Contract Documents. Identify data applicable to the Work and delete references to information not applicable. 1. Prepare supplementary text if manufacturers' standard printed data are not available and where the information is necessary for proper operation and maintenance of equipment or systems. F. Drawings: Prepare drawings supplementing manufacturers' printed data to illustrate the relationship of component parts of equipment and systems and to illustrate control sequence and flow diagrams. Coordinate these drawings with information contained in record Drawings to ensure correct illustration of completed installation. 1. Do not use original project record documents as part of operation and maintenance manuals. 01 7823 - 9 SECTION 01 7823 ' OPERATION AND DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS MAINTENANCE DATA ' 2. Comply with requirements of newly prepared record Drawings in Division 01 Section "Project Record Documents." G. Comply with Division 01 Section "Closeout Procedures" for schedule for ' submitting operation and maintenance documentation. END OF SECTION 01 7823 01 7823 - 10 ~ SECTION 01 7839 PROJECT DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS RECORD DOCUMENTS PART1-GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for project record documents, including the following: 1. Record Drawings. 2. Record Specifications. 3. Record Product Data. 4. Miscellaneous record submittals. B. Related Sections: 1. Division 01 Section "Multiple Contract Summary" for coordinating project record documents covering the Work of multiple contracts. 2. Division 01 Section "Execution" for final property survey. 3. Division 01 Section "Closeout Procedures" for general closeout procedures. 4. Division 01 Section "Operation and Maintenance Data" for operation and maintenance manual requirements. 5. Divisions 02 through 49 Sections for specific requirements for project record documents of the Work in those Sections. 1.3 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Record Drawings: Comply with the following: 1. Number of Copies: Submit one set(s) of marked-up record prints. B. Record Specifications: Submit one paper copy of Project's Specifications, including addenda and contract modifications. C. Record Product Data: Submit one paper copy of each submittal. 1. Where record Product Data are required as part of operation and maintenance manuals, submit duplicate marked-up Product Data as a component of manual 01 7839 - 1 SECTION 01 7839 PROJECT DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS RECORD DOCUMENTS D. Miscellaneous Record Submittals: Refer to other Specification Sections for miscellaneous record-keeping requirements and submittals in connection with various construction activities. Submit one paper copy of each submittal. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 RECORD DRAWINGS A. Record Prints: Maintain one set of marked-up paper copies of the Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings. 1. Preparation: Mark record prints to show the actual installation where installation varies from that shown originally. Require individual or entity who obtained record data, whether individual or entity is Installer, subcontractor, or similar entity, to provide information for preparation of corresponding marked-up record prints. a. Give particular attention to information on concealed elements that would be difficult to identify or measure and record later. b. Accurately record information in an acceptable drawing technique. c. Record data as soon as possible after obtaining it. d. Record and check the markup before enclosing concealed installations. e. Cross-reference record prints to corresponding archive photographic documentation. 2. Content: Types of items requiring marking include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Dimensional changes to Drawings. b. Revisions to details shown on Drawings. c. Depths of foundations below first floor. d. Locations and depths of underground utilities. e. Revisions to routing of piping and conduits. f. Revisions to electrical circuitry. g. Actual equipment locations. h. Duct size and routing. i. Locations of concealed internal utilities. j. Changes made by Change Order or Work Change Directive. k. Changes made following Engineer's written orders. I. Details not on the original Contract Drawings. m. Field records for variable and concealed conditions. n. Record information on the Work that is shown only schematically. '~ 01 7839 - 2 SECTION 01 7839 PROJECT DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS RECORD DOCUMENTS 3. Mark the Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings completely and accurately. Utilize personnel proficient at recording graphic information in production of marked-up record prints. 4. Mark record sets with erasable, red-colored pencil. Use other colors to distinguish between changes for different categories of the Work at same location. 5. Mark important additional information that was either shown schematically or omitted from original Drawings. 6. Note Construction Change Directive numbers, alternate numbers, Change Order numbers, and similar identification, where applicable. 2.2 RECORD SPECIFICATIONS A. Preparation: Mark Specifications to indicate the actual product installation where installation varies from that indicated in Specifications, addenda, and contract modifications. 1. Give particular attention to information on concealed products and installations that cannot be readily identified and recorded later. 2. Mark copy with the proprietary name and model number of products, materials, and equipment furnished, including substitutions and product options selected. 3. Record the name of manufacturer, supplier, Installer, and other information necessary to provide a record of selections made. 4. For each principal product, indicate whether record Product Data has been submitted in operation and maintenance manuals instead of submitted as record Product Data. 5. Note related Change Orders, record Product Data, and record Drawings where applicable. 2.3 RECORD PRODUCT DATA A. Preparation: Mark Product Data to indicate the actual product installation where installation varies substantially from that indicated in Product Data submittal. 1. Give particular attention to information on concealed products and installations that cannot be readily identified and recorded later. 2. Include significant changes in the product delivered to Project site and changes in manufacturer's written instructions for installation. 3. Note related Change Orders, record Specifications, and record Drawings where applicable. 2.4 MISCELLANEOUS RECORD SUBMITTALS A. Assemble miscellaneous records required by other Specification Sections for miscellaneous record keeping and submittal in connection with actual 01 7839 - 3 SECTION 01 7839 PROJECT DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS RECORD DOCUMENTS performance of the Work. Bind or file miscellaneous records and identify each, ready for continued use and reference. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 RECORDING AND MAINTENANCE A. Recording: Maintain one copy of each submittal during the construction period for project record document purposes. Post changes and modifications to project record documents as they occur; do not wait until the end of Project. B. Maintenance of Record Documents and Samples: Store record documents and Samples in the field office apart from the Contract Documents used for construction. Do not use project record documents for construction purposes. Maintain record documents in good order and in a clean, dry, legible condition, protected from deterioration and loss. Provide access to project record documents for Engineer's reference during normal working hours. END OF SECTION 01 7839 01 7839 - 4 ~ SECTION 01 7900 DEMONSTRATION DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS AND TRAINING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for instructing Owner's personnel, including the following: 1. Demonstration of operation of systems, subsystems, and equipment. 2. Training in operation and maintenance of systems, subsystems, and equipment. 3. Demonstration and training video recordings. B. Related Sections: 1. Divisions 02 through 49 Sections for specific requirements for demonstration and training for products in those Sections. 1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Instruction Program: Submit outline of instructional program for demonstration and training, including a list of training modules and a schedule of proposed dates, times, length of instruction time, and instructors' names for each training module. Include learning objective and outline for each training module. 1. Indicate proposed training modules utilizing manufacturer-produced demonstration and training video recordings for systems, equipment, and products in lieu of video recording of live instructional module. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Demonstration and Training Video Recordings: Submit two copies within seven days of end of each training module. 1. Identification: On each copy, provide an applied label with the following information: a. Name of Project. b. Name and address of videographer. 01 7900 - 1 SECTION 01 7900 DEMONSTRATION DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS AND TRAINING c. Name of Engineer. d. Name of Construction Manager. e. Name of Contractor. f. Date of video recording. 2. Transcript: Prepared on 8-1/2-by-11-inch (215-by-280-mm) paper, punched and bound in heavy-duty, three-ring, vinyl-covered binders. Mark appropriate identification on front and spine of each binder. Include a cover sheet with same label information as the corresponding video recording. Include name of Project and. date of video recording on each page. 3. At completion of training, submit complete training manual(s) for Owner's use. 1.5 COORDINATION A. Coordinate instruction schedule with Owner's operations. Adjust schedule as required to minimize disrupting Owner's operations. B. Coordinate instructors, including providing notification of dates, times, length of instruction time, and course content. C. Coordinate content of training modules with content of approved emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. Do not submit instruction program until operation and maintenance data has been reviewed and approved by Engineer. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 INSTRUCTION PROGRAM A. Program Structure: Develop an instruction program that includes individual training modules for each system and for equipment not part of a system, as required by individual Specification Sections. B. Training Modules: Develop a teaming objective and teaching outline for each module. Include a description of specific skills and knowledge that participant is expected to master. For each module, include instruction for the following as applicable to the system, equipment, or component: 1. Basis of System Design, Operational Requirements, and Criteria: Include the following: a. System, subsystem, and equipment descriptions. b. Performance and design criteria if Contractor is delegated design responsibility. c. Operating standards. 01 7900 - 2 SECTION 01 7900 DEMONSTRATION DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS AND TRAINING d. Regulatory requirements. e. Equipment function. f. Operating characteristics. g. Limiting conditions. h. Performance curves. 2. Documentation: Review the following items in detail: a. Emergency manuals. b. Operations manuals. c. Maintenance manuals. d. Project record documents. e. Identification systems. f. Warranties and bonds. g. Maintenance service .agreements and similar continuing commitments. 3. Emergencies: Include the following, as applicable: a. Instructions on meaning of warnings, trouble indications, and error messages. b. Instructions on stopping. c. Shutdown instructions for each type of emergency. d. Operating instructions for conditions outside of normal operating limits. e. Sequences for electric or electronic systems. f. Special operating instructions and procedures. 4. Operations: Include the following, as applicable: a. Startup procedures. b. Equipment or system break-in procedures. c. Routine and normal operating instructions. d. Regulation and control procedures. e. Control sequences. f. Safety procedures. g. Instructions on stopping. h. Normal shutdown instructions. i. Operating procedures for emergencies. j. Operating procedures for system, subsystem, or equipment failure. k. Seasonal and weekend operating instructions. I. Required sequences for electric or electronic systems. m. Special operating instructions and procedures. 5. Adjustments: Include the following: a. Alignments. b. Checking adjustments. c. Noise and vibration adjustments. 01 7900 - 3 SECTION 01 7900 DEMONSTRATION DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS __AND_TRAINING d. Economy and efficiency adjustments. 6. Troubleshooting: Include the following: a. Diagnostic instructions. b. Test and inspection procedures. 7. Maintenance: Include the following: a. Inspection procedures. b. Types of cleaning agents to be used and methods of cleaning. c. List of cleaning agents and methods of cleaning detrimental to product. d. Procedures for routine cleaning e. Procedures for preventive maintenance. f. Procedures for routine maintenance. g. Instruction on use of special tools. 8. Repairs: Include the following: a. Diagnosis instructions. b. Repair instructions. c. Disassembly; component removal, repair, and replacement; and reassembly instructions. d. Instructions for identifying parts and components. e. Review of spare parts needed for operation and maintenance. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Assemble educational materials necessary for instruction, including documentation and training module. Assemble training modules into a training manual organized in coordination with requirements in Division 01 Section "Operations and Maintenance Data." B. Set up instructional equipment at instruction location. 3.2 INSTRUCTION A. Facilitator: Engage a qualified facilitator to prepare instruction program and training modules, to coordinate instructors, and to coordinate between Contractor and Owner for number of participants, instruction times, and location. B. Engage qualified instructors to instruct Owner's personnel to adjust, operate, ' and maintain systems, subsystems, and equipment not part of a system. 01 7900 - 4 II~ SECTION 01 7900 DEMONSTRATION DIVISION 01 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS AND TRAINING 1. Engineer will furnish an instructor to describe basis of system design, operational requirements, criteria, and regulatory requirements. 2. Owner will furnish an instructor to describe Owner's operational philosophy. 3. Owner will furnish Contractor with names and positions of participants. C. Scheduling: Provide instruction at mutually agreed on times. For equipment that requires seasonal operation, provide similar instruction at start of each season. 1. Schedule training with Owner with at least seven days' advance notice. 3.3 DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING VIDEO RECORDINGS A. General: Engage a qualified commercial videographer to record demonstration and training video recordings. Record each training module separately. Include classroom instructions and demonstrations, board diagrams, and other visual aids, but not student practice. 1. At beginning of each training module, record each chart containing learning objective and lesson outline. B. Video Recording Format: Provide high-quality color video recordings with menu navigation in format acceptable to Engineer. C. Recording: Mount camera on tripod before starting recording, unless otherwise necessary to show area of demonstration and training. Display continuous running time. D. Narration: Describe scenes on video recording by audio narration by microphone while video recording is recorded. Include description of items being viewed. E. Transcript: Provide a transcript of the narration. Display images and running time captured from videotape opposite the corresponding narration segment. F. Pre-Produced Video Recordings: Provide video recordings used as a component of training modules in same format as recordings of live training. END OF SECTION 01 7900 01 7900 - 5 SECTION 03 3000 DIVISION 03 -CONCRETE CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE ' PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and ' Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. ' 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes cast-in-place concrete, including formwork, reinforcement, concrete materials, mixture design, placement procedures, and finishes, for the following: ' 1. Equipment pads. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Cementitious Materials: Portland cement alone or in combination with one or ' more of the following: blended hydraulic cement, fly ash and other pozzolans, ground granulated blast-furnace slag, and silica fume; subject to compliance with requirements. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Design Mixtures: For each concrete mixture. Submit alternate design mixtures when characteristics of materials, Project conditions, weather, test results, or other circumstances warrant adjustments. 1. Indicate amounts of mixing water to be withheld for later addition at Project site. C. Steel Reinforcement Shop Drawings: Placing drawings that detail fabrication, bending, and placement. Include bar sizes, lengths, material, grade, bar schedules, stirrup spacing, bent bar diagrams, bar arrangement, splices and laps, mechanical connections, tie spacing, hoop spacing, and supports for concrete reinforcement. 03 3000 - 1 SECTION 03 3000 ' DIVISION 03 -CONCRETE CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE ' A. Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing ready-mixed ' concrete products and that complies with ASTM C 94/C 94M requirements for production facilities and equipment. 1. Manufacturer certified according to NRMCA's "Certification of Ready ' Mixed Concrete Production Facilities." B. Source Limitations: Obtain .each type or class of cementitious material of the same brand from the same manufacturer's plant, obtain aggregate from single ' source, and obtain admixtures from single source from single manufacturer. ' 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Steel Reinforcement: Deliver, store, and handle steel reinforcement to prevent ' bending and damage. PART 2 -PRODUCTS ' 2.1 FORM-FACING MATERIALS , A. Rough-Formed Finished Concrete: Plywood, lumber, metal, or another approved material. Provide lumber dressed on at least two edges and one side ' for tight fit. REINFORCEMENT ' 2.2 STEEL A. Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60 (Grade 420), deformed. ' 2.3 REINFORCEMENT ACCESSORIES ' A. Bar Supports: Bolsters, chairs, spacers, and other devices for spacing, supporting, and fastening reinforcing bars and welded wire reinforcement in place. Manufacture bar supports from steel wire, plastic, or precast concrete ' according to CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice," of greater compressive strength than concrete and as follows: 1. For concrete surfaces exposed to view where legs of wire bar supports ' contact forms, use CRSI Class 1 plastic-protected steel wire or CRSI Class 2 stainless-steel bar supports. ' 03 3000 - 2 SECTION 03 3000 DIVISION 03 -CONCRETE CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 2.4 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Cementitious Material: Use the following cementitious materials, of the same type, brand, and source, throughout Project: 1. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I or Type II. May be supplemented with the following where appropriate for anticipated environmental conditions: a. Fly Ash: ASTM C 618, Class F or C. 8. Normal-Weight Aggregates: ASTM C 33, Class 3Scoarse aggregate or better, graded. Provide aggregates from a single. 1. Maximum Coarse-Aggregate Size: 1 inch (25 mm) 2. Fine Aggregate: Free of materials with deleterious reactivity to alkali in cement. C. Water: ASTM C 94/C 94M. 2.5 ADMIXTURES A. Air-Entraining Admixture: ASTM C 260. B. Chemical Admixtures: Provide admixtures certified by manufacturer to be compatible with other admixtures and that will not contribute water-soluble chloride ions exceeding those permitted in hardened concrete. Do not use calcium chloride or admixtures containing calcium chloride. 1. Water-Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type A. 2. Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type B. 3. Water-Reducing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type D. 4. High-Range, Water-Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type F. 5. High-Range, Water-Reducing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type G. 6. Plasticizing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 1017/C 1017M, Type II. 2.6 MISCELLANEOUS A. Granular Fill: Clean mixture of crushed stone or crushed or uncrushed gravel; ASTM D 448, Size 57, with 100 percent passing a 1-1/2-inch (37.5-mm) sieve and 0 to 5 percent passing a No. 8 (2.36-mm) sieve. 03 3000 - 3 SECTION 03 3000 DIVISION 03 -CONCRETE CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 2.7 CURING MATERIALS A. Evaporation Retarder: Waterborne, monomolecular film forming, manufactured for application to fresh concrete. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Axim Italcementi Group, Inc.; CATEXOL CimFilm. b. BASF Construction Chemicals -Building Systems; Confilm. c. ChemMasters; SprayFilm. d. Conspec by Dayton Superior; Aquafilm. e. Dayton Superior Corporation; Sure Film (J-74). f. Euclid Chemical Company (The), an RPM company; Eucobar. g. Sika Corporation; SikaFilm. h. SpecChem, LLC; Spec Film. i. Symons by Dayton Superior; Finishing Aid. B. Absorptive Cover: AASHTO M 182, Class 2, burlap cloth made from jute or kenaf, weighing approximately 9 oz./sq. yd. (305 g/sq. m) when dry. C. Moisture-Retaining Cover: ASTM C 171, polyethylene film or white burlap- polyethylene sheet. D. Water: Potable. E. Clear, Waterborne, Membrane-Forming Curing Compound: ASTM C 309, Type 1, Class B, dissipating. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Anti-Hydro International, Inc.; AH Curing Compound #2 DR WB. b. BASF Construction Chemicals -Building Systems; Kure 200. c. ChemMasters; Safe-Cure Clear. d. Conspec by Dayton Superior; W.B. Resin Cure. e. Dayton Superior Corporation; Day-Chem Rez Cure (J-11 VN). f. Euclid Chemical Company (The), an RPM company; Kurez W VOX; TAMMSCURE WB 30C. g. Symons by Dayton Superior; Resi-Chem Clear. 2.8 CONCRETE MIXTURES, GENERAL A. Prepare design mixtures for each type and strength of concrete, proportioned on the basis of laboratory trial mixture or field test data, or both, according to ACI 301. 03 3000 - 4 ' SECTION 03 3000 DIVISION 03 -CONCRETE CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 1. Use a qualified independent testing agency for preparing and reporting proposed mixture designs based on laboratory trial mixtures. B. Cementitious Materials: Limit percentage, by weight, of Cementitious materials other than portland cement in concrete as follows: 1. Fly Ash: 25 percent. ' C. Limit water-soluble, chloride-ion content in hardened concrete to 1.00 percent by weight of cement. D. Admixtures: Use admixtures according to manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Use high-range water-reducing or plasticizing admixture in concrete, as t required, for placement and workability. 2. Use water-reducing and retarding admixture when required by high temperatures, low humidity, or other adverse placement conditions. ' 3. Use water-reducing admixture in pumped concrete, concrete for heavy- use industrial slabs and parking structure slabs, concrete required to be watertight, and concrete with awater-Cementitious materials ratio below ' 0.50. 4. Use corrosion-inhibiting admixture in concrete mixtures where indicated. 2.9 CONCRETE MIXTURES A. Equipment Pad: Proportion normal-weight concrete mixture as follows: 1. Minimum Compressive Strength: 3000 psi (20.7 MPa) at 28 days. 2. Maximum Water-Cementitious Materials Ratio: 0.50. 3. Slump Limit: 4 inches (100 mm), or 8" for concrete with verified slump of 2 to 4 inches (50 to 100 mm) before adding high-range water- reducing admixture or plasticizing admixture, plus or minus 1 inch (25 mm). 4. Air Content: 6 percent, plus or minus 1.5 percent at point of delivery for 1-inch (25-mm) nominal maximum aggregate size. 2.10 FABRICATING REINFORCEMENT 1 A. Fabricate steel reinforcement according to CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice." 2.11 CONCRETE MIXING A. Ready-Mixed Concrete: Measure, batch, mix, and deliver concrete according to ASTM C 94/C 94M and ASTM C 1116/C 1116M, and furnish batch ticket information. 03 3000 - 5 SECTION 03 3000 ' DIVISION 03 -CONCRETE CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE When air temperature is between 85 and 90 deg F (30 and 32 deg C), ' reduce mixing and delivery time from 1-1 /2 hours to 75 minutes; when air temperature is above 90 deg F (32 deg C), reduce mixing and ' delivery time to 60 minutes. B. Project-Site Mixing: Measure, batch, and mix concrete materials and concrete ' according to ASTM C 94/C 94M. Mix concrete materials in appropriate drum- type batch machine mixer. 1. For mixer capacity of 1 cu. yd. (0.76 cu. m) or smaller, continue mixing , at least 1-1/2 minutes, but not more than 5 minutes after ingredients are in mixer, before any part of batch is released. ' 2. For mixer capacity larger than 1 cu. yd. (0.76 cu. m), increase mixing time by 15 seconds for each additional 1 cu. yd. (0.76 cu. m). 3. Provide batch ticket for each batch discharged and used in the Work, indicating Project identification name and number, date, mixture type, ' mixture time, quantity, and amount of water added. Record approximate location of final deposit in structure. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 FORMWORK A. Design, erect, shore, brace, and maintain formwork, according to ACI 301, to support vertical, lateral, static, and dynamic loads, and construction loads that might be applied, until structure can support such loads. B. Construct formwork so concrete members and structures are of size, shape, alignment, elevation, and position indicated, within tolerance limits of ACI 117. C. Limit concrete surface irregularities, designated by ACI 347 as abrupt or gradual, as follows: Class B, 1/4 inch (6 mm) for rough-formed finished surfaces. D. Construct forms tight enough to prevent loss of concrete mortar. E. Fabricate forms for easy removal without hammering or prying against concrete surfaces. Provide crush or wrecking plates where stripping may damage cast concrete surfaces. Provide top forms for inclined surfaces steeper than 1.5 horizontal to 1 vertical. 1. Install keyways, reglets, recesses, and the like, for easy removal. 2. Do not use rust-stained steel form-facing material. F. Set edge forms, bulkheads, and intermediate screed strips for slabs to achieve required elevations and slopes in finished concrete surfaces. Provide and 03 3000 - 6 ' SECTION 03 3000 DIVISION 03 -CONCRETE CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE secure units to support screed strips; use strike-off templates or compacting- ' type screeds. G. Provide temporary openings for cleanouts and inspection ports where interior ' area of formwork is inaccessible. Close openings with panels tightly fitted to forms and securely braced to prevent loss of concrete mortar. Locate temporary openings in forms at inconspicuous locations. H. Chamfer exterior corners and edges of permanently exposed concrete. I. Form openings, chases, offsets, sinkages, keyways, reglets, blocking, screeds, ' and bulkheads required in the Work. Determine sizes and locations from trades providing such items. ' J. Clean forms and adjacent surfaces to receive concrete. Remove chips, wood, sawdust, dirt, and other debris just before placing concrete. ' K. Retighten forms and bracing before placing concrete, as required, to prevent mortar leaks and maintain proper alignment. L. Coat contact surfaces of forms with form-release agent, according to ' manufacturer's written instructions, before placing reinforcement. 3.2 EMBEDDED ITEMS A. Place and secure anchorage devices and other embedded items required for ' adjoining work that is attached to or supported by cast-in-place concrete. Use setting drawings, templates, diagrams, instructions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded. 1. Install anchor rods, accurately located, to elevations required and complying with tolerances in Section 7.5 of AISC's "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges." ' 2. Install reglets to receive waterproofing and to receive through-wall flashings in outer face of concrete frame at exterior walls, where flashing is shown at lintels, shelf angles, and other conditions. ' 3. Install dovetail anchor slots in concrete structures as indicated. ' 3.3 STEEL REINFORCEMENT A. General: Comply with CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice" for placing ' reinforcement. 1. Do not cut or puncture vapor retarder. Repair damage and reseal vapor ' retarder before placing concrete. B. Clean reinforcement of loose rust and mill scale, earth, ice, and other foreign materials that would reduce bond to concrete. 03 3000 - 7 SECTION 03 3000 ' DIVISION 03 -CONCRETE CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE C. Accurate) osition su ort and secure reinforcement a ainst dis lacement. Y P ~ PP ~ 9 P ' Locate and support reinforcement with bar supports to maintain minimum concrete cover. Do not tack weld crossing reinforcing bars. D. Set wire ties with ends directed into concrete, not toward exposed concrete surfaces. ' E. Install welded wire reinforcement in longest practicable lengths on bar supports spaced to minimize sagging. Lap edges and ends of adjoining sheets at least one mesh spacing. Offset laps of adjoining sheet widths to prevent continuous laps in either direction. Lace overlaps with wire. ' 3.4 JOIN TS A. General: Do not provide construction joints unless approved by the Engineer in ' writing. 5 CON 3 CRETE PLACEMENT ' . A. Before placing concrete, verify that installation of formwork, reinforcement, and embedded items is complete and that required inspections have been , performed. B. Do not add water to concrete during delivery, at Project site, or during ' placement unless approved by Engineer. C. Before test sampling and placing concrete, water may be added at Project site, ' subject to limitations of ACI 301. 1. Do not add water to concrete after adding high-range water-reducing admixtures to mixture. ' D. Deposit concrete continuously in one layer or in horizontal layers of such thickness that no new concrete will be placed on concrete that has hardened ' enough to cause seams or planes of weakness. If a section cannot be placed continuously, provide construction joints as indicated. Deposit concrete to avoid segregation. ' 1. Deposit concrete in horizontal layers of depth to not exceed formwork design pressures and in a manner to avoid inclined construction joints. ' 2. Consolidate placed concrete with mechanical vibrating equipment according to ACI 301. 3. Do not use vibrators to transport concrete inside forms. Insert and withdraw vibrators vertically at uniformly spaced locations to rapidly penetrate placed layer and at least 6 inches (150 mm) into preceding layer. Do not insert vibrators into lower layers of concrete that have begun to lose plasticity. At each insertion, limit duration of vibration to , time necessary to consolidate concrete and complete embedment of 03 3000 - 8 SECTION 03 3000 DIVISION 03 -CONCRETE CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE reinforcement and other embedded items without causing mixture constituents to segregate. E. Deposit and consolidate concrete for floors and slabs in a continuous operation, until placement of a panel or section is complete. 1. Consolidate concrete during placement operations so concrete is thoroughly worked around reinforcement and other embedded items and into corners. 2. Maintain reinforcement in position on chairs during concrete placement. 3. Screed slab surfaces with a straightedge and strike off to correct elevations. 4. Slope surfaces uniformly to drains where required. 5. Begin initial floating using bull floats or darbies to form a uniform and open-textured surface plane, before excess bleedwater appears on the surface. Do not further disturb slab surfaces before starting finishing operations. F. Cold-Weather Placement: Comply with ACI 306.1 and as follows. Protect concrete work from physical damage or reduced strength that could be caused by frost, freezing actions, or low temperatures. 1. When average high and low temperature is expected to fall below 40 deg F (4.4 deg C) for three successive days, maintain delivered concrete mixture temperature within the temperature range required by ACI 301. 2. Do not use frozen materials or materials containing ice or snow. Do not place concrete on frozen subgrade or on subgrade containing frozen materials. 3. Do not use calcium chloride, salt, or other materials containing antifreeze agents or chemical accelerators unless otherwise specified and approved in mixture designs. G. Hot-Weather Placement: Comply with ACI 301 and as follows: 1. Maintain concrete temperature below 90 deg F (32 deg C) at time of placement. Chilled mixing water or chopped ice may be used to control temperature, provided water equivalent of ice is calculated to total amount of mixing water. Using liquid nitrogen to cool concrete is Contractor's option. 2. Fog-spray forms, steel reinforcement, and subgrade just before placing concrete. Keep subgrade uniformly moist without standing water, soft spots, or dry areas. 3.6 FINISHING FORMED SURFACES A. Rough-Formed Finish: As-cast concrete texture imparted by form-facing material with tie holes and defects repaired and patched. Remove fins and other projections that exceed specified limits on formed-surface irregularities. 03 3000 - 9 SECTION 03 3000 ' DIVISION 03 -CONCRETE CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 3.7 3.8 3.9 FINISHING FLOORS AND SLABS A. General: Comply with ACI 302.1 R recommendations for screeding, ' restraightening, and finishing operations for concrete surfaces. Do not wet concrete surfaces. B. Float Finish: Consolidate surface with power-driven floats or by hand floating if area is small or inaccessible to power driven floats. Restraighten, cut down high spots, and fill low spots. Repeat float passes and restraightening until surface is left with a uniform, smooth, granular texture. C. Trowel Finish: After applying float finish, apply first troweling and consolidate concrete by hand or power-driven trowel. Continue troweling passes and restraighten until surface is free of trowel marks and uniform in texture and appearance. MISCELLANEOUS CONCRETE ITEMS A. Equipment Bases and Foundations: Provide machine and equipment bases and foundations as shown on Drawings. Set anchor bolts for machines and equipment at correct elevations, complying with diagrams or templates from manufacturer furnishing machines and equipment. CONCRETE PROTECTING AND CURING A. General: Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot temperatures. Comply with ACI 306.1 for cold-weather protection and ACI 301 for hot-weather protection during curing. B. Evaporation Retarder: Apply evaporation retarder to unformed concrete surfaces if hot, dry, or windy conditions cause moisture loss approaching 0.2 Ib/sq. ft. x h (1 kg/sq. m x h) before and during finishing operations. Apply according to manufacturer's written instructions after placing, screeding, and bull floating or darbying concrete, but before float finishing. C. Formed Surfaces: Cure formed concrete surfaces, including underside of beams, supported slabs, and other similar surfaces. If forms remain during curing period, moist cure after loosening forms. If removing forms before end of curing period, continue curing for the remainder of the curing period. D. Unformed Surfaces: Begin curing immediately after finishing concrete. Cure unformed surfaces, including floors and slabs, concrete floor toppings, and other surfaces. E. Cure concrete according to ACI 308.1, by one or a combination of the following methods: 03 3000 - 10 SECTION 03 3000 DIVISION 03 -CONCRETE CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 1. Moisture Curing: Keep surfaces continuously moist for not less than seven days with the following materials: a. Water. b. Continuous water-fog spray. c. Absorptive cover, water saturated, and kept continuously wet. Cover concrete surfaces and edges with 12-inch (300-mm) lap over adjacent absorptive covers. 2. Moisture-Retaining-Cover Curing: Cover concrete surfaces with moisture-retaining cover for curing concrete, placed in widest practicable width, with sides and ends lapped at least 12 inches (300 mm), and sealed by waterproof tape or adhesive. Cure for not less than seven days. Immediately repair any holes or tears during curing period using cover material and waterproof tape. a. Moisture cure or use moisture-retaining covers to cure concrete surfaces to receive penetrating liquid floor treatments. 3. Curing Compound: Apply uniformly in continuous operation by power spray or roller according to manufacturer's written instructions. Recoat areas subjected to heavy rainfall within three hours after initial application. Maintain continuity of coating and repair damage during curing period. 3.10 CONCRETE SURFACE REPAIRS A. Defective Concrete: Repair and patch defective areas when approved by Engineer. Remove and replace concrete that cannot be repaired and patched to Engineer's approval. 3.11 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing and Inspecting: The Owner may engage a qualified testing and inspecting agency to perform field tests and inspections and prepare test reports. B. Inspections: 1. Steel reinforcement placement. 2. Verification of use of required design mixture. 3. Concrete placement, including conveying and depositing. 4. Curing procedures and maintenance of curing temperature. C. Concrete Tests: Testing of composite samples of fresh concrete obtained according to ASTM C 172 shall be performed according to the following requirements: 03 3000 - 11 SECTION 03 3000 ' DIVISION 03 -CONCRETE CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 1. Testing Frequency: Obtain one composite sample for each day's pour of each concrete mixture exceeding 5 cu. yd. (4 cu. m), but less than 25 cu. yd. (19 cu. m), plus one set for each additional 50 cu. yd. (38 cu. m) or fraction thereof. 2. Slump: ASTM C 143/C 143M; one test at point of placement for each composite sample, but not less than one test for each day's pour of each concrete mixture. Perform additional tests when concrete consistency appears to change. 3. Air Content: ASTM C 231, pressure method, for normal-weight concrete; one test for each composite sample, but not less than one test for each day's pour of each concrete mixture. 4. Concrete Temperature: ASTM C 1064/C 1064M; one test hourly when air temperature is 40 deg F (4.4 deg C) and below and when 80 deg F (27 deg C) and above, and one test for each composite sample. 5. Compressive-Strength Tests: ASTM C 39/C 39M; test one set of two laboratory-cured specimens at 7 days and one set of two specimens at 28 days. a. Test one set of two field-cured specimens at 7 days and one set of two specimens at 28 days. b. Acompressive-strength test shall be the average compressive strength from a set of two specimens obtained from same composite sample and tested at age indicated. 6. When strength of field-cured cylinders is less than 85 percent of companion laboratory-cured cylinders, Contractor shall evaluate operations and provide corrective procedures for protecting and curing in-place concrete. 7. Strength of each concrete mixture will be satisfactory if every average of any three consecutive compressive-strength tests equals or exceeds specified compressive strength and no compressive-strength test value falls below specified compressive strength by more than 500 psi (3.4 MPa). 8. Test results shall be reported in writing to Engineer, .concrete manufacturer, and Contractor within 48 hours of testing. Reports of compressive-strength tests shall contain Project identification name and number, date of concrete placement, name of concrete testing and inspecting agency, location of concrete batch in Work, design compressive strength at 28 days, concrete mixture proportions and materials, compressive breaking strength, and type of break for both l- and 28-day tests. 9. Nondestructive Testing: Impact hammer, sonoscope, or other nondestructive device may be permitted by Engineer but will not be used as sole basis for approval or rejection of concrete. 10. Additional Tests: Testing and inspecting agency shall make additional tests of concrete when test results indicate that slump, air entrainment, compressive strengths, or other requirements have not been met, as directed by Engineer. Testing and inspecting agency may conduct tests to determine adequacy of concrete by cored cylinders complying with ASTM C 42/C 42M or by other methods as directed by Engineer. ~I 03 3000 - 12 SECTION 03 3000 DIVISION 03 -CONCRETE CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 11. Additional testing and inspecting, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to determine compliance of replaced or additional work with specified requirements. 12. Correct deficiencies in the Work that test reports and inspections indicate do not comply with the Contract Documents. END OF SECTION 033000 03 3000 - 13 SECTION 05 5000 DIVISION 05 -METALS METAL FABRICATIONS PART1-GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Steel fasteners, framing, and supports for mechanical and electrical equipment and related work. 2. Steel framing and supports for applications where framing and supports are not specified in other Sections. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For the following: 1. Paint products. B. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation details for metal fabrications. 1. Include plans, elevations, sections, and details of metal fabrications and their connections. Show anchorage and accessory items. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural Welding Code -Steel." B. Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to the following: 1. AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural Welding Code -Steel." 2. AWS D1.2/D1.2M, "Structural Welding Code -Aluminum." 3. AWS D1.6, "Structural Welding Code -Stainless Steel." 1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: Verify actual locations of walls and other construction contiguous with metal fabrications by field measurements before fabrication. 05 5000 - 1 SECTION 05 5000 DIVISION 05 -METALS METAL FABRICATIONS 1.6 COORDINATION A. Coordinate selection of shop primers with topcoats to be applied over them. Comply with paint and coating manufacturers' written recommendations to ensure that shop primers and topcoats are compatible with one another. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 METALS, GENERAL A. Metal Surfaces, General: Provide materials with smooth, flat surfaces unless otherwise indicated. For metal fabrications exposed to view in the completed Work, provide materials without seam marks, roller marks, rolled trade names, or blemishes. 2.2 FERROUS METALS A. Steel Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A 36/A 36M. 2.3 FASTENERS A. General: Unless otherwise indicated, provide Type 304 stainless-steel fasteners. B. Anchors, General: Anchors capable of sustaining, without failure, a load equal to six times the load imposed when installed in unit masonry and four times the load imposed when installed in concrete, as determined by testing according to ASTM E 488, conducted by a qualified independent testing agency. 2.4 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Welding Rods and Bare Electrodes: Select according to AWS specifications for metal alloy welded. B. Epoxy Paint: Paint exposed metal items as follows (color selected by Owner): Surface Pre Paint Material Min. Coats, Cover Abrasive Blast, or Centrifugal Polamide, Anticorrosive 1 coat 2 5 to 3 5 MDFT Wheel Blast SP 10 Near White E ox Primer , . . Polamide, Anticorrosive 1 coat 3 to 4 MDFT E ox Mid-Coat , Polyurethane Enamel 1 or 2 coats (as required to hide mid-coat , 3 to 4 MDFT 05 5000 - 2 i SECTION 05 5000 DIVISION 05 -METALS METAL FABRICATIONS 2.5 FABRICATION, GENERAL A. Cut, drill, and punch metals cleanly and accurately. Remove burrs and ease edges to a radius of approximately 1/32 inch (1 mm) unless otherwise indicated. Remove sharp or rough areas on exposed surfaces. B. Form bent-metal corners to smallest radius possible without causing grain separation or otherwise impairing work. C. Form exposed work with accurate angles and surfaces and straight edges. D. Cut, reinforce, drill, and tap metal fabrications as indicated to receive finish hardware, screws, and similar items. E. Provide for anchorage of type indicated; coordinate with supporting structure. Space anchoring devices to secure metal fabrications rigidly in place and to support indicated loads. 2.6 MISCELLANEOUS FRAMING AND SUPPORTS A. General: Provide steel framing and supports not specified in other Sections as needed to complete the Work. B. Fabricate units from steel shapes, plates, and bars of welded construction unless otherwise indicated. Fabricate to sizes, shapes, and profiles indicated and as necessary to receive adjacent construction. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Cutting, Fitting, and Placement: Perform cutting, drilling, and fitting required for installing metal fabrications. Set metal fabrications accurately in location, alignment, and elevation; with edges and surfaces level, plumb, true, and free of rack; and measured from established lines and levels. B. Field Welding: Comply with the following requirements: 1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. 2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. 3. Remove welding flux immediately. 4. At exposed connections, finish exposed welds and surfaces smooth and blended so no roughness shows after finishing and contour of welded surface matches that of adjacent surface. C. Fastening to In-Place Construction: Provide anchorage devices and fasteners where metal fabrications are required to be fastened to in-place construction. 05 5000 - 3 SECTION 05 5000 DIVISION 05 -METALS METAL FABRICATIONS Provide threaded fasteners for use with concrete and masonry inserts, toggle bolts, through bolts, lag screws, wood screws, and other connectors. 3.2 INSTALLING MISCELLANEOUS FRAMING AND SUPPORTS A. General: Install framing and supports to comply with requirements of items being supported, including manufacturers' written instructions and requirements indicated on Shop Drawings. 3.3 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Touchup Painting: Immediately after erection, clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas. Paint uncoated and abraded areas with the same material as used for shop painting to comply with SSPC-PA 1 for touching up shop-painted surfaces. 1. Apply by brush or spray to provide a minimum 2.0-mil (0.05-mm) dry film thickness. END OF SECTION 0 55000 05 5000 - 4 DIVISION 07 -THERMAL AND SECTION 07 9200 MOISTURE PROTECTION JOINT SEALANTS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Silicone joint sealants. 2. Urethane joint sealants. 3. Latex joint sealants. 4. Preformed joint sealants. 5. Acoustical joint sealants. 1.2 PRECONSTRUCTION TESTING A. Preconstruction Field-Adhesion Testing: Before installing sealants, field test their adhesion to Project joint substrates. Test joint sealants according to Method A, Field- Applied Sealant Joint Hand Pull Tab, in Appendix X1 in ASTM C 1193 or Method A, Tail Procedure, in ASTM C 1521. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each joint-sealant product to be used on the project. B. Joint-Sealant Schedule: Include the following information: 1. Joint-sealant application, joint location, and designation. 2. Joint-sealant manufacturer and product name. 3. Joint-sealant formulation. C. Engineer will review proposed joint sealants for project suitability and approve/reject sealant choices according to Division 01 Section "Submittal Procedures." 1.4 WARRANTY A. Special Installer's Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which Installer agrees to repair or replace joint sealants that do not comply with performance and other requirements specified in this Section within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: Two (2) years from date of Substantial Completion. 07 9200 - 1 DIVISION 07 -THERMAL AND SECTION 07 9200 MOISTURE PROTECTION JOINT SEALANTS PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS, GENERAL A. VOC Content of Interior Sealants: Provide sealants and sealant primers for use inside the weatherproofing system that comply with the following limits for VOC content when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Part 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24): 1. Architectural Sealants: 250 g/L. 2. Sealant Primers for Nonporous Substrates: 250 g/L. 3. Sealant Primers for Porous Substrates: 775 g/L. B. Liquid-Applied Joint .Sealants: Comply with ASTM C 920 and other requirements indicated for each liquid-applied joint sealant specified, including those referencing ASTM C 920 classifications for type, grade, class, and uses related to exposure and joint substrates. Suitability for Immersion in Liquids. Where sealants are indicated for Use I for joints that will be continuously immersed in liquids, provide products that have undergone testing according to ASTM C 1247. Liquid used for testing sealants is deionized water, unless otherwise indicated. 2.2 JOINT SEALANT BACKING A. Cylindrical Sealant Backings: ASTM C 1330, Type C (closed-cell material with a surface skin), Type O (open-cell material), Type B (bicellular material with a surface skin), or any of the preceding types, as approved in writing by joint-sealant manufacturer for joint application indicated, and of size and density to control sealant depth and otherwise contribute to producing optimum sealant performance. B. Bond-Breaker Tape: Polyethylene tape or other plastic tape recommended by sealant manufacturer. 2.3 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Primer: Material recommended by joint-sealant manufacturer where required for adhesion of sealant to joint substrates indicated, as determined from preconstruction , joint-sealant-substrate tests and field tests. B. Cleaners for Nonporous Surfaces: Chemical cleaners acceptable to manufacturers of ' sealants and sealant backing materials. C. Masking Tape: Nonstaining, nonabsorbent material compatible with joint sealants and surfaces adjacent to joints. i 07 9200 - 2 ~ DIVISION 07 -THERMAL AND SECTION 07 9200 MOISTURE PROTECTION JOINT SEALANTS PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Surface Cleaning of Joints: Clean out joints immediately before installing joint sealants to comply with joint-sealant manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Remove laitance and form-release agents from concrete. 2. Clean nonporous joint substrate surfaces with chemical cleaners or other means that do not stain, harm substrates, or leave residues capable of interfering with adhesion of joint sealants. ! B. Joint Priming: Prime joint substrates where recommended by joint-sealant manufacturer or as indicated by preconstruction joint-sealant-substrate tests or prior experience. Apply primer to comply with joint-sealant manufacturer's written instructions. Confine primers to areas of joint-sealant bond; do not allow spillage or migration onto adjoining surfaces. ' C. Masking Tape: Use masking tape where required to prevent contact of sealant or primer with adjoining surfaces that otherwise would be permanently stained or damaged by such contact or by cleaning methods required to remove sealant smears. ' Remove tape immediately after tooling without disturbing joint seal. ' 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Sealant Installation Standard: Comply with recommendations in ASTM C 1193 for use of joint sealants as applicable to materials, applications, and conditions indicated. B. Install sealant backings of kind indicated to support sealants during application and at position required to produce cross-sectional shapes and depths of installed sealants relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability. 1. Do not leave gaps between ends of sealant backings. ' 2. Do not stretch, twist, puncture, or tear sealant backings. 3. Remove absorbent sealant backings that have become wet before sealant application and replace them with dry materials. ' C. Install bond-breaker tape behind sealants where sealant backings are not used between sealants and backs of joints. ' D. Install sealants using proven techniques that comply with the following and at the same time backings are installed: ' 1. Place sealants so they directly contact and fully wet joint substrates. 2. Completely fill recesses in each joint configuration. 3. Produce uniform, cross-sectional shapes and depths relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability. ' 07 9200 - 3 DIVISION 07 -THERMAL AND SECTION 07 9200 MOISTURE PROTECTION JOINT SEALANTS E. Tooling of Nonsag Sealants: Immediately after sealant application and before skinning or curing begins, tool sealants according to requirements specified in subparagraphs below to form .smooth, uniform beads of configuration indicated; to eliminate air pockets; and to ensure contactand adhesion of sealant with sides of joint. 1. Remove excess sealant from surfaces adjacent to joints. 2. Use tooling agents that are approved in writing by sealant manufacturer and that do not discolor sealants or adjacent surfaces. 3. Provide concave joint profile per Figure 8A in ASTM C 1193, unless otherwise indicated. F. Acoustical Sealant Installation: Comply with ASTM C 919 and with manufacturer's written recommendations. G. Clean off excess sealant or sealant smears adjacent to joints as the Work progresses by methods and with cleaning materials approved in writing by manufacturers of joint sealants and of products in which joints occur. 3.3 JOINT-SEALANT SCHEDULE A. Joint-Sealant Application: Extdrior joints in horizontal traffic surfaces( <JS-#>]. 1. Joint Locations: a. Ceiling the duct penetrations. b. Exterior wall duct penetrations, including sealing sleeve. c. Other wall penetrations, as necessary. 2. Joint-Sealant Color: In visible locations, match surrounding area, as acceptable to Owner. i END OF SECTION 07 9200 07 9200 - 4 SECTION 23 0500 DIVISION 23 -HVAC COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC ' PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Piping materials and installation instructions common to most piping systems. 2. Grout. 3. HVAC demolition. 4. Equipment installation requirements common to equipment sections. 5. Concrete bases. 6. Supports and anchorages. ' 1.2 DEFINITIONS ' A. Finished Spaces: Spaces other than mechanical and electrical equipment rooms, furred spaces, pipe and duct chases, unheated spaces immediately below roof, spaces above ceilings, unexcavated spaces, crawlspaces, and tunnels. B. Exposed, Interior Installations: Exposed to view indoors. Examples include finished occupied spaces and mechanical equipment rooms. ' C. Exposed, Exterior Installations: Exposed to view outdoors or subject to outdoor ambient temperatures and weather conditions. Examples include rooftop locations. ' D. Concealed, Interior Installations: Concealed from view and protected from physical contact by building occupants. Examples include above ceilings and chases. ' E. Concealed, Exterior Installations: Concealed from view and protected from weather conditions and physical contact by building occupants but subject to outdoor ambient temperatures. Examples include installations within unheated shelters. 1.3 SUBMITTALS ' A. Welding certificates. ' 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Steel Support Welding: Qualify processes and operators according to AWS D1.1, "Structural Welding Code--Steel." B. Steel Pipe Welding: Qualify processes and operators according to ASME Boiler and ' Pressure Vessel Code: Section IX, "Welding and Brazing Qualifications." 1. Comply with provisions in ASME B31 Series, "Code for Pressure Piping." ' 23 0500 - 1 SECTION 23 0500 DIVISION 23 -HVAC COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 2. Certify that each welder has passed AWS qualification tests for welding processes involved and that certification is current. C. Electrical Characteristics for HVAC Equipment: Equipment of higher electrical characteristics may be furnished provided such proposed equipment is approved in writing and connecting electrical services, circuit breakers, and conduit sizes are appropriately modified. If minimum energy ratings or efficiencies are specified, equipment shall comply with requirements. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 PIPE, TUBE, AND FITTINGS A. Refer to individual Division 23 piping Sections for pipe, tube, and fitting materials and joining methods. B. Pipe Threads: ASME 61.20.1 for factory-threaded pipe and pipe fittings. 2.2 DIELECTRIC FITTINGS A. Description: Combination fitting of copper alloy and ferrous materials with threaded, solder joint, plain, or weld-neck end connections that match piping system materials. B. Insulating Material: Suitable for system fluid, pressure, and temperature. C. Dielectric Unions: Factory-fabricated, union assembly, for 250-psig minimum working pressure at 180 deg F. D. Dielectric Flanges: Factory-fabricated, companion-flange assembly, for 150- or 300- psig minimum working pressure as required to suit system pressures. E. Dielectric Couplings: Galvanized-steel coupling with inert and noncorrosive, thermoplastic lining; threaded ends; and 300-psig minimum working pressure at 225 deg F. F. Dielectric Nipples: Electroplated steel nipple with inert and noncorrosive, thermoplastic lining; plain, threaded, or grooved ends; and 300-psig minimum working pressure at 225 deg F. 2.3 GROUT A. Description: ASTM C 1107, Grade B, nonshrink and nonmetallic, dry hydraulic-cement grout. 1. Characteristics: Post-hardening, volume-adjusting, nonstaining, noncorrosive, nongaseous, and recommended for interior and exterior applications. 2. Design Mix: 5000-psi, 28-day compressive strength. 3. Packaging: Premixed and factory packaged. 23 0500 - 2 SECTION 23 0500 DIVISION 23 -HVAC COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC ' PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 PIPING SYSTEMS -COMMON REQUIREMENTS A. Install piping according to the following requirements and Division 23 Sections specifying piping systems. B. Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of piping systems. Indicated locations and arrangements were used to size pipe and calculate friction loss, expansion, pump sizing, `and other design considerations. Install piping as indicated unless deviations to layout are approved on Coordination Drawings. ' C. Install piping to permit valve servicing. ' D. Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections. E. Verify final equipment locations for roughing-in. ' F. Refer to equipment specifications in other Sections of these Specifications for roughing-in requirements. ' 3.2 PIPING JOINT CONSTRUCTION ' A. Join pipe and fittings according to the following requirements and Division 23 Sections specifying piping systems. B. Ream ends of pipes and tubes and remove burrs. Bevel plain ends of steel pipe. C. Remove scale, slag, dirt, and debris from inside and outside of pipe and fittings before assembly. D. Threaded Joints: Thread pipe with tapered pipe threads according to ASME 81.20.1. Cut threads full and clean using sharp dies. Ream threaded pipe ends to remove burrs ' and restore full ID. Join pipe fittings and valves as follows: 1. Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to external pipe threads unless dry seal threading is specified. 2. Damaged Threads: Do not use pipe or pipe fittings with threads that are corroded or damaged. Do not use pipe sections that have cracked or open welds. E. Welded Joints: Construct joints according to AWS D10.12, using qualified processes and welding operators according to Part 1 "Quality Assurance" Article. 3.3 PIPING CONNECTIONS ' A. Make connections according to the following, unless otherwise indicated: 230500-3 SECTION 23 0500 ' DIVISION 23 -HVAC COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 1. Install unions, in piping NPS 2 and smaller, adjacent to each valve and at final ' connection to each piece of equipment. 2. Install flanges, in piping NPS 2-1 /2 and larger, adjacent to flanged valves and at final connection to each piece of equipment. ' 3. Dry Piping Systems: Install dielectric unions and flanges to connect piping materials of dissimilar metals. 3.4 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION -COMMON REQUIREMENTS A. Install equipment to allow maximum possible headroom unless specific mounting heights are not indicated. B. Install equipment level and plumb, parallel and perpendicular to other building systems ' and components in exposed interior spaces, unless otherwise indicated. C. Install HVAC equipment to facilitate service, maintenance, and repair or replacement of components. Connect equipment for ease of disconnecting, with minimum interference ' to other installations. Extend grease fittings to accessible locations. D. Install equipment to allow right of way for piping installed at required slope. ' 3.5 CONCRETE BASES A. Concrete Bases: Anchor equipment to concrete base according to equipment manufacturer's written instructions and according to seismic codes at Project. ' 1. Construct concrete bases of dimensions indicated, but not less than 4 inches larger in both directions than supported unit. 2. Install dowel rods to connect concrete base to concrete floor. Unless otherwise ' indicated, install dowel rods on 18-inch centers around the full perimeter of the base. 3. Install epoxy-coated anchor bolts for supported equipment that extend through concrete base, and anchor into structural concrete floor. 4. Place and secure anchorage devices. Use supported equipment manufacturer's setting drawings, templates, diagrams, instructions, and directions furnished with ' items to be embedded. 5.. Install anchor bolts to elevations required for proper attachment to supported equipment. ' 6. Install anchor bolts according to anchor-bolt manufacturer's written instructions. 7. Use 3000-psi, 28-day compressive-strength concrete and reinforcement. 3.6 ERECTION OF METAL SUPPORTS AND ANCHORAGES A. Refer to Division 05 Section "Metal Fabrications" for structural steel. ' B. Cut, fit, and place miscellaneous metal supports accurately in location, alignment, and elevation to support and anchor HVAC materials and equipment. , 23 0500 - 4 SECTION 23 0500 DIVISION 23 -HVAC COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC C. Field Welding: Comply with AWS D1.1. 3.7 GROUTING A. Mix and install grout for HVAC equipment base bearing surfaces, pump and other equipment base plates, and anchors. B. Clean surfaces that will come into contact with grout. C. Provide forms as required for placement of grout. D. Avoid air entrapment during placement of grout. E. Place grout, completely filling equipment bases. F. Place grout on concrete bases and provide smooth bearing surface for equipment. G. Place grout around anchors. H. Cure placed grout. END OF SECTION 23 0500 23 0500 - 5 SECTION 23 0593 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND DIVISION 23 -HVAC BALANCING FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes TAB to produce design objectives for the following: 1. Air Systems: a. Constant-volume air systems. b. Variable-air-volume systems. 2. HVAC equipment quantitative-performance settings. 3. Verifying that automatic control devices are functioning properly. 4. Reporting results of activities and procedures specified in this Section. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Certified TAB Reports: Submit two copies of reports prepared, as specified in this Section, on approved forms certified by TAB firm. B. Warranties specified in this Section. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. TAB Firm Qualifications: Engage a TAB firm certified by AABC, NEBB or TABB, or as approved prior to the bidding process. B. TAB Report Forms: Use standard forms from TAB firm's forms approved by Engineer. C. ASHRAE Compliance: Applicable requirements in ASHRAE 62:1-2004, Section 7.2.2 - "Air Balancing." D. ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1-2004 Compliance: Applicable requirements in ASHRAElIESNA 90.1-2004, Section 6.7.2.3 - "System Balancing." 1.4 COORDINATION A. Coordinate the efforts of factory-authorized service representatives for systems and equipment, HVAC controls installers, and other mechanics to operate HVAC systems and equipment to support and assist TAB activities. B. Perform TAB after leakage and pressure tests on air and water distribution systems have been satisfactorily completed. 23 0593 - 1 SECTION 23 0593 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND DIVISION 23 -HVAC BALANCING FOR HVAC PART 2 -PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine the Contract Documents to become familiar with Project requirements and to discover conditions in systems' designs that may preclude proper TAB of systems and equipment. Verify that balancing devices, such as test ports, gage cocks, thermometer wells, flow-control devices, balancing valves and fittings, and manual volume dampers, are required by the Contract Documents. Verify that quantities and locations of these balancing devices are accessible and appropriate for effective balancing and for efficient system and equipment operation. B. Examine approved submittal data of HVAC systems and equipment. C. Examine design data, including HVAC system descriptions, statements of design assumptions for environmental conditions and systems' output, and statements of philosophies and assumptions about HVAC system and equipment controls. D. Examine equipment performance data including fan and pump curves. Relate performance data to Project conditions and requirements, including system effects that can create undesired or unpredicted conditions that cause reduced capacities in all or part of a system. Calculate system effect factors to reduce performance ratings of .HVAC equipment when installed under conditions different from those presented when the equipment was performance tested at the factory. To calculate system effects for air systems, use tables and charts found in AMCA 201, "Fans and Systems," Sections 7 through 10; or in SMACNA's "HVAC Systems--Duct Design," Sections 5 and 6. Compare this data with the design data and installed conditions. E. Examine system and equipment installations to verify that they are complete and that testing, cleaning, adjusting, and commissioning specified in individual Sections have been performed. F. Examine system and equipment test reports. G. Examine HVAC system and equipment installations to verify that indicated balancing devices, such as test ports, gage cocks, thermometer wells, flow-control devices, balancing valves and fittings, and manual volume dampers, are properly installed, and that their locations are accessible and appropriate for effective balancing and for efficient system and equipment operation. H. Examine systems for functional deficiencies that cannot be corrected by adjusting and balancing. 230593-2 SECTION 23 0593 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND DIVISION 23 -HVAC BALANCING FOR HVAC I. Examine HVAC equipment to ensure that clean filters have been installed, bearings are greased, belts are aligned and tight, and equipment with functioning controls is ready for operation. J. Examine heat-transfer coils for correct piping connections and for clean and straight fins. K. Examine equipment for installation and for properly operating safety interlocks and controls. L. Examine automatic temperature system components to verify the following: 1. Dampers, valves, and other controlled devices are operated by the intended controller. 2. Dampers and valves are in the position indicated by the controller. 3. Integrity of valves and dampers for free and full operation and for tightness of fully closed and fully open positions. This includes dampers in multizone units, mixing boxes, and variable-air-volume terminals. 4. Thermostats and humidistats are located to avoid adverse effects of sunlight, drafts, and cold walls. 5. Sensors are located to sense only the intended conditions. 6. Sequence of operation for control modes is according to the Contract Documents. 7. Controller set points are set at indicated values. 8. Interlocked systems are operating. 9. Changeover from heating to cooling mode occurs according to indicated values. M. .Report deficiencies discovered before and during performance of TAB procedures. ' Observe and record system reactions to changes in conditions. Record default set points if different from indicated values. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Complete system readiness checks and prepare system readiness reports. Verify the following: 1. Permanent electrical power wiring is complete. 2. Automatic temperature-control systems are operational. 3. Equipment and duct access doors are securely closed. 4. Balance, smoke, and fire dampers are open. 5. Isolating and balancing valves are open and control valves are operational. 6. Windows and doors can be closed so indicated conditions for system operations can be met. 3.3 GENERAL PROCEDURES FOR TESTING AND BALANCING A. Perform testing and balancing procedures on each system according to the procedures contained in ASHRAE 111 or SMACNA's TABS "HVAC Systems -Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing" and this Section. 23 0593 - 3 SECTION 23 0593 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND DIVISION 23 -HVAC BALANCING FOR HVAC 1. Comply with requirements in ASHRAE 62.1-2004, Section 7.2.2 - "Air Balancing." B. Cut insulation, ducts, pipes, and equipment cabinets for installation of test probes to the minimum extent necessary to allow adequate performance of procedures. After testing and balancing, close probe holes and patch insulation with new materials identical to those removed. Restore vapor barrier and finish according to insulation Specifications for this Project. C. Mark equipment and balancing device settings with paint or other suitable, permanent identification material, including damper-control positions, valve position indicators, fan- speed-control levers, and similar controls and devices, to show final settings. 3.4 GENERAL PROCEDURES FOR BALANCING AIR SYSTEMS A. Prepare test reports for both fans and outlets. Obtain manufacturer's outlet factors and recommended testing procedures. Crosscheck the summation of required outlet volumes with required fan volumes. B. Determine the best locations in main and branch ducts for accurate duct airflow measurements. C. Locate start-stop and disconnect switches, electrical interlocks, and motor starters. D. Verify that motor starters are equipped with properly sized thermal protection. E. Check dampers for proper position to achieve desired airflow path. F. Check for airflow blockages. G. Check condensate drains for proper connections and functioning. H. Check for proper sealing of air-handling unit components. Check for proper sealing of air duct system. 3.5 PROCEDURES FOR AIR SYSTEMS A. Adjust fans to deliver total indicated airflows within the maximum allowable fan speed listed by fan manufacturer. 1. Measure fan static pressures to determine actual static pressure as follows: a. Measure outlet static pressure as far downstream from the fan as practicable and upstream from restrictions in ducts such as elbows and transitions. b. Measure static pressure directly at the fan outlet or through the flexible connection. 23 0593 - 4 SECTION 23 0593 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND DIVISION 23 -HVAC BALANCING FOR HVAC c. Measure inlet static pressure of single-inlet fans in the inlet duct as near the fan as possible, upstream from flexible connection and downstream from duct restrictions. d. Measure inlet static pressure of double-inlet fans through the wall of the plenum that houses the fan. 2. Measure static pressure across each component that makes up an air-handling unit, rooftop unit, and other air-handling and -treating equipment. a. Simulate dirty filter operation and :record the point at which maintenance personnel must change filters. 3. Measure static pressures entering and leaving other devices such as sound traps, heat recovery equipment, and air washers, under final balanced conditions. 4. Compare design data with installed conditions to determine variations in design static pressures versus actual static pressures. Compare actual system effect factors with calculated system effect factors to identify where variations occur. Recommend corrective action to align design and actual conditions. 5. Obtain approval from Engineer for adjustment of fan speed higher or lower than indicated speed. Make required adjustments to pulley sizes, motor sizes, and electrical connections to accommodate fan-speed changes. 6. Do not make fan-speed adjustments that result in motor overload. Consult equipment manufacturers about fan-speed safety factors. Modulate dampers and measure fan-motor amperage to ensure that no overload will occur. Measure amperage in full cooling, full heating, economizer, and any other operating modes to determine the maximum required brake horsepower. B. Adjust volume dampers for main duct, submain ducts, and major branch ducts to indicated airflows within specified tolerances. 1. Measure static pressure at a point downstream from the balancing damper and adjust volume dampers until the proper static pressure is achieved. a. Where sufficient space in submain and branch ducts is unavailable for Pitot-tube traverse measurements, measure airflow at terminal outlets and inlets and calculate the total airflow for that zone. 2. Remeasure each submain and branch duct after all have been adjusted. Continue to adjust submain and branch ducts to indicated airflows within specified tolerances. C. Measure terminal outlets and inlets without making adjustments. 1. Measure terminal outlets using adirect-reading hood or outlet manufacturer's written instructions and calculating factors. D. Adjust terminal outlets and inlets for each space to indicated airflows within specified tolerances of indicated values. Make adjustments using volume dampers rather than extractors and the dampers at air terminals. ' 23 0593 - 5 SECTION 23 0593 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND DIVISION 23 -HVAC BALANCING FOR HVAC 1. Adjust each outlet in same room or space to within specified tolerances of indicated quantities without generating noise levels above the limitations prescribed by the Contract Documents. 2. Adjust patterns of adjustable outlets for proper distribution without drafts. 3.6 PROCEDURES FOR MOTORS A. Motors, 1/2 HP and Larger: Test at final balanced conditions and record the following data: 1. Manufacturer, model, and serial numbers. 2. Motor horsepower rating. 3. Motor rpm. 4. Efficiency rating. 5. Nameplate and measured voltage, each phase. 6. Nameplate and measured amperage, each phase. 7. Starter thermal-protection-element rating. B. Motors Driven by Variable-Frequency Controllers: Test for proper operation at speeds varying from minimum to maximum. Test the manual bypass for the controller to prove proper operation. Record observations, including controller manufacturer, model and serial numbers, and nameplate data. 3.7 PROCEDURES FOR HEAT-TRANSFER COILS A. Measure the following data for each coil: 3.8 TEMPERATURE-CONTROL VERIFICATION A. Verify that controllers are calibrated and commissioned. B. Check transmitter and controller locations and note conditions that would adversely affect control functions. C. Record controller settings and note variances between set points and actual measurements. D. Check the operation of limiting controllers (i.e., high- and low-temperature controllers). E. Check free travel and proper operation of control devices such as damper and valve , operators. F. Check the sequence of operation of control devices. Note air pressures and device ' positions and correlate with airflow and water flow measurements. Note the speed of response to input changes. G. Check the interaction of electrically operated switch transducers. ' _~ 23 0593 - 6 ~ SECTION 23 0593 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND DIVISION 23 -HVAC BALANCING FOR HVAC H. Check the interaction of interlock and lockout systems. I. Record voltages of power supply and controller output. Determine whether the system operates on a grounded or nongrounded power supply. J. Note operation of electric actuators using spring return for proper fail-safe operations. 3.9 TOLERANCES A. Set HVAC system airflow rates within the following tolerances: 1. Supply, Return, and Exhaust Fans and Equipment with Fans: Plus 5 to plus 10 percent. 2. Air Outlets and Inlets: 0 to minus 10 percent. 3.10 FINAL REPORT A. General: Typewritten, or computer printout in letter-quality font, on standard bond paper, in three-ring binder, tabulated and divided into sections by tested and balanced systems. B. Include a certification sheet in front of binder signed and sealed by the certified testing and balancing engineer. 1. Include a list of instruments used for procedures, along with proof of calibration. 1 C. Final Report Contents: In addition to certified field report data, include the following: 1. Pump curves. 2. Fan curves. 3. Manufacturers' test data. 4. Field test reports prepared by system and equipment installers. 5. Other information relative to equipment performance, but do not include Shop Drawings and Product Data. D. General Report Data: In addition to form titles and entries, include the following data in the final report, as applicable: 1. Title page. 2. Name and address of TAB firm. 3. Project name. 4. Project location. 5. Engineer's name and address. 6. Contractor's name and address. 7. Report date. 8. Signature of TAB firm who certifies the report. 9. Table of Contents with the total number of pages defined for each section of the report. Number each page in the report. 10. Summary of contents including the following: 23 0593 - 7 SECTION 23 0593 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND DIVISION 23 -HVAC BALANCING FOR HVAC a. Indicated versus final performance. b. Notable characteristics of systems. c. Description of system operation sequence if it varies from the Contract Documents. 11. Nomenclature sheets for each item of equipment. 12. Notes to explain why certain final data in the body of reports varies from indicated values. 13. Test conditions for fans and pump performance forms including the following: a. Settings for outside-, return-, and exhaust-air dampers. b. Conditions of filters. c. Cooling coil, wet- and dry-bulb conditions. d. Fan drive settings including settings and percentage of maximum pitch diameter. e. Other system operating conditions that affect performance. E. RECORD AND REPORT DATA: 1. Record all data obtained during testing, adjusting, and balancing in accordance with, and on the forms recommended by the referenced standards, and as approved on the sample report forms. 2. Prepare report of recommendations for correcting unsatisfactory mechanical performances when system cannot be successfully balanced. 3. The report shall include but not be limited to the following: a. Air Handling Units: 1) CFM. 2) Fresh air temperature. 3) Return air temperature. 4) Mixed air temperature. 5) Discharge air temperature. 6) Amperage of each motor lead. 7) Proper operation of all control components. 8) Proper operation of all smoke detection equipment. b. Exhaust Fans: 1) CFM. 2) RPM. 3) Amperage of each motor lead. c. Return and Exhaust Diffusers, Registers, Grilles, and Intake Louvers: 1) CFM of each. 4. PROVIDE VERIFICATION OF ALL OF THE TEMPERATURE CONTROL SEQUENCES AS OUTLINED ABOVE. 23 0593 - 8 ' SECTION 23 0593 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND t DIVISION 23 -HVAC BALANCING FOR HVAC 3.11 ADDITIONAL TESTS A. Within 90 days of completing TAB, perform additional testing and balancing to verify that balanced conditions are being maintained throughout and to correct unusual conditions. B. Seasonal Periods: Additional TAB work shall be done at the opposite season from the initial work. This work shall consist of verifying opposite season air flows, water flows, and verification of temperature control sequences. The opposite season TAB work shall consist of not less than 12 hours of work. If work exceeds 24 hours, notify the Engineer prior to continuing past 24 hours. In this case additional compensation may be authorized. END OF SECTION 23 0593 23 0593 - 9 SECTION 23 0700 DIVISION 23 -HVAC HVAC INSULATION ' PART 1 -GENERAL t 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: ' 1. Mineral Fiber Insulation Materials. 2. Insulating cements. 3. Adhesives. ' 4. Mastics. 5. Sealants. 6. Factory-applied jackets. ' 7. Field-applied fabric-reinforcing mesh. 8. Field-applied jackets. 9. Tapes. t 10. Securements. 11. Corner angles. B. Related Sections: 1. Division 23 Section "Metal Ducts" for duct liners. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. ' B. Field quality-control reports. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: Insulation and related materials shall have fire- test-response characteristics indicated, as determined by testing identical products per ASTM E 84, by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Factory label insulation and jacket materials and adhesive, mastic, tapes, and cement material containers, with appropriate markings of applicable testing and inspecting agency. 1. Insulation Installed Indoors: Flame-spread index of 25 or less, and smoke- developed index of 50 or less. 2. Insulation Installed Outdoors: Flame-spread index of 75 or less, and smoke- ' developed index of 150 or less. 23 0700 - 1 SECTION 23 0700 DIVISION 23 -HVAC HVAC INSULATION PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 INSULATION MATERIALS A. Comply with requirements in Part 3 schedule articles for where insulating materials shall be applied. B. Products shall not contain asbestos, lead, mercury, or mercury compounds. C. Products that come in contact with stainless steel shall have a leachable chloride content of less than 50 ppm when tested according to ASTM C 871. D. Insulation materials for use on austenitic stainless steel shall be qualified as acceptable according to ASTM C 795. E. Mineral-Fiber Blanket Insulation: Mineral or glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting resin. Comply with ASTM C 553, Type II and ASTM C 1290, Type III with factory- applied FSK jacket or III with factory-applied FSP jacket. Factory-applied jacket requirements are specified in "Factory-Applied Jackets" Article. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. CertainTeed Corp.; Duct Wrap. b. Johns Manville; Microlite. c. Knauf Insulation; Duct Wrap. d. Manson Insulation Inc.; Alley Wrap. e. Owens Corning; All-Service Duct Wrap. 2.2 INSULATING CEMENTS A. Mineral-Fiber, Hydraulic-Setting Insulating and Finishing Cement: Comply with ASTM C 449/C 449M. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. Insulco, Division of MFS, Inc.; SmoothKote. b. P. K. Insulation Mfg. Co., Inc.; PK No. 127, and Quik-Cote. c. Rock Wool Manufacturing Company; Delta One Shot. 2.3 ADHESIVES A. Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates and for bonding insulation to itself and to surfaces to be insulated, unless otherwise indicated. B. Flexible Elastomeric and Polyolefin Adhesive: Comply with MIL-A-24179A, Type II, Class I. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: ' 23 0700 - 2 SECTION 23 0700 DIVISION 23 -HVAC HVAC INSULATION a. Aeroflex USA Inc.; Aeroseal. b. Armacell LCC; 520 Adhesive. c. Foster Products Corporation, H. B. Fuller Company; 85-75. d. RBX Corporation; Rubatex Contact Adhesive. 2. For indoor applications, use adhesive that has a VOC content of 50 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). C. Mineral-Fiber Adhesive: Comply with MIL-A-3316C, Class 2, Grade A. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. Childers Products, Division of ITW; CP-82. b. Foster Products Corporation, H. B. Fuller Company; 85-20. c. ITW TACC, Division of Illinois Tool Works; S-90/80. d. Marathon Industries, Inc.; 225. e. Mon-Eco Industries, Inc.; 22-25. 2. For indoor applications, use adhesive that has a VOC content of 80 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). D. ASJ Adhesive, and FSK and PVDC Jacket Adhesive: Comply with MIL-A-3316C, Class 2, Grade A for bonding insulation jacket lap seams and joints. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. Childers Products, Division of ITW; CP-82. b. Foster Products Corporation, H. B. Fuller Company; 85-20. c. ITW TACC, Division of Illinois Tool Works; S-90/80. d. Marathon Industries, Inc.; 225. e. Mon-Eco Industries, Inc.; 22-25. 2. For indoor applications, use adhesive that has a VOC content of 50 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). 2.4 FIELD-APPLIED JACKETS A. Field-applied jackets shall comply with ASTM C 921, Type I, unless otherwise indicated. B. Aluminum Jacket: Comply with ASTM B 209, Alloy 3003, 3005, 3105 or 5005, Temper H-14. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. Childers Products, Division of ITW; Metal Jacketing Systems. b. PABCO Metals Corporation; Surefit. c. RPR Products, Inc.; Insul-Mate. 2. Sheet and roll stock ready for shop or field sizing. 3. Finish and thickness are indicated infield-applied jacket schedules. 23 0700 - 3 SECTION 23 0700 DIVISION 23 -HVAC HVAC INSULATION 4. Moisture Barrier for Indoor Applications: 1-mil- thick, heat-bonded polyethylene and kraft paper. 5. Moisture Barrier for Outdoor Applications: 2.5-mil- thick Polysurlyn. 6. Factory-Fabricated Fitting Covers: a. Same material, finish, and thickness as jacket. b. Preformed 2-piece or gore, 45- and 90-degree, short- and long-radius elbows. c. Tee covers. d. Flange and union covers. e. End caps. f. Beveled collars. g. Valve covers. h. Field fabricate fitting covers only if factory-fabricated fitting covers are not available. C. Self-Adhesive Outdoor Jacket: 60-mil- thick, laminated vapor barrier and waterproofing membrane for installation over insulation located aboveground outdoors; consisting of a rubberized bituminous resin on a crosslaminated polyethylene film covered with white aluminum-foil facing. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. Polyguard; Alumaguard 60. 2.5 TAPES A. ASJ Tape: White vapor-retarder tape matching factory-applied jacket with acrylic adhesive, complying with ASTM C 1136. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. Avery Dennison Corporation, Specialty Tapes Division; Fasson 0835. b. Compac Corp.; 104 and 105. c. Ideal Tape Co., Inc., an American Biltrite Company; 428 AWF ASJ. d. Venture Tape; 1540 CW Plus, 1542 CW Plus, and 1542 CW Plus/SQ. 2. Width: 3 inches. 3. Thickness: 11.5 mils. 4. Adhesion: 90 ounces force/inch in width. 5. Elongation: 2 percent. 6. Tensile Strength: 40 Ibf/inch in width. 7. ASJ Tape Disks and Squares: Precut disks or squares of ASJ tape. B. FSK Tape: Foil-face, vapor-retarder tape matching factory-applied jacket with acrylic adhesive; complying with ASTM C 1136. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. Avery Dennison Corporation, Specialty Tapes Division; Fasson 0827. i 23 0700 - 4 SECTION 23 0700 DIVISION 23 -HVAC HVAC INSULATION b. Compac Corp.; 110 and 111. c. Ideal Tape Co., Inc., an American Biltrite Company; 491 AWF FSK. d. Venture Tape; 1525 CW, 1528 CW, and 1528 CW/SQ. 2. Width: 3 inches. 3. Thickness: 6.5 mils. 4. Adhesion: 90 ounces force/inch in width. 5. Elongation: 2 percent. 6. Tensile Strength: 40 Ibf/inch in width. 7. FSK Tape Disks and Squares: Precut disks or squares of FSK tape. C. PVC Tape: White vapor-retarder tape matching field-applied PVC jacket with acrylic adhesive. Suitable for indoor and outdoor applications. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. Avery Dennison Corporation, Specialty Tapes Division; Fasson 0555. b. Compac Corp.; 130. c. Ideal Tape Co., Inc., an American Biltrite Company; 370 White PVC tape. d. Venture Tape; 1506 CW NS. 2. Width: 2 inches. 3. Thickness: 6 mils. 4. Adhesion: 64 ounces force/inch in width. 5. Elongation: 500 percent. 6. Tensile Strength: 18 Ibf/inch in width. D. Aluminum-Foil Tape: Vapor-retarder tape with acrylic adhesive. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. Avery Dennison Corporation, Specialty Tapes Division; Fasson 0800. b. Compac Corp.; 120. c. Ideal Tape Co., Inc., an American Biltrite Company; 488 AWF. d. Venture Tape; 3520 CW. 2. Width: 2 inches. 3. Thickness: 3.7 mils. 4. Adhesion: 100 ounces force/inch in width. 5. Elongation: 5 percent. 6. Tensile Strength: 34 Ibf/inch in width. 2.6 CORNER ANGLES A. PVC Comer Angles: 30 mils thick, minimum 1 by 1 inch, PVC according to ASTM D 1784, Class 16354-C. White or color-coded to match adjacent surface. B. Aluminum Corner Angles: 0.040 inch thick, minimum 1 by 1 inch, aluminum according to ASTM B 209, Alloy 3003, 3005, 3105 or 5005; Temper H-14. 23 0700 - 5 SECTION 23 0700 DIVISION 23 -HVAC HVAC INSULATION PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 A. B. C. 3.2 PREPARATION Surface Preparation: Clean and dry surfaces to receive insulation. Remove materials that will adversely affect insulation application. Coordinate insulation installation with the trade installing heat tracing. Comply with requirements for heat tracing that apply to insulation. Mix insulating cements with clean potable water; if insulating cements are to be in contact with stainless-steel surfaces, use demineralized water. GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. Install insulation materials, accessories, and finishes with smooth, straight, and even surfaces; free of voids throughout the length of equipment, ducts and fittings, and piping including fittings, valves, and specialties. B. Install insulation materials, forms, vapor barriers or retarders, jackets, and thicknesses required for each item of equipment, duct system, and pipe system as specified in insulation system schedules. C. Install accessories compatible with insulation materials and suitable for the service. Install accessories that do not corrode, soften, or otherwise attack insulation or jacket in either wet or dry state. D. Install insulation with longitudinal seams at top and bottom of horizontal runs. E. Install multiple layers of insulation with longitudinal and end seams staggered. F. Do not weld brackets, clips, or other attachment devices to piping, fittings, and specialties. G. Keep insulation materials dry during application and finishing. H. Install insulation with tight longitudinal seams and end joints. Bond seams and joints with adhesive recommended by insulation material manufacturer. I. Install insulation with least number of joints practical. J. Where vapor barrier is indicated, seal joints, seams, and penetrations in insulation at hangers, supports, anchors, and other projections with vapor-barrier mastic. 1. Install insulation continuously through hangers and around anchor attachments. 2. For insulation application where vapor barriers are indicated, extend insulation on anchor legs from point of attachment to supported item to point of attachment to structure. Taper and seal ends at attachment to structure with vapor-barrier mastic. 23 0700 - 6 SECTION 23 0700 DIVISION 23 -HVAC HVAC INSULATION 3. Install insert materials and install insulation to tightly join the insert. Seal insulation to insulation inserts with adhesive or sealing compound recommended by insulation material manufacturer. 4. Cover inserts with jacket material matching adjacent pipe insulation. Install shields over jacket, arranged to protect jacket from tear or puncture by hanger, support, and shield. K. Apply adhesives, mastics, and sealants at manufacturer's recommended coverage rate and wet and dry film thicknesses. L. Install insulation with factory-applied jackets as follows: 1. Draw jacket tight and smooth. 2. Cover circumferential joints with 3-inch- wide strips, of same material as insulation jacket. Secure strips with adhesive and outward clinching staples along both edges of strip, spaced 4 inches o.c. 3. Overlap jacket longitudinal seams at least 1-1/2 inches. Install insulation with longitudinal seams at bottom of pipe. Clean and dry surface to receive self- sealing lap. Staple laps with outward clinching staples along edge at 2 inches o.c. a. For below ambient services, apply vapor-barrier mastic over staples. 4. Cover joints and seams with tape as recommended by insulation material manufacturer to maintain vapor seal 5. Where vapor barriers are indicated, apply vapor-barrier mastic on seams and joints and at ends adjacent to duct and pipe flanges and fittings. M. Cut insulation in a manner to avoid compressing insulation more than 75 percent of its nominal thickness. N. Finish installation with systems at operating conditions. Repair joint separations and cracking due to thermal movement. O. Repair damaged insulation facings by applying same facing material over damaged areas. Extend patches at least 4 inches beyond damaged areas. Adhere, staple, and seal patches similar to butt joints. ' P. For above ambient services, do not install insulation to the following: 1. Vibration-control devices. 2. Testing agency labels and stamps. ' 3. Nameplates and data plates. 4. Manholes. 5. Handholes. ' 6. Cleanouts. 23 0700 - 7 SECTION 23 0700 ' DIVISION 23 -HVAC HVAC INSULATION 3.3 PENETRATIONS A. .Insulation Installation at Roof Penetrations: Install insulation continuously through roof penetrations. 1. Seal penetrations with flashing sealant. 2. For applications requiring only indoor insulation, terminate insulation above roof surface and seal with joint sealant. For applications requiring indoor and outdoor insulation, install insulation for outdoor applications tightly joined to indoor insulation ends. Seal joint with joint sealant. 3. Extend jacket of outdoor insulation outside roof flashing at least 2 inches below top of roof flashing. 4. Seal jacket to roof flashing with flashing sealant. B. Insulation Installation at Underground Exterior Wall Penetrations: Terminate insulation flush with sleeve seal. Seal terminations with flashing sealant. C. Insulation Installation at Aboveground Exterior Wall Penetrations: Install insulation continuously through wall penetrations. 1. Seal penetrations with flashing sealant. 2. For applications requiring only indoor insulation, terminate insulation inside wall surface and seal with joint sealant. For applications requiring indoor and outdoor insulation, install insulation for outdoor applications tightly joined to indoor insulation ends. Seal joint with joint sealant. 3. Extend jacket of outdoor insulation outside wall flashing and overlap wall flashing at least 2 inches. 4. Seal jacket to wall flashing with flashing sealant. D. Insulation Installation at Interior Wall and Partition Penetrations (That Are Not Fire Rated): Install insulation continuously through walls and partitions. E. Insulation Installation at Fire-Rated Wall and Partition Penetrations: Install insulation continuously through penetrations of fire-rated walls and partitions. Terminate insulation at fire damper sleeves for fire-rated wall and partition penetrations. Externally insulate damper .sleeves to match adjacent insulation and overlap duct insulation at least 2 inches. Comply with requirements in Division 07 Section "Penetration Firestopping"irestopping and fire-resistive joint sealers. ' F. Insulation Installation at Floor Penetrations: 1. Duct: Install insulation continuously through floor penetrations that are not fire ' rated. For penetrations through fire-rated assemblies, terminate insulation at fire damper sleeves and externally insulate damper sleeve beyond floor to match ' adjacent duct insulation. Overlap damper sleeve and duct insulation at least 2 inches. 2. Pipe: Install insulation continuously through floor penetrations. 3. Seal penetrations through fire-rated assemblies. Comply with requirements in Division 07 Section "Penetration Firestopping." 23 0700 - 8 , SECTION 23 0700 DIVISION 23 -HVAC HVAC INSULATION 3.4 MINERAL-FIBER INSULATION INSTALLATION A. Blanket Insulation Installation on Ducts and Plenums: Secure with adhesive and insulation pins. 1. Apply adhesives according to manufacturer's recommended coverage rates per unit area, for 100 percent coverage of duct and plenum surfaces. 2. Apply adhesive to entire circumference of ducts and to all surfaces of fittings and transitions. 3. Install either capacitor-discharge-weld pins and speed washers or cupped-head, capacitor-discharge-weld pins on sides and bottom of horizontal ducts and sides of vertical ducts as follows: a. On duct sides with dimensions 18 inches and smaller, place pins along longitudinal centerline of duct. Space 3 inches maximum from insulation end joints, and 16 inches o.c. b. On duct sides with dimensions larger than 18 inches, place pins 16 inches o.c. each way, and 3 inches maximum from insulation joints. Install additional pins to hold insulation tightly against surface at cross bracing. c. Pins may be omitted from top surface of horizontal, rectangular ducts and plenums. d. Do not overcompress insulation during installation. e. Impale insulation over pins and attach speed washers. f. Cut excess portion of pins extending beyond speed washers or bend parallel with insulation surface. Cover exposed pins and washers with tape matching insulation facing. 4. For ducts and plenums with surface temperatures below ambient, install a continuous unbroken vapor barrier. Create a facing lap for longitudinal seams and end joints with insulation by removing 2 inches from 1 edge and 1 end of insulation segment. Secure laps to adjacent insulation section with 1/2-inch outward-clinching staples, 1 inch o.c. Install vapor barrier consisting of factory- or field-applied jacket, adhesive, vapor-barrier mastic, and sealant at joints, seams, and protrusions. a. Repair punctures, tears, and penetrations with tape or mastic to maintain vapor-barrier seal. b. Install vapor stops for ductwork and plenums operating below 50 deg F at 18-foot intervals. Vapor stops shall consist of vapor-barrier mastic applied in a Z-shaped pattern over insulation face, along butt end of insulation, and over the surface. Cover insulation face and surface to be insulated a width equal to 2 times the insulation thickness but not less than 3 inches. 5. Overlap unfaced blankets a minimum of 2 inches on longitudinal seams and end joints. At end joints, secure with steel bands spaced a maximum of 18 inches o.c. 6. Install insulation on rectangular duct elbows and transitions with a full insulation section for each surface. Install insulation on round and flat-oval duct elbows with individually mitered gores cut to fit the elbow. 7. Insulate duct stiffeners, hangers, and flanges that protrude beyond insulation surface with 6-inch- wide strips of same material used to insulate duct. Secure 23 0700 - 9 SECTION 23 0700 ' DIVISION 23 -HVAC HVAC INSULATION on alternating sides of stiffener, hanger, and flange with pins spaced 6 inches ' o.c. 3.5 FIELD-APPLIED JACKET INSTALLATION ' A. Where metal jackets are indicated, install with 2-inch overlap at longitudinal seams and ' end joints. Overlap longitudinal seams arranged to shed water. Seal end joints with weatherproof sealant recommended by insulation manufacturer. Secure jacket with stainless-steel bands 12 inches o.c. and at end joints. ~ 3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform tests and inspections. B. Tests and Inspections: 1. Inspect ductwork, randomly selected by Architect, by removing field-applied jacket and insulation in layers in reverse order of their installation. Extent of inspection shall be limited to two location(s) for each duct system defined in the "Duct Insulation Schedule, General" Article. C. All insulation applications will be considered defective Work if sample inspection reveals noncompliance with requirements. 3.7 DUCT INSULATION SCHEDULE, GENERAL A. Plenums and Ducts Requiring Insulation: 1. Supply air (except exposed spiral ductwork). 2. Return air located in nonconditioned space. 3. Ducts located Outdoors. B. Items Not Insulated: 1. Fibrous-glass ducts. 2. Return air in conditioned space. 3. Exhaust air in conditioned space. 4. Exposed spiral ductwork.: 5. Fabric ductwork. 6. Factory-insulated plenums and casings. 7. Flexible connectors. 8. Vibration-control devices. 9. Factory-insulated access panels and doors. 3.8 DUCT INSULATION SCHEDULE A. See drawings. 23 0700 - 10 SECTION 23 0700 DIVISION 23 -HVAC HVAC INSULATION ' 3.9 FIELD-APPLIED JACKET SCHEDULE A. Install jacket over insulation material. For insulation with factory-applied jacket, install the field-applied jacket over the factory-applied jacket. B. See drawings for piping to receive jackets. END OF SECTION 23 0700 23 0700 - 11 SECTION 23 0900 DIVISION 23 -HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. All controls will be packaged with the air handling unit. 1.2 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Maintenance Materials: two of any keys required to operate the equipment. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: The control system shall be packaged with the air handling unit, including thermostats, humidistats, and other control sensors. 1. Wattmaster Controls w/System Manager PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install equipment level and plumb. B. Verify location of thermostats, humidistats, and other exposed control sensors with plans and room details before installation. Locate all 60 inches above the floor. C. Install guards on thermostats/humidistats. D. Install labels and nameplates to identify control components. E. Install electronic cables according to Division 26 Section "Control/Signal Transmission Media." 3.2 ELECTRICAL WIRING AND CONNECTION INSTALLATION A. Install raceways, boxes, and cabinets according to Division 26 Section "Raceways and Boxes." B. Install building wire and cable according to Division 26 Section "Conductors and Cables." C. Install signal and communication cable according to Division 26 Section "Basic Materials and Methods". 23 0900 - 1 SECTION 23 0900 DIVISION 23 -HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC 1. Conceal cable, except in mechanical rooms and areas where other conduit and piping are exposed. 2. Install exposed cable in raceway. 3. Install concealed cable in raceway. 4. Bundle and harness multiconductor instrument cable in place of single cables where several cables follow a common path. 5. Fasten flexible conductors, bridging cabinets and doors, along hinge side; protect against abrasion. Tie and support conductors. 6. Number-code or color-code conductors for future identification and service of control system, except local individual room control cables. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage afactory-authorized service representative to inspect field-assembled components and equipment installation, including piping and electrical connections. Report results in writing. 1. Operational Test: After electrical circuitry has been energized, start units to confirm proper unit operation. Remove malfunctioning units, replace with new units, and retest. 2. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment, and retest. 3. Calibration test controllers by disconnecting input sensors and stimulating operation with compatible signal generator. B. Engage afactory-authorized service representative to perform startup service. C. Replace damaged or malfunctioning controls and equipment. 1. Start, test, and adjust control systems. 2. Demonstrate compliance with requirements, including calibration and testing, and control sequences. 3. Adjust, calibrate, and fine tune circuits and equipment to achieve sequence of operation specified. 3.4 DEMONSTRATION A. Engage afactory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain HVAC instrumentation and controls. B. Videotape all training and provide tape to Owner upon completion of training. C. Training shall consist of two sessions, each one lasting at least 4 hours. 3.5 ON-SITE ASSISTANCE A. Occupancy Adjustments: Within one year of date of Substantial Completion, provide up to three Project-site visits, when requested by Owner, to adjust and calibrate 23 0900 - 2 SECTION 23 0900 DIVISION 23 -HVAC INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC ' components and to assist Owner's personnel in making program changes and in adjusting sensors and controls to suit actual conditions. ' 3.6 INSTALLATION OF CONTROL SYSTEMS: A. Install all equipment in strict accordance with the manufacturer's written installation instructions. ' END OF SECTION 23 0900 23 0900 - 3 SECTION 23 1123 DIVISION 23 - HVAC FACILITY NATURAL-GAS PIPING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes fuel gas piping within the building. Products include the following: 1. Pipe, tube, fittings, and joining materials. 2. Piping specialties. 3. Specialty valves. 1.2 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Gas System Pressure: One pressure range. 0.5 psig or less. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Operation and maintenance data. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. B. NFPA Standard: Comply with NFPA 54, "National Fuel Gas Code." PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 PIPING MATERIALS A. Refer to Part 3 "Piping Applications" Article for applications of pipe, tube, fitting, and joining materials. B. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53/A 53M; Type E or S; Grade B; black. Wall thickness of wrought-steel pipe shall comply with ASME B36.10M. 1. Malleable-Iron Threaded Fittings: ASME 816.3, Class 150, standard pattern, with threaded ends according to ASME 61.20.1. 2. Steel Threaded Fittings: ASME 616.11, forged steel with threaded ends according to ASME 81.20.1. 23 1123 - 1 SECTION 23 1123 DIVISION 23 - HVAC FACILITY NATURAL-GAS PIPING 3. Unions: ASME 616.39, Class 150, malleable iron with brass-to-iron seat, ground joint, and threaded ends according to ASME 81.20.1. 4. Cast-Iron Flanges and Flanged Fittings: ASME 616.1, Class 125. 5. Joint Compound and Tape: Suitable for natural gas. 2.2 PROTECTIVE COATING A. Furnish pipe and fittings with factory-applied, corrosion-resistant polyethylene coating for use in contact with materials that may corrode the pipe. 2.3 PIPING SPECIALTIES A. Flexible Connectors: ANSI 221.24, copper alloy. B. Quick-Disconnect Devices: ANSI 221.41, convenience outlets and matching plug connector. 2.4 SPECIALTY VALVES A. Valve End Connections: Threaded, according to ASME 81.20.1. B. Appliance Connector Valves: ANSI 221.15 and CSA International listed. C. Gas Stops: Bronze body with AGA stamp, plug type with bronze plug and flat or square head, ball type with chrome-plated brass ball and lever handle, or butterfly valve with stainless-steel disc and fluorocarbon elastomer seal and lever handle; 2-psig minimum pressure rating. D. Earthquake Valves: Listed in CSA International's "Certified Product Listing Directory: Components for Gas and Electrical Equipment" as complying with ASCE 25 and UL listed. 1. Earthquake-Valve, Type 3: Working-pressure rating is 0.5 psig. Cast-aluminum body with stainless-steel internal parts. Buna-N, reset-stem, O-ring seal. Composition valve seat with clapper held by spring or magnet locking mechanism. Valve position, open or closed, indicator. Level indicator. Threaded end connections through NPS 2, and flanged connections for NPS 2- 1 /2 and larger. a. Manufacturers: 1) Pacific Seismic Products, Inc. 231123-2 SECTION 23 1123 DIVISION 23 - HVAC FACILITY NATURAL-GAS PIPING PART 3 -EXECUTION ' 3.1 PREPARATION A. Close equipment shutoff valves before turning off fuel gas to premises or section of 1 piping. Perform leakage test as specified in "Field Quality Control" Article to determine that all equipment is turned off in affected piping section. ' 3.2 PIPING APPLICATIONS ' A. Use flanges, unions, transition, and special fittings in applications below, unless otherwise indicated. ' B. Fuel Gas Piping, 2 psig or Less: 1. Steel pipe, malleable-iron threaded fittings, and threaded joints. 3.3 VALVE APPLICATIONS ' A. Appliance Shutoff Valves for Pressure 0.5 psig or Less: Appliance connector valve or gas stop. ' B. Appliance Shutoff Valves for Pressure 0.5 to 2 psig: Gas stop or gas valve. C. Piping Line Valves, NPS 2 and Smaller: Gas valve. ' D. Valves at Service Meter, NPS 2 and Smaller: Gas valve. 3.4 INSTALLATION A. Basic piping installation requirements and piping joint construction are specified in ' Division 15 Section "Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods." B. Install pressure gage downstream from each service pressure regulator. Pressure ' gages are specified in Division 15 Section "Meters and Gages." C. Drips and Sediment Traps. Install drips at points where condensate may collect. Include outlets of service meters. Locate where readily accessible for cleaning and ' emptying. Do not install where condensate would be subject to freezing. 1. Construct drips and sediment traps using tee fitting with bottom outlet plugged or ' capped. Use minimum-length nipple of 3 pipe diameters, but not less than 3 inches long, and same size as connected pipe. Install with space between bottom of drip and floor for removal of plug or cap. ' D. Install fuel gas piping at uniform grade of 0.1 percent slope upward toward risers. ' 23 1123 - 3 SECTION 23 1123 DIVISION 23 - HVAC FACILITY NATURAL-GAS PIPING E. Use eccentric reducer fittings to make reductions in pipe sizes. Install fittings with level side down. F. Connect branch piping from top or side of horizontal piping. G. Install unions in pipes NPS 2 and smaller, adjacent to each valve, at final connection to each piece of equipment, and elsewhere as indicated. Unions are not required on flanged devices. 3.5 HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION A. Install hangers for horizontal steel piping with the following maximum spacing and minimum rod sizes: 1. NPS 1 and Smaller: Maximum span, 96 inches; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch. 2. NPS 1-1/4: Maximum span, 108 inches; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch. 3. NPS 1-1/2 and NPS 2: Maximum span, 108 inches; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch. 3.6 CONNECTIONS A. Install piping adjacent to appliances to allow service and maintenance. Connect piping to appliances using gas with shutoff valves and unions. Install valve upstream from and within 72 inches of each appliance. Install union downstream from valve. 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Test, inspect, and purge piping according to NFPA 54 and requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. Repair leaks and defects with new materials and retest system until satisfactory results are obtained. 3.8 PAINTING A. Paint all above grade natural gas piping orange, include one prime coat. END OF SECTION 23 1123 231123-4 SECTION 23 3113 DIVISION 23 -HVAC METAL DUCTS PART 1 -GENERAL ~ "A ~ a. B 1.3 A. B SUMMARY Section Includes: 1. Rectangular ducts and fittings. 2. Round ducts and fittings. 3. Sheet metal materials. 4. Sealants and gaskets. 5. Hangers and supports. 6. Seismic-restraint devices. Related Sections: 1. Division 23 Section "Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC" for testing, adjusting, and balancing requirements for metal ducts. 2. Division 23 Section "Nonmetal Ducts" for fibrous-glass ducts.. 3. Division 23 Section "Air Duct Accessories" for dampers, sound-control devices, duct-mounting access doors and panels, turning vanes, and flexible ducts. SUBMITTALS Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Shop Drawings: 1. Hangers and supports, including methods for duct and building attachment, seismic restraints, and vibration isolation. QUALITY ASSURANCE ASHRAE Compliance: Applicable requirements in ASHRAE 62.1-2004, Section 5 - "Systemsand Equipment" and Section 7 - "Construction and System Start-Up." ASHRAE/IESNA Compliance: Applicable requirements in ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1-2004, Section 6.4.4 - "HVAC System Construction and Insulation." PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 RECTANGULAR DUCTS AND FITTINGS A. General Fabrication Requirements: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards -Metal and Flexible" based on indicated static-pressure class unless otherwise indicated. 23 3113 - 1 SECTION 23 3113 DIVISION 23 -HVAC METAL DUCTS B. Transverse Joints: Select joint types and fabricate according to SMACNA's "HVAC ' Duct Construction Standards -Metal and Flexible," Figure 1-4, "Transverse (Girth) Joints," for static-pressure class, applicable sealing requirements, materials involved, duct-support intervals, and other provisions in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards -Metal and Flexible." C. Longitudinal Seams: Select seam types and fabricate according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards -Metal and Flexible," Figure 1-5, "Longitudinal Seams - Rectangular Ducts," for static-pressure class, applicable sealing requirements, materials involved, duct-support intervals, and other provisions in SMACNA's "HVAC , Duct Construction Standards -Metal and Flexible." D. Elbows, Transitions, Offsets, Branch Connections, and Other Duct Construction: Select types and fabricate according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction ~ j Standards -Metal and Flexible," Chapter 2, "Fittings and Other Construction," for static-pressure class, applicable sealing requirements, materials involved, duct-support intervals, and other provisions in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - , Metal and Flexible." 2.2 ROUND DUCTS AND FITTINGS A. General Fabrication Requirements: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards -Metal and Flexible," Chapter 3, "Round, Oval, and Flexible Duct," based ' on indicated static-pressure class unless otherwise indicated. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Lindab Inc. b. McGill AirFlow LLC. c. SEMCOIncorporated. d. Sheet Metal Connectors, Inc. e. Spiral Manufacturing Co., Inc. B. Transverse Joints: Select joint types and fabricate according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards -Metal and Flexible," Figure 3-2, "Transverse Joints - Round Duct," for static-pressure class, applicable sealing requirements, materials involved, duct-support intervals, and other provisions in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards -Metal and Flexible." Transverse Joints in Duets Larger Than 60 Inches in Diameter: Flanged. C. Longitudinal Seams: Select seam types and fabricate according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards -Metal and Flexible," Figure 3-1, "Seams -Round Duct and Fittings," for static-pressure class, applicable sealing requirements, materials involved, duct-support intervals, and other provisions in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards -Metal and Flexible." 1. Fabricate round ducts larger Than 90 inches in diameter with butt-welded ' longitudinal seams. 233113-2 SECTION 23 3113 DIVISION 23 -HVAC _ METAL DUCTS D. Tees and Laterals: Select types and fabricate according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards -Metal and Flexible," Figure 3-4, "90 Degree Tees and Laterals," and Figure 3-5, "Conical Tees," for static-pressure class, applicable sealing requirements, materials involved, duct-support intervals, and other provisions in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards -Metal and Flexible." 2.3 SHEET METAL MATERIALS A. General Material Requirements: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards -Metal and Flexible" for acceptable materials, material thicknesses, and duct construction methods unless otherwise indicated. Sheet metal materials shall be free of pitting, seam marks, roller marks, stains, discolorations, and other imperfections. B. Galvanized Sheet Steel: Comply with ASTM A 653/A 653M. 1. Galvanized Coating Designation: G60. 2. Finishes for Surfaces Exposed to View: Mill phosphatized. C. Aluminum Sheets: Comply with ASTM B 209 Alloy 3003, H14 temper; with mill finish for concealed ducts, and standard, one-side bright finish for duct surfaces exposed to view. D. Reinforcement Shapes and Plates: ASTM A 36/A 36M, steel plates, shapes, and bars; black and galvanized. 1. Where black- and galvanized-steel shapes and plates are used to reinforce aluminum ducts, isolate the different metals with butyl rubber, neoprene, or EPDM gasket materials. E. Tie Rods: Galvanized steel, 1/4-inch minimum diameter for lengths 36 inches or less; 3/8-inch minimum diameter for lengths longer than 36 inches. 2.4 SEALANT AND GASKETS A. General Sealant and Gasket Requirements: Surface-burning characteristics for sealants and gaskets shall be a maximum flame-spread index of 25 and a maximum smoke-developed index of 50 when tested according to UL 723; certified by an NRTL. B. Two-Part Tape Sealing System: 1. Tape: Woven cotton fiber impregnated with mineral gypsum and modified acrylic/silicone activator to react exothermically with tape to form hard, durable, airtight seal. 2. Tape Width: 4 inches. 3. Sealant: Modified styrene acrylic. 4. Water resistant. 5. Mold and mildew resistant. 6. Maximum Static-Pressure Class: 10-inch wg, positive and negative. 233113-3 SECTION 23 3113 ' DIVISION 23 -HVAC METAL DUCTS 7. Service: Indoor and outdoor. 8. Service Temperature: Minus 40 to plus 200 deg F. 9. Substrate: Compatible with galvanized sheet steel (both PVC coated and bare), stainless steel, or aluminum. 10. For indoor applications, use sealant that has a VOC content of 250 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). C. Water-Based Joint and Seam Sealant: 1. Application Method: Brush on. 2. Solids Content: Minimum 65 percent. 3. Shore A Hardness: Minimum 20. 4. Water resistant. 5. Mold and mildew resistant. 6. VOC: Maximum 75 g/L (less water). 7. Maximum Static-Pressure Class: 10-inch wg, positive and negative. 8. Service: Indoor or outdoor. 9. Substrate: Compatible with galvanized sheet steel (both PVC coated and bare), stainless steel, or aluminum sheets. D. Flanged Joint Sealant: Comply with ASTM C 920. 1. General: Single-component, acid-curing, silicone, elastomeric. 2. Type: S. 3. Grade: NS. 4. Class: 25. 5. Use: O. 6. For indoor applications, use sealant that has a VOC content of 250 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24). E. Flange Gaskets: Butyl rubber, neoprene, or EPDM polymer with polyisobutylene plasticizer. F. Round Duct Joint O-Ring Seals: 1. Seal shall provide maximum leakage class of 3 cfm/100 sq. ft. at 1-inch wg and shall be rated for 10-inch wg static-pressure class, positive or negative. 2. EPDM O-ring to seal in concave bead in coupling or fitting spigot. 3. Double-lipped, EPDM O-ring seal, mechanically fastened to factory-fabricated couplings and fitting spigots. 2.5 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Hanger Rods for Corrosive Environments: Electrogalvanized, all-thread rods or galvanized rods with threads painted with zinc-chromate primer after installation. B. Strap and Rod Sizes: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Table 4-1, "Rectangular Duct Hangers Minimum Size," and Table 4-2, "Minimum Hanger Sizes for Round Duct." 233113-4 SECTION 23 3113 DIVISION 23 -HVAC _ METAL DUCTS C. Steel Cables for Galvanized-Steel Ducts: Galvanized steel complying with ASTM A 603. ' J D. Steel Cables for Stainless-Steel Ducts: Stainless steel complying with ASTM A 492. E. Steel Cable End Connections: Cadmium-plated steel assemblies with brackets, swivel, and bolts designed for duct hanger service; with an automatic-locking and clamping device. ' F. Duct Attachments: Sheet metal screws, blind rivets, or self-tapping metal screws; compatible with duct materials. ' G. Trapeze and Riser Supports: 1. Supports for Galvanized-Steel Ducts: Galvanized-steel shapes and plates. ' 2. Supports for Stainless-Steel Ducts: Stainless-steel shapes and plates. 3. Supports for Aluminum Ducts: Aluminum or galvanized steel coated with zinc chromate. ' PART 3 -EXECUTION ' 3.1 DUCT INSTALLATION ' A. Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of duct system. Indicated duct locations, configurations, and arrangements were used to size ducts and calculate friction loss for air-handling equipment sizing and for other ' design considerations. Install duct systems as indicated unless deviations to layout are approved on Shop Drawings and Coordination Drawings. B. Install ducts according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards -Metal and ' Flexible" unless otherwise indicated. C. Install round ducts in maximum practical lengths. D. Install ducts with fewest possible joints. ' E. Install factory- or shop-fabricated fittings for changes in direction, size, and shape and for branch connections. ' F. Unless otherwise indicated, install ducts vertically and horizontally, and parallel and perpendicular to building lines. G. Install ducts close to walls, overhead construction, columns, and other structural and ' permanent enclosure elements of building. H. Install ducts with a clearance of 1 inch, plus allowance for insulation thickness. ' I. Where ducts pass through non-fire-rated interior partitions and exterior walls and are exposed to view, cover the opening between the partition and duct or duct insulation ' 233113-5 SECTION 23 3113 DIVISION 23 -HVAC METAL DUCTS with sheet metal flanges of same metal thickness as the duct. Overlap openings on four sides by at least 1-1 /2 inches. J. Protect duct interiors from moisture, construction debris and dust, and other foreign materials. Comply with SMACNA's "Duct Cleanliness for New Construction Guidelines." 3.2 INSTALLATION OF EXPOSED DUCTWORK A. Protect ducts exposed in finished spaces from being dented, scratched, or damaged B. Trim duct sealants flush with metal. Create a smooth and uniform exposed bead. Do not use two-part tape sealing system. C. Grind welds to provide smooth surFace free of burrs, sharp edges, and weld splatter. When welding stainless steel with a No. 3 or 4 finish, grind the welds flush, polish the exposed welds, and treat the welds to remove discoloration caused by welding. D. Maintain consistency, symmetry, and uniformity in the arrangement and fabrication of fittings, hangers and supports, duct accessories, and air outlets. E. Repair or replace damaged sections and finished work that does not comply with these requirements. 3.3 DUCT SEALING A. Seal ducts for duct static-pressure, seal classes, and leakage classes specified in "Duct Schedule" Article according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible." B. Seal ducts to the following seal classes according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards -Metal and Flexible": 1. Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards -Metal and Flexible." 2. Outdoor, Supply-Air Ducts: Seal Class A. 3. Outdoor, Exhaust Ducts: Seal Class C. 4. Outdoor, Return-Air Ducts: Seal Class C. 5. Unconditioned Space, Supply-Air Ducts in Pressure Classes 2-Inch wg and Lower: Seal Class B. 6. Unconditioned Space, Supply-Air Ducts in Pressure Classes Higher Than 2-Inch wg: Seal Class A. 7. Unconditioned Space, Exhaust Ducts: Seal Class C. 8. Unconditioned Space, Return-Air Ducts: Seal Class B. 9. Conditioned Space, Supply-Air Ducts in Pressure Classes 2-Inch wg and Lower: Seal Class C. 10. Conditioned Space, Supply-Air Ducts in Pressure Classes Higher Than 2-Inch wg: Seal Class B. 11. Conditioned Space, Exhaust Ducts: Seal Class B. 233113-6 ' SECTION 23 3113 DIVISION 23 -HVAC METAL DUCTS ' 12. Conditioned Space, Retum-Air Ducts: Seal Class C. 3.4 HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION A. Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards -Metal and Flexible," Chapter 4, "Hangers and Supports." B. Building Attachments: Concrete inserts, powder-actuated fasteners, or structural-steel fasteners appropriate for construction materials to which hangers are being attached. 1. Where practical, install concrete inserts before placing concrete. ' 2. Install powder-actuated concrete fasteners after concrete is placed and completely cured. 3. Use powder-actuated concrete fasteners for standard-weight aggregate concretes or for slabs more than 4 inches thick. ' 4. Do not use powder-actuated concrete fasteners for lightweight-aggregate concretes or for slabs less than 4 inches thick. 5. Do not use powder-actuated concrete fasteners for seismic restraints. ' C. Hanger Spacing: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards -Metal and Flexible," Table 4-1, "Rectangular Duct Hangers Minimum Size," and Table 4-2, ' "Minimum Hanger Sizes for Round Duct," for maximum hanger spacing; install hangers and supports within 24 inches of each elbow and within 48 inches of each branch intersection. ' D. Hangers Exposed to View: Threaded rod and angle or channel supports. E. Support vertical ducts with steel angles or channel secured to the sides of the duct with ' welds, bolts, sheet metal screws, or blind rivets; support at each floor and at a maximum intervals of 16 feet. F. Install upper attachments to structures. Select and size upper attachments with pull- out, tension, and shear capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials where used. 3.5 CONNECTIONS ' A. Make connections to equipment with flexible connectors complying with Division 23 Section "Air Duct Accessories." B. Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards -Metal and Flexible" for branch, outlet and inlet, and terminal unit connections. 3.6 DUCT CLEANING ' A. Clean new and existing duct system(s) before testing, adjusting, and balancing. B. Use service openings for entry and inspection. 233113-7 SECTION 23 3113 DIVISION 23 -HVAC METAL DUCTS C D 3.7 A. 1. Create new openings and install access panels appropriate for duct static- pressure class if required for cleaning access. Provide insulated panels for insulated or lined duct. Patch insulation and liner as recommended by duct liner manufacturer. Comply with Division 23 Section "Air Duct Accessories" for access panels and doors. 2. Disconnect and reconnect flexible ducts as needed for cleaning and inspection. 3. Remove and reinstall ceiling to gain access during the cleaning process. Clean the following components by removing surface contaminants and deposits: 1. Air outlets and inlets (registers, grilles, and diffusers). 2. Supply, return, and exhaust fans including fan housings, plenums (except ceiling supply and return plenums), scrolls, blades or vanes, shafts, baffles, dampers, and drive assemblies. 3. Air-handling unit internal surfaces and components including mixing box, coil section, air wash systems, spray eliminators, condensate drain pans, humidifiers and dehumidifiers, filters and filter sections, and condensate collectors and drains. 4. Coils and related components. 5. Return-air ducts, dampers, actuators, and turning vanes except in ceiling plenums and mechanical equipment rooms. 6. Supply-air ducts, dampers, actuators, and turning vanes. 7. Dedicated exhaust and ventilation components and makeup air systems. Mechanical Cleaning Methodology: 1. Clean metal duct systems using mechanical cleaning methods that extract contaminants from within duct systems and remove contaminants from building. 2. Use vacuum-collection devices that are operated continuously during cleaning. Connect vacuum device to downstream end of duct sections so areas being cleaned are under negative pressure. 3. Use mechanical agitation to dislodge debris adhered to interior duct surfaces without damaging integrity of metal ducts, duct liner, or duct accessories. 4. Clean fibrous-glass duct liner with HEPA vacuuming equipment; do not permit duct liner to get wet. Replace fibrous-glass duct liner that is damaged, deteriorated, or delaminated or that has friable material, mold, or fungus growth. 5. Clean coils and coil drain pans according to NADCA 1992. Keep drain pan operational. Rinse coils with clean water to remove latent residues and cleaning materials; comb and straighten fins. 6. Provide drainage and cleanup for wash-down procedures. 7. Antimicrobial Agents and Coatings: Apply EPA-registered antimicrobial agents if fungus is present. Apply antimicrobial agents according to manufacturer's written instructions after removal of surface deposits and debris. START UP Air Balance: Comply with requirements in Division 23 Section "Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC." 233113-8 SECTION 23 3113 DIVISION 23 - HVAC METAL DUCTS 3.8 DUCT SCHEDULE A. Fabricate ducts with galvanized sheet steel except as otherwise indicated and as follows: 1. Underground Ducts: Concrete-encased, PVC-coated, galvanized sheet steel with thicker coating on duct exterior. B. Supply Ducts: 1. See drawings. C. Exhaust Ducts: 1. See drawings. D. Exterior Duct: 1. See drawings 2. Use aluminum field applied jacket. END OF SECTION 23 3113 233113-9 SECTION 23 3116 DIVISION 23 -HVAC NONMETAL DUCTS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes fibrous-glass ducts. B. See Division 15 Section "Duct Accessories" for dampers, duct-mounting access doors and panels, turning vanes, and flexible ducts. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For fibrous-glass duct materials. B. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation details for fibrous-glass ducts. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. NFPA Compliance: 1. NFPA 90A, "Installation of Air Conditioning .and Ventilating Systems." 2. NFPA 906, "Installation of Warm Air Heating and Air Conditioning Systems." B. UL Compliance: UL listed and labeled as complying with UL 181, Class 1. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. General manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. CertainTeed Corporation; HVAC Insulation Group. 2. Johns Manville International, Inc. 3. Knauf Fiber Glass GmbH. 4. Owens Corning. B. Final Ductwork in Natatorium: 1. DuctSox Corporation. 2. Other manufacturers approved prior to bidding. 2.2 FIBROUS-GLASS DUCTS A. Materials: 23 3116 - 1 SECTION 23 3116 DIVISION 23 - HVAC NONMETAL DUCTS 1. Glass fibers bonded with thermosetting resin. 2. Facing: Fire-resistive, reinforced, foil-scrim-kraft barrier. 3. Air-Side Surface: Treated to prevent erosion of fibers by air movement. 4. Thermal Conductivity (k-Value): 0.26 at 75 deg F mean temperature. 5. Required Markings: EI-rating, UL label, and other markings required by UL 181 on each full sheet of duct board; UL ratings for closure materials. 6. Moisture Absorption: Not exceeding 5 percent by weight at 120 deg F and 95 percent relative humidity for 96 hours when tested according to ASTM C 1104/C 1104M. 7. Vapor-Barrier Permeability: 0.02 perms maximum when tested according to ASTM E 96, Procedure A. 8. Noise-Reduction Coefficient: 0.65 minimum when tested according to ASTM C 423, Mounting A. 9. Temperature Limits: 250 deg F inside ducts; 150 deg F ambient temperature surrounding ducts. 10. Fabrication: Fabricate and assemble ducts according to SMACNA's "Fibrous Glass Duct Construction Standards." B. Duct Boards: Rigid, rectangular, fibrous-glass boards with edge treatment; factory molded and faced on one side with fire-resistive, reinforced, foil-scrim-kraft barrier. 1. Flexural Rigidity (EI): 475, standard duty. 2. Thickness: 1 inch. C. Rigid Round Ducts: Cylindrically molded sections of fibrous-glass duct board fabricated with 10 sides to form near-round ducts. Fire-resistive, reinforced, foil-scrim- kraftfacing on the outside. 1. Thickness: 1 inch. 2. End Treatment, Factory-Molded Round Ducts: Premolded, high-density slip joints. Facing extends on end with external portion of joint to form stapling tab. D. Reinforcements:. 1. Channel Reinforcements for Ducts with a Maximum ID of 60 Inches or Less: Channels formed from 0.034-inch- thick, galvanized sheet metal with ASTM A 653/A 653M, G60 coating designation. 2. Channel Reinforcements for Ducts with a Maximum ID Larger Than 60 Inches: Channels formed from 0.052-inch- thick, galvanized sheet metal with ASTM A 653/A 653M, G60 coating designation. 3. Tie-Rod Reinforcements: 0.108-inch galvanized-steel wire, of length to suit termination method. 4. Reinforcing Rod Washers: 2-1/2-inch- square by 0.028-inch- thick, galvanized- steel washer with turned edges and volcano-type center hole. 5. Sag-Control Supports: 1/2-inch galvanized-steel conduit. E. Closure: Pressure-Sensitive Tape: A minimum of 2-1/2-inch- wide, glass-fiber-reinforced, aluminum-foil tape complying with UL 181 A, Part P, and imprinted with required information. 233116-2 ~I III ' SECTION 23 3116 DIVISION 23 - HVAC NONMETAL DUCTS 2. Heat-Activated Tape: A minimum of 2-1/2-inch- wide, glass-fiber-reinforced, foil- scrim tape complying with UL 181 A, Part H, and imprinted with required information. 3. Mastic and Glass Fabric: A minimum of 3-inch- wide glass fabric and duct manufacturer's recommended mastic that complies with UL 181. F. Hangers and Supports: Building Attachments: Concrete inserts, powder-actuated fasteners, or structural-steel fasteners appropriate for construction materials to which hangers are being attached. a. Use powder-actuated concrete fasteners for standard-weight aggregate concretes or for slabs more than 4 inches thick. b. Exception: Do not use powder-actuated concrete fasteners for lightweight- aggregate concretes or for slabs less than 4 inches thick. 2. Hanger Materials: Galvanized sheet steel; galvanized-steel hanger wire; and galvanized-steel channels. G. Shop Fabrication: Comply with SMACNA's "Fibrous Glass Duct Construction Standards." 1. Fabricate rectangular and 10-sided ducts and fittings from duct boards. 2. Fabricate mitered elbows with turning vanes. 3. Fabricate 90-degree branch connections from supply ducts with volume-control dampers in branch ducts. 4. Attach metal components to fibrous-glass ducts with galvanized-steel washers on opposite surfaces of duct walls. 2.3 Natatorium Ductwork. FABRIC AIR DISPERSION SYSTEM: A. Sedona-Xm Fabric: Air diffusers shall be constructed of a woven fire retardant fabric complying with the following physical characteristics: 1. Fabric Construction: 100% Flame Retardant and treated with a machine wash-able anti-microbial agent from the manufacturer. 2. Weight: 6.75 oz. /ydz per ASTM D3776 3. Color: (Standard: blue, white, tan, red, green, gray, black or custom) 4. Fabric Porosity: 1.5 (+2/-1) cfm/ftz per ASTM D737, Frazier 5. Temperature Range: 0 degrees F to 180 degrees F 6. Fire Retardancy: Classified by Underwriters Laboratories in accordance with the flame spread/smoke developed requirements of NFPA 90-A and ICC AC167. 7. Antimicrobial agent shall be proven 99% effective after 10 laundry cycles per AATCC Test Method 100. B. SYSTEMS FABRICATION REQUIREMENTS: 1. Air dispersion accomplished by linear vent and permeable fabric. Linear vent is to consist of an array of open orifices rather than a mesh style vent to reduce main- tenance requirements of mesh style vents. Linear vents should also be designed to minimize dusting on fabric surface. 233116-3 SECTION 23 3116 DIVISION 23 - HVAC NONMETAL DUCTS 2. Size of vent openings and location of linear vents to be specified and approved by manufacturer. 3. Inlet connection to metal duct via fabric draw band with anchor patches as supplied by manufacturer. Anchor patches to be secured to metal duct via. zip screw fas- tener -supplied by contractor. 4. Inlet connection includes zipper for easy removal /maintenance. 5. Lengths to include required zippers as specified by manufacturer. 6. System to include Adjustable Flow Devices to balance turbulence, airflow and dis- tribution as needed. Flow restriction device shall include ability to adjust the airflow resistance from 0.06 - 0.60 in w.g. static pressure. 7. End cap includes zipper for easy maintenance. 8. Fabric system shall include connectors to accommodate suspension system listed below. 9. Any deviation from a straight run shall be made using a gored elbow or an efficien- cy tee. Normal 90 degree elbows are 5 gores and the radius of the elbow is 1.5 times the diameter of the DuctSox. C. DESIGN PARAMETERS: 1. Use fabric diffusers only for positive pressure air distribution components of the mechanical ventilation system. 2. Do not use fabric diffusers in concealed locations. 3. Fabric diffusers shall be designed from 0.25" water gage minimum to 3.0" maxi- mum, with 0.5" as the standard. 2. Fabric air diffusers shall be limited to design temperatures between 0 degrees F and 180 degrees F (-17.8 degrees C and 82 degrees C). 3. Design CFM, static pressure and diffuser length shall be designed or approved by the manufacturer. D. SUSPENSION HARDWARE: (include applicable components only) 1. Tension Cable: System shall be installed using a tension cable system including a single (1 Row) or double strands (2 Row) of cable located 3" above top-dead-center (1 Row) or 3" above the 10 and 2 o'clock locations of the DuctSox system. 2 Row supports are required for systems of 32"diameter and larger. Hardware to include cable, eye bolts, cable clamps and turnbuckle(s) as required. System attachment shall be made using nylon snap clips spaced 24 inches. Component options include (must specify per area if multiple on same project): 1. Galvanized Steel Cable 2. Stainless Steel Cable 3. Plastic Coated Stainless Steel Cable 2. 3x1 Suspension: (Available on duct diameters from 76" to 48') System shall in- clude a 3 Row connection to fabric system at 10, 12, and 2 o'clock locations. At- tachmentspacing is not to exceed 3 feet. The powder-coated aluminum hangers are secured and integrated to a single (1 Row) tension cable every 3' and connect to the fabric system at the 10 and 2 o'clock locations with detachable D-Clasps. The fabric system will also have clips located at 12 o'clock to attach directly to the single ten- sion cable system located 3"above top-dead-center location of the fabric system. Tension cable hardware to include cable, eye bolts, cable clamps, and turnbuckles as required. Component options include: a. Galvanized Steel Cable b. Stainless Steel Cable 233116-4 i~ SECTION 23 3116 DIVISION 23 - HVAC NONMETAL DUCTS 3. Suspended H-Track: System shall include a single (1 Row) or double (2 Row) runs of aluminum H-Track system located 1.5° above top-dead-center (1 Row) or 1.5" above the 10 and 2 o'clock (2 Row) locations of DuctSox system. 2 Row supports are required for systems of 32"diameter and larger.. Hardware to include 10' sec- tions of track, splice connectors, track endcaps and vertical cable support kits - con- sisting of a length of cable with a locking stud end and Gripple quick cable connec- tors. Radius aluminum track must be included for all radius sections. Fabric /Track attachment a. Cord In continuous supporting cord (not suggested for systems >24" Dia.) ' b. Snap Tabs are a detachable sliding tab positioned every 24"along the length of the system (all diameters). Hardware components (optional) a. Provide 316 Stainless Steel components including coupler assembly, vertical cable support and Gripple quick cable connector. 4. Flush-Mount Track: System shall include aluminum Flush-Mount system located ' 1.5"above top-dead-center of DuctSox system. Hardware to include 12' section of track, Snap Tabs, splice connections and end caps as required. Snap Tabs must promote easy sliding movement through aluminum track and must be detachable from the fabric. Radius aluminum track for support of the elbows through the corners ' using either Snap Tabs or Cord-In. Fabric I Track attachment a. Cord In continuous supporting cord (not suggested for systems >24" Dia.) r b. Snap Tabs are a detachable sliding tab positioned every 24"along the length of the system (all diameters). 5. Surface Mount: System shall include aluminum Flush-Mount system located flush with the top of DuctSox system. Width between mounting points (of the track to the ceiling) shall be 2" wider than the specified diameter of the D-Shape DuctSox. Hardware to include 12' sections of track, splice connections and end caps as re- quired. System attachment shall be made by cord sewn into top side flaps of Duct- Sox system supported entire length. ' PART 3 -EXECUTION ' 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install ducts with fewest possible joints. ' B. Install ducts, unless otherwise indicated, vertically and horizontally and parallel and perpendicular to building lines; avoid diagonal runs. ' C. Install ducts close to walls, overhead construction, columns, and other structural and permanent enclosure elements of building. ' D. Install ducts with a clearance of 1 inch. E. Conceal ducts from view in finished spaces. Do not encase horizontal runs in solid ' partitions unless specifically indicated. 233116-5 SECTION 23 3116 DIVISION 23 - HVAC NONMETAL DUCTS F. Non-Fire-Rated Partition Penetrations: Where ducts pass through interior partitions and exterior walls and are exposed to view, conceal spaces between construction openings and ducts with sheet metal flanges of same metal thickness as ducts. Overlap opening on 4 sides by at least 1-1/2 inches. G. Fire-Rated Partition Penetrations: Where ducts pass through interior partitions and exterior walls, install appropriately rated fire dampers, sleeves, and firestopping sealant. Fire and smoke dampers are specified in Division 15 Section "Duct Accessories." Firestopping materials and installation methods are specified in Division 7 Section "Through-Penetration Firestop Systems." H J K. L M. Install fibrous-glass ducts and fittings according to SMACNA's "Fibrous Glass Duct Construction Standards". Mount accessories according to SMACNA's "Fibrous Glass Duct Construction Standards." 1. Reinforce and support equipment and duct accessories for additional weight without damage to ducts. 2. Install volume-control dampers and operators on same sleeves or mounting plates and allow full 90-degree quadrant movement. 3. Connect ducts to equipment using sheet metal washers and screws or mechanical fasteners attached to flange extensions. Field fabricate fibrous-glass ducts according to SMACNA's "Fibrous Glass Duct Construction Standards." 1. Fabricate rectangular and 10-sided ducts and fittings from duct boards. 2. Fabricate mitered elbows with turning vanes. 3. Fabricate 90-degree branch connections from supply ducts with volume-control dampers in branch ducts. 4. Attach metal components to fibrous-glass ducts with galvanized-steel washers on opposite surfaces of duct walls. 5. Closure: Construct seams and joints according to NAIMA AH116. 6. Install reinforcements according to SMACNA's "Fibrous Glass Duct Construction Standards." 7. Support rigid round and rectangular ducts according to SMACNA's "Fibrous Glass Duct Construction Standards." 8. Install upper attachments to structures with an allowable load not exceeding one- fourth of failure (proof-test) load. Building Attachments: Install powder-actuated concrete fasteners after concrete is placed and completely cured. Duct Attachments: Support horizontal ducts with trapeze-type hangers. Hangers: Suspend duct attachments from building attachments with one of the following hanger types: 1. Galvanized sheet metal strips, a minimum of 0.034 by 1 inch wide. 2. Galvanized-steel rods, 1/4 inch in diameter, threaded along entire length. 233116-6 SECTION 23 3116 DIVISION 23 - HVAC NONMETAL DUCTS ' 3. Galvanized-steel wire, 0.108 inch minimum. N. Attach hangers to joints and reinforcing channels that occur within required hanger ' spacing. Attach hangers to transmit load to sides and bottom channels and no more than 6 inches from sides of ducts. O. Support equipment and metal duct components and accessories independent of ducts. P. Support terminal components separately. ' Q. Install sheet metal sleeves to support dampers. For motorized dampers, extend sleeves to support operators. ' 3.2 G mnasium Ductwork -INSTALLATION OF FABRIC AIR DISPERSION SYSTEM: Y A. Install chosen suspension system in accordance with the requirements of the manufac- turer. Instructions for installation shall be provided by the manufacturer with product. 3.02 CLEANING AND PROTECTION: A. Clean air handling unit and ductwork prior to the DuctSox system unit-by-unit as it is in- stalled. Clean external surfaces of foreign substance which may cause corrosive dete- rioration of facing. B. Temporary Closure: At ends of ducts which are not connected to equipment or distribu- tion devices at time of ductwork installation, cover with polyethylene film or other cover- ing which will keep the system clean until installation is completed. C. If DuctSox systems become soiled during installation, they should be removed and ' cleaned following the manufacturers standard terms of laundry. END OF SECTION 23 3116 233116-7 SECTION 23 3300 DIVISION 23 -HVAC AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Manual volume dampers. 2. Flange connectors. 3. Turning vanes. 4. Flexible connectors. 5. Duct accessory hardware: 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Operation and maintenance data. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with NFPA 90A, "Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems," and with NFPA 90B, "Installation of Warm Air Heating and Air Conditioning Systems." B. Comply with AMCA 500-D testing for damper rating. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards -Metal and Flexible" for acceptable materials, material thicknesses, and duct construction methods unless otherwise indicated. Sheet metal materials shall be free of pitting, seam marks, roller marks, stains, discolorations, and other imperfections. 2.2 MANUAL VOLUME DAMPERS A. Manufacturers: As noted on the drawings. B. Model Number: As noted on the drawings. C. Size: As noted on the drawings. 23 3300 - 1 SECTION 23 3300 DIVISION 23 -HVAC AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 2.3 TURNING VANES A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Ductmate Industries, Inc. 2. Duro Dyne Inc. 3. METALAIRE, Inc. 4. SEMCOIncorporated. 5. Ward Industries, Inc.; a division of Hart & Cooley, Inc. B. Manufactured Turning Vanes for Metal Ducts: Curved blades of galvanized sheet steel; support with bars perpendicular to blades set; set into vane runners suitable for duct mounting. 1. Acoustic Turning Vanes: Fabricate airfoil-shaped aluminum extrusions with perforated faces and fibrous-glass fill. C. Manufactured Turning Vanes for Nonmetal Ducts: Fabricate curved blades of resin- bonded fiberglass with acrylic polymer coating; support with bars perpendicular to blades set; set into vane runners suitable for duct mounting. D. General Requirements: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible"; Figures 2-3, "Vanes and Vane Runners," and 2-4, "Vane Support in Elbows." E. Vane Construction: Single wall for ducts up to 36 inches wide and double wall for larger dimensions. 2.4 FLEXIBLE CONNECTORS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Ductmate Industries, Inc. 2. Duro Dyne Inc. 3. Ventfabrics, Inc. 4. Ward Industries, Inc.; a division of Hart & Cooley, Inc. B. Materials: Flame-retardant or noncombustible fabrics. C. Coatings and Adhesives: Comply with UL 181, Class 1. D. Metal-Edged Connectors: Factory fabricated with a fabric strip 3-1/2 inches wide attached to 2 strips of 2-3/4-inch- wide, 0.028-inch- thick, galvanized sheet steel or 0.032-inch- thick aluminum sheets. Provide metal compatible with connected ducts. E. Indoor System, Flexible Connector Fabric: Glass fabric double coated with neoprene. 1. Minimum Weight: 26 oz./sq. yd.. 2. Tensile Strength: 480 Ibf/inch in the warp and 360Ibf/inch in the filling. 23 3300 - 2 ' SECTION 23 3300 DIVISION 23 -HVAC AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 3. Service Temperature: Minus 40 to plus 200 deg F. F. Outdoor System, Flexible Connector Fabric: Glass fabric double coated with weatherproof, synthetic rubber resistant to UV rays and ozone. 1. Minimum Weight: 24 oz./sq. yd.. 2. Tensile Strength: 530 Ibf/inch in the warp and 440Ibf/inch in the filling. 3. Service Temperature: Minus 50 to plus 250 deg F. G. Thrust Limits: Combination coil spring and elastomeric insert with spring and insert in compression, and with a load stop. Include rod and angle-iron brackets for attaching to fan discharge and duct. 1. Frame: Steel, fabricated for connection to threaded rods and to allow for a maximum of 30 degrees of angular rod misalignment without binding or reducing isolation efficiency. ' 2. Outdoor Spring Diameter: Not less than 80 percent of the compressed height of the spring at rated load. 3. Minimum Additional Travel: 50 percent of the required deflection at rated load. 4. Lateral Stiffness: More than 80 percent of rated vertical stiffness. 5. Overload Capacity: Support 200 percent of rated load, fully compressed, without deformation or failure. ' 6. Elastomeric Element: Molded, oil-resistant rubber or neoprene. 7. Coil Spring: Factory set and field adjustable fora maximum of 1/4-inch movement at start and stop. 2.5 DUCT ACCESSORY HARDWARE A. Instrument Test Holes: Cast iron or cast aluminum to suit duct material, including screw cap and gasket. Size to allow insertion of pitot tube and other testing instruments and of length to suit duct-insulation thickness. ' B. Adhesives: High strength, quick setting, neoprene based, waterproof, and resistant to gasoline and grease. PART 3 -EXECUTION ' 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install duct accessories according to applicable details in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards -Metal and Flexible" for metal ducts and in NAIMA AH116, "Fibrous Glass Duct Construction Standards," for fibrous-glass ducts. ' B. Install duct accessories of materials suited to duct materials; use galvanized-steel accessories in galvanized-steel and fibrous-glass ducts, stainless-steel accessories in ' stainless-steel ducts, and aluminum accessories in aluminum ducts. 23 3300 - 3 SECTION 23 3300 DIVISION 23 - HVAC AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES C. .Install volume dampers at points on supply, return, and exhaust systems where branches extend from larger ducts. Where dampers are installed in ducts having duct liner, install dampers with hat channels of same depth as liner, and terminate liner with nosing at hat channel. 1. Install steel volume dampers in steel ducts. 2. Install aluminum volume dampers in aluminum ducts. D. Set dampers to fully open position before testing, adjusting, and balancing. E. Install test holes at fan inlets and outlets and elsewhere as indicated. F. Install flexible connectors to connect ducts to equipment. G. Install duct test holes where required for testing and balancing purposes. H. Install thrust limits at centerline of thrust, symmetrical on both sides of equipment. Attach thrust limits at centerline of thrust and adjust to a maximum of 1/4-inch movement during start and stop of fans. 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Tests and Inspections: 1. Operate dampers to verify full range of movement. 2. Inspect turning vanes for proper and secure installation. END OF SECTION 23 3300 23 3300 - 4 ' SECTION 23 3423 DIVISION 23 -HVAC HVAC POWER VENTILATORS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Centrifugal wall mounted ventilators. 2.Ceiling-mounting ventilators. 3. In-line centrifugal fans. 1.2 SUBMITTALS ' A. Product Data: Include rated capacities, furnished specialties, and accessories for each type of product indicated and include the following: ' B. Shop Drawings: Detail equipment assemblies and indicate dimensions, weights, loads, required clearances, method of field assembly, components, and location and size of each field connection. ' C. Field quality-control test reports. D. Operation and maintenance data. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE ' A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. B. NEMA Compliance: Motors and electrical accessories shall comply with NEMA ' standards. C. UL Standard: Power ventilators shall comply with UL 705. ' PART 2 -PRODUCTS ' 2.1 CENTRIFUGAL WALL VENTILATORS ' A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: ' 1. Carnes Company HVAC. 2. Greenheck. 3. Loren Cook Company. 4. Penn Ventilation. 23 3423 - 1 SECTION 23 3423 DIVISION 23 -HVAC HVAC POWER VENTILATORS B. Description: Direct- or belt-driven centrifugal. fans consisting of housing, wheel, fan shaft, bearings, motor and disconnect switch, drive assembly, curb base, and accessories. C. Model Number: As noted on the drawings. D. Size/Capacity: As noted on the drawings. E. Accessories: As noted on the drawings. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install power ventilators level and plumb. B. Support units using restrained spring isolators having a static deflection of 1 inch. Vibration- and seismic-control devices are specified in Division 23 Section "Vibration and Seismic Controls for HVAC Piping and Equipment." 1. Secure vibration and seismic controls to concrete bases using anchor bolts cast in concrete base. C. Secure wall-mounting fans to roof curbs with cadmium-plated hardware. D. Install units with clearances for service and maintenance. E. Duct installation and connection requirements are specified in other Division 23 Sections. Drawings indicate general arrangement of ducts and duct accessories. Make final duct connections with flexible connectors. Flexible connectors are specified in Division 23 Section "Air Duct Accessories." 3.2 INSTALLATION OF APPARATUS BAY EXHAUST SYSTEM A. Install all components in strict conformance with this written instruction manuals. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform the following field tests and inspections and prepare test reports: 1. Verify that shipping, blocking, and bracing are removed. 2. Verify that unit is secure on mountings and supporting devices and that connections to ducts and electrical components are complete. Verify that proper thermal- overload protection is installed in motors, starters, and disconnect switches. 3. Verify that cleaning and adjusting are complete. 4. Disconnect fan drive from motor, verify proper motor rotation direction, and verify fan wheel free rotation and smooth bearing operation. Reconnect fan drive system, align and adjust belts, and install belt guards. 23 3423 - 2 SECTION 23 3423 DIVISION 23 -HVAC HVAC POWER VENTILATORS ' 5. Adjust belt tension. 6. Adjust damper linkages for proper damper operation. 7. Verify lubrication for bearings and other moving parts. ' 8. Verify that manual and automatic volume control and fire and smoke dampers in connected ductwork systems are in fully open position. 9. Disable automatic temperature-control operators, energize motor and adjust fan to ' indicated rpm, and measure and record motor voltage and amperage. 10. Shut unit down and reconnect automatic temperature-control operators. 11. Remove and replace malfunctioning units and retest as specified above. B. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. 3.4 TRAINING FOR THE EXHAUST SYSTEM A. Provide training to personnel in the daily use and maintenance of the vehicle exhaust removal system that has been installed and specified herein. The fire department shall be notified at least 7 days prior to the date scheduled for the training course. Training shall be for all personnel involved with the operation of the exhaust removal system to include all shifts required to man the particular facility. The Training session shall be performed in person by a recognized representative of the manufacturer of the exhaust removal system, in addition a training video shall be provided to the fire department. B. Provide training to all shifts during their normal shift period. 3.5 WARRANTEE FOR THE APPARATUS BAY EXHAUST SYSTEM A. PROVIDE A WRITTEN WARRANTEE FOR A PERIOD OF TWO YEARS FROM ACCEPATANCE OF THE SYSTEM. WARRANTEE SHALL COVER ALL COSTS (EXCEPT NORMAL MAINTANCE AS PER THE WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS FROM THE MANUFACTURER). THESE COSTS SHALL INCLUDE, BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO THE FOLLOWING: LABOR, MATERIALS, TRANSPORTATION, LODGING, MEALS - IN SHORT, EVERYTHING REQUIRED TO RETURN THE SYSTEM TO THE ORIGINAL OPERATING CONDITIONS. END OF SECTION 23 3423 233423-3 ' SECTION 23 7413 PACKAGED, OUTDOOR, CENTRAL- ' DIVISION 23 - HVAC STATION AIR-HANDLING UNITS ' PART 1 -GENERAL ' 1.1 A. ' 1.2 A. 1.3 A RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY This section includes the design, controls and installation requirements for packaged outdoor air handling units. DEFINITIONS Outdoor Air: "Outdoor air" is defined as the air outside the building or taken from outdoors and not previously circulated through the system. B. Return Air: "Return air" is defined as the air previously circulated through the system coming from a conditioned space and entering air-conditioning, heating, or ventilating apparatus. C. Supply Air: "Supply air" is defined as the air entering a space from air-conditioning, heating, or ventilating apparatus. D. RTU: Rooftop unit. As used in this Section, this abbreviation means packaged, outdoor, central-station air-handling units. This abbreviation is used regardless of whether the unit is mounted on the roof or on a concrete base on ground. ' 1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Delegated Design: Design RTU supports to comply with wind and seismic performance t requirements, including comprehensive engineering analysis by a qualified professional engineer, using performance requirements and design criteria indicated. ' B. Wind-Restraint Performance: 1. Basic Wind Speed: 90 mph. 2. Building Classification Category: III 3. Minimum 10 Ib/sq. ft multiplied by the maximum area of the mechanical component projected on a vertical plane that is normal to the wind direction, and 45 degrees either side of normal. ' A. Seismic Performance: RTUs shall withstand the effects of earthquake motions determined according to 2006 IBC and ASCE 7-05. 23 7413 - 1 SECTION 23 7413 PACKAGED, OUTDOOR, CENTRAL- DIVISION 23 - HVAC STATION AIR-HANDLING UNITS 1. The term "withstand" means "the unit will remain in place without separation of any parts from the device when subjected to the seismic forces specified." 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Include manufacturer's technical data for each RTU, including rated capacities, dimensions, required clearances, characteristics, furnished specialties, and accessories. B. Shop Drawings: Detail equipment assemblies and indicate dimensions, weights, loads, required clearances, method of field assembly, components, and location and size of each field connection. 1. Wiring Diagrams: Power, signal, and control wiring. C. Manufacturer Wind Loading Qualification Certification: Submit certification that specified equipment will withstand wind forces identified in "Performance Requirements" Article (Article 1.4 of this Section.) 1. Basis for Certification: Indicate whether withstand certification is based on actual test of assembled components or on calculations. 2. Dimensioned Outline Drawings of Equipment Unit: Identify center of wind force and locate and describe mounting and anchorage provisions. 3. Detailed description of equipment anchorage devices on which the certification is based and their installation requirements. D. Manufacturer Seismic Qualification Certification: Submit certification that RTUs, accessories, and components will withstand seismic forces defined in "Performance Requirements" Article (Article 1.4 of this Section.) 1. Basis for Certification: Indicate whether withstand certification is based on actual test of assembled components or on calculation. 2. Dimensioned Outline Drawings of Equipment Unit: Identify center of gravity and locate and describe mounting and anchorage provisions. 3. Detailed description of equipment anchorage devices on which the certification is based and their installation requirements. E. Field quality-control test reports. F. Operation and Maintenance Data: For RTUs to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. G. Warranty: Special warranty specified in this Section. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. ARI Compliance: 237413-2 u u C 1 IIJ i C SECTION 23 7413 PACKAGED, OUTDOOR, CENTRAL- DIVISION 23 - HVAC STATION AIR-HANDLING UNITS 1. Comply with ARI210/240 and AR1340/360 for testing and rating energy efficiencies for RTUs. 2. Comply with ARI 270 for testing and rating sound performance for RTUs. B. ASHRAE Compliance: 1. Comply with ASHRAE 15 for refrigeration system safety. 2. Comply with ASHRAE 33 for methods of testing cooling and heating coils. 3. Comply with applicable requirements in ASHRAE 62.1-2004, Section 5 - "Systems and Equipment" and Section 7 - "Construction and Startup." C. ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1-2004 Compliance: Applicable requirements in ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1-2004, Section 6 - "Heating, Ventilating, and Air-Conditioning." D. NFPA Compliance: Comply with NFPA 90A and NFPA 90B. E. UL Compliance: Comply with UL 1995. F. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. 1.7 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to replace components of RTUs that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period, not to be less than one year from date of Substantial Completion. 1. Warranty Period for Compressors: Manufacturer's standard, but not less than five years from date of Substantial Completion. Warranty shall be non-prorated. 2. Warranty Period for Gas Furnace Heat Exchangers: Manufacturer's standard, but not less than 25 years from date of Substantial Completion. Warranty shall be non-prorated. 3. Warranty Period for Control Boards: Manufacturer's standard, but not less than five years from date of Substantial Completion. 1.8 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Fan Belts: One set for each belt-driven fan. 2. Filters: One set of filters for each unit. 237413-3 SECTION 23 7413 PACKAGED, OUTDOOR, CENTRAL- DIVISION 23 - HVAC STATION AIR-HANDLING UNITS PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Aaon, Inc. RN-070-3-A-EA99-5D9 or a comparable product by one of the following: 1. Addison Products Company. 2. Carrier Corporation. 3. Engineered Air. 4. Lennox Industries Inc. 5. McQuay International. 6. Trane; American Standard Companies, Inc. 7. YORK International Corporation. B. Approved equal shall be acceptable if it meets the Capacities and Characteristics specified herein and if the equipment includes: 1. R-410A refrigerant 2. Direct drive supply blowers 3. Double wall cabinet construction 4. Cabinet insulation with a minimum R-value of 13 5. Stainless steel drain pans 6. Hinged access doors with lockable handles 7. Modulating compressors (10-100% capacity) 2.2 CASING A. All cabinet walls, access doors and roof shall be fabricated of rigid, impact resistant, double wall, high performance composite panels with G90 galvanized steel on both sides and a closed cell polyurethane foam interior core. Panels shall be fabricated to allow removal for access to internal parts and components, with joints between sections sealed. B. Interior Core Foam shall have a minimum density of 2 pounds/cubic foot and shall be tested in accordance with ASTM D-1929 for a minimum flash ignition temperature of 610°F. C. Panel deflection shall not exceed L/240 ratio at 125% of design static pressure, maximum 8 inches of positive or negative static pressure. Deflection shall be measured at the midpoint of the panel height and width. D. Cabinet leakage rate shall not exceed 1 % when tested at 6 inches of static pressure. E. Insulation shall have a minimum R-value of 13. r 0 i r u r 7 237413-4 ' 1 ' SECTION 23 7413 PACKAGED, OUTDOOR, CENTRAL- ' DIVISION 23 - HVAC STATION AIR-HANDLING UNITS F. All cabinet walls, access doors and roof shall have a thermal break with no metal path inside to outside. ' G. Units with cooling coils shall include double sloped 304 stainless steel drain pans and a factory provided p-trap, for field installation. H. Roof of the air tunnel shall be sloped to provide complete drainage. Unit shall have rain break overhangs above access doors. J. Exterior paint finish shall be capable of withstanding at least 2500 hours, with no visible corrosive effects, when tested in a salt spray and fog atmosphere in accordance with ASTM B 117-95 test procedure. K. Unit shall include interior corrosion protection which shall be capable of withstanding at ' least 2500 hours, with no visible corrosive effects, when tested in a salt spray and fog atmosphere in accordance with ASTM B 117-95 test procedure. Air tunnel, blowers, dampers, and economizer shall all include the corrosion protection. ' L. Access to filters, dampers, economizers, cooling coils, power exhaust and return blowers, controls, compressors, and heaters shall be through hinged access doors with ~ lockable handles. M. Unit shall include lifting lugs on the top of the unit. N. Unit base pan shall be provided with 0.5 inch thick foam insulation. O. Unit shall include factory installed burglar bars on the supply and return duct connections. P. Unit shall include factory wired, marine service lights. Q. Unit shall include factory installed, painted galvanized steel condenser coil guards on the face of the condenser coil. 2.3 ELECTRICAL A. Provide for single connection of power to unit. B. Unit shall be provided with factory installed and factory wired, non-fused disconnect switch in the unit control panel. C. Unit shall be provided with factory installed and field wired 115V, 20 amp GFI outlet in the unit control panel. D. Unit shall be provided with phase and brown out protection which shuts down all motors in the unit if the electrical phases are more that 10% out of balance on voltage, the voltage is more that 10% under design voltage, or on phase reversal. 237413-5 SECTION 23 7413 PACKAGED, OUTDOOR, CENTRAL- DIVISION 23 - HVAC STATION AIR-HANDLING UNITS 2.4 SUPPLY BLOWERS A. Unit shall include direct drive, unhoused, backward curved, plenum supply blowers. B. Blowers and motors shall be dynamically balanced and mounted on rubber isolators. C. Motors shall be premium efficiency ODP with ball bearings rated for 200,000 hours service with extemal lubrication points. D. Variable frequency drives shall be factory wired and mounted in the unit. 2.5 EXHAUST BLOWERS A. Unit shall include direct drive, unhoused, backward curved, plenum exhaust blowers. B. Unit shall include direct drive, axial flow exhaust fans. Blades shall be adjustable pitch. C. Exhaust Dampers shall be sized for 100% relief. D. Blowers and motors shall. be dynamically balanced. E. Motors shall be premium efficiency ODP with ball bearings rated for 200,000 hours service with external lubrication points. F. Access to exhaust blowers shall be through double wall, hinged access door. G. Variable frequency drives shall be factory wired and mounted in the unit. 2.6 RETURN BLOWERS A. Unit shall include direct drive, axial flow return fans. Blades shall be adjustable pitch. B. Unit shall include barometric relief dampers. C. Blowers and motors shall be dynamically balanced. D. Motors shall be premium efficiency ODP with ball bearings rated for 200,000 hours service with extemal lubrication points. E. Access to return blowers shall be through double wall, hinged access door. F. Variable frequency drives shall be factory wired and mounted in the unit. 2.7 COILS A. Evaporator Coils 237413-6 SECTION 23 7413 PACKAGED, OUTDOOR, CENTRAL- DIVISION 23 - HVAC STATION AIR-HANDLING UNITS 1. Coils shall be designed for use with R-410A refrigerant and constructed of copper tubes with aluminum/copper fins mechanically bonded to the tubes and 304 stainless steel end casings. Fin design shall be sine wave rippled. 2. Coils shall have interlaced circuitry and shall be 6 row high capacity. 3. Coils shall be helium leak tested. 4. Coils shall be furnished with a factory installed thermostatic expansion valve. 5. Coil shall have a flexible, epoxy polymer a-coat uniformly applied to all coil surface areas without material bridging between fins. Humidity and water immersion resistance shall be up to a minimum 1000 and 250 hours respectively (ASTM D2247-92 and ASTM D870-92). Corrosion durability shall be confirmed through testing to no less than 6000 hours salt spray per ASTM 8117-90. Coated coils shall receive aspray-applied, UV-resistant polyurethane topcoat to prevent UV degradation of the a-coat. 2.8 REFRIGERANT CIRCUIT COMPONENTS A. Unit shall be factory charged with R-410A refrigerant. B. Compressors shall be scroll type with thermal overload protection and independently circuited. C. Compressors shall be mounted in an isolated service compartment which can be accessed without affecting unit operation. Lockable hinged compressor access doors shall be fabricated of double wall, high performance composite panels with a minimum R-value of 13 to prevent the transmission of noise outside the cabinet. D. Compressors shall be isolated from the base pan with the compressor manufacturer's recommended rubber vibration isolators, to reduce any transmission of noise from the compressor into the building area. E. Each refrigeration circuit shall be equipped with thermostatic expansion valve type refrigerant flow control. F. Each refrigeration circuit shall be equipped with automatic reset low pressure and ' manual reset high pressure refrigerant safety controls, Schrader type service fittings on both the high pressure and low pressure sides, and factory installed liquid line filter driers. G. Compressors shall include 2 stages of capacity control. H. Refrigerant Circuit Specialties: 1. Unit shall include a modulating capacity scroll compressor on the first and second refrigeration circuits which shall be capable of modulation from 10-100% of its capacity. 2. Lead refrigeration circuit shall be provided with hot gas reheat coil, modulating valves, electronic controller, supply air temperature sensor and a control signal terminal which allow the unit to have a dehumidification mode of operation, which 237413-7 SECTION 23 7413 PACKAGED, OUTDOOR, CENTRAL- DIVISION 23 - HVAC STATION AIR-HANDLING UNITS includes supply air temperature control to prevent supply air temperature swings and overcooling of the space. 3. Each refrigeration circuit shall be equipped with a liquid line sight glass. 4. Each refrigeration circuit shall be equipped with suction and discharge compressor isolation valves. 5. Each capacity stage shall be equipped with a 5 minute off, delay timer to prevent compressor short cycling. 6. Each capacity stage shall be equipped with an adjustable, 20 second delay timer to prevent multiple capacity stages from starting all at once. 7. All refrigeration circuits shall be provided with factory installed hot gas bypass for coil freeze protection and to prevent excessive compressor cycling 2.9 CONDENSERS A. Air-Cooled Condenser 1. Condenser fans shall be vertical discharge axial flow direct drive fans. 2. Coils shall be designed for use with R-410A refrigerant and constructed of copper tubes with aluminum/copper fins mechanically bonded to the tubes and aluminum end casings. Fin design shall be sine wave rippled 3. Coils shall be designed for a minimum of 10 degrees of refrigerant sub-cooling. 4. Coils shall be helium leak tested. 5. Coils shall have a flexible, epoxy polymer a-coat uniformly applied to all coil surface areas without material bridging between fins. Humidity and water immersion resistance shall be up to a minimum 1000 and 250 hours respectively (ASTM D2247-92 and ASTM D870-92). Corrosion durability shall be confirmed through testing to no less than 6000 hours salt spray per ASTM B117-90. Coated coils shall receive aspray-applied, UV-resistant polyurethane topcoat to prevent UV degradation of the a-coat. 2.10 GAS HEATING A. Unit shall include a natural gas furnace with 2 stages of capacity. B. Gas furnace shall consist of stainless steel heat exchangers with multiple concavities, an induced draft blower, and an electronic pressure switch to lockout the gas valve until the combustion chamber is purged and combustion airflow is established. C. Furnace shall include a gas ignition system consisting of an electronic igniter to a pilot system, which will be continuous when the heater is operating, but will shut off the pilot when heating is not required. D. Natural gas furnace shall be equipped with modulating gas valves, adjustable speed combustion blowers, stainless steel tubular heat exchangers, and electronic controller. Combustion blowers and gas valve shall be capable of modulation. Electronic controller includes a factory wired, field installed supply air temperature sensor. Sensor shall be field installed in the supply air ductwork. Supply air temperature setpoint shall be adjustable on the electronic controller within the controls compartment. Gas heating 237413-8 ~' 0 u n C L ~~ I~ ' SECTION 23 7413 PACKAGED, OUTDOOR, CENTRAL- ' DIVISION 23 - HVAC STATION AIR-HANDLING UNITS assembly shall be capable of operating at any firing rate between 100% and 20% of its rated capacity. 2.11 FILTERS ' A. Unit shall include 2 inch thick, pleated panel filters with an ASHRAE efficiency of 30% and MERV rating of 7, upstream of the cooling coil. ' OUTSIDE AIR/ECONOMIZER 2.12 ' A. Unit shall include 0-100% economizer consisting of a motor operated outside air damper and return air damper assembly constructed of extruded aluminum, hollow core, airfoil blades with rubber edge seals and aluminum end seals. Damper blades ' shall be gear driven and designed to have no more than 15 CFM of leakage per sq. ft. of damper area when subjected to 2 inches w.g. air pressure differential across the damper. Damper assembly shall be controlled by spring return enthalpy activated fully modulating actuator. Unit shall include outside air opening bird screen, outside air hood with rain lip, and barometric relief dampers. ' 2.13 ENERGY RECOVERY A. Unit shall contain factory mounted and tested energy recovery wheels. The energy recovery wheels shall be mounted in a rigid frame containing the wheel drive motor, drive belt, wheel seals and bearings. Frame shall slide out for service and removal from the cabinet. ' B. The energy recovery component shall incorporate a rotary wheel in an insulated cassette frame complete with seals, drive motor and drive belt. ' C. Total energy recovery wheels shall be coated with silica gel desiccant permanently bonded by a process without the use of binders or adhesives which may degrade ' desiccant performance. The substrate shall be lightweight polymer and shall not degrade nor require additional coatings for application in marine or coastal environments. Coated segments shall be washable with detergent or alkaline coil cleaner and water. Desiccant shall not dissolve nor deliquesce in the presence of water ' or high humidity. D. Sensible energy recovery wheels shall be constructed of lightweight polymer and shall ' be provided without desiccant coating and shall not degrade nor require additional coatings for application in marine or coastal environments. Segments shall be washable with detergent or alkaline coil cleaner and water. ' E. The wheel shall be wound continuously with one flat and one structured layer in an ideal parallel plate geometry providing laminar flow and minimum pressure drop-to- ' efficiency ratios. The layers shall be effectively captured in stainless steel wheel frames or aluminum and stainless steel segment frames that provide a rigid and self- supporting matrix. ' 237413-9 SECTION 23 7413 PACKAGED, OUTDOOR, CENTRAL- DIVISION 23 - HVAC STATION AIR-HANDLING UNITS F. Wheels shall be provided with removable energy transfer matrix. Wheel frame construction shall be a welded hub, spoke and rim assembly of stainless, plated and/or coated steel and shall be self-supporting without matrix segments in place. Segments shall be removable without the use of tools to facilitate maintenance and cleaning. Wheel bearings shall be selected to provide an L-10 life in excess of 400,000 hours. Rim shall be continuous rolled stainless steel. G. All diameter and perimeter seals shall be provided as part of the cassette assembly and shall be factory set. Drive belts shall be provided for wheel rim drive without the need for external tensioners or adjustment. H. The energy recovery cassette shall be an Underwriters Laboratories Recognized Component for electrical and fire safety. The wheel drive motor shall be an Underwriters Laboratory Recognized Component and shall be mounted in the cassette frame and supplied with a service connector or junction box. Thermal performance shall be certified by the manufacturer in accordance with ASHRAE Standard 84, Method of Testing Air-to-Air Heat Exchangers and ARI Standard 1060, Rating Air-to-Air Energy Recovery Ventilation Equipment. Cassettes shall be listed in the ARI Certified Product. Units shall include 4 inch thick, pleated panel outside air filters with an ASHRAE efficiency of 30% and MERV rating of 7, upstream of the wheel. Hinged service access door shall allow access to the wheels. 2.14 CONTROLS A. Factory Installed and Factory Provided Controller 1. Unit controller shall be capable of controlling all features and options of the unit. Controller shall be factory installed in the unit controls compartment and factory tested . 2. With modulating hot gas reheat option, a field installed space humidity sensor and a field installed supply air temperature sensor shall be furnished to control the amount of reheat during dehumidification. Supply air temperature and space humidity setpoint shall be field adjustable. 3. With modulating gas heat option, a field installed supply air temperature sensor shall be furnished to control the amount of heating. Supply air temperature setpoint shall be field adjustable. 4. With enthalpy activated fully modulating economizer option, an outdoor air humidity sensor shall be factory installed. 5. Controller shall have an onboard clock and calendar functions that allow for occupancy scheduling. 6. Controller shall include non-volatile memory to retain all programmed values without the use of a battery, in the event of a power failure. 7. Controller shall contain diagnostics to indicate controller power, communications, unit alarms, and sensor failures. 8. Controller shall be capable of standalone operation with unit configuration, setpoint adjustment, sensor status viewing, and occupancy scheduling available without dependence on a building management system. 9. Constant Volume Controller 23 7413 - 10 1 i~ i 7 i SECTION 23 7413 PACKAGED, OUTDOOR, CENTRAL- DIVISION 23 - HVAC STATION AIR-HANDLING UNITS a. Outside air temperature sensor shall be factory mounted and wired. Supply air temperature sensor shall be factory wired for field installation in the supply air ductwork. Space temperature sensor with temperature setpoint reset and unoccupied override shall be furnished with the unit for field installation. 10. D-PAC Controller a. Unit shall be equipped with a modulating capacity compressor, return air bypass, and modulating hot gas reheat. b. Outside air temperature sensor and suction pressure transducer shall be factory mounted and wired. Supply air temperature sensor shall be factory wired for field installation in the supply air ductwork. Space temperature sensor with temperature setpoint reset and unoccupied override shall be furnished with the unit for field installation. 11. Unit configuration, setpoint adjustment, sensor status viewing, and occupancy scheduling shall be accomplished with connection to interface module with LCD screen and input keypad, interface module with touch screen, or with connection to PC with free configuration software. Controller shall be capable of connection with other factory installed and factory provided unit controllers with individual unit configuration, setpoint adjustment, sensor status viewing, and occupancy scheduling available from a single unit. Connection between unit controllers shall be with a modular cable. Controller shall be capable of communicating and integrating with a LonWorks or BACnet network. 2.15 ACCESSORIES A. Unit shall be provided with a firestat sensing the return and supply air of the unit, wired to shut off the unit's control circuit. 2.16 CURB A. Curb shall be fully gasketed between the curb top and unit bottom with the curb providing full perimeter support, cross structure support and air seal for the unit. Curb gasket shall be mounted on the curb immediately before mounting of the RTU. B. Knockdown curb shall be factory furnished for field assembly. C. Curb Height: 36 inches. D. Wind and Seismic Restraints: Metal brackets compatible with the curb and casing, painted to match RTU, used to anchor unit to the curb, and designed for loads at Project site. Comply with requirements identified in "Performance Requirements" Article (Article 1.4 of this Section.) 2.17 CAPACITIES AND CHARACTERISTICS A. Supply-Air Fan: Airflow: 25,000 cfm. 23 7413 - 11 SECTION 23 7413 PACKAGED, OUTDOOR, CENTRAL- DIVISION 23 - HVAC STATION AIR-HANDLING UNITS 2. External Static Pressure: 1.7 inches wg. 3. Fan Speed: 1692 rpm. 4. Motor Horsepower: 20. 5. Motor Speed: 1760 rpm. B. Exhaust Fan: 1. Airflow: 8082 cfm. 2. Extemat Static Pressure: 0.25 inches wg. 3. Fan Speed: 935 rpm. 4. Motor Horsepower: 2. 5. Motor Speed: 1760 rpm. C. Supply-Air Refrigerant Coil: 1. Total Cooling Capacity (Net): 752.7 Btu/h. 2. Sensible Cooling Capacity (Net): 475.24 Btu/h. 3. Entering-Air Dry-Bulb Temperature: 84.2 deg F. 4. Entering-Air Wet-Bulb Temperature: 69.55 deg F. D. Hot-Gas Reheat Coil: 1. Heating Capacity: 386 Btu/h. E. Compressors: 1. Power Input: 12.4 kilowatts each. 2. Energy-Efficiency Ratio (EER) @ ARI conditions: 9.4. 3. Application EER @ Operating conditions: 7.6. F. Gas Furnace: 1. Airflow: 25,000 cfm. 2. Input: 687.3 Btu/h. 3. Output: 549.8 Btu/h. 4. Entering Air Temperature (DB/WB): 73.4 deg. F/66.2 deg F. 5. Leaving Air Temperature (DB/WB): 97.4 deg F/72.5 deg F. G. Electrical Characteristics for Single-Point Connection: 1. Voltage: 460. 2. Phase: 3. 3. Frequency: 60 Hz. 4. Full-Load Amperes: 183. 5. Minimum Circuit Capacity: 190 A. 6. Maximum Overcurrent Protection: 200 A. H. Sound Power: Discharge LW. 1. 1st Octave: 101 dB. 2. 2nd Octave: 100 d6. 3. 3rd Octave: 101 dB. 23 7413-12 SECTION 23 7413 PACKAGED, OUTDOOR, CENTRAL- DIVISION 23 - HVAC STATION AIR-HANDLING UNITS 4. 4th Octave: 102 d6. 5. 5th Octave: 102 d6. ' 6. 6th Octave: 97 dB. 7. 7th Octave: 94 dB. i 8. 8th Octave: 88 dB. ^ I. Sound Power: Return LW. ' 1. 1st Octave: 86 dB. 2. 2nd Octave: 86 dB. 3. 3rd Octave: 84 dB. 4. 4th Octave: 79 dB. 5. 5th Octave: 81 d6. 6. 6th Octave: 79 dB. 7. 7th Octave: 76 d6. 8. 8th Octave: 74 dB. PART 3 -EXECUTION ~ ~, A. B. C. 3.2 A. EXAMINATION Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of RTUs. Examine roughing-in for RTUs to verify actual locations of piping and duct connections before equipment installation. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. INSTALLATION Concrete Bases: Anchor equipment to concrete base according to equipment manufacturer's written instructions and according to seismic codes at Project. 1. Construct concrete bases of dimensions indicated, but not less than 4 inches larger than supported equipment and minimum 6 inches above finished ground elevation. 2. Place and secure anchorage devices. Use supported equipment manufacturer's setting drawings, templates, diagrams, instructions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded. 3. Install anchor bolts to elevations required for proper attachment to supported equipment. 4. Install anchor bolts according to anchor-bolt manufacturer's written instructions. 5. Use concrete and reinforcement as specified in Division 03 Section "Cast-in- Place Concrete." 23 7413 - 13 SECTION 23 7413 PACKAGED, OUTDOOR, CENTRAL- DIVISION 23 - HVAC STATION AIR-HANDLING UNITS B. Unit Support: Install unit level on curb. Secure RTUs to structural support with anchor bolts. C. Install wind and seismic restraints according to manufacturer's written instructions. Wind and seismically restrained vibration isolation roof-curb rails are identified in "Performance Requirements" Article (Article 1.4 of this Section.) 3.3 CONNECTIONS A. Install condensate drain, minimum connection size, with trap and indirect connection to the existing condensate drain piping on the south wall of the Pool Equipment Room. B. Install piping adjacent to RTUs to allow service and maintenance. 1. Gas Piping: Comply with applicable requirements in Division 23 Section "Facility Natural-Gas Piping." Connect gas piping to burner, full size of gas train inlet, and connect with union and shutoff valve with sufficient clearance for burner removal and service. C. Duct installation requirements are specified in other Division 23 Sections. Drawings indicate the general arrangement of ducts. The following are specific connection requirements: 1. Install ducts to base curb. 2. Connect supply ducts to RTUs with flexible duct connectors specified in Division 23 Section "Air Duct Accessories." 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL L~~ A. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage afactory-authorized service representative to inspect, test, and adjust components, assemblies, and equipment installations, , including connections. Report results in writing. B. Tests and Inspections: 1. After installing RTUs and after electrical circuitry has been energized, test units for compliance with requirements. 2. Inspect for and remove shipping bolts, blocks, and tie-down straps. 3. Operational Test: After electrical circuitry has been energized, start units to confirm proper motor rotation and unit operation. 4. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. C. Remove and replace malfunctioning units and retest as specified above. 3.5 STARTUP SERVICE A. Engage afactory-authorized service representative to perform startup service. 23 7413 - 14 ~~ SECTION 23 7413 PACKAGED, OUTDOOR, CENTRAL- DIVISION 23 - HVAC STATION AIR-HANDLING UNITS B. Complete installation and startup checks according to manufacturer's written instructions and do the following: 1. Inspect for visible damage to unit casing. 2. Inspect for visible damage to furnace combustion chamber. 3. Inspect for visible damage to compressor, coils, and fans. 4. Inspect internal insulation. 5. Verify that labels are clearly visible. 6. Verify that clearances have been provided for servicing. 7. Verify that controls are connected and operable. 8. Verify that filters are installed. 9. Clean condenser coil and inspect for construction debris. 10. Clean furnace flue and inspect for construction debris. 11. Connect and purge gas line. 12. Remove packing from vibration isolators. 13. Inspect operation of barometric relief dampers. 14. Verify lubrication on fan and motor bearings. 15. Inspect fan-wheel rotation for movement in correct direction without vibration and binding. 16. Adjust fan belts to proper alignment and tension. 17. Start unit according to manufacturer's written instructions. a. Start refrigeration system. b. Do not operate below recommended low-ambient temperature. c. Complete startup sheets and attach copy with Contractor's startup report. 18. Inspect and record performance of interlocks and protective devices; verify sequences. 19. Operate unit for an initial period as recommended or required by manufacturer. 20. Perform the following operations for both minimum and maximum firing. Adjust burner for peak efficiency. a. Measure gas pressure on manifold. b. Inspect operation of power vents. c. Measure combustion-air temperature at inlet to combustion chamber. d. Measure flue-gas temperature at furnace discharge. e. Perform flue-gas analysis. Measure and record flue-gas carbon dioxide and oxygen concentration. f. Measure supply-air temperature and volume when burner is at maximum firing rate and when burner is off. Calculate useful heat to supply air. 21. Calibrate thermostats. 22. Adjust and inspect high-temperature limits. 23. Inspect outdoor-air dampers for proper stroke and interlock with return-air dampers. 24. Start refrigeration system and measure and record the following when ambient is a minimum of 15 deg F above return-air temperature: a. Coil leaving-air, dry- and wet-bulb temperatures. b. Coil entering-air, dry- and wet-bulb temperatures. c. Outdoor-air, dry-bulb temperature. 23 7413 - 15 SECTION 23 7413 , PACKAGED, OUTDOOR, CENTRAL- DIVISION 23 - HVAC STATION AIR-HANDLING UNITS ' d. Outdoor-air-coil, discharge-air, dry-bulb temperature. 25. Inspect controls for correct sequencing of heating, mixing dampers, refrigeration, and normal and emergency shutdown. 26. Measure and record the following minimum and maximum airflows. Plot fan volumes on fan curve. a. Supply-air volume.. b. Return-air volume. c. Relief-air volume. ' d. Outdoor-air intake volume. 27. Simulate maximum cooling demand and inspect the following: ' a. Compressor refrigerant suction and hot-gas pressures. b. Short circuiting of air through condenser coil or from condenser fans to , outdoor-air intake. 28. Verify operation of remote panel including pilot-light operation and failure modes. Inspect the following: ' a. High-temperature limit on gas-fired heat exchanger. b. Low-temperature safety operation. ' c. Filter high-pressure differential alarm. d. Economizer to minimum outdoor-air changeover. e. Relief-air fan operation. ' f. Smoke and firestat alarms. 29. After startup and performance testing and prior to Substantial Completion, replace existing filters with new filters. ' 3.6 CLEANING AND ADJUSTING A. Occupancy Adjustments: When requested within 12 months of date of Substantial Completion, provide on-site assistance in adjusting system to suit actual occupied ' conditions. Provide up to two visits to site during other-than-normal occupancy hours for this purpose. B. After completing system installation and testing, adjusting, and balancing RTU and air- ' distribution systems, clean filter housings and install new filters. DEMONSTRATION , 3.7 A. Engage afactory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance ' personnel to adjust, operate; and maintain RTUs. Refer to Division 01 Section "Demonstration and Training." F TI N 23 7413 ' END O SEC O 23 7413-16 SECTION 26 0519 LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER DIVISION 26 -ELECTRICAL CONDUCTORS AND CABLES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Building wires and cables rated 600 V and less. 2. Connectors, splices, and terminations rated 600 V and less. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Field quality-control test reports. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. B. Comply with NFPA 70. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 CONDUCTORS AND CABLES A. Copper Conductors: Comply with NEMA WC 70. B. Conductor Insulation: Comply with NEMA WC 70 for Types THHN-THWN. C. Multiconductor Cable: Comply with NEMA WC 70 for metal-clad cable, Type MC with ground wire. 2.2 CONNECTORS AND SPLICES A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. AFC Cable Systems, Inc. 2. Hubbell Power Systems, Inc. 3. O-Z/Gedney; EGS Electrical Group LLC. 4. 3M; Electrical Products Division. 5. Tyco Electronics Corp. L' 26 0519- 1 SECTION 26 0519 LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER DIVISION 26 -ELECTRICAL CONDUCTORS AND CABLES C. Description: Factory-fabricated connectors and splices of size, ampacity rating, material, type, and class for application and service indicated. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 CONDUCTOR MATERIAL APPLICATIONS A. Feeders: Copper. Solid for No. 10 AWG and smaller; stranded for No. 8 AWG and larger. B. Branch Circuits: Copper. Solid for No. 10 AWG and smaller; stranded for No. 8 AWG and larger. 3.2 CONDUCTOR INSULATION AND MULTICONDUCTOR CABLE APPLICATIONS AND WIRING METHODS A. All Conductors: Type THHN-THWN, single conductors in raceway. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF CONDUCTORS AND CABLES A. Conceal cables in finished walls, ceilings, and floors, unless otherwise indicated. B. Use manufacturer-approved pulling compound or lubricant where necessary; compound used must not deteriorate conductor or insulation. Do not exceed manufacturer's recommended maximum pulling tensions and sidewall pressure values. C. Use pulling means, including fish tape, cable, rope, and basket-weave wire/cable grips, that will not damage cables or raceway. D. Install exposed cables parallel and perpendicular to surfaces of exposed structural ' members, and follow surface contours where possible. E. Support cables according to Division 26 Sections "Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems." ' F. Identify and color-code conductors and cables according to Division 26 Section "Identification for Electrical Systems." , G. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torque-tightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those ' specified in UL 486A and UL 4868. H. Make splices and taps that are compatible with conductor material and that possess , equivalent or better mechanical strength and insulation ratings than unspliced conductors. 1. Use oxide inhibitor in each splice and tap conductor for aluminum conductors. ' I. Wiring at Outlets: Install conductor at each outlet, with at least 6 inches of slack. 26 0519- 2 SECTION 26 0519 LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER DIVISION 26 -ELECTRICAL CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform tests and inspections and prepare test reports. B. Tests and Inspections: 1. After installing conductors and cables and .before electrical circuitry has been energized, test service entrance and feeder conductors, and conductors feeding critical equipment and services for compliance with requirements. 2. Perform each visual and mechanical inspection and electrical test stated in NETA Acceptance Testing Specification. Certify compliance with test parameters. C. Test Reports: Prepare a written report to record the following: 1. Test procedures used. 2. rest results that comply with requirements. 3. Test results that do not comply with requirements and corrective action taken to achieve compliance with requirements. D. Remove and replace malfunctioning units and retest as specified above. END OF SECTION 26 0519 ' 26 0519- 3 SECTION 26 0526 GROUNDING AND BONDING DIVISION 26 -ELECTRICAL FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes methods and materials for grounding systems and equipment. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Field quality-control test reports. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. B. Comply with UL 467 for grounding and bonding materials and equipment. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 CONDUCTORS A. Insulated Conductors: Copper wire or cable insulated for 600 V unless otherwise required by applicable Code or authorities having jurisdiction. B. Bare Copper Conductors: 1. Solid Conductors: ASTM B 3. 2. Stranded Conductors: ASTM B 8. 3. Tinned Conductors: ASTM B 33. 4. Bonding Cable: 28 kcmil, 14 strands of No. 17 AWG conductor, 1/4 inch in diameter. 5. Bonding Conductor: No. 4 or No. 6 AWG, stranded conductor. 6. Bonding Jumper: Copper tape, braided conductors, terminated with copper ferrules; 1-5/8 inches wide and 1/16 inch thick. 7. Tinned Bonding Jumper: Tinned-copper tape, braided conductors, terminated with copper ferrules; 1-5/8 inches wide and 1 /16 inch thick. 2.2 CONNECTORS A. Listed and labeled by a nationally recognized testing laboratory acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction for applications in which used, and for specific types, sizes, and combinations of conductors and other items connected. B. Bolted Connectors for Conductors and Pipes: Copper or copper alloy, bolted pressure- type, with at least two bolts. 1. .Pipe Connectors: Clamp type, sized for pipe. i~ 26 0526 - 1 SECTION 26 0526 GROUNDING AND BONDING DIVISION 26 -ELECTRICAL FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS C. Welded Connectors: Exothermic-welding kits of types recommended by kit manufacturer for materials being joined and installation conditions. 2.3 GROUNDING ELECTRODES A. Ground Rods: Copper-clad; 3/4 inch by10 feet in diameter. 2.4 GROUNDING BUS A. Grounding Bus: Rectangular bars of annealed copper, 1/4 by 2 inches in cross section, unless otherwise indicated minimum 12" long; with insulators. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 APPLICATIONS A. Conductors: Install solid conductor for No. 8 AWG and smaller, and stranded conductors for No. 6 AWG and larger, unless otherwise indicated. B. Underground Grounding Conductors: Install bare tinned-copper conductor, No. 2/0 AWG minimum. Bury at least 24 inches below grade. C. Isolated Grounding Conductors: Green-colored insulation with continuous yellow stripe. On feeders with isolated ground, identify grounding conductor where visible to normal inspection, with alternating bands of green and yellow tape, with at least three bands of green and two bands of yellow. D. Conductor Terminations and Connections: 1. Pipe and Equipment Grounding Conductor Terminations: Bolted connectors. 2. Underground Connections: Welded connectors, except at test wells and as otherwise indicated. 3. Connections to Ground Rods at Test Wells: Bolted connectors. 4. Connections to Structural Steel: Welded connectors. 3.2 EQUIPMENT GROUNDING A. Install insulated equipment grounding conductors with all circuits including those listed below, in addition to those required by NFPA 70: 1. Feeders and branch circuits. 2. Lighting circuits. 3. Receptacle circuits. 4. Single-phase motor and appliance branch circuits. 5. Three-phase motor and appliance branch circuits. 6. Flexible raceway runs. 7. Armored and metal-clad cable runs. 8. Busway Supply Circuits: Install insulated equipment grounding conductor from grounding bus in the switchgear, switchboard, or distribution panel to equipment grounding bar terminal on busway. 26 0526 - 2 ii ' SECTION 26 0526 GROUNDING AND BONDING DIVISION 26 -ELECTRICAL FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 9. Computer and Rack-Mounted Electronic Equipment Circuits: Install insulated equipment grounding conductor in branch-circuit runs from equipment-area power panels and power-distribution units. B. Air-Duct Equipment Circuits: Install insulated equipment grounding conductor to duct- mounted electrical devices operating at 120 V and more, including air cleaners, ' heaters, dampers, humidifiers, and other duct electrical equipment. Bond conductor to each unit and to air duct and connected metallic piping. ' C. Water Heater, Heat-Tracing, and Antifrost Heating Cables: Install a separate insulated equipment grounding conductor to each electric water heater and heat-tracing cable. Bond conductor to heater units, piping, connected equipment, and components. D. Signal and Communication Equipment: For telephone, alarm, radio, voice and data, and other communication equipment, provide No. 4 AWG minimum insulated grounding conductor in raceway from grounding electrode system to each service location, terminal cabinet, wiring closet, and central equipment location. 1. Service and Central Equipment Locations and Wiring Closets: Terminate ' grounding conductoron a 1/4-by-2-by-12-inch grounding bus. 2. Terminal Cabinets: Terminate grounding conductor on cabinet grounding terminal. E. Metal Poles Supporting Outdoor Lighting Fixtures: ground pole with grounding conductor installed with branch-circuit conductors. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Grouriding Conductors: Route along shortest and straightest paths possible, unless ' otherwise indicated or required by Code. Avoid obstructing access or placing conductors where they may be subjected to strain, impact, or damage. i B. Ground Rods: Drive rods until tops are 2 inches below finished floor or final grade, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Interconnect ground rods with grounding electrode conductor below grade and as otherwise indicated. Make connections without exposing steel or damaging coating, if any. 2. For grounding electrode system, install at least three rods spaced at least one- ' rod length from each other and located at least the same distance from other grounding electrodes, and connect to the service grounding electrode conductor. ' C. Bonding Straps and Jumpers: Install in locations accessible for inspection and maintenance, except where routed through short lengths of conduit. 1. Bonding to Structure: Bond straps directly to basic structure, taking care not to penetrate any adjacent parts. 2. Bonding to Equipment Mounted on Vibration Isolation Hangers and Supports: ' Install so vibration is not transmitted to rigidly mounted equipment. 3. Use exothermic-welded connectors for outdoor locations, but if a disconnect-type connection is required, use a bolted clamp. 26 0526 - 3 SECTION 26 0526 GROUNDING AND BONDING DIVISION 26 -ELECTRICAL FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS D. Grounding and Bonding for Piping: 1. Metal Water Service Pipe: Install insulated copper grounding ,conductors, in conduit, from building's main service equipment, or grounding bus, to main metal water service entrances to building. Connect grounding conductors to main metal water service pipes, using a bolted clamp connector or by bolting alug- type connector to a pipe flange, using one of the lug bolts of the flange. Where a dielectric main water fitting is installed, connect grounding conductor on street side. of fitting. Bond metal grounding conductor conduit or sleeve to conductor at each end. _ 2. Water Meter Piping: Use braided-type bonding jumpers to electrically bypass water meters. Connect to pipe with a bolted connector. 3. Bond each aboveground portion of gas piping system downstream from equipment shutoff valve. [~' ii E. Bonding Interior Metal Ducts: Bond metal air ducts to equipment grounding conductors of associated fans, blowers, electric heaters, and air cleaners. Install tinned bonding ' jumper to bond across flexible duct connections to achieve continuity. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform the following tests and inspections and prepare test reports: 1. After installing grounding system but before permanent electrical circuits have been energized, test for compliance with requirements. 2. Test completed grounding system at each location where a maximum ground- resistance level is specified, at service disconnect enclosure grounding terminal, and at ground test wells. a. Measure ground resistance not less than two full days after last trace of precipitation and without soil being moistened by any means other than natural drainage or seepage and without chemical treatment or other artificial means of reducing natural ground resistance. b. Perform tests byfall-of-potential method according to IEEE 81. B. Report measured ground resistances that exceed 25 ohms to ground. C. Excessive Ground Resistance: If resistance to ground exceeds specified values, notify Architect promptly and include recommendations to reduce ground resistance. END OF SECTION 26 0526 26 0526 - 4 u ii ~I SECTION 26 0533 RACEWAY AND BOXES FOR DIVISION 26 -ELECTRICAL ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes raceways, fittings, boxes, enclosures, and cabinets for electrical wiring. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For surface raceways, wireways and fittings, floor boxes, hinged-cover enclosures, and cabinets. B. Shop Drawings: For custom enclosures and cabinets. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. B. Comply with NFPA 70. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 METAL CONDUIT AND TUBING A. Rigid Steel Conduit: ANSI C80.1. B. EMT: ANSI C80.3. C. Fittings for Conduit (Including all Types and Flexible and Liquidtight), EMT, and Cable: NEMA FB 1; listed for type and size raceway with which used, and for application and environment in which installed. 1. Conduit Fittings for Hazardous (Classified) Locations: Comply with UL 886. 2. Fittings for EMT: Steel, set-screw type. 2.2 NONMETALLIC CONDUIT AND TUBING A. ENT: NEMA TC 13. B. RNC: NEMA TC 2, Type EPC-40-PVC, unless otherwise indicated. C. LFNC: UL 1660. D. Fittings for ENT and RNC: NEMA TC 3; match to conduit or tubing type and material. E. Fittings for LFNC: UL 5146. I_~ 26 0533 - 1 SECTION 26 0533 RACEWAY AND BOXES FOR DIVISION 26 -ELECTRICAL ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 2.3 METAL WIREWAYS A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Cooper B-Line, Inc. 2. Hoffman. 3. Square D; Schneider Electric. B. Description: Sheet metal sized and shaped as indicated, NEMA 250, Type 1, unless otherwise indicated. C. Fittings and Accessories: Include couplings, offsets, elbows, expansion joints, adapters, hold-down straps, end caps, and other fittings to match and mate with wireways as required for complete system. D. Wireway Covers: Screw-cover type. E. Finish: Manufacturer's standard enamel finish. 2.4 NONMETALLIC W IREWAYS A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Hoffman. 2. Lamson & Sessions; Carlon Electrical Products. B. Description: PVC plastic, extruded and fabricated to size and shape indicated, with snap-on cover and mechanically coupled connections with plastic fasteners. C. Fittings and Accessories: Include couplings, offsets, elbows, expansion joints, adapters, hold-down straps, end caps, and other fittings to match and mate with wireways as required for complete system. 2.5 SURFACE RACEWAYS A. Surface Metal Raceways: Galvanized steel with snap-on covers. Manufacturer's standard enamel finish in color selected by Architect. 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Thomas & Betts Corporation. b. Walker Systems, Inc.; Wiremold Company (The). c. Wiremold Company (The); Electrical Sales Division. 26 0533 - 2 ii I~ 0 1 1 L I~ 1 SECTION 26 0533 RACEWAY AND BOXES FOR DIVISION 26 -ELECTRICAL ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS B. Surface Nonmetallic Raceways: Two-piece construction, manufactured of rigid PVC with texture and color selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard colors. 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Butler Manufacturing Company; Walker Division. b. Enduro Systems, Inc.; Composite Products Division. c. Hubbell Incorporated; Wiring Device-Kellems Division. d. Lamson & Sessions; Carlon Electrical Products. e. Panduit Corp. f. Walker Systems, Inc.; Wiremold Company (The). g. Wiremold Company (The); Electrical Sales Division. 2.6 BOXES, ENCLOSURES, AND CABINETS A. Sheet Metal Outlet and Device Boxes: NEMA OS 1. B. Cast-Metal Outlet and Device Boxes: NEMA FB 1, aluminum, Type FD, with gasketed cover. C. Nonmetallic Outlet and Device Boxes: NEMA OS 2. D. Metal Floor Boxes: Cast iron, fully adjustable, rectangular. E. Small Sheet Metal Pull and Junction Boxes: NEMA OS 1. F. Cast-Metal Access, Pull, and Junction Boxes: NEMA FB 1, cast aluminum with gasketed cover. G. Hinged-Cover Enclosures: NEMA 250, Type 1, with continuous-hinge cover with flush latch, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Metal Enclosures: Steel, finished inside and out with manufacturer's standard enamel 2. Nonmetallic Enclosures: Plastic. H. Cabinets: 1. NEMA 250, Type 1, galvanized-steel box with removable interior panel and removable front, finished inside and out with manufacturer's standard enamel. 2. Hinged door in front cover with flush latch and concealed hinge. 3. Key latch to match panelboards. 4. Metal barriers to separate wiring of different systems and voltage. 5. Accessory feet where required for freestanding equipment. 26 0533 - 3 SECTION 26 0533 r RACEWAY AND BOXES FOR DIVISION 26 -ELECTRICAL ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 RACEWAY APPLICATION A. Outdoors: Apply raceway products as specified below, unless otherwise indicated: 1. Exposed Conduit: Rigid steel conduit. 2. Concealed Conduit, Aboveground: EMT. 3. Underground Conduit: RNC, Type EPC-40-PVC, direct buried. Use Type EPC- ' 80-PVC under paved surfaces. 4. Connection to Vibrating Equipment (Including Transformers and Hydraulic, Pneumatic, Electric Solenoid, or Motor-Driven Equipment): LFMC. ' 5. Boxes and Enclosures, Aboveground: NEMA 250, Type 3R. B. Comply with the following indoor applications, unless othenivise indicated: 1. Exposed, Not Subject to Physical Damage: EMT. 2. Exposed, Not Subject to Severe Physical Damage: EMT. 3. Exposed and Subject to Severe Physical Damage: Rigid steel conduit. Includes , raceways in the following locations: a. Loading dock. b. Corridors used for traffic of mechanized carts, forklifts, and pallet-handling units. c. Mechanical rooms. ' 4. Concealed in Ceilings and Interior Walls and Partitions: EMT. 5. Connection to Vibrating Equipment (Including Transformers and Hydraulic, Pneumatic, Electric Solenoid, or Motor-Driven Equipment): FMC, except use , LFMC in damp or wet locations. 6. Damp or Wet Locations: Rigid steel conduit. 7. Raceways for Optical Fiber or Communications Cable: EMT. 8. Boxes and Enclosures: NEMA 250, Type 1, except use NEMA 250, Type 3R, nonmetallic in damp or wet locations. C. Minimum Raceway Size: 3/4-inch trade size. D. Raceway Fittings: Compatible with raceways and suitable for use and location. 1. Rigid and Intermediate Steel Conduit: Use threaded rigid steel conduit fittings, unless otherwise indicated. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Comply with NECA 1 for installation requirements applicable to products specified in Part 2 except where requirements on Drawings or in this Article are stricter. B. Keep raceways at least 6 inches away from parallel runs of flues and steam or hot- water pipes. Install horizontal raceway runs above water and steam piping. 26 0533 - 4 SECTION 26 0533 RACEWAY AND BOXES FOR DIVISION 26 -ELECTRICAL ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS C. Complete raceway installation before starting conductor installation. ' D. Support raceways as specified in Division 26 Section "Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems." r E. Arrange stub-ups so curved portions of bends are not visible above the finished slab. F. Install no more than the equivalent of three 90-degree bends in any conduit run except ' for communications conduits, for which fewer bends are allowed. G. Conceal conduit and EMT within finished walls, ceilings, and floors, unless otherwise '' indicated. H. Raceways Embedded in Slabs: ' 1. Run conduit larger than 1-inch trade size, parallel or at right angles to main reinforcement. Where at right angles to reinforcement, place conduit close to slab support. ' 2. Arrange raceways to cross building expansion joints at right angles with expansion fittings. 3. Change from ENT to RNC, Type EPC-40-PVC, rigid steel conduit, or IMC before ' rising above the floor. I. Raceway Terminations at Locations Subject to Moisture or Vibration: Use insulating bushings to protect conductors, including conductors smaller than No. 4 AWG. J. Install pull wires in empty raceways. Use polypropylene or monofilament plastic line with not less than 200-Ib tensile strength. Leave at least 12 inches of slack at each end of pull wire. K. Raceways for Optical Fiber and Communications Cable: Install as follows: 1. 3/4-Inch Trade Size and Smaller: Install raceways in maximum lengths of 50 feet. 2. 1-Inch Trade Size and Larger: Install raceways m maximum lengths of 75 feet 3. Install with a maximum of two 90-degree bends or equivalent for each length of raceway unless Drawings show stricter requirements. Separate lengths with pull or junction boxes or terminations at distribution frames or cabinets where necessary to comply with these requirements. L. Install raceway sealing fittings at suitable, approved, and accessible locations and fill them with listed sealing compound. For concealed raceways, install each fitting in a ' flush steel box with a blank cover plate having a finish similar to that of adjacent plates or surfaces. Install raceway sealing fittings at the following points: 1. Where conduits pass from warm to cold locations, such as boundaries of refrigerated spaces. 2. Where otherwise required by NFPA 70. 26 0533 - 5 SECTION 26 0533 RACEWAY AND BOXES FOR DIVISION 26 -ELECTRICAL ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS M. Expansion-Joint Fittings for RNC: Install in each run of aboveground conduit that is located where environmental temperature change may exceed 30 deg F, and that has straight-run length that exceeds 25 feet. Install expansion joint fittings for each of the following locations, and provide type and quantity of fittings that accommodate temperature change listed for location: a. Outdoor Locations Not Exposed to Direct Sunlight: 125 deg F b. Outdoor Locations Exposed to Direct Sunlight: 155 deg F temperature change. c. Indoor Spaces: Connected with the Outdoors without Physical Separation: 125 deg F temperature change. d. Attics: 135 deg F temperature change. 2. Install fitting(s) that provide expansion and contraction for at least 0.00041 inch per foot of length of straight run per deg F of temperature change. 3. Install each expansion joint fitting with position, mounting, and piston setting selected according to manufacturer's written instructions for conditions at specific location at the time of installation. N. Flexible Conduit Connections: Use maximum of 72 inches of flexible conduit for recessed and semirecessed lighting fixtures, equipment subject to vibration, noise transmission, or movement; and for transformers and motors. 1. Use LFMC in damp or wet locations subject to severe physical damage. 2. Use LFMC or LFNC in damp or wet locations not subject to severe physical damage. O. Recessed Boxes in Masonry Walls: Saw-cut opening for box in center of cell of masonry block, and install box flush with surface of wall. P. Set metal floor boxes level and flush with finished floor surface. Q. Set nonmetallic floor boxes level. Trim after installation to fit flush with finished floor surface. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF UNDERGROUND CONDUIT A. Direct-Buried Conduit: 1. Excavate trench bottom as detailed to provide firm and uniform support for conduit. 2. Install backfill as specified in Division 31 Section "Earth Moving." 3. After installing conduit, backfill and compact. Start at tie-in point, and work toward end of conduit run, leaving conduit at end of run free to move with expansion and contraction as temperature changes during this process. Firmly hand tamp backfill around conduit to provide maximum supporting strength. After placing controlled backfill to within 12 inches of finished grade, make final conduit connection at end of run and complete backfilling with normal compaction as specified in Division 31 Section "Earth Moving." 26 0533 - 6 1 1 r 1 1 t 1 1 J 1 1 ' SECTION 26 0533 RACEWAY AND BOXES FOR ' DIVISION 26 -ELECTRICAL ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 4. Install manufactured duct elbows for stub-ups at poles and equipment and at t building entrances through the floor, unless otherwise indicated. Encase elbows for stub-up ducts throughout the length of the elbow. 5. Install manufactured rigid steel conduit elbows for stub-ups at poles and ' equipment and at building entrances through the floor. a. Couple steel conduits to ducts with adapters designed for this purpose, and encase coupling with 3 inches of concrete. b. For stub-ups at equipment mounted on outdoor concrete bases, extend steel conduit horizontally a minimum of 60 inches from edge of equipment ' pad or foundation. Install insulated grounding bushings on terminations at equipment. 6. Warning Planks: Bury warning planks approximately 12 inches above direct- buried conduits, placing them 24 inches o.c. Align planks along the width and along the centerline of conduit. ' 3.4 FIRESTOPPING A. Apply firestopping to electrical penetrations of fire-rated floor and wall assemblies to ' restore original fire-resistance rating of assembly. Firestopping materials and installation requirements are specified in Division 07 Section "Penetration Firestopping." END OF SECTION 26 0533 26 0533 - 7 SECTION 26 220 DIVISION 26 -ELECTRICAL LOW-VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS PART1 GENERAL 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specfication Sections, apply to this Section. 1.02 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following types of dry-type transformers rated 600 V and less, with capacities up to 1000 kVA: 1. Distribution transformers. 2. Control and signal transformers. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data Include rated nameplate data, capacities, weights, dimensions, minimum clearances, installed devices and features, and performance for each type and size of transformer indicated. B. Shop Drawings: Wiring and connection diagrams. C. Manufacturer Seismic Qualification Certification: Submit certification that transformer assembly and components will withstand seismic forces Include the following: 1. Basis for Certification: Indicate whether withstand certification is based on actual test of assembled components or on calculation. a. The term "withstand" means "the unit will remain in place without separation of any parts from the device when subjected to the seismic forces specified and the unit will be fully operational after the seismic event." 2. Dimensioned Outline Drawings of Equipment Unit: Identify center of gravity and locate and describe mounting and anchorage provisions. 3. Detailed description of equipment anchorage devices on which the certification is based and their installation requirements. D. Source quality-control test reports. E. Output Settings Reports: Record of tap adjustments specified in Part 3. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE 26 0220 - 1 SECTION 26 220 DIVISION 26 -ELECTRICAL LOW-VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. B. Comply with IEEE C 57.12.91. C. Energy-Efficient Transformers Rated 15 kVA and Larger: Certified as meeting NEMA TP 1, Class 1 efficiency levels when tested according to NEMA TP 2. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Temporary Heating: Apply temporary heat according to manufacturer's written instructions within the enclosure of each ventilated-type unit, throughout periods during which equipment is not energized and when transformer is not in a space that is continuously under normal control of temperature and humidity. 1.06 COORDINATION A. Coordinate size and location of concrete bases. Cast anchor-bolt inserts into bases. Concrete, reinforcement, and formwork requirements are specified in Division 3. B. Coordinate installation of wall-mounting and structure-hanging supports. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Challenger Electrical Equipment Corp.; a division of Eaton Corp. 2. Computer Power Inc. 3. Cutler-Hammer. 4. Federal Pacific Transformer Company; Division of Electro-Mechanical Corp. 5. GE Electrical Distribution & Control. 6. Micron Industries Corp. 7. Siemens Energy & Automation, Inc. 26 0220 - 2 SECTION 26 220 DIVISION 26 -ELECTRICAL LOW-VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS 8. Square D/troupe Schneider NA. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Description: Factory-assembled and -tested, air-cooled units for 60-Hz service. B. Cores: Grain-oriented, non-aging silicon steel. C. Coils: Continuous windings without splices, except for taps. 1. Internal Coil Connections: Brazed or pressure type. 2. Coil Material: Aluminum. 2.03 DISTRIBUTION TRANSFORMERS A. Comply with NEMA ST 20, and list and label as complying with UL 1561. B. Provide transformers that are internally braced to withstand seismic forces. C. Cores: One leg per phase. D. Indoor Enclosure: Ventilated, dripproof, NEMA 250, Type 2. E. Outdoor Enclosure:. Ventilated, raintight, NEMA 250, Type 3R. 1. Core and coil shall be encapsulated within resin compound, sealing out moisture and air. F. Indoor Transformer Enclosure Finish: Comply with NEMA 250 for "Indoor Corrosion Protection." 1. Finish Color. Gray. G. Outdoor Transformer Enclosure Finish: Comply with NEMA 250 for "Outdoor Corrosion Protection." 1. Finish Color: Gray. H. Insulation Class: 220 deg C, UL-component-recognized insulation system with a maximum of 150 deg C rise above 40 deg C ambient temperature. I. Taps for Transformers Smaller Than 3 kVA: One 5 percent tap above normal full capacity. J. Taps for Transformers 7.5 to 24 kVA: Two 5 percent taps below rated voltage. K. Taps for Transformers 25 kVA and Larger: Two 2.5 percent taps above and four 2.5 percent taps below normal full capacity. 26 0220 - 3 iJ SECTION 26 220 DIVISION 26 -ELECTRICAL LOW-VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS , L. K-Factor Rating: Transformers indicated to be K-factor rated shall comply with UL 1561 requirements for nonsinusoidal load current-handling capability to the degree defined by designated K-factor. , 1. Unit shall not overheat when carrying full-load current with harmonic distortion corresponding to designated K-factor. 2. Indicate value of K-factor on transformer nameplate. M. Electrostatic Shielding: Each winding shall have an independent, single, full-width copper electrostatic shield arranged to minimize interwinding capacitance. 1. Arrange coil leads and terminal strips to minimize capacitive coupling between input and output terminals. 2. Include special terminal for grounding the shield. ' 3. Shield Effectiveness: ' a. Capacitance between Primary and Secondary Windings: Not to exceed 33 picofarads over a frequency range of 20 Hz to 1 MHz. , b. Common-Mode Noise Attenuation: Minus 120 dBA minimum at 0.5 to 1.5 kHz; minus 65 dBA minimum at 1.5 to 100 kHz. c. Normal-Mode Noise Attenuation: Minus 52 dBA minimum at 1.5 to ' 10 kHz. N. Wall Brackets: Manufacturer's standard brackets. ' 2.04 CONTROL AND SIGNAL TRANSFORMERS A. Description: Self-cooled, two-winding dry type, rated for continuous duty, complying with NEMA ST 1, and listed and labeled as complying with UL 506. B. Ratings: Continuous duty. If rating is not indicated, provide at least 50 percent ' spare capacity above connected peak load. 2.05 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Test and inspect transformers according to IEEE C57.12.91. , PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine conditions for compliance with enclosure- and ambient-temperature requirements for each transformer. ' 26 0220 - 4 SECTION 26 220 DIVISION 26 -ELECTRICAL LOW-VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS B. Verify that field measurements are as needed to maintain working clearances required by NFPA 70 and manufacturer's written instructions. C. Examine walls and floors for suitable mounting conditions where transformers will be installed. D. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install wall-mounting transformers level and plumb with wall brackets fabricated by transformer manufacturer. 1. Brace wall-mounting transformers. B. Install floor-mounting transformers level on concrete bases. Construct concrete bases of dimensions indicated, but not less than 4 inches larger in both directions than supported unit and 4 inches high. 1. Anchor transformers to concrete bases according to manufacturer's written instructions, and mic codes at Project. 3.03 CONNECTIONS A. Ground equipment according to Division 26 Section "Grounding and Bonding." B. Connect wiring according to Division 26 Section "Conductors and Cables." C. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torque-tightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A and UL 4866. 3.04 ADJUSTING A. Record transformer secondary voltage at each unit for at least 48 hours of typical occupancy period. Adjust transformer taps to provide optimum voltage conditions at secondary terminals. Optimum is defined as not exceeding nameplate voltage plus 10 percent and not being lower than nameplate voltage minus 5 percent. Submit recording and tap settings as test results. B. Adjust buck-boost transformers to provide nameplate voltage of equipment being served, plus or minus 5 percent, at secondary terminals. C. Output Settings Report: Prepare a written report recording output voltages and tap settings. END OF SECTION 26 2200 26 0220 - 5 SECTION 26 2713 DIVISION 26 -ELECTRICAL ELECTRICITY METERING B. CONTRACTOR SHALL COMMUNICATE WITH THE UTILITY COMPANY TO ASSIST ' IN PROVIDING THE ELECTRICAL SERVICE AND 1NFRASTURCTURE THAT IS DESIGNED, AND REQUIRED PER THE UTILITY. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to product selection: 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with utilities requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, manufacturers specified. 2.2 EQUIPMENT FOR ELECTRICITY METERING BY UTILITY COMPANY A. Current-Transformer Cabinets: Comply with requirements of electrical power utility I company. B. Meter Sockets: Comply with requirements of electrical power utility company. PART 3 -EXECUTION L 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Comply with equipment installation requirements in NECA 1. B. Install equipment for utility company metering. Install raceways and equipment according to utility company's written requirements. Provide empty conduits for metering leads and extend grounding connections as required by utility company. Install modular meter center according to NECA 400 switchboard installation C. requirements. END OF SECTION 26 2713 i L 26 2713 - 2 SECTION 26 2713 DIVISION 26 -ELECTRICAL ELECTRICITY METERING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes equipment for utility company's electricity metering. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each metering component specified. B. Shop Drawings for Electricity-Metering Equipment: Include dimensioned plans and sections or elevation layouts. Include wiring diagrams showing. power, signal, and control wiring specific to this Project. C. Operation and Maintenance Data: For electricity-metering equipment to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Receive, store, and handle modular meter center as specified in NECA 400. 1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Interruption of Existing Electrical Service: Do not interrupt electrical service to facilities occupied by Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after arranging to provide temporary electrical service according to requirements indicated: 1. Notify Owner no fewer than two days in advance of proposed interruption of electrical service. 2. Do not proceed with interruption of electrical service without Owner's written permission. 1.6 COORDINATION A. Electrical Service Connections: Coordinate with utility companies and components they furnish. The service size shall established from the drawings. 26 2713 - 1 SECTION 26 2813 DIVISION 26 -ELECTRICAL FUSES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Cartridge fuses rated 600-V ac and less for use in control circuits, enclosed switches, panelboards, switchboards, and enclosed controllers. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Operation and maintenance data. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. B. Comply with NEMA FU 1 for cartridge fuses. C. Comply with NFPA 70. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Cooper Bussmann, Inc. ' 2. Ferraz Shawmut, Inc. 2.2 CARTRIDGE FUSES A. Characteristics: NEMA FU 1, nonrenewable cartridge fuses with voltage ratings ' consistent with circuit voltages. PART 3 -EXECUTION ' 3.1 FUSE APPLICATIONS A. Service Entrance: Class RKS, time delay. B. Feeders: Class RKS, time delay. ' C. Motor Branch Circuits: Class RKS, time delay. D. Other Branch Circuits: Class RK5, time delay. 26 2813 - 1 SECTION 26 2813 , DIVISION 26 -ELECTRICAL FUSES E. Control Circuits: Class CC, time delay. , 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install fuses in fusible devices. Arrange fuses so rating information is readable without ' removing fuse. 3.3 IDENTIFICATION A. Install labels complying with requirements for identification specified in Division 26 Section "Identification for Electrical Systems" and indicating fuse replacement ' information on inside door of each fused switch and adjacent to each fuse block and holder. END OF SECTION 26 2813 , 1 26 2813 - 2 SECTION 26 2913 DIVISION 26 -ELECTRICAL ENCLOSED CONTROLLERS PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes the following enclosed controllers rated 600 V and less: 1. Full-voltage manual. 2. Full-voltage magnetic. 3. Multispeed. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. CPT: Control power transformer. B. MCCB: Molded-case circuit breaker. C. MCP: Motor circuit protector. D. N.C.: Normally closed. E. N.O.: Normally open. F. OCPD: Overcurrent protective device. 1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Seismic Performance: Enclosed controllers shall withstand the effects of earthquake motions determined according to ASCE/SEI 7. 1. The term "withstand" means "the unit will remain in place without separation of any parts from the device when subjected to the seismic forces specified." 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of enclosed controller. B. Shop Drawings: For each enclosed controller. Include dimensioned plans, elevations, sections, details, and required clearances and service spaces around controller enclosures. 1. Wiring Diagrams: For power, signal, and control wiring. C. Seismic Qualification Certificates: For enclosed controllers, accessories, and components, from manufacturer. D. Field quality-control reports. E. Operation and maintenance data. 26 2913 - 1 SECTION 26 2913 DIVISION 26 -ELECTRICAL ENCLOSED CONTROLLERS 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE ' A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and , application. B. Comply with NFPA 70. ' PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 FULL-VOLTAGE CONTROLLERS ' A. General Requirements for Full-Voltage Controllers: Comply with NEMA ICS 2, general purpose, Class A. , B. Motor-Starting Switches: "Quick-make, quick-break" toggle or push-button action; marked to show whether unit is off or on. ' 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, ' but are not limited to, the following: a. Eaton Electrical Inc.; Cutler-Hammer Business Unit. ' b. General Electric Company; GE Consumer & Industrial - Electrical Distribution. c. Rockwell Automation, Inc.; Allen-Bradley brand. d. Square D; a brand of Schneider Electric. ' 2. Configuration: Nonreversing. 3. Surface mounting. ' 4. Pilot light. C. Fractional Horsepower Manual Controllers: "Quick-make, quick-break" toggle or push- , button action; marked to show whether unit is off, on, or tripped. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, , but are not limited to, the following: a. Eaton Electrical Inc.; Cutler-Hammer Business Unit. , b. General Electric Company; GE Consumer & Industrial - Electrical Distribution. c. Rockwell Automation, Inc.; Allen-Bradley brand. ' d. Square D; a brand of Schneider Electric. 2. Configuration: Nonreversing. ' 3. Overload Relays: Inverse-time-current characteristics; NEMA ICS 2, Class 10 tripping characteristics; heaters matched to nameplate full-load current of actual protected motor; external reset push button. ' 4. Surface mounting. 5. Pilot light. 26 2913 - 2 ' SECTION 26 2913 DIVISION 26 -ELECTRICAL ENCLOSED CONTROLLERS D. Integral Horsepower Manual Controllers: "Quick-make, quick-break" toggle or push- button action; marked to show whether unit is off, on, or tripped. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: ' a. Eaton Electrical Inc.; Cutler-Hammer Business Unit. b. General Electric Company; GE Consumer & Industrial - Electrical ' Distribution. c. Rockwell Automation, Inc.; Allen-Bradley brand. d. Square D; a brand of Schneider Electric. ' 2. Configuration: Nonreversing. 3. Overload Relays: Inverse-time-current characteristics; NEMA ICS 2, Class 10 tripping characteristics; heaters and sensors in each phase, matched to nameplate full-load current of actual protected motor and having appropriate adjustment for duty cycle; external reset push button. 4. Surface mounting. 5. Pilot light. E. Magnetic Controllers: Full voltage, across the line, electrically held. ' 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, ' but are not limited to, the following: a. Eaton Electrical Inc.; Cutler-Hammer Business Unit. b. General Electric Company; GE Consumer & Industrial - Electrical Distribution. c. Rockwell Automation, Inc.; Allen-Bradley brand. d. Square D; a brand of Schneider Electric. ' 2. Configuration: Nonreversing. 3. Contactor Coils: Pressure-encapsulated type. ' a. Operating Voltage: Depending on contactor NEMA size and line-voltage rating, manufacturer's standard matching control power or line voltage. 4. Power Contacts: Totally enclosed, double-break, silver-cadmium oxide; assembled to allow inspection and replacement without disturbing line or load wiring. ' 5. Control Circuits: 24-V ac; obtained from integral CPT, with primary and secondary fuses, with CPT of sufficient capacity to operate integral devices and remotely located pilot, indicating, and control devices. ' 6. Melting Alloy Overload Relays: a. Inverse-time-current characteristic. ' b. Class 10 tripping characteristic. c. Heaters in each phase matched to nameplate full-load current of actual protected motor and with appropriate adjustment for duty cycle. 262913-3 SECTION 26 2913 ' DIVISION 26 -ELECTRICAL ENCLOSED CONTROLLERS 7. Bimetallic Overload Relays: ' a. Inverse-time-current characteristic. b. Class 10 tripping characteristic. c. Heaters in each phase matched to nameplate full-load current of actual protected motor and with appropriate adjustment for duty cycle. 8. Solid-State Overload Relay: ' a. Switch or dial selectable for motor running overload protection. b. Sensors in each phase. c. Class 10 tripping characteristic selected to protect motor against voltage and current unbalance and single phasing. 9. External overload reset push button. ' F. Combination Magnetic Controller: Factory-assembled combination of magnetic controller, OCPD, and disconnecting means. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available 1 . manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, ' but are not limited to, the following: a. Eaton Electrical Inc.; Cutler-Hammer Business Unit. b. General Electric Company; GE Consumer & Industrial - Electrical ' Distribution. c. Rockwell Automation, Inc.; Allen-Bradley brand. d. Square D; a brand of Schneider Electric. , 2. Fusible Disconnecting Means: ' a. NEMA KS 1, heavy-duty, horsepower-rated, fusible switch with clips or bolt pads to accommodate Class R fuses. b. Lockable Handle: Accepts three padlocks and interlocks with cover in , closed position. c. Auxiliary Contacts: N.O./N.C., arranged to activate before switch blades open. ' 3. Nonfusible Disconnecting Means: a. NEMA KS 1, heavy-duty, horsepower-rated, nonfusible switch. ' b. Lockable Handle: Accepts three padlocks and interlocks with cover in closed position. c. Auxiliary Contacts: N.O./N.C., arranged to activate before switch blades , open. 4. MCP Disconnecting Means: ' a. UL 489, NEMA AB 1, and NEMA AB 3, with interrupting capacity to comply with available fault currents, instantaneous-only circuit breaker with front- ' 26 2913 - 4 ' SECTION 26 2913 DIVISION 26 -ELECTRICAL ENCLOSED CONTROLLERS mounted, field-adjustable, short-circuit trip coordinated with motor locked- rotoramperes. ' b. Lockable Handle: Accepts three padlocks and interlocks with cover in closed position. c. Auxiliary contacts "a" and "b"arranged to activate with MCP handle. 5. MCCB Disconnecting Means: a. UL 489, NEMA AB 1, and NEMA AB 3, with interrupting capacity to comply ' with available fault currents; thermal-magnetic MCCB, with inverse time- current element for low-level overloads and instantaneous magnetic trip element for short circuits. ' b. Front-mounted, adjustable magnetic trip setting for circuit-breaker frame sizes 250 A and larger. c. Lockable Handle: Accepts three padlocks and interlocks with cover in ' closed position. d. Auxiliary contacts "a" and "b"arranged to activate with MCCB handle. 2.2 ENCLOSURES A. Enclosed Controllers: NEMA ICS 6, to comply with environmental conditions at installed location. ' 1. Dry and Clean Indoor Locations: Type 1. 2. Outdoor Locations: Type 3R . 3. Wash-Down Areas: Type 4X, stainless steel. 4. Other Wet or Damp Indoor Locations: Type 3R. 5. Indoor Locations Subject to Dust, Falling Dirt, and Dripping Noncorrosive Liquids: Type 12. 2.3 ACCESSORIES A. Push Buttons, Pilot Lights, and Selector Switches: NEMA ICS 5; heavy-duty type; factory installed in controller enclosure cover unless otherwise indicated. B. Control Relays: Auxiliary and adjustable time-delay relays. II i~ II i~ i~ i~ C. Phase-Failure, Phase-Reversal, and Undervoltage and Overvoltage Relays: Solid- state sensing circuit with isolated output contacts for hard-wired connections. Provide adjustable undervoltage, overvoltage, and time-delay settings. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Wall-Mounted Controllers: Install enclosed controllers on walls with tops at uniform height, and with disconnect operating handles not higher than 79 inches above finished floor, unless otherwise indicated, and by bolting units to wall or mounting on lightweight structural-steel channels bolted to wall. For controllers not at walls, provide freestanding racks complying with Division 26 Section "Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems." 26 2913 - 5 SECTION 26 2913 ' DIVISION 26 -ELECTRICAL ENCLOSED CONTROLLERS B Floor-Mounted Controllers: Install enclosed controllers on 4-inch nominal-thickness ' . concrete base. Comply with requirements for concrete base specified in Division 03 Section "Cast-in-Place Concrete." Install dowel rods to connect concrete base to concrete floor. Unless otherwise 1 ' . indicated, install dowel. rods on 18-inch centers around the full perimeter of concrete base. 2. For supported equipment, install epoxy-coated anchor bolts that extend through ' concrete base and anchor into structural concrete floor. Place and secure anchorage devices. Use setting drawings, templates, 3 . diagrams, instructions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded. , 4. Install anchor bolts to elevations required for proper attachment to supported equipment. C. Temporary Lifting Provisions: Remove temporary lifting eyes, channels, and brackets and temporary blocking of moving parts from enclosures and components. ll ' D. er. Install fuses in each fusible-switch enclosed contro E. Install fuses in control circuits if not factory installed. Comply with requirements in Division 26 Section "Fuses." F. Install heaters in thermal overload relays. Select heaters based on actual nameplate full-load amperes after motors have been installed. , G. Comply with NECA 1. ' 3.2 IDENTIFICATION A. Identify enclosed controllers, components, and control wiring. Comply with tification specified in Division 26 Section "Identification for id f en or requirements Electrical Systems." 1. Identify field-installed conductors, interconnecting wiring, and components; ' provide warning signs. 2. Label each enclosure with engraved nameplate. 3. Label each enclosure-mounted control and pilot device. ' 3.3 CONTROL WIRING INSTALLATION A. Install wiring between enclosed controllers and remote devices and facility's central ' control system. ures l i i , B. . os n enc ng Bundle, train, and support wir C. Connect selector switches and other automatic-control selection devices where applicable. Connect selector switches to bypass only those manual- and automatic-control 1 . devices that have no safety functions when switch is in manual-control position. ' 26 2913 - 6 SECTION 26 2913 ' DIVISION 26 -ELECTRICAL ENCLOSED CONTROLLERS 2. Connect selector switches with enclosed-controller circuit in both manual and automatic positions for safety-type control devices such as low- and high- pressure cutouts, high-temperature cutouts, and motor overload protectors. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform tests and inspections. ' B. Acceptance Testing Preparation: 1. Test insulation resistance for each enclosed controller, component, connecting supply, feeder, and control circuit. 2. Test continuity of each circuit. C. Tests and Inspections: 1. Inspect controllers, wiring, components, connections, and equipment installation. Test and adjust controllers, components, and equipment. ' 2. Test insulation resistance for each enclosed-controller element, component, connecting motor supply, feeder, and control circuits. 3. Test continuity of each circuit. ' 4. Verify that voltages at controller locations are within plus or minus 10 percent of motor nameplate rated voltages. If outside this range for any motor, notify Architect before starting the motor(s). 5. Test each motor for proper phase rotation. 6. Perform each electrical test and visual and mechanical inspection stated in NETA Acceptance Testing Specification. Certify compliance with test parameters. 7. Correct malfunctioning units on-site, where possible, and retest to demonstrate compliance; otherwise, replace with new units and retest. 8. Test and adjust controls, remote monitoring, and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. D. Enclosed controllers will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and ' inspections. E. Prepare test and inspection reports. Include notation of deficiencies detected, remedial action taken, and observations after remedial action. 3.5 ADJUSTING ' A. Set field-adjustable switches and overload-relay pickup and trip ranges. B. Adjust the trip settings of MCPs and thermal-magnetic circuit breakers with adjustable ' instantaneous trip elements. Initially adjust to six times the motor nameplate full-load ampere ratings and attempt to start motors several times, allowing for motor cooldown between starts. If tripping occurs on motor inrush, adjust settings in increments until ' motors start without tripping. Do not exceed eight times the motor full-load amperes (or 11 times for NEMA Premium Efficient motors if required). Where these maximum settings do not allow starting of a motor, notify Architect before increasing settings. 262913-7 SECTION 26 2913 ' DIVISION 26 -ELECTRICAL ENCLOSED CONTROLLERS 3.6 DEMONSTRATION ' A. Train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain enclosed controllers. ' END OF SECTION 26 2913 ~ u 26 2913 - 8 DIVISION 28 -ELECTRONIC SECTION 28 3100 SAFETY AND SECURITY FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes fire alarm systems. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. FACP: Fire alarm control panel. B. LED: Light-emitting diode. C. NICET: National Institute for Certification in Engineering Technologies. D. Definitions in NFPA 72 apply to fire alarm terms used in this Section. 1.4 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Adding an addressable module for a new duct smoke detector to an existing Siemens FACP. 1.5 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Comply with NFPA 72. B. Fire alarm signal initiation shall be by one or more of the following devices: 1. Duct smoke detectors. C. Fire alarm signal shall initiate the following actions: 1. Alarm notification appliances shall operate continuously. 1.6 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Shop Drawings shall be prepared by persons with the following qualifications: 28 3100- 1 ~; SECTION 26 2713 DIVISION 26 -ELECTRICAL ELECTRICITY METERING B. CONTRACTOR SHALL COMMUNICATE WITH THE UTILITY COMPANY TO ASSIST IN PROVIDING THE ELECTRICAL SERVICE AND INFRASTURCTURE THAT IS DESIGNED, AND REQUIRED PER THE UTILITY. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to product selection: 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with utilities requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, manufacturers specified. 2.2 EQUIPMENT FOR ELECTRICITY METERING BY UTILITY COMPANY A. Current-Transformer Cabinets: Comply with requirements of electrical power utility company. B. Meter Sockets: Comply with requirements of electrical power utility company. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Comply with equipment installation requirements in NECA 1. B. Install equipment for utility company metering. Install raceways and equipment according to utility company's written requirements. Provide empty conduits for metering leads and extend grounding connections as required by utility company. C. Install modular meter center according to NECA 400 switchboard installation requirements. END OF SECTION 26 2713 26 2713 - 2 ! a. Trained and certified by manufacturer in fire alarm system design. , b. Fire alarm certified by NICET, minimum Level III. 2. System Operation Description: Detailed description for this Project, including ' method of operation and supervision of each type of circuit and sequence of operations for manually and automatically initiated system inputs and outputs. Manufacturer's standard descriptions for generic systems are not acceptable. 3. Device Address List: Coordinate with final system programming. , 4. System riser diagram with device addresses, conduit sizes, and cable and wire types and sizes. 5. Wiring Diagrams: Power, signal, and control wiring. Include diagrams for equipment and for system with all terminals and interconnections identified. Show wiring color code. 6. Batteries: Size calculations. ' 7. Duct Smoke Detectors: Performance parameters and installation details for each detector, verifying that each detector is listed for the complete range of air velocity, temperature, and humidity possible when air-handling system is ' operating. 8. Ductwork Coordination Drawings: Plans, sections, and elevations of ducts, drawn to scale and coordinating the installation of duct smoke detectors and access to them. Show critical dimensions that relate to placement and support of sampling tubes, the detector housing, and remote status and alarm indicators. Locate detectors according to manufacturer's written recommendations. 9. Floor Plans: Indicate final outlet locations showing address of each addressable device. Show size and route of cable and conduits. C. Qualification Data: For Installer. ' D. Field quality-control test reports. E. Operation and Maintenance Data: For fire alarm system to include in emergency, ' operation, and maintenance manuals. Comply with NFPA 72, Appendix A, recommendations for Owner's manual. Include abbreviated operating instructions for , mounting at the FACP. F. Submittals to Authorities Having Jurisdiction: In addition to distribution requirements ' for submittals specified in Division 1 Section "Submittals," make an identical submittal to authorities having jurisdiction. To facilitate review, include copies of annotated Contract Drawings as needed to depict component locations. Resubmit if required to make clarifications or revisions to obtain approval. On receipt of comments from , authorities having jurisdiction, submit them to Architect for review. G. Documentation: ' 1. Approval and Acceptance: Provide the "Record of Completion" form according to NFPA 72 to Owner, Architect, and authorities having jurisdiction. , ~~ ~~ 2. Record of Completion Documents: Provide the Permanent Records according to NFPA 72 to Owner, Architect, Engineer and authorities having jurisdiction. Format of the written sequence of operation shall be the optional input/output matrix. 28 3100- 2 ' DIVISION 28 -ELECTRONIC SECTION 28 3100 SAFETY AND SECURITY FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM ' a. Hard copies on paper to Owner, Architect, and authorities having jurisdiction. ' b. Electronic media may be provided to Architect and authorities having jurisdiction. ' 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Personnel certified by NICET as Fire Alarm Level III. B. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, ' and marked for intended use. 1.8 PROJECT CONDITIONS ' A. Once system has been activated, revisions and testin of the s stem must be 9 Y coordinated with the Owner, Construction Manager, and Authority Having Jurisdiction (including Dispatch). 1. Notify Engineer and Owner no fewer than three days in advance of proposed ' interruption of fire alarm service. 2. Do not proceed with interruption of fire alarm service without Engineer's and Owner's written permission, and verification from Dispatch that they are aware of ' interruption/test. 1.9 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Existing Fire Alarm Equipment: Maintain fully operational until new a ui ment is q p ready to be tested and accepted. As new equipment is installed, label it "NOT IN ' SERVICE" until it is accepted. Remove labels from new equipment when put into service. ' PART 2 -PRODUCTS ' 2.1 L,'~ MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following: 1. Wire and Cable: a. Comtran Corporation. b. Helix/HiTemp Cables, Inc.; a Draka USA Company. c. Rockbestos-Suprenant Cable Corporation; a Marmon Group Company. d. West Penn Wire/CDT; a division of Cable Design Technologies. 28 3100- 3 2.2 SYSTEM SMOKE DETECTORS ' A. Duct Smoke Detectors: Photoelectric type complying with UL 268A. Not in Div 28 contact. 1. Detector address shall be accessible from fire-alarm control unit and shall be ' able to identify the detector's location within the system and its sensitivity setting. 2. An operator at fire-alarm control unit, having the designated access level, shall ' be able to manually access the following for each detector: a. Primary status. b. Device type. c. Present average value. d. Present sensitivity selected. e. Sensor range (normal, dirty, etc.). 3. Weatherproof Duct Housing Enclosure: NEMA 250, Type 4X; NRTL listed for ' use with the supplied detector. Each sensor shall have multiple levels of detection sensitivity. 4 . 5. Sampling Tubes: Design and dimensions as recommended by manufacturer for ' specific duct size, air velocity, and installation conditions where applied. 6. Relay Fan Shutdown: Rated to interrupt fan motor-control circuit. 7. Provide intelligent, Duct Detector with control relay, or prior approved equal. Mount device on the ductwork and connect with a flexible conduit no longer than ' three feet that is attached to a 4-inch square by 2 1/8 inch deep box. Where shown on plans, when not readily accessible or not in plain view, provide a remote test switch Key. Switch is to be mounted to a 4-inch square by 2 1 /8 , inch deep box with a single gang ring. ADDRESSABLE INTERFACE DEVICE ' 2.3 A. Description: Microelectronic monitor module listed for use in providing a system ' address for listed alarm-initiating devices for wired applications with normally open contacts. 2.4 WIRE AND CABLE A. Wire and cable for fire alarm systems shall be UL listed and labeled as complying with , NFPA 70, Article 760. B. Signaling Line Circuits: Twisted, shielded pair, not less than No. 18 AWG. ' C. Non-Power-Limited Circuits: Solid-copper conductors with 600-V rated, 75 deg C, color-coded insulation. ' 1. Low-Voltage Circuits: No. 16 AWG, minimum. 2. Line-Voltage Circuits: No. 12 AWG, minimum. ' 28 3100- 4 L DIVISION 28 -ELECTRONIC SECTION 28 3100 SAFETY AND SECURITY FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM ' PART 3 -EXECUTION ' 3.1 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION A. Duct Smoke Detectors: Comply with NFPA 72 and NFPA 90A. Sampling tubes, ' installed by others, so they extend the full width of the duct. ' 3.2 WIRING INSTALLATION A. Install wiring according to the following: ' 1. NECA 1. 2. TIA/EIA 568-A. ' B. Wiring Method: Install wiring in metal raceway according to Division 26 Section "Raceways and Boxes." 1. Fire alarm circuits and equipment control wiring associated with the fire alarm system shall be installed in a dedicated raceway system. This system shall not be used for any other wire or cable. ' C. Wiring Method: 1. Cables and raceways used for fire alarm circuits, and equipment control wiring ' associated with the fire alarm system, may not contain any other wire or cable. 2. Fire-Rated Cables: Use of 2-hour fire-rated fire alarm cables, NFPA 70 Types MI and CI, is not permitted. 3. Signaling Line Circuits: Power-limited fire alarm cables shall not be installed in the same cable or raceway as signaling line circuits. ' D. Wiring within Enclosures: Separate power-limited and non-power-limited conductors as recommended by manufacturer. Install conductors parallel with or at right angles to sides and back of the enclosure. Bundle, lace, and train conductors to terminal points ' with no excess. Connect conductors that are terminated, spliced, or interrupted in any enclosure associated with the fire alarm system to terminal blocks. Mark each terminal according to the system's wiring diagrams. Make all connections with ' approved crimp-on terminal spade lugs, pressure-type terminal blocks, or plug connectors. E. Cable Taps: Use numbered terminal strips in junction, pull, and outlet boxes, ' cabinets, or equipment enclosures where circuit connections are made. F. Color-Coding: Color-code fire alarm conductors differently from the normal building ' power wiring. Use one color-code for alarm circuit wiring and a different color-code for supervisory circuits. Color-code audible .alarm-indicating circuits differently from alarm-initiating circuits. Use different colors for visible alarm-indicating devices. Paint ' fire alarm system junction boxes and covers red. 28 3100- 5 Ii~ u 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL ' A. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage afactory-authorized service representative to inspect, test, and adjust field-assembled components and equipment installation, , including connections, and to assist in field testing. Report results in writing. B. Perform the following field tests and inspections and prepare test reports for new ' device only: 1. Before requesting final approval of the installation, submit a written statement using the form for Record of Completion shown in NFPA 72. ' 2. Perform each electrical test and visual and mechanical inspection listed in NFPA 72. Certify compliance with test parameters. All tests shall be conducted under the direct supervision of a NICET technician certified under the Fire Alarm Systems program at Level III. a. Include the existing system in tests and inspections. ' 3. Visual Inspection: Conduct a visual inspection before any testing. Use as-built drawings and system documentation for the inspection. Identify improperly , located, damaged, or nonfunctional equipment, and correct before beginning tests. 4. Testing: Follow procedure and record results complying with requirements in NFPA 72. ' a. Detectors that are outside their marked sensitivity range shall be replaced. 5. Test and Inspection Records: Prepare according to NFPA 72, including ' demonstration of sequences of operation by using the matrix-style form in Appendix A in NFPA 70. 3.4 DEMONSTRATION ' A. Engage afactory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain the fire alarm system, appliances, and devices. Refer to Division 1 Section "Demonstration and Training." ' END OF SECTION 28 3100 ' 28 3100- 6